PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

California Academy of Sciences

FOURTH SERIES

Vol. XIX

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930-1931

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. William E. Ritter, Chairman

Dr. C. E. Grunsky J'^Y Dr. F. iM. MacFarland

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIX

Pages
No. 1. Strong, A. M., and Hanna, G. D. Marine Mollusca of

Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Published June 4, 1930. . . . 1-6

No. 2. Strong, A. M., and Hanna, G. D. Marine Mollusca of the

Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico. Published June 4-, 1930. 7-12

No. 3. Strong, A. M., and Hanna, G. D. Marine Mollusca of the

Tres Marias Islands, Mexico. Published June 4, 1930. . 13-22

No. 4. Baker, Fred, Hanna, G. D., and Strong, A. M. Some
Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of California. (Plate 1,
4 Text figures). Published July 15, 1930 23-40

No. 5. Baker, Fred, Hanna, G. D., and Strong, A. M. Some
Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidae from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia. (Plates 2, 3). Published July 15, 1930 41-56

No. 6. Woodring, W. P. Pliocene Deposits north of Simi Valley,

California. Published July 15, 1930 57-64

No. 7. Hanna, G. Dallas. Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California. (3 Text figures). Published July 15,
1930 65-83

No. 8. Wetmore, Alexander. Fossil Bird Remains from the
Temblor Formation near Bakersfield, California. (7
Text figures). Published July 15, 1930 85-93

No. 9. Myers, George Sprague. The Killifish of San Ignacio and
the Stickleback of San Ramon, Lower California. (1 Text
figure). Published July 15, 1930 95-104

No. 10. Slevin, Joseph R. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology.

IV. Hokushu or Yezo. Published July 15, 1930 105-108

No. 11. Setchell, William Albert, and Gardner, Nathaniel
Lyon. Marine Algae of the Revillagigedo Islands Expedi-
tion in 1925. (Plates 4-15). Published December 30,
1930 109-215

No. 12. Kellogg, Remington. Pelagic Mammals from the Temblor
Formation of the Kern River Region, California. (134
Text figures). Published January- 30. 1931 217-397

No. 13. Grunsky, C. E. Report of the President of the Academy for

the Year 1930. Published May 29, 1931 399-410

No. 14. Evermann, Barton Warren. Report of the Director of the
Museum and of the Aquarium for the Year 1930. Pub-
lished May 29, 1931 411-475

Bradley, F. W. Report of the Treasurer of the Academy for

the Year 1930. Published May 29, 1931 476-482

Index. Published May 16, 1938 483-496

49767

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 1, pp. 1-6 June 4, 1930

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF GUADALUPE ISLAND,

MEXICO^

BY

A. M. STRONG

AND

G. D. HANNA

While weathering a storm in tlie shelter of Guadalupe
Island on April 20, 1925, the members of the expedition of
the California Academy of Sciences to the Revillagigedo
Islands made such use of their time as the conditions would
permit. Among other activities some dredging was done in
the semi-sheltered cove at the south end of the island. The
work was done chiefly by G. D. Hanna, E. K. Jordan, and
J. R. Slevin.- After some search a small patch of sandy bot-
tom was located and by dragging back and forth across this
area several times, a fair sample was secured. As might be

'Editor's Note. Since 1921 the California Academy of Sciences has sent three expeditions
to various west Mexican localities, and a considerable number of reports has been issued and
numbered serially under each. The three series have the following headings: Expedition to the
Gulf of California in 1921; Expedition to Guadalupe Island in 1922; and Expedition to the
Revillagigedo Islands in 1925. Since it is impossible to foresee when the final papers may be
expected from these expeditions, it has been decided to discontinue the use of the headings and
serial numbers. As succeeding papers are received they will be issued in the regular publications
of the Academy, with sufficient explanation, however, to indicate which of the expeditions con-
cerned contributed the material upon which the work is based. In accordance with this plan the
present contribution is a direct result of the Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands in 1925,
although a minor amount of data from the Expedition to Guadalupe Island in 1922 is incor-
porated.— Barton Warren Evermann, Editor.

"See Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 1-113, pis. 1-10, 7 text figs.,
March 30, 1926, for a general account of the expedition.

June 4. 1930

2 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEIVCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

expected on such bold shores, much of the sample consisted of
volcanic sand and pebbles, worn fragments of shells and other
detritus. However, there was a considerable number of
species of mollusca, either living or excellently preserved.
These are enumerated in the present list which is believed to be
justified by the meager knowledge we have heretofore pos-
sessed as to the marine life of this remarkable island. In addi-
tion, we have included a few other species collected on the
shores of the island in 1922 and 1925.

Much has been written about Guadalupe, particularly in
relation to the vertebrate fauna and the flora.^ The island is
surrounded by water approximately 2000 fathoms in depth
and is entirely volcanic, although no activity has been recorded
in modern times. The surface indicates that the present form
is geologically not very old. Nevertheless, many of the birds,
insects, land shells and plants have been isolated so long that
they have become specifically differentiated from their nearest
congeners. They form a typical waif fauna and flora. No
definite evidence has been brought forward to indicate that the
island has ever been connected, or nearly connected, to the
mainland. It is situated about 180 miles south-southwest of
San Diego, California.

Not much is known of the marine life of Guadalupe other
than the seals, sea lions and sea elephants. There are scattered
references to the fishes and crustaceans in the literature, and
probably the same is true of the algcie.

The known mollusca of the island, as represented by the
Academy's collection, consists of 87 species, of which nine
appear to be undescribed and 24 were previously known only
from a few localities in southern California or the northern
portion of the coast of Lower California. Twenty-four species
show a considerable extension of the known ranges, 22 not
having previously been reported south of San Diego or the
Coronado Islands, and two not having previously been

'For references to the principal literature, see Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 14,
no. 2, pp. 217-275, pis. 15-19, 2 text figs., Sept.mber 5, 1925. An account of the land shells
has been published by H. A. Pilsbry, op. cit., vol. 16, no. 7, pp. 159-203, pis. 6-12, 3 te.'tt figs.,
April 22, 1927.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF GUADALUPE ISLAND 3

reported north of the Gulf of Cahfornia. Sixteen of the
species are known to have a wide range extending from ]\Ion-
terey or further north to the Gulf of California or further
south. Of the 40 species known to reach as far north as
Monterey only 16 are reported from the Gulf of California,
while of the 23 species which include the Gulf of California in
their known range, 20 are known to reach as far north as
Catalina Island and 10 as far north as Puget Sound. The
fauna, as represented by the collection, is very similar to that
of Catalina Island and the Coronado Islands since all but four
of the known species have been reported from those localities.
The species in the collection are almost entirely shore or
shallow water forms which either live on marine algae or on
or among the rocks to which kelp is attached. Floating masses
of kelp are always present along the southern California coast
and the presence of most of the species on the shores of
Guadalupe Island can be accounted for most satisfactorily by
the supposition that the spawn or fry has been transported by
this means. This indicates a current at some time running
southerly along the southern California coast and turning out
to sea at an angle which carried it past Guadalupe Island. The
almost complete absence of species which are characteristic of
the Gulf of California or the coast of the southern portion of
Lower California, indicates that there has been no similar
current from the south since the time when the shores of
Guadalupe Island were first able to support marine life. It is
well recognized that the fauna of the coast of southern Cali-
fornia and the neighborhood islands, containing over 1000
species, is distinctly southern in its affiliations with many
species at the extreme northern end of their geographic range.
This fact, taken in connection with the indicated current drift
to the south, offers some proof that the prevailing ocean cur-
rents and climatic conditions along the southern California
coast have changed but little during recent geological times.

»f»<>-"«*p'

4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

LIST OF SPECIES FOUND ON GUADALUPE ISLAND

1. Acmcea digitalis Escholtz; Alaska to San Digo.

2. Acmcea paleacea Carpenter; Trinidad to Lower California.

3. Acmaa persona Escholtz; Aleutians to Soccoro Island.

4. Acteocina angusHor Baker & Hanna; Gulf of California.

5. ^sopus arestus Dall; Magdalena Bay.

6. Alaba jeaneltce. Bartsch; San Pedro to Gulf of California.

7. Alabina sp.

8. Alvania aquisculpta Keep; Catalina to Todos Santos Bay.

9. Alvania cosmia Bartsch; San Pedro to San Martin Island.

10. Alvania oldroydcB Bartsch; San Pedro to Coronado Island. This species

is present in large numbers.
IL Alvania purpurea Dall; Monterey to San Martin Island.

12. Amphithalamus inclusus Carpenter; Monterey to San Martin Island.

13. Amphithalamus tenuis Bartsch; Monterey to Magdalena Bay.

14. Anachis subturrita Carpenter; San Pedro to Todos Santos Bay.

15. Area solida Broderip & Sowerby; San Pedro to Peru. This rock loving

species is represented by a single valve and belongs to the dwarfed
form of the southern California coast.

16. Astrcea undosus Wood; San Pedro to Cedros Island.

17. Barleeia calif arnica Bartsch; San Pedro to Abreojos Point.

18. Bittium interfossa Carpenter; Monterey to San Diego.

19. Bursa californica Hinds; Monterey to Cedros Island.

20. Ccecum californicum Dall; Monterey to Lower California.

21. Cadulus fusiformis Pilsbrj' & Sharp; Monterey to Cape San Lucas.

22. Calliostoma splendens Carpenter; Monterey to San Diego.

23. Capulus californicus Dall; San Pedro to San Diego.

24. Cerithiopsis sp.

25. Cerithiopsis oxys Bartsch; San Pedro to Abreojos Point.

26. Chama pellucida Sowerby; Oregon to Chile.

27. Circulus rossellinus Dall; San Diego.

28. Crenella divaricata d'Orbigny; Santa Barbara Islands to Panama. This

species was described from Cuba. Numerous valves and a few pairs
seem to be the same as the west coast form said by Dall to be
identical.

29. Crepidula lingulata Gould; Bering Sea to Panama.

30. Cysticus politulus Dall; Santa Barbara to Cape San Lucas.

31. CyprcBolina pyriformis Carpenter; Sitka to Mazatlan.

32. Diastema sp.

33. Fartulum hemphilli Bartsch; San Pedro to Abreojos Point.

34. Fissurella volcano Reeve; Crescent City to Panama.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF GUADALUPE ISLAND 5

35. Glycymeris sp.

36. Crippina calif ornica Dall ; San Diego. This species, previously known

from the type locality only, is represented by a dozen pairs and
several odd valves.

37. Haliotis californiensis Steams; Santa Barbara to Guadalupe Island.

38. Haliotis corrugata Gray; Monterey to San Quentin Bay.

39. Haliotis cracherodii Leach; Coos Bay to Santa Rosalia.

40. Haliotis fulgens Philippi; Farallons to Gulf of California.

41. Hipponix antiquatus Linnseus; Crescent City to Panama.

42. Hipponix tumens Carpenter; Crescent City to San Diego.

43. Hyalina calif ornica Tomlin; San Pedro to Puerto Libertad.

44. I selica fenestrata Carpenter; Puget Sound to Gulf of California.

45. Leptothyra paucicostatu Dall; Monterey to Coronado Islands.

46. Lioiia acuticostata Carpenter; Catalina to Magdalena Bay.

47. Liotia cookeana Dall; Coronado Islands to Gulf of California.

48. Littorina planaxis Philippi; Puget Sound to Magdalena Bay.

49. Lottia gigantea Gray; Crescent City to Cedros Island.

50. Macrocallista pannosa Sowerby; Gulf of California to Chile. This species

is represented by many valves, mostly young.

51. Mangilia beta Dall; Point Afio Nuevo to Coronado Islands.

52. Margarites acuticostata Carpenter; Bodega Bay to Coronado Islands.

53. Margarites parcipicta Carpenter; Sitka to San Diego. Specimens of this

species are the most mmierous in the collection.

54. Marginella jewettii Carpenter; Monterey to San Diego.

55. Melaxia diadema Bartsch; Monterey to Point Loma.

56. Milneria kelseyi Dall; Monterey to Abreojos Point.

57. Nodulus kelseyi Bartsch; San Pedro to South Coronado Island.

58. Norrisia norrisii Sowerby; California to Cedros Island.

59. Odostomia cepynota Dall & Bartsch; San Pedro to Cape San Lucas. This is

one of the few abundant species found; about 300 specimens were
taken.

60. Odostamia Clementina Dall & Bartsch; San Clemente and Santa Catalina

Islands.

61. Odostomia deceptrix Dall & Bartsch; San Hipolito and Abreojos points.

62. Odostomia eucosmia Dall & Bartsch; San Pedro to Abreojos Point.

63. Odostomia navisa Dall & Bartsch; San Pedro to Scammon Lagoon.

64. Odostomia turricula Dall & Bartsch; Monterey to Abreojos Point.

65. Odostomia virginalis Dall & Bartsch; San Pedro to Abreojos Point.

66. Phacoides calif ornica Conrad; Crescent City to San Ignacio.

67. Phasianella pulloidea Carpenter; Puget Sotmd to Gulf of California.

68. Phasianella rubrilineata Strong; San Pedro to Todos Santos Bay.

69. Philobrya setosa Carpenter; Forrester Island to Gulf of California.

5 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

70. Psephidia cymata Dall; Santa Barbara Island to Gulf of California. This

species is the most numerous of the bivalves.

71. Puncturella cooperi Carpenter; Alaska to Santa Rosa Island.

72. Retusa harpa Dall; British Columbia to San Martin Island.

73. ? Rissoella sp.

74. Rissoina sp.

75. Rissoina sp.

76. Rissoina sp.

77. Rissoina calif arnica Bartsch; Catalina to South Coronado Island.

78. Rissoina cleo Bartsch; Catalina to South Coronado Island.

79. Seila montereyensis Bartsch; Monterey to Todos Santos Bay.

80. Siphonodentalium quadrifissatum Carpenter; San Pedro to San Diego.

81. Tegula gallina Forbes; San Francisco to Gulf of California.

82. Tegula regina Steams; San Clemente Island to Gulf of California.

83. Teinosloma invallata Carpenter; Monterey to Gulf of California.

84. Teinosloma supravallata Carpenter; Monterey to Gulf of California.

85. Triphora pedroana Bartsch; San Pedro to South Coronado Island.

86. Vermiculum anellum Morch; Monterey to Todos Santos Bay.

87. Williamia peltoides Carpenter; Catalina to Gulf of California.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 2, pp. 7-12 June 4, 1930

II

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE REVILLAGIGEDO

ISLANDS, MEXICO

BY

A. M. STRONG

AND

G. D. HANNA

This report properly constitutes a part of the records of the
expedition of the California Academy of Sciences of 1925 to
various west Mexican islands.^ The collecting of marine mol-
lusca was placed in the hands of Eric K. Jordan and G. D.
Hanna who had a special request from Dr. W. H. Dall to do
the task as thoroughly as possible at Clarion and Socorro
islands. It appears that no previous visitors to these little-
frequented places had brought back more than a scattering of
shells and these were not sufficient to permit the detennination
of the relationships of the group. Indeed, Dr. Dall was led
to suppose from the few he had seen from Clarion Island' that
an Indo- Pacific fauna was dominant there. Stearns^ in 1894
stated that: "Of Socorro, the principal island of the more
distant Revillagigedo group, we know but little or nothing.
It was visited several years ago by Grayson, the ornithologist.

'For a general account of this expedition, see Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 15, no. I,
pp. 1-113, pis. 1-10, text figs. 1-7, March 30, 1926. Various technical reports based upon the
collections obtained have appeared subsequently.

'Dall & Ochsner, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, r.o. 5, 141-18S, June 22, 1929.

'Steams, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1894, p. 143.

June 4, 1930

8 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

The few marine shells that have been brought from there are,
as would be supposed, familiar Gulf [of California] forms."

The collection enumerated herein came from Socorro and
Clarion islands. The smaller San Benedicto and Roca Par-
tida were visited but it was found impracticable to secure any
shells. The two larger islands are volcanic with extremely
steep submarine slopes. Coral grows in some places but sandy
beaches are practically wanting. On the south side of Clarion
Island there is a broken coral beach with spots of sand off
shore where a limited amount of dredging was practicable ;
results were rather indifferent. The chart shows a small sand
beach near the west end of Socorro Island but rough weather
prevented the investigation of it. As a consequence of these
physical barriers, collecting had to be confined almost exclu-
sively to shallow waters close in shore. A few beach shells
were picked up but most of the collection came from between
tides or within reach of a bather below low water. A few
species, not otherwise collected, were brought up in the dredge
from about 30 fathoms on the south side of Clarion Island.
The bottom consisted of rounded chunks of coral and coraline
algae. Had a good patch of shell sand been found this list
would undoubtedly be greatly lengthened.

As it is, the list contains the records of 61 species and they
do not bear out the suppositions of either Stearns or Dall.
Only two species can be said to belong to the Indo-Pacific
region. Many of the species are widely distributed along west
American shores. Eighteen are known from the southern
California coast or islands, and four of these have not previ-
ously been recorded from as far south as the Gulf of Cali-
fornia. (The Revillagigedos are about 240 miles south of
Cape San Lucas.) The remainder, 41 species, would seem
more properly to belong with the Galapagos Islands or Pana-
manian faunas than with that of the Gulf of California.

The nearest places from which lists of shells have heretofore
been published are the Tres Marias Islands, 300 miles east
northeast, and Cape San Lucas 240 miles north. From the
first locality Stearns* recorded 89 species of which 22 were

<Steains, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1894, pp. 139-204. See next paper of Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, for a larger list of species from the Tres Marias Islands.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS 9

found at Socorro and Clarion. Out of eight of his species
known to range as far north as California, four were found
at Socorro and Clarion.

Carpenter's'"' list of 360 species from Cape San Lucas, Lower
California, did not include 30 forms found at Socorro and
Clarion islands. Of the 18 species from the islands known to
extend as. far north as California, only eight have been listed
from the Cape.

Such records as these make it appear almost certain that the
marine mollusca have the character of a waif fauna. Species
have arrived from hither and yon with little guide but chance.
The islands have probably not been connected to the mainland,
even by a shallow submarine ridge, during late geologic time,
and they do not seem to have existed at all for a sufficiently
long period for the mollusca to have developed insular species.
The land faunas and floras bear out these suppositions except
that many of the groups are sufficiently plastic to have
developed insular forms during the time the islands have been
above water.

Prior to the departure of the expedition it had been antici-
pated that the Revillagigedos would furnish a far-flung off shot
of the wonderful south sea fauna with many strange things
added or evolved. Such a discovery was not to be made.

Clarion and Socorro islands are about 60 miles apart and
the intervening waters are supposed to be very deep, yet
marine shells of the two islands are very similar. Many of the
species were collected at both places and it is probable that the
close relationship would be further strengthened had not the
collecting stations been somewhat different in physical charac-
ters. There was a great deal of coral in evidence about
Clarion Island, while, on Socorro where collections were made
there was verv little.

sCarpenter, Smith, Misc. Coll., vol. 10, no. 252, 1872, pp. 616-628.

10 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se*.

LIST OF SPECIES FOUND ON THE REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS

1. Acmaa discors Philippi. Clarion and Socorro islands; numerous specimens

from each. Range: Gulf of California.

2. Acteocina smirna Dall. A few specimens were collected on Clarion Island.

Range: Laguna Beach, California to San Salvador.

3. Anachis coronata Sowerby. Socorro, several specimens. Range: Cedros

Island, Mexico to Panama.

4. Area solida Broderip & Sowerby. Clarion Island, a large number of speci-

mens. Range: San Pedro, California to Peru.

5. Bittiwn nicholsi Bartsch. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range: Gulf of

California.

6. Bursa albifasciata Sowerby. Clarion Island, one specimen; Socorro Island,

seven. Range: Panama. Tryon considered this a subspecies of
Bursa nana Broderip & Sowerby, but it seems to be specifically
distinct.

7. Cassidea ahhreviata Lamarck. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range:

Gulf of California to Ecuador.

8. Cerithium maculosum Kiener. Clarion and Socorro islands, a few speci-

mens from each. Range: Lower California to Panama.

9. Codakia distinguenda Tryon.® Clarion Island, one beach shell. Range:

Gulf of California to Panama.

10. Collisella aruginosa Middendorf. Socorro Island, several specimens.

Range: Gulf of CaUfomia to Peru. This species is often Hsted as
Scurria mesoleuca Menke.

11. Conus brunneus Mawe. Clarion Island, abundant. Range: Gulf of Cali-

fornia to Ecuador.

12. Conus gladiator Broderip. Clarion and Socorro islands, several specimens

from each. Range: Gulf of CaUfomia to Ecuador.

13. Conus purpurascens Broderip. Clarion Island, several specimens. Range:

Magdalena Bay, Lower California to Peru.

14. Coralliophila costata Blainville. Socorro Island, four specimens. Range:

San Miguel Island, California to Panama.

15. Coralliophila neriloidea Lamarck. Clarion Island, two specimens; Socorro

Island, one. This is a south Pacific shell not heretofore reported
from west America.

16. Coralliophila nux Reeve. Clarion Island, one specimen; Socorro Island,

several. Range: Gulf of California to Panama.

17. Crepidula aculeata Gmelin. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range: Port

Harford, California to Chile.

18. Cymatium vestitum Hinds. Socorro Island, eight specimens. Range:

Cedros Island, Mexico to Peru.

19. Cyprcea albiginosa Gray. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range: Gulf

of California to Galapagos Islands.

•This is Lucina (Codakia) distinguenda Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1872, p. 130,
pi. 6, fig. 3; also Codakia colpoica Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, 1901, p. 821; formerly
called Lucina tigrina.

Vol. XIX] STRONG &■ HANN A— MOLLUSCA OF REVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS \\

20. Cypraa isabella-mexicana Steams. Socorro Island, four specimens. Range:

Tres Marias Islands, Mexico.

21. CyprcEcassis tenuis Gray. Clarion Island, one specimen over five inches

long. Range: Gulf of California to Galapagos Islands.

22. CyprcEolina margaritula Carpenter. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range:

Gulf of California.

23. Diadora incequalis Sowerby. Clarion Island, three specimens; Socorro

Island, two. Range: Santa Barbara, California to Ecuador.

24. Diadora panamensis Sowerby. Clarion Island, four specimens. Range:

Gulf of California to Peru. This species is sometimes listed as
Fissuridea alia C. B. Adams.

25. Diplodonta subquadrata Carpenter. Clarion Island, a large number of

specimens taken from coral heads. Range: Catalina Island, Cali-
fornia to Peru.

26. Epidromus nitidulus Sowerbj'. Socorro Island, eight specimens. This is a

south Pacific species not heretofore recorded from west America.

27. Fissurella obscura Sowerby. Socorro Island, three specimens. Range:

Lower California to Peru.

28. Fissurella volcano Reeve. Clarion Island, several specimens. Range:

Crescent City, CaUfomia to Panama.

29. Fundella caudeana d'Orbigny. Clarion Island, a large number of speci-

mens collected from coral heads. This species was figured by Reeve
from Isla Plata as Malleus vesiculatus, but Dr. Johnson (Nautilus,
Vol. 32, p. 38) has recently placed that name in the synonymy of
F. caudeana, originally described from the West Indies.

30. Gadinia peruviana Sowerby. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range:

Gulf of California to Chile.

31. Gastrochcena ovata Sowerby. Clarion Island, numerous specimens taken

from coral heads. Range: Gulf of California to Panama.

32. Heliacus radiatus Menke. Clarion Island, one specimen; Socorro Island,

one. Range: Magdalena Bay, Lower California to Panama. The
species is usually listed as Solarium variegatum Gmelin.

33. Hipponix barbatus Sowerby. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range:

Crescent City, California to Panama.

34. Hipponix lumens Carpenter. Clarion Island, two specimens. Range:

Crescent City, California to San Martin Island, Lower CaHfomia.

35. Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter. Clarion Island, four specimens. Range:

Puget Sound to Magdalena Bay, Lower California. This is the
southernmost record of the genus.

36. Latirus concentricus Jleeve. Clarion and Socorro islands, abundant.

Range: Acapulco, Mexico to Panama.

37. Leptolhyra lurida (?) Dall. Clarion Island, four beach worn shells, too

badly broken for positive determination. Range: Puget Sound
to Peru.

38. Liolia sp. Socorro Island, 12 specimens.

39. Lithophaga calyculatus Carpenter. Clarion Island, a large number of

specimens taken from coral heads. Range: Gulf of California.

40. Littorina conspersa PhiUppi. Socorro Island, abundant. Range: Gulf of

California to Ecuador.

12 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

41. Littorina scutulata Gould. Clarion and Socorro islands, abundant. Range:

Alaska to Socorro Island.

42. Marginella californica Tomlin. Clarino Island, six specimens; Socorro

Island, one specimen. Range: San Pedro, California to Puerto
Libertad.

43. Marginella regtilaris Carpenter. Clarion Island, two specimens. Range:

Monterey, California to Gulf of California.

44. Modulus cerodes A. Adams. Socorro Island, one specimen. Range: Mag-

dalena Bay, Lower California to Panama.

45. Murex radicata Hinds. Clarion Island, several specimens; Socorro Island,

many. Dall has placed this name in synoymy of Mtirex lappa
Broderip, but Tryon and Reeve have held it distinct.

46. Nerita bernhardi Keclus. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range: Gulf

of California to Peru.

47. Nerita scabricosta Lamarck. Socorro Island, a large number of specimens.

Range: Lower California to Peru.

48. Olivella gracilis Sowerby. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range: Gulf of

California to Panama.

49. Pedalio?! chemnitzianum d'Orbigny. Clarion Island, three specimens.

Range: Coronado Island, Lower California to Chile.

50. Phyllonotus radix Gmelin. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range: Mag-

dalena Bay, Lower California to Peru.

51. Pyrene (Mitrella) carinata californiana Gaskoin. Clarion Island, three

specimens. Range: Alaska to Salina Cruz, Mexico.

52. Pyrene fuscata Sowerhy. Clarion and Socorro islands, com.mon. Range:

Gulf of California to Galapagos Islands.

53. Pyrene (Mitrella) ocellata Gmelin. Clarion Island, one specimen; Socorro

Island, several specimens. Range: Gulf of California to Peru. The
species is frequently listed as Nitidella cribraria Lamarck.

54. Rissoina stricta Mertke. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range: Gulf

of California.

55. Strigatella tristis Swainson. Socorro Island, several specimens. Range:

Gulf of California to Panama.

56. Thais patula Linnaeus. Clarion and Socorro islands, very abundant in all

stages of growth. Range: Gulf of California to Peru.

57. Thais planospira Lamarck. Clarion and Socorro islands, common. Range :

Lower California to Peru.

58. Tritonalia circumtexta Steams. Clarion Island, one specimen. Range:

Trinidad, CaHfomia to Scammon Lagoon, Lower CaUfomia.

59. Tritonalia sp. Socorro Island, eight specimens. The species has not been

satisfactorily identified.

60. Truncatella stimpsoni Stearns. Clarion Island, three specimens. Range:

Catalina Island, California to Magdalena Bay, Lower California.

61. Turbo fluctuo sum Wood. Clarion and Socorro islands; large numbers of

specimens from each, showing all stages of growth; some adult
individuals are over three inches in diameter. Range: Gulf of
California to Peru.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 3, pp. 13-22 June 4, 1930

III

MARINE MOLLUSCA OF THE TRES MARIAS
ISLANDS, MEXICO

BY

A. M. STRONG

AND

G. D. HANNA \

The expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to
the Revillagigedo Islands in 1925^ stopped for nine days in
May at the Tres Marias Islands, 200 miles southeast of Cape
San Lucas, Lower California. The attention of various mem-
bers of the party was largely devoted to other duty, but a con-
siderable number of marine mollusks was secured in the prog-
ress of other work. Dredging was done at one locality off the
east side of Maria Madre Island in front of the penal settle-
ment in 10 to 25 fathoms. The remainder of the material
from this island was secured along the east shore from the salt
works on the south to a point about four miles north of the
penal settlement. All of the collection from Maria Magda-
lena Island was obtained along the north shore about the
center in an east-west direction.

In 1894 Stearns^ published an annotated list of 89 species
from the Tres Marias Islands collected by W. J. Fisher, in
1876, chiefly on Maria Madre Island.

'For a general account of the expedition of 1925 see Haima, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol 15, no. 1, 1926, pp. 1-113, pis. 1-10, text figs. 1-7.

^Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 17, 1894, pp. 139-204.

June 4, 1930

24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Ser.

On comparing that list with the present one, many differ-
ences will be noted. These lead to the belief that Fisher prob-
ably collected on the west side of the island as well as the east.
The east side is the more protected from the ocean swell of the
Pacific and probably fewer large shells are thrown up there for
that reason.

The fauna is found to be similar to that long known from
the Gulf of California; however, an unsuspected number of
migrants from nothern waters appeared.

In the list below, those species which were also included in
Stearns' paper are indicated thus: (S). Those for which there
is a notable increase in range from the north are indicated by :
(N). The list includes 211 species. About 20 others have
been omitted because of our inability to identify them with
described forms. Those which may prove to be new will be
considered in the series of papers on west Mexican Mollusca,
being published from time to time, by Baker, Hanna and
Strong.

We are under obligation to Professor Francisco Contreras,
a member of the expedition, for permitting us to include in the
list such species as he was able to collect. In so far as the
available series of specimens has permitted, a suite of each
species has been deposited in the National Museum of Mexico.
Another set has been deposited in the U. S. National Museum,
and various forms have been transferred to the collections of
A. M. Strong and Fred Baker. The same statements apply
as to disposition of material to the collections reported upon in
the two preceding papers.

Pelecypoda and Scaphopoda

1. Anligona rigida Dillw>'n. Maria Magdalena, five valves. If the Pacific

shell is considered as distinct from the West Indian it will take the
name of A. isocardia Verrill, 1870.

2. Area Jormosa Sowerby. Maria Magdalena, one valve.

3. Area multicostata Sowerby. Maria Madre; very common.

4. Area mulabilis Sowerby. (vS.) Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria

Magdalena, five specimens.

5. Area pacifieaSo-Kerhy. Maria Madre, two valves.

6. Area reticulata GmeVm. Maria Madre, three valves.

7. ^ rcc 5o/i<fa Broderip & Sowerby. Maria Madre, two specimens.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF TRES MARIAS ISLANDS J 5

8. Botula cinnamoneus Chemnitz. Maria Madre, five specimens in a piece

of rock. These seem to agree with Reeve's figure, "Lithodomus sp.
3," which he listed from the Philippines and the West Indies. Car-
penter listed the species from Mazatlan, "No. 177," on the strength
of a single valve.

9. Cardiia laticostata Sowerby. Maria Magdalena, three specimens and six

odd valves.

10. Cardium apicinum Carpenter. Maria Madre, many specimens. This is

said to be the same as C. elenense Sowerby from South America, but
the small, smooth Gulf form seems to be really distinct.

1 1 . Cardium biangulaium Sowerby. Maria Madre, a few valves and many

young specimens.

12. Cardium censors Broderip & Sowerby. Maria Madre, a few valves and

young specimens; Maria Magdalena, two valves.

13. Cardium pristipleura Dall. Maria Madre, three valves; Maria Magda-

lena, three valves. This is C. maculosum of authors, not Wood.

14. Chama spinosa Broderip. Maria Madre, 10 valves; Maria Magdalena,

three valves.

15. Chione undatella Sowerby. (S.) Maria Madre, very common.

16. Codakia distinguenda Tryon. Maria Madre, three valves; Maria Mag-

dalena, six valves.

17. Codakia mexicana Dall. Maria Madre, 12 valves. This is Lucina

pectinata Carpenter, not GmeUn.

18. Corbula speciosa Hinds. Maria Magdalena, one valve.

19. Crenella divaricata d'Orbigny. Maria Madre, six specimens. Dall stated

that the gulf shells are identical with this West Indian species.
Carpenter described it as C. infiata.

20. Cumingia lamellosa Sowerby. Maria Madre, 10 specimens. Carpenter

listed three species from Mazatlan but Dall united them under this
name. Our specimens belong to what Carpenter called C. trigonu-
laris Sowerby.

21. Cyathodonta dubiosa Dall. (N.) Maria Madre, four valves.

22. Dentalium fischeri Steams. (N.) Maria Madre, about 20 specimens.

23. Dentalium semipolitum Pilsbry & Sharp. (N.) Maria Madre, about

100 specimens.

24. Divaricella lucasana Dall & Ochsner. Maria Madre, many valves. This

species is commonly listed as D. eburnea (Reeve) 1850, but not of
Deshayes, 1835.

25. Castrochana ovata Sowerby. Maria Madre, several specimens from holes

in a rock.

26. Clycymeris incequalis Sowerby. Maria Madre, several specimens, young

and adult; Maria Magdalena, a few odd valves.

27. Clycymeris multicostata Sowerby. Maria Madre, very common, mostly

young.

15 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Paoc. 4th Se».

28. Clycymeris pectenoides Deshayes. Maria Madre, very common.

29. Leda acuta Conrad. (N.) Maria Madre; two specimens.

30. LitJiophaga aristata Dillwyn. Maria Madre, two specimens in a piece of

coral rock.

31. Lithophaga plumiila Hanley. Maria Madre, one specimen in a piece

of coral rock.

32. Lyonsia gotddii Dall. (N.) Maria Madre, five valves.

2i. MacrocalUsta squalida Sowerby. Maria Madre, very common.

34. Modiolus capax Conrad. Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

35. Modiolus coralliophagus Gmelin. Maria Madre, several specimens from

holes in a piece of coral rock. This is said to be the same as the
West Indian species more commonly known under the name of
M. opifex Say.

36. Mytilus multiformis Carpenter. (S.) Maria Madre, two adult and many

j'oung specimens.

37. Ostrea ckilensis Dall. Maria Madre, six valves.

38. Pecten cataracles Dall. Maria Madre, two valves.

39. Pecten circularis Sowerby. Maria Madre, 20 valves; Maria Magdalena,

five valves.

40. Pecten subnodosus Sowerby. Maria Madre, one valve; Maria Magdalena,

four valves.

41. Pedalion chemnitzianum d'Orbigny. Maria Madre, six specimens from

shore and many from holes in a piece of rock; Maria Magdalena,
six specimens.

42. Petricola robusta Sowerby. Maria Madre, five specimens from a piece of

coral rock.

43. Phacoides approximatus Dall. Maria Madre, many valves.

44. Phacoides lamprus Dall. Maria Madre, many adult valves and young

specimens.

45. Phacoides nuttalli Conrad. (N.) Maria Magdalena, two valves.

46. Pinctada fimbriata Dunker. The pearl oyster. Maria Madre, several

specimens.

47. Pitaria vulnerata Broderip. Maria Madre, very common.

48. Psammobia fucatus Hinds. Maria Madre, a few young.

49. Pteria sterna Gould. Maria Madre, two specimens.

50. Siphodentalium quadrifissatum Carpenter. (N.) Maria Madre, about 20

specimens.

51. Spondylus calcifer Carpenter. Maria Madre, one specimen.

52. Tagelus ? affinis C. B. Adams. Maria Madre, four young specimens.

53. Tellina cumingii Hanley. Maria Madre, five valves.

54. Tellina ochracea Carpenter. Maria Madre, two adult and several young

valves.

55. Tellina pananiensis Dall. Maria Madre, very common.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF TRES MARIAS ISLANDS \y

56. Venericardia flammea^ Miche\in. Maria Magdalena, 12 valves.

57. Venericardia crassicostata* Sowerby. Maria Madre, two valves; Maria

Magdalena, 10 valves.

Gastropoda

58. Acanthina mvricata Broderip. Maria Madre, five specimens, Maria
Magdalena, three specimens.

59. AcmcBadiscorsVh.Wi'p-pi. (S.) Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

60. Acmaa limatula Carpenter. Maria Madre, 20 specimens.

61. A cm cEa rosacea Ca.rpente^T. Maria Madre, several specimens.

62. Acteocina angustior Baker & Hanna. Maria Madre, about 500 specimens.

63. Alaba supralirata Carpenter. Maria Madre, several hundred specimens.

64. Alabina diomedecE Baxtsch. Maria Madre, 10 specimens.

65. Alabina occidentalis Hemphill. (N.) Maria Madre, 40 specimens.

66. Alectrion pagoda corpulenta C. B. Adams. (S.) Maria Madre, several

specimens.

67. Alectrion versicolor C. B. Adams. Maria Madre, 12 specimens.

68. A lele s squamiger us Carpenter. Maria Madre, several specimens.

69. Alvania tumida Carpenter. Maria Madre, 40 specimens.

70. Anachis pygmcEa Sovierhy . Maria Madre, 20 specimens.

71. Anachis suhturrita Carpenter. (N.) Maria Madre, 10 specimens.

72. Architectonica granulata Lamarck. (S.) Maria Madre, several young

specimens.

73. Astrc^a olivaceum Mawe. Maria Madre, two specimens; Maria Magda-

lena, nine specimens.

74. A strcea unguis Mawe. Maria Madre, three specimens ; Maria Magdalena ,

four specimens.

75. Barleeia alderi Carpenter. Maria Madre, 40 specimens.

76. Bullaria punctulata A. Adams. Maria Madre, one adult and many

young specimens; Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

77. CcBcum ? clathratum Carpenter. Maria Madre, four specimens.

78. CalyptrcEa mammillaris Broderip (S.) Maria Madre, 12 specimens.

'Venericardia flammea Michelin, Mag. de Zool. 1830. pi. 6. — Reeve, Conch. Icon. [Cardila],

1843, pi. 8, fig. 38; [as Cardita.]
Venericardia crassicoslata Sowerby, Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, 1909, p. 261;

not Sowerby, Tankerville Catalog. 1825, App. p. iv.
Cardila varia Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 56. — Reeve, Conch. Icon. [Cardita],

1843, pi. 5, figs. 25 a, b.
Cardita tumida Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 56. — Reeve, Conch. Icon. [Cardila],

1843, pi. 5, fig. 26.

*Cardita crassicoslata Sowerby, Tankerville Catalog. 1825, App. p. iv. — Wood, Index Test.
Suppl. 1828, p. 204, pi. 2, [Chama], fig. 5; [reference from 1856 Ed.]
Cardita cuvieri Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 55. — Reeve , Conch. Icon. [Car(/i/a],
1843, pi. 5, fig. 24.

Ig CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

79. Cantharus gemmalus Reeve. Maria Madre, one specimen.

80. Cantharus sanguinolenlus Duclos. Maria Madre, seven specimens; Maria

Magdalena, five specimens.

81. Cassidea abbreviata Lamarck. Maria Madre, one specimen.

82. Cerithium maculosum Kiener. (S.) Maria Madre, 12 specimens; Maria

Magdalena, three specimens.

83. Cerithium uncinatum Gmelin. Maria Madre, 30 specimens.

84. Clava gemmatum Hinds. (S.) Maria Madre, many specimens.

85. Conus brunneus Mawe. (S.) Maria Madre, one specimen.

86. Conus dalli Steams. (S.) Maria Madre, four specimens.

87. Conus princeps Lamarck. Maria Madre, three specimens; Maria Mag-

dalena, seven specimens.

88. Conus purpurascens Broderip. (S.) Maria Madre, five specimens;

Maria Magdalena, 12 specimens.

89. Conus tornatus Broderip. Maria Madre, many specimens, mostly young.

90. Coralliophila neritoides Lamarck. Maria Madre, 12 specimens.

91. Coralliophila nux Reeve. Maria Madre, two specimens.

92. Crassispira aterrima Sowerby. Maria Madre, one specimen.
9Z. Crepidula aculeata Gmelin. Maria Madre, nine specimens.

94. Crepidula excavata Broderip. Maria Madre, many specimens.

95. Crepidula exuviata Nuttall. Maria Madre, one specimen.

96. Crepidula incurva Broderip. Maria Madre, two specimens.

97. Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby. (S.) Maria Madre, many specimens.

98. Crucibulum spinosum Sowerby. (S.) Maria Madre, many specimens.

99. Cylichnella Jantasma Baker & Hanna. Maria Madre, 23 specimens.

100. Cymatium pilearis Linnaeus. Maria Madre, two specimens.

101. Cymatosyrinx cegina Dall. Maria Madre, 25 specimens.

102. Cymatosyrinx ccolia Dall. Maria Madre, 20 specimens.

103. Cypraa albiginosa Gray. (S.) Maria Madre, three specimens; Maria

Magdalena, eight specimens.

104. Cypraa arabicula Lamarck. (S.) Maria Madre, seven specimens; Maria

Magdalena, six specimens.

105. Cyprcea cervinetta Kiener. Maria Madre, six specimens.

106. Cyprcea isabella-mexicana Steams. (S.) Maria Magdalena, four speci-

mens.

107. CyproEcassis coarctata Wood. (S.) Maria Magdalena, four specimens.

108. CyprcBolina margaritula Carpenter. Maria Madre, several hundred

specimens.

109. Cysticus politulus Da\l. (N.) Maria Madre, about 100 specimens.

110. Cytharella penelope Da.\\. Maria Madre, 18 specimens.
HI. Cytharella phcethusa Dall. Maria Madre, nine specimens.

112. Diadorainaqualis Sov/erhy. (S.) Maria Madre, two specimens.

Vol. XIX] STRONG & HANNA—MOLLUSCA OF TRES MARIAS ISLANDS ^9

113. Diadora panamensis Sovferhy. (S.) Maria Magdalena, eight specimens.

This is F. alia C. B. Adams.

114. DaphnellabartschiDa.ll. Maria Madre, one specimen.

115. Elephantanellum heptagonum Carpenter. Maria Madre, several hundred

specimens. Carpenter's description was based on a single broken
specimen but the species seems to be very distinct. The ribs are
not uniformly seven in number.

116. En gina rufonotata Carpetner. Maria Madre, nine specimens.

117. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) ? apiculatum Dall. Maria Madre, two specimens.

118. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) bialatum Dall. Maria Madre, five specimens.

119. Epitonium {Asperoscala) canna Dall. Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

120. Epitonium {Nodiscala) retiporosum Carpenter. (N.) Maria Madre, nine

specimens.

121. Epitonium {Asperoscala) xantusi Dall. Maria Madre, nine specimens.

122. Fasciolaria princeps Sowerby. Maria Madre, several specimens.

123. Fissurella rugosa Sowerby. Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria Magda-

lena, two specimens.

124. Fissurella virescens Sowerby. Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria Mag-

dalena, 10 specimens.

125. Fusinus taylorianus Reeve. Maria Madre, several young specimens.

126. Haminoea angelensis Baker & Hanna. Maria Madre, several young

specimens.

127. Harpa crenata Swainson. (S.) Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

128. Hipponix barbatus Sowerby. (S.) Maria Madre, two specimens.

129. Hipponix antiquatus Linnseus. Maria Madre, one specimen. ■

130. Hipponix grayanus Menke. Maria Madre, many specimens.

131. Hyalina calif ornica Tomlin. Maria Madre, 12 specimens of a small, pale

variety.

132. Iselica ovoidea Gould. Maria Madre, 61 specimens in all stages of growth.

The variation in this lot makes it seem quite probable that I.
maculosa Carpenter (Mazatlan Catalogue No. 406), was described
from a young, well marked specimen of this species.

133. Lamellaria stearnsii Dall. (N.) Maria Madre, six young specimens.

134. Lamprodoma volutella Lamarck. Maria Magdalena, one very large

specimen.

135. Latirus ceratus Gray. (S.) Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

136. Liotia acuticostata Carpenter. (N.) Maria Madre, 20 specimens.

137. Liotia rammata Dall. Maria Madre, many specimens.

138. Littorina conspersa Philippi. (S.) Maria Madre, 85 specimens.

139. Littorina philippii penicillata Carpenter. Maria Madre, 13 specimens.

140. Littorina pullata Carpenter. Maria Madre, many specimens. Some

authors Ust this as identical with the northern L. scutulata Gould.

141. Malea ringens Sowerby. Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena, several

specimens.

20 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

142. Marginella phrygia Sowerby. Maria Madre, four specimens.

143. Magetebennus bimaculatus Dall. (N.) Maria Madre, one specimen.

144. Melanella baldra Bartsch. Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

145. Melanella mexicana Bartsch. Maria Madre, 27 specimens.

146. Metaxia convexa Carpenter. Maria Madre, nine specimens.

147. Micranellum ? elongatum Carpenter. Maria Madre, one specimen.

148. Mitra funiculata Reeve. Maria Madre, one specimen.

149. Mitra lens Mawe. (S.) Maria Magdalena, nine specimens.

150. Milrella ocellata Gmelin. (S.) Maria Magdalena, eight specimens. This

is Nitidella cribraria of many authors.

151. Modulus cerodes A. Adams. (S.) Maria Madre, 18 specimens.

152. Morum tuberculosum Sowerby. (S.) Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

153. Murex bicolor Valencienes. Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

154. Murex rectirostris ^o-werhy . Maria Madre, one specimen.

155. Natica caienata Philippi. Maria Madre, several young specimens.

156. Nerita bernhardi Reclus. (S.) Maria Madre, one specimen.

157. Odostomia (Miralda) cepynota Dall & Bartsch. Maria Madre, six speci-

mens.

158. Odostomia (Chrysallida) deceptrix Dall & Bartsch. Maria Madre, one

specimen.

159. Odostomia (Chrysallida) ? lapazana Dall & Bartsch. Maria Madre, one

young specimen.

160. Odostomia (Salassia) scalariformis Carpenter. Maria Madre, about 40

specimens.

161. Odostomia {Chrysallida) vizcainoana Baker, Hanna & Strong. Maria

Madre, 20 specimens.

162. Oli'oa hiatula Duclos. (S.) Maria Magdalena, four specimens. This

species is listed as 0. testacea Lamarck by many authors.

163. Olivella gracilis Sowerby. Maria Madre, a number of young specimens;

Maria Magdalena, 15 specimens.

164. Olivella undatella Lamarck. Maria Magdalena, five specimens.

165. Parametaria duponlii Kiener. (S.) Maria Magdalena, five specimens.

This is Conella cedonulli of many authors.

166. Patella mexicana Broderip & Sowerby. (S.) Maria Magdalena, several

specimens.

167. Phasianella typicum Dall. (S.) Maria Madre, nine specimens; Maria

Magdalena, one specimen. This is P. variegata Carpenter.

168. Philbertia aflnis Dall. (N.) Maria Madre, three specimens.

169. Philbertia trichodes Dall. Maria Madre, many specimens.

170. Phyllonotus princeps Broderip. Maria Madre, one specimen.

171. Phyllonotus regius Swainson. Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

172. Polinices uber Valenciennes. Maria Madre, about 20 specimens, mostly

young.

Vol. XIX] STRONG &■ H ANN A— MOLLUSC A OF TRES MARIAS ISLANDS £1

173. Pustularia pustulata Lamarck. (S.) Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria

Magdalena, three specimens.

174. Pyramidella hastata A. Adams. Maria Madre, one specimen.

175. Pyrene fuscata Sowerby. (S.) Maria Madre, 20 specimens; Maria Mag-

dalena, 24 specimens.

1 76. Pyrene hcemastoma Sowerby. IVlaria Madre, about 50 specimens.

177. Pyrene major Sowerby. Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria Magdalena,

six specimens.

178. RissoinafirmataCQ. Adams. Maria Madre, one specimen.

179. Rissoina stricta Menke. Maria Madre, one specimen.

180. Seila assimillata C. B. Adams. Maria Madre, about 100 specimens.

181. Siphonaria maura lecania Philippi. Maria Madre, four specimens,

182. Siphonaria maura palmata Carpenter. IMaria Madre, seven specimens;

Maria Magdalena, six specimens.

183. Strigatella tristis Broderip. Maria Madre, six specimens; Maria Magda-

lena, two specimens.

184. Strombina gihberula Sowerby. Maria Madre, about 100 specimens.

185. Strombina maculosa Sowerby. Maria Madre, six young specimens.

186. Strombina pulcherrima Sowerby. IMaria Madre, three specimens.

187. Strombus galeatus Wood. (S.) Maria Magdalena, several specimens.

188. Strombus granulatus Gray. Maria Madre, two young specimens; Maria

Magdalena, one specimen.

189. Strombus peruvianus Swainson. Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

190. Tegula globula Carpenter. (S.) Maria Madre, one specimen; Maria

Magdalena, nine specimens.

191. Tegula mariana Dall. Maria Madre, 20 specimens; Maria Magdalena,

12 specimens. This is Omphalius coronatus of Carpenter and Tryon,
not Adams.

192. Thias biseralis Blainville. Maria Madre, two specimens; Maria Mag-

dalena, one specimen.

193. Triphora contrerasi Baker. Maria Madre, 11 specimens.

194. Triphora dalli Bartsch. Maria Madre, 14 specimens.

195. Triphora peninsularis Bartsch. Maria Madre, 12 specimens.

196. Trivia pulla Gaskoin. Maria Madre, three specimens.

197. Trivia radians Lamarck. (S.) Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

198. Trivia sanqtiinea Gray. Maria Magdalena, one specimen.

199. Turbo fluctuosum Wood. (S.) Maria Madre, four specimens; Maria

Magdalena, one specimen.

200. Turbo squamiger Reeve. (S.) Maria Madre, 25 specimens, mostly young.

201. Turbonilla {Mormula) coyotensis Baker, Hanna & Strong. Maria Madre,

two specimens.

202. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) flavescens Carpenter. Maria Madre, about 40

specimens.

22 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

203. Turbonilla {Pyrgiscus) indentata Carpenter. Maria Madre, 25 specimens.

204. Turbonilla {Pyrgiscus) larunda Dall & Bartsch. Maria Madre, about 100

specimens.

205. Turbonilla {Chemnitzia) ? muricata Carpenter, Maria Madre, two worn

specimens.

206. Turbonilla {Pyrgiscus) ? sanctorutn Dall & Bartsch. Maria Madre, one

worn specimen.

207. Turricula tuberculifera Broderip & Sowerby. Maria Madre, eight speci-

mens, young.

208. Turritella tigrina Kiener. Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

209. Typhis grandis A. Adams. Maria Madre, two specimens.

210. Vasum ccestus'Qvoerxp. Maria Magdalena, two specimens.

211. Williamia peltoides Carpenter. (N.) A-Iaria Madre, two specimens.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 4, pp. 23-40, plate 1, 4 text figs. July 15, 1930

IV

SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA FROM THE GULF
OF CALIFORNIA

W LIBRARY

BY

FRED BAKER

G. D. HANNA , ^ . -^^^^

AND ■ : -'/XA?, ..ej^p

A. M. STRONG

This report has been prepared in the same manner as one on
tlie Pyramidellidae which we pubHshed in 1928.^ The same
collections there mentioned have furnished species of Ris-
soidas; in addition, one fine large form was found in a small
collection from Cape San Lucas, made by the naturalists of
.the U. S. S. Albatross about 1914. This collection was
deposited in the California Academy of Sciences and contains
a considerable number of species, mostly large forms.

The west American species which have generally been
grouped together under Rissoidae have been divided by Drs.
Dall and Bartsch into several genera and three families. Of
these the following appear in this paper : Alvania and Aniphi-
thalamus in the family Rissoidse; Rissoina in the family Ris-
soinidae; and Barleeia and Rissoella, not ascribed to any
family.

The species are comparatively easy to identify because of
the excellent monographic studies prepared by Dr. Paul
Bartsch and published by the U. S. National Museum. An
exception must be noted in the case of Barleeia. The simple

'Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, no. 7, pp. 205-246, pis. 11, 12, June 29, 1928.

July IS, 1930

24 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

nature of the shells of the species of this genus, and the lack
of information as to ecology and limits of variation, cause the
determinations to be somewhat questionable. We have recog-
nized and illustrated four species but we are not completely
convinced that the collections do not contain a greater, or pos-
sibly a lesser, number.

1. Alvania lucasana Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1 , figure 1

Shell rather small, everywhere marked by minute growth
lines, cylindro-conic, dark straw-colored ; nuclear whorls about
two, smooth and slightly shining, depressed, forming a mam-
millate apex; post-nuclear whorls four, well rounded, nar-
rowly, slopingly shouldered above, marked by rather indis-
tinct, rounded, vertical or slightly retractive axial ribs, obso-
lescent on the base, about 22 appearing on the first whorl, 16
on the second, 18 on the third, and 24 on the last; interspaces
and axial ribs crossed by nearly equal and equally spaced, nar-
row spiral cords, five appearing on the first and six on the
succeeding turns, producing tubercles at their intersections
with the axial ribs ; these cords separated by very distinct,
wavy incised spiral lines, the upper slightly more marked,
giving the appearance of an appression of the summits of the
whorls and bringing the upper row of tubercles into decided
relief; sutures moderately impressed but rendered indistinct
by the extensions of the axial ribs ; periphery scarcely defined
by the extension of the lowxst suture ; base rather long, well
rounded, showing the feeble extensions of the axial ribs and
about nine? nearly equal spiral cords; aperture entire, broadly
subpyriform, the posterior angle being obtuse; outer lip not
much thickened and the peritrenie nowhere heavily calloused,
probably because the holotype is not fully mature. Length
2.5 mm. ; diameter 1 mm.

Holotype: No. 4597, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. Three additional specimens were taken at
the same place.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— SOME RISSOID MOLLUSC A £5

This species most nearly resembles Alvania compacta Car-
penter, from the region north of Puget Sound, but is more
slender and has fewer axial ribs. The great difference in dis-
tribution makes it improbable that it is even a subspecies.

2. Alvania herrerae Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1, figtire 2

Shell small, ovate, slightly shining-, light straw-colored;
nuclear whorls about two, rather prominent, smooth, slightly
opalescent, mammillate; postnuclear whorls four, rather
straight above, rounded below, slightly overhanging, very
narrowly tabulately shouldered at their summits, differentiated
from the last nuclear whorl by a prominent tubercle, the first
of a spiral series continuing on the periphery, most marked on
the first two whorls and becoming obsolete on the body whorl,
each tubercle forming the lower part of a narrow axial rib,
about eight appearing on the first whorl, 14 on the second, and
16 on the third and fourth; intercostal spaces shallow, flat-
tened at the bottom, about twice as wide as the axial ribs,
crossed by subequal and subequally spaced, low, rounded spiral
cords, sloping more abruptly above than below ; those on the
first two turns indistinctly marked; about 12 on the third and
fourth whorls ; these cross the axial ribs and render them
tuberculate at their intersections, the upper two tend to become
fused, thus producing a more prominent series of tubercles
indistinctly coronating the whorls ; a similar fusing appears at
places on the lower two cords connecting the peripheral series
of tubercles ; upper sutures strongly impressed, the last only
slightly so ; base rather long, defined by a shallow sulcus, the
continuation of the last suture, marked by feeble continuations
of the axial ribs and by about 12 equal and equally spaced
cords similar to those on the body whorl, beginning rather
close together near the aperture and separating regularly as
they advance; aperture broadly and quite regularly pyriform,
rendered entire by a callus which is most marked on the outer
lip; outer lip thickened on the edge, thin within, showing the
external sculpture clearly. Length 3 mm.; diameter 1.5 mm.

Holotype: No. 4598, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
G. D. Hanna and F2. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,

25 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Lower California. About 20 additional specimens were taken
at the same place.

This species can be differentiated from Alvania lirafa (Car-
penter)^ by its less defined sutures and narrower axial ribs,
especially just above the sutures where A. lirata shows .erreatly
enlarged tubercles, and by the subcoronation of the whorls. It
is perhaps more like Alvania lucasana of this paper but it is
more obese, has fewer axial ribs and has differently shaped
whorls.

The species is named for Prof. A. Herrera, Director of
Biological Studies in Mexico.

3. Alvania gallegosi Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1 , figure 1 1

Shell rather small, elongate-conic, everywhere marked by
minute growth lines, covered by a thin, fugaceous. light straw-
colored epidermis, showing white where denuded ; nuclear
whorls nearly two, smooth, well rounded, forming a mammil-
lated apex; ix)stnuclear whorls SYs, subangulated at the
periphery, cancellated by narrow, rounded, slightly protractive
axial ribs terminating at the suture of the last whorl, and
nearly equal spiral cords, generally tuberculated at their inter-
sections and enclosing shallow, squarish pits ; from 20 to 22
axial ribs appear on all whorls except the first ; four spiral cords
appear on the lower whorls, the first three placed on a long,
sloping shoulder occupying about j^ of each whorl, the fourth
cord fonning the narrow carina of the subangulation ; spiral
cords subequal and subequally spaced, the upper two being
slightly closer than the others, the posterior at the summit,
just outside the suture, the anterior almost equally near the
lower suture, the last whorl and base showing fine, intercalat-
ing, spiral cords; sutures deeply impressed; base rather short,
slightly inflated at the periphery, marked by nine low, rounded
roughened, but scarcely tuberculate spiral cords, the upper
originating in the last suture, the others on the parietal wall
and spreading and diminishing rather evenly towards the um-

* Rissoa lirata Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 358; Alvania lirata Bartsch, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus.,vol. 41,p. 338, pi. 29, fig. 3, 1911.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— SOME RISSOID MOLLUSC A 27

bilical region ; aperture very broadly and rather evenly pyri-
form ; outer and basal lips very thin, crenulated by the external
sculpture which shows plainly within; columella and parietal
wall scarcely calloused. Length 2.3 mm.; diameter 1.1 mm.

Holotype: No. 4599, Mus. CaHf. Acad. Sci., collected by
G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. Two additional specimens were taken at
the same place.

This species differs from other west American Alvanias by
its subangulated periphery; this character is noticed in A. lara^
from the Galapagos Islands, but in that species the spiral cords
are sublaminate and differently arranged.

The species is named for Professor Jose Maria Gallegos of
the Mexican Biological Survey who lost his life in Yucatan in
the prosecution of his work and who is much honored in Cali-
fornia for his untiring efforts to bring about a coordination of
the biological work of the Federal Government of Mexico with
similar work being carried on in the State of California.

4. Alvania monserratensis Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1 , figure 9

Shell very small, subperforate, oblong-ovate, white or more or
less clouded with straw-color or brown; nuclear whorls small,
immersed and scarcely showing; postnuclear whorls four,
decidedly exserted, with a broad, sloping shoulder above, con-
vex below, cancellated by subequal and subequally-spaced,
rather prominent, narrow, slightly retractive axial ribs termi-
nating on the last whorl, and lower, subequal spiral cords,
forming rather deep, squarish pits, generally longer in a spiral
direction with the tubercles at their intersections; about 20
axial ribs appearing on^the second turn, 22 on the third and
26 on the last, with four spiral cords on the last three whorls,
the first in the middle of the shoulder, the second at the angle,
the other two about equally spaced between this and the
suture ; sutures deeply impressed, crossed by the axial ribs ;
base slightly concave at the umbilical region, well rounded
behind, marked by four subequal and subequally spaced spiral
cords separated from the last cord by a continuation of the

^Alvania lara Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, 1911, p. 357, pi. 32, fig. 6.

28 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tk Ser.

suture, the posterior two being distinctly tuberculatc : aper-
ture entire, subcircular. calloused throughout; outer lip indis-
tinctly dentate within, showing the external sculpture behind
the thickened edge. Length 1.35 mm. ; diameter 0.75 mm.

Holotype: No. 4600. Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
Fred Baker in 1921 at Monserrate Island, Gulf of California.
Three specimens were taken at Amortajada Bay, San Jose
Island, Gulf of California; one at Coyote Bay, Concepcion
Bay, Lower California ; several others were taken at Cape San
Lucas. Some of the Cape San Lucas specimens are light
brown throui^hout while others show a broad yellowish
blotch behind the external labial varix.

The species more closely resembles Alz'auia oldroydcc
Bartsch* than any other described from the west coast but it
is thinner, smaller, more slender, has a much broader shoulder,
flatter whorls and a different arrangement of the spiral cords
on the postnuclear whorls and base ; it also lacks the wide
umbilicus of A. oldroydcc.

5. Alvania albolirata (Carpenter)

Rissoa albolirata C.VRrENTER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 13, 1864, p. 76.
Alvania albolirata (Carpenter), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41,
1911, p. 338.pl. 29, fig. 6.

A single shell taken at Sal si Puedes Island, Gulf of Cali-
fornia, agrees well with Bartsch's description and figure of
this species. It is slightly broader and the aperture varies
somewhat, probably due to immaturity.

6. Alvania lirata (Carpenter)

? Rissoa lirata Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 358.

Alvania lirata (Carpenter), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.41, 1911,

p. 338, pi. 29, fig. 3.
Rissoa porteri Dall, ms., 1909.

Specimens of this species were taken in five fathoms off the
Salt Works, San Jose Island; at Ballandra Bay, Carmen
Island; at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island; on Monserrate
Island, and at Isla Partida in the Gulf of California. It was

<Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41 , 191 1 , p. 360, pi. 32, fig. 3.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA &■ STRONG— SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA 29

also taken at Cape San Lucas, Agua Verde Bay, Puerto
Escondido, and San Francisquito Bay, Lower California.
Besides these there is in the Baker collection a large number
of specimens taken by George D. Porter in the "Gulf of Cali-
fornia," and these constitute the type lot of Rissoa porteri
Dall, ms. ; these shells are identical with Alvania lirata (Car-
penter). So far as we are able to learn, Dr. Dall never vali-
dated this name, but unfortunately, the species has been rather
widely distributed as Rissoa porteri.

7. Alvania electrina (Carpenter)

? Diala electrina Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 3, 1861, p. 478.
Alvania electrina (Carpenter), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, 1911,
p. 346, pi. 30, fig. 4.

About 50 sj)ecimens of this species were taken at Cape San
Lucas. Some are almost typical while others vary widely in
the number of spiral cords on the various whorls and the base,
generally with an increase in the numbers. As high as 12
were counted on the penultimate turn and nine on the base.
There is also considerable variation in the strength of the
axial ribs but no great variation in their number. The inter-
gradations are fully represented.

8. Alvania aequisculpta Keep

Alvania aquisculpta Keep, West Coast Shells, ed. 1, 1887, p. 65.
Rissoa {Alvania) grippiana Dall, Nautilus, vol. 21, 1908, p. 136.

Two mature specimens taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower
California, undoubtedly are this species. The southern limit
of the range previously reported was San Martin Island.
Lower California.

9. Alvania tumida Carpenter

Alvania tumida Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 360. — Bartsch, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, 1911, p. 361, pi. 32, fig. 2.

Several dozen specimens of this species were taken at Cape
San Lucas, Lower California. They show only slight vari-
ation in the number of spiral cords and axial ribs.

30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

10. Rissoina porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1, figure 15

Shell very small, slender, elong-ate-conic, distinctly curved,
shining- translucent, white ; nuclear whorls four, the first mani-
niillate, the others only slightly convex, forming a very regular
cone and showing a very minute and irregular thimble-pitting
in places ; change to post-nuclear whorls not well-defined, the
last nuclear whorl appearing to be slightly imbedded in the
first postnuclear turn; postnuclear whorls 4^4, the upper ones
broadly, not quite tal)ulately shouldered above, the last two
more slopingly ; rather strongly curved below and somewhat
appressed at the sutures, marked by narrow, sublamellate,
sinuous, irregular and irregularly placed, strongly protractive
axial ribs extending without diminution to the columellar and
basal fasciole; about 10 appear on the first whorl, 12 on the
remaining turns; intercostal spaces wider than the axial ribs,
rather deep and rounded below, showing no definite sculpture;
sutures deep but not well defined ; base rather long", marked by
a fasciole which is an extension of the very heavy columellar
callus and which shows on its edge a minute tubercle at the
lower extremity of each axial rib scarcely discernible at the
magnification of the figure ; aperture broadly sublunate ; outer
and basal lips much thickened, the outer showing' a few broad
lirations on the inner, upper portion; columella and adjacent
portion of the inner lip very heavily calloused and reflected
adnately to form the basal fasciole ; parietal wall heavily, but
more narrowly calloused. Length 2.35 mm. ; diameter
0.85 mm.

Holotype: No. 4601, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected in the
"Gulf of California" by George D. Porter, for whom the
species is named. Five additional specimens from the same
lot are in the Baker collection.

The species has very marked resemblances to, and differ-
ences from, Rissoina signce Bartsch.'' Its nucleus is very large
and prominent instead of depressed ; it lacks the spiral stri-
ations on the intercostal spaces, is more narrowly and less
tabulately shouldered, and is more slender, but the arrange-
ment of the axial ribs and intercostal spaces is very similar.

»Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49. 1915, p. 61. pi. 31, figs. 1.4.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG—SOME RISSOID MOLLUSC A 3 J

11. Rissoina melanelloides Baker, Hanna and Strong,

new species

Plate 1, figure 5

Shell rather small, quite evenly elongate-conic, everywhere
marked by minute, protractive growth lines which are enlarged
at irregular intervals giving the appearance of obscure axial
ri])bing, also by many microscopic spiral lines ; shining, milk-
white; nuclear whorls about 1^, smooth, the first portion
depressed and evenly rounded, the latter portion very convex ;
postnuclear whorls GYi, nearly straight above, more numded
on the anterior third, the first differentiated from the last
nuclear whorl only by the beginning of a narrow, shallow,
impressed spiral line anteriorly towards the suture, a second
appearing a little later on the turn, these increasing by rather
evenly placed additions until about five appear on the third
whorl, seven on the fourth and fifth, and 12 on the last; these
incised spiral lines indistinctly define very low, nearly equal,
rounded spiral cords which continue quite regularly o\er the
whole shell, becoming obsolescent on the base; sutures shallow,
not much more clearly defined than the impressed spiral lines;
base rather long, evenly rounded, marked by the obsolescent
extensions of the spiral cords; aperture entire, very oblique,
quite regularly pyriform but slightly flattened on the columel-
lar side ; outer and basal lips slightly thickened, straight above,
curving to form almost an exact segment of a circle below,
joining the columella without marked change; columella
scarcely thickened or reflected, defining a distinct umbilical
depression ; parietal wall with a very narrow, thin callus.
Length 3.30 mm. ; diameter 1.40 mm.

Holotype: No. 4602, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. Five additional specimens were taken at
the same place.

The shape of the species suggests a Mclanclla. It is perhaps
more like Rissoina dalli Bartsch" from the California coast
than any other west American species, but it is larger, has less
convex whorls, less distinct sutures, and is sharply differen-
tiated by the spiral sculpture.

•Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 59, pi. 33, fip. 2.

32 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

] 2. Rissoina gisna basilirata Baker, Hanna & Strong,

new subspecies

Plate 1, figure 12

The form closely resembles Rissoina gisna Bartsch.'^ It
seems to be immature, showing one less whorl than the type
and a thin outer lip. but has the aperture and base of the colu-
mella as noted by Bartsch, about the same number and
arrang-ement of axial ribs, but lacks the spiral sculpture every-
where except on the base where there are about 25 basal cords
instead of 11. Bartsch's figure shows decided weakening of
the spiral sculpture above the periphery, but it is everywhere
present except on the nuclear whorls. The variation is suf-
ficiently marked to indicate a probable distinct race.

Holotypc: No. 4606, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
Fred Baker in 1921 at the West Anchorage, San Jose Island,
Gulf of California.

13. Rissoina firmata (C. B. Adams)

Rissoa firmala C. B. Adams, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. 5, 1852, p. 401.
Rissoa sralariformis C. B. Adams, op. cit., p. 402.

Rissni tin firmata (C. B. Adams), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat .Mus., vol. 49, 1915,
p. 38, pi. 32, figs. 4, 6.

Specimens of this species were taken at Cape San Lucas.
Puerto Escondido and Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay, Lower
California, and at the West Anchorage, San Jose Island, Gulf
of California.

14. Rissoina stricta Menke

Rissoina stricta Menke, Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1850, p. 177, no. 37. — Bartsch,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 39, pi. 28, fig. 6.

Specimens of this well-marked species were taken at Tepoca
Bay, Sonora, Puerto Escondido. Lower California, and on
Sal si Puedes. San Esteban. Georges. Isla Partida, Isla Raza.
and Santa Cruz islands. Gulf of California.

'Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., vol. 49, 1<)1S, p. 41, pi. 28, fi^;. 1.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA 33

15. Rissoina nereina Bartsch

Rissoina nereina Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49. 1915, p. 53, pi. 32,
fig. 1.

Specimens of this species were taken at Cape San Lucas,
La Paz, Coyote Bay, Concepcion Bay and San Francisqiiito
Bay, Lower California ; and at the Salt Work, Cannen Island,
Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Amortajada Bay. San
Jose Island, and at Monserrate Island, Gulf of California.

16. Rissoina bakeri Bartsch
Rissoina bakeri B.\rtsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, j). 56, fig. 4.

A single shell, not quite mature, taken at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California, seems to agree with Bartsch's figure and
description. Dr. Bartsch has reported the species from Mon-
terey, California, to South Coronado Island off the northern
coast of Lower California. Specimens identified by him were
taken by Baker on San Martin Island, 200 miles farther south,
so that an extension to Cape San Lucas seems very probable.
However, as our shell is immature, this extension of range
may be taken with some doubt.

17. Rissoina stephensas Baker, Hanna & .Strong, new species

Plate 1, figure 14

Shell small, everywhere marked by rather distinct, slightly
retractive growth lines, elongate-conic, dark chestnut brown
irregularly flamed with whitish near the sutures ; nuclear
whorls nearly two, depressed, mammillated, smooth, lighter
than the rest of the shelK indistinctiv differentiated from the
succeeding turns ; post-nuclear whorls nearly seven, very
moderately and evenly rounded, everywhere marked bv rather
prominent, nearly equal and equally spaced spiral cords
separated by narrow^, distinct impressed spiral sulci, of which
four appear on the first three whorls and eight on the penulti-
mate; also by very low, indistinct axial undulations of which
about six appear on the earlier whorls and about 10 on the
last; these are too low to be classed as axial ribs and failed to

34 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

appear in our photograph ; subsutural spiral cord slightly-
wider and flatter than the succeeding ones, marked by irregu-
larly spaced brown spots not uniform in size, separated by
irregularly triangular whitish flames extending downward
over two or three spiral cords; this subsutural cord becomes
the peripheral cord on the last turn; periphery subangulate
near the aperture; base rather short, marked below the
peripheral cord by six spiral cords, the upper ones about equal
to those preceding- them, but gradually diminishing towards
the umbilical region ; aperture quite regularly oval, with a
rounded [wsterior canal, only slightly effuse near the base of
the columella ; outer and basal lips thin, scarcely thickened
within, the basal lip very slightly reflected; columella very con-
cave, narrowly reflected, free below, closely appressed above,
narrowly calloused, the callus disappearing within the aper-
ture: parietal wall free from callus. Length 4 mm.; diameter
1.5 mm.

Holofypc: No. 4607, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.. collected by
C. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. Seven additional specimens were taken at
the same place.

This species falls into a very distinct group represented on
this coast by four species characterized by color markings, thin
outer lip, and the spiral sculpture predominating over the ill-
defined or obsolete axial undulations. The opercula of the
three gulf .species, Rissoiiia lapazana Bartsch,'* R. herryi, and
R. stephcrisce, are unknown. However, that of the fourth
species, R. kelseyi Dall & Bartsch." from southern California,
is found to be typical of the genus as is shown by the accom-
panying figures 6 and 7. R. stephciisce dift'ers from the other
species in the group in color, in being much smaller for an
equal number of whorls, in having slightly fewer axial undu-
lations and spiral cords, esj^ecially on the base, and in other
details. There is some variation in the number of spiral cords
on the postnuclear whorls of the topotypes but within very
narrow limits.

•Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 50, pi. 30, fig. 6.

•Dall & Bartsch, Nautilus, vol. 16, 1902, p. 94; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. vol. 49, 1915, p. 40
pi. 30, fi^. 4.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG—SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA 35

The species is named for Mrs. Kate Stephens, Curator of
Mollusks in the San Diego Society of Natural History.

18. Rissoina berryi Baker, Hanna & Strong, new species

Plate 1, figure 3

Shell large, broadly elongate-conic, everywhere marked by
distinct and strongly protractive growth lines, shining white ;
nuclear whorls about two, smooth, the first depressed, the
second prominent, not distinctly differentiated from the post-
nuclear turns; postnuclear whorls 63^, rather convex, nar-
rowly shouldered above, the first two nearly smooth but show-
ing the beginning of faint opaque, slightly colored axial mark-
ings which become stronger below and are discernible in the
umbilical region, numbering about 20 in the lower whorls :
these appear under certain lighting as faint ribs but are not
raised above the general surface; spiral sculpture consisting of
low rounded spiral cords uneven in size, separated by nar-
rower impressed spiral sulci beginning on the third postnuclear
turn, increasing in number on each succeeding turn and
extending over the base, of which about four appear on the
fourth, 10 on the penultimate turn, and 10 on the base:
periphery not distinctly marked ; base rather short, evenly
rounded behind, slightly concave in the umbilical region :
aperture subovate, slightly effuse near the columellar base,
roundly angulate above; outer and basal lips somewhat worn.
but apparently thickened within ; columella very concave, nar-
row above, rather broad and flattened below, backed by a very
narrow fasciole ; parietal wall marked by the beginnings of the
basal spiral cords, scarcely calloused. Length 9 mm. ; diameter
3.75. A more worn but larger specimen measures : length
9.5 mm. ; diameter 4.25 mm.

Holotype: No. 4608. Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
E. C. Johnson of the U. S. S. Albatross about 1914, Cape San
Lucas, Lower California. Three additional specimens were
taken at the same place.

The species falls into the group mentioned under
R. stephens<2 of this paper. It is much the largest of the group
and much more obese ; it also has more axial ribs than any of

35 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

the other species of the group. The species is named for Dr.
S. StiHman Berry, one of tlie outstanding inalacologists of this
coast.

19. Rissoina woodwardii Carpenter

Plate 1, figure 8

Rissoina woodwardii Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 357. — Bartsch,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1915, p. 57.

One specimen was taken in San Luis Gonzaga Bay and two
in Isthmus Cove, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California.

20. Rissoella tumens (Carpenter)

Plate 1, figure 13

Jeffreysia tumens Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 363.
Rissoella inniens (Carpenter), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920
(1921 h pp. 160, 161, pi. 12, fig. 1.

About a dozen specimens were taken at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. A few of the yoimger shells contain the
operculum and agree with Carpenter's description and dimen-
sions. An adult example has six whorls and measures : length
4.3 mm., diameter 2.9 mm.

21. Rissoella excolpa Bartsch
Plate 1, figure 10

A;<' ^ella excolpa Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920 (1921), p. 161,
pi. 12, fig. 3.

About 100 specimens were taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower
California, many of which show faint color banding.

22. Rissoella johnstoni Baker, Hanna <S: Strong, new species

Plate 1, figure 16

Shell small, thin, translucent, shining, white, everywhere
marked by indistinct, slightly retractive growth lines; nuclear
whorls nearly two. the first rather flatly mammilate, the second
roundly shouldered above, rather straight below, smooth ;

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA 37

postnuclear whorls 2^, roundly shouldered above, well
rounded below, everywhwe marked by unequal and unequally
spaced, low narrow spiral cords extending to the edge of the
open umbilicus, about 9 appearing on the first, 12 on the
second and not less than 23 on the base and final turn ;
periphery well rounded; base rather long and well rounded;
umbilicus elongate-lunate, rather large and open; sutures dis-
tinctly impressed : aperture oval ; outer and basal lips thin, the
latter effuse near the columellar junction; columella convex,
heavily calloused but scarcely reflected over the umbilicus;
parietal wall showing the continuation of the callus flatly
adanate above the umbilicus, rendering the aperture entire.
Length 1.6 mm.; diameter 1.0 mm. A weathered specimen
measures: length 1.7 mm., diameter 1.1 mm.

Holotypc: No. 4612, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan in 1925 at Cape San Lucas,
Lower California. Two additional specimens were taken at
the same place.

The species somewhat resembles R. tiimeus (Carpenter),
but differs from this species by its small size and from all west
coast species in the well-marked spiral cords.

It is named for Mr. Edward C. Johnston, Naturalist of the
U. S. S. Albatross at the time a Cape San Lucas collection of
shells was made.

23. Amphithalamus inclusus Carpenter

Am/iJiithalamus inclusus Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 15,
1865, p. 181.— Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, 1911 (1912),
p. 264, text fig. 2.

A single specimen was taken at Monserrate Island, Gulf of
California, and several at Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
The species has not previously been reported below San Diego,
California.

.^8

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Outline, camera lucida figures (X25) of Barleeia from
Cape San Lucas, Lower California

Fig. 1. Barleeia subtenuis Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 4613 (C. A. S.). Length

2.4 mm.
Fig. 2. Barleeia orcutti Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4614 (C. A. wS.).
Fig. 3. Barleeia alderi Carpenter. Plesiotype, No. 4615 (C. A. S.).
Fig. 4. Barleeia hentleyi Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4616 (C. A. vS.).

24. Barleeia alderi (Carpenter)

Text figure 3

Jeffreysia alderi Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 362.
Barleeia alderi (Carpenter), Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920
(1921), p. 175, pi. 12, fig. 6.

Five specimens were taken at the Northeast Anchorage,
Monserrate Island, Gulf of California, and a large series at
Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Many of the latter show
little or no sign of color banding.

25. Barleeia subtenuis Carpenter

Text figure 1

Hydrobia ulvce (Pennant) Carpenter, Cat. Maz. Shells, 1856, p. 361, an error

in diagnosis.
Barleeia subtenuis Carpenter, Suppl. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1864,

pp. 546, 625, 656, 669.— Carpenter, Jour, de Conch., vol. 13, 1865,

pp. 143, 144.— Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920 (1921),

pp. 169, 170, pi. 13, fig. 11.

One specimen was taken at Sal si Puedes Island, several at
Monserrate Island, (iulf of California, one at San Luis Gon-

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG—SOME RISSOID MOLLUSCA 39

zaga Bay, about a dozen at Cape San Luca, and several hun-
dred on "sea lettuce" in San Francisquito Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia. Five specimens in the Baker collection were taken in
the "Gulf of California" by George D. Porter, three of them
being much larger than those noted above. The largest
measures : length 3.6 mm., this being larger than any we have
seen reported.

26. Barleeia bentleyi Bartsch

Text figure 4

Barleeia bentleyi Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920 (1921), pp. 168,
169, pi. 13, fig. 2.

Of several dozen specimens taken at Cape San Lucas, Lower
California, a few agree in every way with the description and
figure, though the majority are of a darker shade of brown;
none being quite fully mature. This extends the range from
the type locality. Venice, California, to the southern end of
Lower California.

27. Barleeia orcutti Bartsch

Text figure 2

Barleeia orcutti Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920 (1921), p. 174,
pi. 13, fig. 8.

Three specimens taken at Northeast Anchorage, Monserrate
Island, Gulf of California, agree with the description and
figure of this species the type locality of which is Magdalena
Bay on the opposite side of Lower California.

July IS, \9.\t)

40 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sfr.

Plate 1

Alvania lucasana Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 4597

(C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 2.5 mm.;

p. 24.
Alvania herrerce Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 4598

(C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 3.0 mm.;

p. 25.
Rissoina berryi Baker, Hanna & vStrong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 4608

(C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 9 mm.;

p. 35.
Rissoina kelseyi Dall & Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4603 (C. A. S.),

from Coronado Islands, Lower Calif.; length 5.8 mm.; p. 34.

Rissoina mellanelloides Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype,
No. 4602 (C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length
3.30 mm.; p. 3L

Rissoina kelseyi Dall & Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4604 (C. A. S.), from
Coronado Islands, Lower Calif.; length of operculum about 1.0
mm.; p. 34.

Rissoina kelseyi Dall & Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4605 (C. A. S.), from
Coronado Islands, Lower Calif.; length of operculum about LO
mm.; p. 34.

Rissoina woodwardii Carpenter. Plesiotype No. 4609 (C. A. S.), from
San Luis Gonzaga Bay, Lower Cahf . ; length 3.0 mm. ; p. 36.

Alvania monserratensis Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype,
No. 4600 (C. A. S.), from Monserrate Island, Gulf of Cahf.;
length 1.35 mm.; p. 27.

Rissoella excolpa Bartsch. Plesiotype, No. 4611 (C. A. S.), from Cape
San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 1.4 mm.; p. 36.

Alvania gallegosi Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 4599
(C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 2.3 mm.;
p. 26.

Fig. 12. Rissoina gisna hasilirata Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype,
No. 4606 (C. A. S.), from West Anchorage, San Jose Island,
Gulf of Calif.; length 3.8 mm.; p. 32.

Rissoella lumens (Carpenter). Plesiotype, No. 4610 (C. A. S.), from
Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length 4.0 mm.; p. 36.

Rissoina Stephens)^ Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No.
4607 (C. A. S.), from Cape San Lucas, Lower Calif.; length
4 mm.; p. 33.

Rissoina porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No. 4601
(C. A. S.), from Gulf of Calif.; length 2.35 mm.; p. 30.

Rissoella johnstoni Baker, Hanna & Strong, n. sp. Holotype, No.
4612 (C. A. S.), from Cape vSan Lucas, Lower Calif.; length
1.6 mm.; p. 36.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fig.

13,

Fig.

14,

Fig.

15,

Fig.

16,

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No, 4

[BAKER, HANNA& STRONG] Plate 1

PROCEEDIN<^S

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 5, pp. 41-56, plates 2 and 3 July 15, 1930

V

SOME MOLLUSCA OF THE FAMILY EPITONIID^ffi
FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA

BY

FRED BAKER
G. D. HANNA

AND

A. M. STRONG

This report constitutes another record of the 1921 Expedition
of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf, of Cali-
fornia.^ In addition to the large number of stations at which
collections were made during that year there have been
included such members of this family as were obtained at Cape
San Lucas, Lower California in 1925."

The number of species credited to the family Epitoniidae
(=ScalaridcE) is very large, but they are all generally con-
sidered to belong to a single genus. This genus, Epitoniiim
(=Scalaria), has been divided into a correspondingly large
number of subgenera, some of which are very distinct while
others are based on trivial differences. California is credited
with about 35 species in the genus, and an additional 25 have
been described from Lower California and the Gulf of Cali-

'For a general account of the expedition of 1921, see Slevin, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 12, no. 6, pp. 55-72, June 2, 1923.

^For a general account of the expedition in 1925, see Hanna, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 15, no. 1, pp. 1-ll.S, pis. 1-10, text figs. 1-7, March .30, 1926.

42 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

fornia. Many of these are known only from a single collect-
ing, and sufificient material for a determination of the limits
of specific variation is available only in a few cases. Many
of the recorded ranges are based on old identifications and
records which are badly in need of verification. The x\cademy's
Gulf of California material in the genus is not sufficiently
extensive to make any attempt at a general review of the
entire fauna possible. The following key to the subgenera
known from the west coast shows the arrangement used in this
paper and indicates the closely related groups of species with
which comparison should be made :

Key to Subgenera of West American Epitoniidae

Shell with a B.\sal Disk Bounded by a Keel

Surface with a spong>-, punctate outer layer

Varices faint over whorls, pointed in the sutures Nodiscala

Varices strong over entire surface of whorls Cirsotrema

Surface with a thin, chalky outer layer

Varices partly obsolete ; sutures pitted Dentiscala

Surface without a distinct outer layer
Spiral sculpture distinct
Shell white

Varices terminating at basal keel Punctiscala

Varices extending to umbilical region Boreoscala

Shell yellow or brown

Sculpture evenly reticulated Ferminoscala

Occasional ribs strongly varicose Pictoscala

Spiral sculpture very fine or wanting

Axial ribs strong and thick Opalia

Shell Without a Basal Disk

Spiral sculpture distinct

Varices forming a ridged fold bounding the umbilicus . . . Crisposcala

Varices rounding into umbilical region Asperiscala

Spiral sculpture very fine or wanting

Shell distinctly banded with brown Hirtoscala

Shell white

Shell slender, turrited Nitidiscala

Shell short and broad

Varices thin and erect Globoscala

Varices thick and reflexed Sthenorytis

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA &■ STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONIID.E 43

We have used the term "varix" with full knowledg-e that
the axial ribs in the members of the family are not equivalent
to true rest stages in some other genera. However, the word
has been so generally applied to these structures in con-
chological literature that we believe no good purpose would
here be served in abandoning it.

Very few of the west American species have been adequately
illustrated and this omission has added enormously to the
labor of identification. In order to correct matters as best we
can we have illustrated all of the species identified in the
present collection. In many cases the only information the
student has available is a very generalized description in which
actual diagnostic characters are not mentioned or if mentioned
are not emphasized. Naturally, working from such literature,
errors may be made which cannot be corrected until type
material is consulted, redescribed or illustrated. Of the 12
species treated in the following pages three are believed to be
new ; the other nine seem to fall into described species which
have not heretofore been illustrated.

In using the obscure name Epitoniutn "Bolten" Roding for
the genus we have followed current west American usage
without, however, subscribing to the propriety or legality of
the adoption of Boltenian names in general.

Genus Epitonium "Bolten" Roding, 1798
Epitoniutn "Bolten" Roding, Mus. Boltenianum, 1798, p. 91.

Subgenus Nodiscala de Boury, 1889

The species from the west coast which are placed in the sub-
genus Nodiscala form a distinct group, very different from the
remainder of the Epitoniums. Dall'' described the subgenus as
follows : "These are small, slender imperforate shells with
ill-defined axial nodes or ribs but only one true varix, which is
terminal and much thickened. The shells when in good condi-
tion have a soft calcareous outer coat which is punctate or
minutely sculptured." To this it can be added that the more

»Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 53, 1917, p. 474.

44 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES fPRoc. 4th Ser.

or less ill-defined ribs end in prominent points which coronate
the sutures.

In addition to the species described below the suboenus con-
tains the following from the west coast : Epitonintn spoui^i-
osum (Carpenter).* described from Monterey with eig'ht
undulated ribs; Ep'itoimim vnazatlanicnm (Dall)," described
from Mazatlan. with 20 faint ribs ; and Epitonhim nicxicanum
(Dall)," from Acapulco, with nine wide ribs. All three are
known only from the type localities.

1. Epitonium (Nodiscala) golischi Baker, 1 1 anna >S: Strt)ng,

new species

Plate 2 , figures 1 , 2

Shell rather large for the subgenus, with the characteristic
calcareous outer coat, dull cream-white : nuclear whorls very
small, depressed helicoid. about one antl a half, the first nearly
smooth, the second showing the faint beginnings of varices,
not sharply differentiated from the succeeding turn; post-
nuclear whorls about eight, high between the sutures, very
moderately and evenly rounded, with ten broad, low^-rounded.
slightly retractive varices, obsolete on the lower whorls, more
distinct on the upper turns, terminating posteriorly in broad,
rounded points coronating the whorls, appressed to the pre-
ceding whorls and separated by rather deep depressions
extending into the sutures ; interspaces about as wide as the
varices on the lower whorls, proportionally wider above; all
postnuclear whorls markcfl by very indistinct, low rounded
axial riblets. parallel to. and extending over the varices,
crossed by equally indistinct spiral cords, both groups being
further marked throughout by quite distinct, irregular and
irregularly spaced, microscopic vertical riblets crossed by
equally fine spiral cords separated by minute, inci.sed. punctate
spiral lines, the punctations unequal, generally circular, rather
deep, and placed at the intersections of the interspaces of the
vertical riblets ; sutures rather deep, obscured by the coronat-
ing varices; base rounded above, concave below a basal disk

*Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 1, vol. 3, 186.S, p. 222.
sProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908. p. 250.
•Op. cit., p. 251.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONUDM 45

defined by an extension of the last suture as a depressed line
with a series of broad holes corresponding- to those on the
upper sutures and a second series of holes half way from the
basal disk to the anterior extremity of the shell; aperture
broadly subpyriform, distinctly effuse below ; outer lip rather
thin; basal lip and parietal wall heavily calloused. Length.
13 mm. ; diameter, 5.8 mm.

Holotypc: No. 4770, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., from San
Francisco Island, Gulf of California, and a half-grown para-
type (No. 4771). from Puerto Escondido, Lower California,
both collected by Fred Baker in 192L The holotype is prob-
ably not quite mature as it lacks the "much thickened" termi-
nal varix noted by DalF as characteristic of the subgenus.

Besides other distinguishing criteria, this species differs
from all others of the subgenus described from this coast in
being much more obese.

It is named for the late W. H. Golisch, one of our most
enthusiastic west coast conchologists.

2. Epitonium (Nodiscala) retiporosum (Carpenter)

Plate 2, figure 3

Opalia rctiporom Carpenter, Siippl. Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1864, p. 660
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1865, p. 222.

One immature example was taken at Cape San Lucas.

A free translation of Carpenter's description is as follows :
''Shell similar in shape to O. biiUata. but with entirely different
sculpture; nuclear whorls ? (decollated) ; normal whorls
seven, slightly rounded, sutures impressed ; with about 14
subacute radiating ribs, rounded, not varicose, the continu-
ation above the sutures flattened; last whorl with a riblike,
irregularly arranged spiral row of tubercles on the periphery ;
entire surface reticulate, with the interstices deeply, irregularly
punctate, punctures, minute, close; base angulated by a
nodulous rib; aperture rounded, lip continuous, varicose, not
sinuated; operculum (?) pauci-spiral. Length 7. length of
spire 5, diameter 2.5 mm." To this it can be added that the

'Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 474.

45 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

ribs end in rounded knobs in the suture, and that the nucleus
consists of four well rounded, glassy whorls of which only
the last shows signs of sculpture. An adult specimen from
Catalina Island has been chosen for illustration.

3. Epitonium (Nodiscala) espiritum Baker, Hanna & Strong,

new species

Plate 2, figure 4

Shell of moderate size, elongate-conic, everywhere marked
by heavy growth lines, milk-white; nuclear whorls decollated;
remaining postnuclear whorls seven and a half, strongly
exserted, the first three very convex, the rest strongly angulate
in the middle, producing a broad, slightly concave, sloping
shoulder on the upper half and a flattening of the lower part ;
all whorls marked by low, rounded, irregular, irregularly
spaced, slightly retractive axial ribs, about fifteen appearing on
all whorls, these ribs terminating superiorly on the lower
whorls, and indistinctly on the upper, in rounded, appressed
tubercles in the deeply impressed sutures, thus rendering the
sutures strongly crenulate, and by from 10 to 20 narrow,
rounded spiral cords crossing the axial ribs, separated by well
defined sulci which are rendered markedly i)unctate by the
heavy growth lines ; base rather long, marked by the same
sculpture as the preceding whorls; aperture broadly oval with
some flattening on the peripheral side, rendered entire bv a
heavy continuous callus and showing the external sculpture
within. Length, 6 mm. : diameter, 2.3 mm.

Holotype: No. 4778, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., and two imma-
ture paratypes (Nos. 4779. 4780) collected by Fred Baker at
Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. A
paratype in the Baker collection was taken by Capt. Geo. D.
Porter in the "Gulf of CaHfornia."

The species differs radically from any other described from
this coast.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONIWJE 47

Subgenus Dentiscala de Boury, 1886

This subgenus contains those species with a spiral rib
bounding- the basal disk; the more or less obsolete ribs coro-
nate the suture and have deep pits between them on the tabu-
lated shoulder of the whorl.

4. Epitonium (Dentiscala) crenatoides (Carpenter)

Plate 2, figure 5
Opalia crenataides Carpenter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 14, 1864, p. 47.

One immature specimen was taken at the West Anchorage.
San Jose Island, Gulf of California and one at Cape San
Lucas, Lower California.

A free translation of Carpenter's description of this sj^ecies
is as follows: "Shell white, margin of spire straight, nuclear
whorls?, normal whorls six, compact, in close contact; axial
ribs 10, nearly obsolete on the spire, strong on the last whorl,
broad, not elevated, ascending the spire in close, almost
straight lines; suture deeply punctured between the ribs,
suture continued as a broad basal keel ; spaces between the ribs
deep, particularly in the sutures, showing subobsolete, sub-
nodose spiral threads; not umbilicated; base smooth. Length
13.5. length of spire 9.5, diameter 5.75 mm."

5. Epitonium (Dentiscala) crenimarginatum (Dall)

Plate 2, figure 6
Dentiscala crenimarginala Dull, Proc. U. vS. Xat. Mus., vol. 5.>, 1917, p. 473.

Thirty- three specime"ns were taken at Smith Island, two at
Balandra Bay, Carmen Island, three at the West Anchorage.
San Jose Island, one at San Marcos Island, three at Georges
Island, fourteen at Sal si Puedes Island, three at Isla Partida.
all in the Gulf of California ; one at Las Animas Bay and three
at San Antonio Point, Lower California.

In the original description of Epitonium creniiiiarginatiim it
was stated that the species had been confused with Epitonium
crenatoides (Carpenter). The latter is a rare and little known

4g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Gulf shell but the name has been commonly applied to the
former species which rang^es as far north as Monterey. Cali-
fornia, as shown by the various published lists. Epitonium
crcnhnarginotum (Dall) is characterised by having about 12
axial ribs, strong on the spire, obsolete on the last two whorls,
the whorls finely spirally striated, the base smooth.

Carpenter described under the name of "Opalia { 'icrciia-
toides, var. ) insculpta,'*" a Pleistocene fossil from Santa Bar-
bara with 13 or 14 ribs, strong on the spire, obsolete on the
last whorl, spiral sculpture none. Dall stated of this that it is
somewhat intermediate between the two above noted but with-
out the fine spiral surface sculpture. As the spiral striations
on the living shells is on a surface coating whicli is easily
eroded, leaving a smooth underlayer. this character is not of
specific value Tt is not improbable that a study of well pre-
served material from the Pleistocene will show that visculptiim
(Carpenter) and cren'unarginatnui (Dall) are identical. One
other species, Epifoniuiii ncsioticum (Dall)," from Catalina
Island, California, is placed in the subgenus. It is smaller,
with 12 ribs and sharp spiral sculpture.

Subgenus Asperiscala de Boury, 1909

This subgenus contains those species without a basal disk in
which the surface between the varicose ribs is marked with
spiral sculpture. To the single species described by Carpenter,
Dall added 13 more from the west coast. Three of these were
found in the Academy's material and a single specimen of
another seems to represent a new species.

6. Epitonium (Asperiscala) kelseyi Baker, Hanna & Strong,

new species

Plate 2, figure 7

Shell of medium size, rather obese, with straight sides,
shining white ; nuclear whorls about two, high and prominent,
the first somewhat eroded, the second showing a minute thim-

•Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 17, 1866, p. 277.
'Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., vol. S3, 1017, p. 473.

Vol. XIX) BAKER. HAiVNA & STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONIID.E 49

ble-pitting in spots ; transition to postnuclear sculpture not well
defined; postnuclear whorls nearly eight and a half, slopingly
shouldered above, strongly and evenly rounded below the
shoulder, marked by eighteen thin, slightly reflected, irregular
and irregularly placed, varices, which are depressed at the
sutures, but raised at the shoulder to rounded tubercles which
occasionally become spinose; varices not continuous up the
spire which they encircle about ;>4 : interspaces wider than the
varices, everywhere marked by irregular and irregularly
spaced, incised spiral lines quite generally showing faintly on
the varices; postnuclear whorls marked throughout by minute
pfrowth lines reaching the anterior surfaces of the varices ;
sutures deep and w ell defined between the varices ; base well
rounded, without a basal disk; aperture ovate, slightly effuse
below ; outer lip somewhat fractured but thin, indicating prob-
able immaturity; basal lip and parietal wall with a broad callus
reflected above, and free from the ends of the varices in such
a manner as scarcely to hide the umbilicus. Length. 11.9 mm. :
diameter, 5.5 mm.

Holoiypc: No. 4766, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
Fred Baker at San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, 1921.

This species probably resembles E. imperforatum Dall^"
more closely than any other from this coast, but it is larger,
has fewer varices, a thimble-pitted nucleus and. apparently, a
greater tendency to become spinose at the shoulder, besides
being perforate. It appears to us that this last criterion is not
of great taxonomic importance in Epifonium because the usual
broad callus of the columellar region may easily obscure a
quite large umbilicus. However, the very free reflection of the
callus in this species makes obscuration very improbable at any
stage of growth. We are inclined to agree with DalP^ rather
than with de Boury.^- that the number of varies, at least in the

'"Ppjc. U. S. Xat. Mu3., vol. .S.5, 1917, p. 476.

""The number of varices is, on the whole, very constant in most of the groups, following
the rule that the greatest variation will be found where the normal number of varices is greatest."
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 471.

'""Bien que le nombre des cotes axiales soit une indication relativement tr6s utile dans
nombre de cas, il est souvent si variable, nieme chez les especes a cfites peu nombreuse, qu'il
faut n'en tenir compte qu'avec une extreme prudence et ne pas y attacher la meme importance
que notre savant coUcguc, qui attribue a ce caractferc une Constance en realite tr&s relative."
Jour, de Conch., vol. 64, 1918, p. 34.

SO C"

50 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

majority of our west coast species, is generally a dependable
criterion.

The species is named for Mr. F. W. Kelsey of San Diego,
California.

7. Epitonium (Asperiscala) acapulcanum Dall
Plate 2, figure 8
Epitonium acapulcanum Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Ahis., vol. 53, 1917, p. 475.

A single specimen was taken at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu
Santo Island, Gulf of California.

This species is characterized by Dall as having 11 varices,
without spinosity at the shoulder, the whorls covered with
closely adjacent flattish threads; the three nuclear and five sub-
sequent whorls measuring 5 mm. in length by 2.5 mm. in diam-
eter. Our specimen has six whorls and is slightly larger than
the type in all dimensions. It seems to agree in most particulars
but the varices are slightly less retractive. The number of
threads in the intercostal spaces of the penultimate whorl is
about twenty.

8. Epitonium (Asperiscala) xantusi Dall
Plate 3, figures 1, 2
Epitonium xanlusi Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 475.

A single specimen taken at Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo
Island, Gulf of California, and about two dozen specimens at
Cape San Lucas, Lower California, seem to fall here.

The species is characterized b}' Dall as having 12 low, con-
tinuous varies, not spinose or expanded over the suture, the
interspaces on the whorls with flattish adjacent threads; the
seven decollated whorls measuring 5.5 mm. in length by 3 mm.
in diameter. None of our specimens reach quite the seven
whorls of the type and the measurements are proportionally
smaller. The nuclear whorls are nearlv three, axiallv rctrac-

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONIID^ 5 J

lively, very minutely striated, the direction agreeing with that
of the varices. The intercostal spiral cords number from eight
to twelve, nearly equal, equally spaced and very distinctly
marked.

9. Epitonium (Asperiscala) cookeanum Dall

Plate 3, figure 3

Epitonium cookeanum Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 475.

A single beach worn specimen from Isthmus Cove, Espiritu
Santo Island, Gulf of California, agrees with Ball's descrip-
tion and with a specimen from Ocean Beach, near San Diego,
in Dr. Baker's collection. No type locality was designated in
the original description but the range was stated to be from
San Diego to Gulf of California. Dr. Baker's specimen is
marked "co-type" and is believed to have been received from
Miss Cooke; it is very probably part of the type lot and has
been chosen for figuring here.

Subgenus Nitidoscala, de Boury, 1909

This subgenus contains those species without a basal disk in
which the surface of the whorls between the varices is without
spiral sculpture. The majority of the species from the west
coast belong- in this subgenus, the total number being nearly
50. Many of these are only known from type si>ecimens and
there has been much confusion in the application of the older
names. Only four species falling in the subgenus were found
in the Academy's Gulf material.

10. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) apiculatum Dall

Plate 3, figures 4, 5, 6

Epitonium apiculatum Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 480.

Two specimens were taken at the Salt Works, Carmen
Island, two at Amortajada Bay, San Jose Island, one at Isth-
mus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, all in the Gulf of California ;

52 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

three at La Paz, one at San Evaristo Bay and two at Coyote
Bay, Conception Bay, Lower California.

This species is characterized by Dall as having eight sharp
varices, acutely angled at the shoulder and becoming spinose
on the last whorl ; the 2^ nuclear and five subsequent whorls
measuring A mm. in length by 2 mm. in diameter. The species
was evidently described from an immature individual. We
figure an immature specimen which agrees very closely with
the type-description and another with seven and a half post-
nuclear whorls; this last is 9.2 mm. in length and 3.3 mm. in
diameter ; the varices are continuous and make nearly a whole
turn of the spire.

11. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) propehexagonum Dali

Plate 3, figure 7
Epitonium propehexagonum Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu.s., vol. 5.i, 1017, p. 479

One specimen from Puerto Escondido, Lower California,
one from Sal si Puedes Island and one from San Luis Island,
Gulf of California, seem to fall here.

Dall separated this species from the wider ranging Epi-
toniiun hexagonum (Sowerby), the only other species from
the west coast with six varices, by the larger size, broader pro-
portions and greater tendency to spinosity on the varices at
the shoulder of the whorls. Judging from the description
alone our specimens possess these characters.

12. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) hexagonum (Sowerby)

Plate 3, figure 8

Scala hexagona Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1844, p. 29.
Epitonium hexagonum (Sowerby), Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917,
p. 479.

A single specimen from Isla Danzante, Gulf of California,
seems to fall in Sowerby's species as restricted by Dall.

Vol. XIX] BAKER, HANNA & STRONG— THE FAMILY EPITONIIDM 53

13. Epitonium (Nitidoscala) colpoicum Dall

Plate 3, figure 9

Epitonium colpoicum Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 478.

A single specimen from Ballandra Ba3^ Carmen Island,
Gulf of California, has one more whorl than the original
description calls for and it is accordingly larger. The lack of
any indication of coronation to the varices and the "pit-like
cavities" in the suture between the varices make this species
quite distinct from any other described form.

54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4th Sbr.

Plate 2

Fig. 1. Epitonium golischi B. H. & S., n. sp. Holotype No. 4770 (C. A. S.);
San Francisco Island, Gulf of California; length 13.0 mm.;
diameter 5.8 mm.; p. 44.

Fig. 2. Epitonium golischi B. H. & S., n. sp. Paratype No. 4771 (C. A. S.);
Puerto Escondido, Gulf of California; length 7.6 mm.; diameter
3.5 mm.; p. 44.

Fig. 3. Epitonium retiporosum (Carpenter). Plesiotype No. 4777 (C. A. S.);
White's Landing, Catalina Island, California, 30 fms.; length
9.5 mm.; diameter 3.2> mm.; p. 45.

Fig. 4. Epitonium espiritum B. H. & S., n. sp. Holotype No. 4778 (C. A. S.);
Isthmus Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California; length
6.0 mm.; diameter 2.1 mm.; p. 46.

Fig. 5. Epitonium crenatoides (Carpenter). Plesiotype No. 4768 (C. A. S.);
west side San Jose Island, Gulf of California; length 9.8 mm.;
diameter 4.2 mm.; p. 47.

Fig. 6. Epitoniujti crenimarginatum (Dall). Plesiotype No. 4774 (C. A. S.);
San Marcos Island, Gulf of California; length 18.8 mm.; dia-
meter 7.3 mm.; p. 47.

Fig. 7. Epitonium kelseyi B. H. & S., n. sp. Holotype No. 4766 (C. A. S.);
San Francisco Island, Gulf of California; length 11.9 mm.; dia-
meter 5.5 mm.; p. 48.

Fig. 8. EpitoniuTH acapulcanum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4769 (C. A. S.); Isthmus
Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California; length 6.2 mm.;
diameter 2.9 mm.; p. 50.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 5

BAKER, HANNA & STRONG] Plate 2

»

55 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

Plate 3

Fig. 1. Epitoniiim xavtusi Dall. Plesiotypc No. 4775 (C. A. S.); Isthmus Bay,
Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California; length 4 mm.; diameter
1.0 mm.; j). 50.

Fig. 2. Epitonium xantusi Dall. Plesiotype No. 4776 (C. A. S.); Cape San
Lucas, Lower California; length 5.5 mm.; diameter 2.8 mm.;
p. 50.

Fig. 3. Epitonium cookeanum Dall. Plesiotype in the collection of Dr. Fred
Baker; Ocean Beach, San Diego, California; length 7.1 mm.;
diameter 3.2 mm.; p. 51. This specimen is probably from the
type lot returned by Dr. Dall; it is more important than an ordi-
nary plesiotype.

Fig. 4. Epitonium apiculatum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4763 (C. A. S.); Salt
Works, Carmen Island, Gulf of California; length 9.2 mm.;
diameter 3.3 mm.; p. 51.

Fig. 5. Epitonium apiculatum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4764 (C. A. S.); La Paz,
Lower California; length 3.8 mm.; diameter 1.7 mm.; p. 51.

Fig. 6. Epitonium apiculatum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4765 (C. A. S.); Isthmus
Bay, Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California; length 4 mm.;
diameter 1.7 mm.; ]>. 51.

Fig. 7. Epitonium propehexagonum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4772 (C. A. S.);
Inner Lagoon, San Luis Island, Gulf of CaHfornia; length 18.7
mm.; diameter 7.7 mm.; p. 52.

Fig. 8. Epitonium hexagotium (Sowerby). Plesiotype No. 4767 (C. A. S.);
Isla Danzante, Gulf of California; length 14.1 mm.; tliameter
5.7 mm.; p. 52.

Fig. 0. Epitonium colpoicum Dall. Plesiotype No. 4773 (C. A. S.); Ballandra
Bay, Carmen Island, Gulf of California; length 13.2 mm.; dia-
meter 6.9 mm.; p. 53.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 5 1 BAKER, HANNA & STRONG ] Plate 3

8

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 6, pp. 57-64

July 15, 1930

VI

PLIOCENE DEPOSITS NORTH OF SIMI
VALLEY, CALIFORNIA

<*-^

BY

W. P. WOODRING

Batch Graduate School of the Geological Sciences,
California Institute of Technology, Pasadena

The youngest Tertiary rocks on the south slope of the
Santa Susana Mountains north of Simi Valley, in eastern
Ventura and western Los Angeles counties, consist of sand-
stones and conglomerates that lie unconformably on beds
ranging in age from upper Miocene to Eocene. Though they
are the youngest consolidated deposits in this region, they
embrace rocks that are far harder than any of the other Ter-
tiary rocks; they cap high ridges and supply the most dur-
able rock waste to the streams.

These beds, which are several hundred feet thick in tlie
eastern part of the area described and thicken westward, were
described by Kew,^ who referred them to the Fernando forma-
tion and on the basis of a collection of fossils from "Browns
Canyon below the abandoned wells" recognized their Pliocene

'Kew, W. S. W., Structure and oil resources of the Sinii Valley, southern California: U. S.
Geol. Survey Bull. 691, pp. 333-334, 1919.

July 15, 1930

58 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser.

age and that they are younger than the Pliocene beds of Els-
mere Canyon near Newhall. Later Kew^ referred these de-
posits to the Saiigus formation and listed a few fossils from
additional localities in this region.

These Pliocene beds were examined during the course of
work carried on by the 1929 summer field camp of the Cali-
fornia Institute of Technology by parties headed by F. D.
Bode, J. W. Daly, W. A. Findlay, K. E. Lohman, and G. F.
Taylor. Any credit for the additional information discovered
belongs to these students and their collaborators, who per-
formed the arduous work of mapping and fossil-collecting.
Not enough time was spent on this part of the Tertiary sec-
tion to yield precise stratigraphic results in the way of
measurements and possible subdivisions. These matters are
now being investigated by G. H. Anderson, of the California
Institute of Technology. The fossils collected during the
work of the summer field camp confirm Kew's original age
assignment and show that at least the lower part of these beds
falls within a division of the Pliocene series that furnishes a
readily recognized datum horizon in southern California. The
fossils and the localities where they were collected are as
follows :

*Kew, W. S. W., Geology and oil resources of a part of Los Angeles and Ventura counties
California: U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 753, pp. 69-70, 81-89, 1924.

Vol. XIX] WOODRING— PLIOCENE DEPOSITS NORTH OF SIMI VALLEY 59

5

.0

«3

CO

o

00

»0

ON

vo

10

o

X

X X

X X

X

X

X X

X

X X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X X

X

O (J

d, CM

000000

O O O O O !>

pL| Oh Cl, PL, Oi Cm

l/J U) t/3

6 S S

c3 cd cd

2 2 2

u o o

X X

X

X

.2

'55

a
<

c

o

CS O w

Ol

o o

i5 U
* *

ctJ

o

2
o

W

^ iS C

£ G V

3 4) w
■^00

^ .2 -g

O (-1 Ih

o <u w

r-^ ■!-> +^

p C G

tH Ql o

9>

.0
o

J3

a
o

BO

O

O.

O

X

u

Q
o

•o

u
-♦J

•§

.g

i
(It

2
■3

eg-

60

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser.

00

O

m

00

1^

X

X XX XX

X X

X

X X

X

8

S

c3

CO

O
<

to

"to

X

X

X

A

A

X X

i:

vO j

•* 1

in

5

a

£

c5

1- .s

.. ,2 •'^

o ca S

g O w

C3

Q

en

'o
o
o

o .S

O rt

2 Q
o
ns
ii

PQ

e

o

o g-2

o wi rt
i < O

U3 * *

o

E
o

-4-)

o
-a
O

c
o

"5.
w

e

-4->

a

o

a

•c

>

73

>>

Q

c

C3

C

0)

7i
o

.2?
>

i 9 .2 S « <«

a
O

c

>

2 m

C

i^ -"S o

en

3

'S

o

3 <u g

*" 3 tn
«j -*-> 3

rt o o

fc S 2 2 O <

2

S
>.

•a

a

o
O.
'Ji

Vol. XIX] WOODRING— PLIOCENE DEPOSITS NORTH OF SIMI VALLEY ^\

California Institute of Technology locality numbers

433. East of Aliso Canyon, cliff at end of road near center of sec. 36, T. 3 N.,

R. 17 W.; 7400 feet N. 58° E. from Rocky Peak. G. F. Taylor.

435. East of Aliso Canyon, south line of sec. 25, T. 3 N., R. 17 W. ; on north-

ward-facing cliff in burned-over area, 7650 feet N. 45J^° E-. from
Rocky Peak. J. W. Daly.

434. Spur east of Aliso Canyon, western part of sec. 36, T. 3 N., R. 17 W.; 30

feet above fault contact with Eocene, 6800 feet N. 64J^° E. from
Roclcj' Peak. J. W. Daly.

457. West of Aliso Canyon, east slope of ridge near center of sec. 26, T. 3 N.
R. 17 W., 8800 feet N. 12J^° E. from Rock^ Peak. G. F. Taylor.

436. West side of Las Llajas Canyon, about 100 feet below top of cliff section,

2750 feet N. 68° E. from 2205-Hill. W. A. Findlay and J. Reilly.

440. Same locality as 436, but about 75 feet below top of cliff section. W. A.

Findlay and J. Reilly.

445. Same locality as 436, immediately below lowermost conglomerate in cliff

section. W. A. Findlay and W. P. Woodring.

437. On ridge between forks of first canyon west of Las Llajas Canyon, 5950

feet N. 273^° E. from 2205-Hill. W. A. Findlay and J. Reilly.

441. East of Dry Canyon, 5500 feet N. 36° W. from 2205-Hill. W. A. Findlay.

446. East of Dry Canyon, 4550 feet N. 36M° W. from 2205-Hill. J. Reilly.
439. East of Dry Canyon, 5200 feet N. 39° W. from 2205-Hill. J. Reilly.

442. East side of Dry Canyon near top of ridge, 7000 feet N. 45° W. from

2205-Hill. W. A. Findlay and J. Reilly.

451. East of Dry Canyon, south slope of 2075-Hill, peak of which is 1650 feet
N. 79° W. K. E. Lohman and W. B. Maitland.

447. East of Dr>' Canyon, south slope of 2075-Hill, peak of which is 950 feet

S. 54° E. K. E. Lohman and W. B. Alaitland.

438. West side of main branch of Dry Canyon. 2000 feet N. 583^° W. from

2075-Hill. K. E. Lohman and W. B. Maitland.
450. West side of main branch of Dry Can>on, 2100 feet X. 54^° W. from
2075-Hill. K. E. Lohman and W. B. Maitland.

448. Main branch of Tapo Canyon, road cut about 30 feet north of pumping

plant, 450 feet S. 40^° W. from 1794-Hill. K. E. Lohman and
W. B. Maitland.

It is apparent from the preceding list that these fossils rep-
resent a warm-water Pliocene fauna, which has been found
at localities from Lower California northward to the Ventura
Basin and which is best known as the fauna of the San Diego
formation. "Pecten" veatchii Gabb, a tropical Nodipccten
described from Cedros ("Cerros") Island, Lower California,
heretofore has not been recorded so far north. Manv other

^7 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Species in this list are found in the Pliocene deposits of Cedros
Island* and at San Diego. So far as I know the only locality
around the borders of the Los Angeles Basin where this fauna
is found is near the mouth of Temescal Canyon northwest of
Santa Monica where the following fossils were collected :

Pliocene fossils from Temescal Canyon

55. West side of Temescal Canyon, 200 yards above mouth, massive gray

sandstone. H. W. Hoots and W. P, Woodring.
Brachiopod:

Dallinella occidentalis (Dall)
Gastropod :

Opalia varicostata Steams
Lamellibranchs :

Ostrea vespertina Conrad

Pecten bellus hemphilli Dall?

Pecten steamsii Dall

"Pecten" healeyi Arnold

"Pecten" cerrosensis Gabb

"Pecten" purpuratus Lamarck var.

Chlamys hastatus (Sowerby)

Chlamys opuntia (Dall)

Chlamys swiftii parmeleei (Dall)
*Phacoides annulatus (Reeve)?
*Miltha cf. xantusi (Dall)

♦Specimens represented by molds.

The San Diego affinities of the fossils from this locality
were recognized by Arnold.^ The similarity of this small
fauna to that found at many localities north of SimiValley is
striking, and it is quite clear that the same faunal zone is
represented. There are not many Pliocene faunal zones in
southern California that can be so definitely recognized at such
widely separated localities and the beds constituting this zone
should have a uniform stratigraphic nomenclature. The
deposits north of Simi Valley certainly should not be called the
Saugus formation, at least not until it is conclusively shown
that the tyi)e nonmarine Saugus formation grades laterally
into this zone. The name Saugus formation has been used as
a catch-all for almost any Pliocene and Pleistocene beds in the

*See Jordan, E. K., and Hertlein, L. G., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 15, no. 14, 1926,
pp. 409-464.

'Arnold, Ralph, New and characteristic species of fossil moUusks from the oil-bearing Ter-
tiary formations of Southern California: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, p. 527, 1907.

Vol. XIX] WOODRING— PLIOCENE DEPOSITS NORTH OF SIMI VALLEY 53

Ventura and Los Ang-eles basins. In the Las Posas Hills, not
more than 15 miles southwest of Simi Valley, the so-called
Saugus formation consists of a lower part carrying a cool-
water upper Pliocene fauna and an upper part carrying a
warm-water, presumably interglacial. Pleistocene fauna,
according to Pressler's account." For the Pleistocene beds
Pressler proposed the name Las Posas formation. As Pressler
surmised, the beds referred to the Saugus fonnation north of
Simi Valley are older than any part of the Las Posas Hills
section. The cross-bedded sands and gravels that are well
exposed on the Grimes Canyon road, northwest of Simi Val-
ley, probably represent the landward edge of the Las Posas
formation.'^ These beds constitute the upper division of the
Saugus formation of this region as described by Kew.* By
tracing westward from the region north of Simi Valley the
beds carrying the fauna of the San Diego formation it should
be possible to determine the relations of the Pliocene and
Pleistocene parts of the so-called Saugus formation.

Beds carrying a San Diego fauna could be given a new
name in each basin, which would complicate an already cum-
bersome nomenclature; they could be called the San Diego
formation regardless of where they are found, just as deposits
of Paleocene age in California are referred to the Martinez
formation wherever they are found : or a zonal nomenclature
could be adopted and they could be referred to as the healeyi-
zone (after "Pectcn" healeyi), or by some other fossil name
that would instantly bring to mind the San Diego fauna. The
latter course seems to be the preferable one, for it would yield
a definite meaning. Whether the San Diego formation and
equivalent deposits elsewhere are called middle Pliocene or
upper Pliocene depends on where the Pliocene-Pleistocene
boundary is placed. ¥[. R. Gale and U. S. Grant IV, of Stan-
ford University, who are completing a study of the Pliocene
and Pleistocene of southern California, consider these deposits
middle Pliocene.

The fossils collected north of Simi Valley and in Temescal
Canyon represent only a small fraction of the fauna living

•Pressler, E. D., The Fernando group in the Las Posas-South Mountain District, Ventura
County, California: Univ. Calif. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci.. vol. 18, No. 13, pp. 325-345, 4 figs.. 1929.
'Idem, p. 344.
»U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 753, p. 85, 1924.

^ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

when tliese beds were laid down and the question arises as to
the significance of the presence of a few things and the absence
of many. The sokition seems to be relatively simple and to
involve nothing more subtle than the composition of the fossil
remains. Virtually the only shells and tests that are preserved
intact are those that are composed of calcite; that is, brachi-
opods, echinoids, oysters and Pectens among the lamelli-
branchs. and Epitonids among the gastropods. One of the
Epitonids (locality 445) is badly leached, but the Opalias are
perfectly preserved. The host of mollusks with less durable
aragonite shells are not represented at all or are sparsely
represented at a few places by impressions and molds, to which
some of the shell may still be attached, with the exception of
the Forrcria, which consists of a shell fragment, and the
Monia. which is perfectly preserved aside from the loss of the
inner nacreous layer. The collections consist principally of
a monotonous repetition of oysters, which are the most abun-
dant fossils, and Pectens, of which there is a surprising num-
ber of species, with an addition of brachiopods and echinoids
here and there. In Temescal Canyon brachiopods are extra-
ordinarily abundant and present an amazing range of vari-
ation, but at this locality echinoids are represented by only a
few small spines. The fossil-bearing bed in Temescal Canyon
consists of coarse sandstone and north of Simi Valley the beds
are coarse sandstones and conglomerates. The water that
readily percolated through these porous beds quickly dissolved
the aragonite shells. Furthermore, the absence of even molds
of aragonite-shelled mollusks at most localities indicates that
the shells generally were dissolved before the sediments were
cemented. Unless some fine-grained sediments are found,
there seems to be little hope of obtaining a representative col-
lection from these deposits.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 7, pp. 65-83, 3 text figs. July 15, 1930

VII

GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL,
KERN COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

BY

G. DALLAS HANNA
Curator, Department of Paleontology

Introduction

In order to explain the geology of Sharktooth Hill and the
strata from which were obtained the fossils which are to be
described in the Academy's Proceedings, it has been necessary
to give consideration to some of the surrounding area. The
information has been accumulating through a period of years
but even yet, it is believed, insufficient work has been done
to warrant more than a general statement regarding some of
the points discussed. Undoubtedly this will be looked upon as
a deficiency by those who have pursued much more detailed
studies in certain cases, but it is felt that the course followed
has obviated any very serious errors.

So many people have contributed to make this report pos-
sible that it is impracticable to mention all. However the
friendly spirit of cooperation which has been invariably shown
is most deeply appreciated.

July IS, 1930

56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Location

Sharktooth Hill is located on the north side of Kern River
in Sec. 25, T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M., Kern County, Cali-
fornia. This is about seven miles northeast of Bakersfield.
The hill is a somewhat isolated prominence set back from the
river about one-fourth mile. The elevation is given as 643
feet on the Caliente sheet of the U. S. Geological Survey's
topographic map, but the hill is not named thereon. The road
to the Round Mountain oil field passes to the south.

The section on which Sharktooth Hill is located belongs to
the Southern Pacific Land Company.

History

The locality has long been known for the great numbers of
teeth of sharks which might be picked up from the surface of
the slopes of the hill. Large collections of these are in numer-
ous museums. Several species of sharks are represented and
the size of the teeth varies from a length of 10 millimeters in
Gyrace to over 100 millimeters in the giant Carcharodon.

Much study has been devoted to these teeth in the past by
Louis Agassiz, David Starr Jordan and his associates; a list
of important publications is given below/

' Agassiz, L. Notice of fossil fishes found in California by W. P. Blake. Amer. Jour.
ScL & Arts, ser. 2, vol. 21, 1856, pp. 272-275. Notice of the fossil
fishes. Explorations and surveys for a railroad from the Mississippi River to
the Pacific Ocean, vol. 5, 1857; Geological Report by William P. Blake, Appen-
dix, Article 1, pp. 313-316, pi. 1.

Jordan, D. S. The fossil fishes of California with supplementary notes on other
species of extinct fishes. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 5, no. 7,
1907, pp. 95-144, pis. 11, 12, 33 text figs.

Leriche, Maurice. Observations sur les Squales Neogenes de la Californie. Annal.
Soc. Geol. du Nord, vol. 36, 1908, pp. 302-306.

Jordan, D. S. & C. H. Beal. Supplementary notes on fossil sharks. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 7, no. 11, 1913, pp. 243-256, 8 te.xt figs.

Jordan, D. S. & J. Z. Gilbert. Fossil fishes of the (Miocene) Monterey formations
of Southern California. Leland Stanford, Jr. Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser., in 'Fossil
fishes of southern California," art. 2, 1919, pp. 13-60, pis. 1-31.

Jordan, D. S. Some sharks' teeth from the California Pliocene. Amer. Jour. Sci.
ser. 5, vol. 3, 1922, pp. 338-342, 9 text figs.

Jordan, D. S. & H. Hannibal. Fossil sharks and rays of the Pacific Slope of North
America. Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci. vol. 22, pt. 2, 1923, pp. 27-63,
pis. 1-14.

Leriche, M. Les Poissons Neogenes de la Belgique. Mem. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat.
Belgique, no. 32, 1926, pp. 365-472, pi. 28-41.

Vol. XIX]

HANN A— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL

67

Fig. 1. Part of U. S. Geological Survey, Topographic Map, Caliente Sheet, Kern County,
California, showing Sharktooth Hill and other prominent points.

68

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ Proc. 4th Se«.

No record has been kept of the many visitors who have
gone to the hill for the purpose of collecting teeth, but the
number is very large. One of the first to make a fairly repre-
sentative scientific collection, however, was Mr. Frank M.
Anderson, long associated with the Department of Paleon-
tology of the California Academy of Sciences. His material
was studied by Jordan & Beal in their report on fossil fishes of
California.

Before that, that is in November 1909, Mr. Charles Morrice
was attracted to the locality because of its fossils. He was
employed by the Pacific Oil Company and stationed at Oil
Center near the eastern margin of the Kern River Oil Field.
This was sufficiently near to Sharktooth Hill so that he could
spend his leisure hours there collecting. He soon located the
stratum which had produced the teeth found weathered out on
the surface and a vast number, beautifully preserved, came
into his collection. Always generous and considerate of
others' wishes, Mr. Morrice distributed his finds widely and
they formed the very foundation of some studies of fossil
sharks subsequently undertaken.

Fortunately, through the kindness of Mr. Morrice, I am able
to give his own account of his many years as a collector of
marine vertebrates at this locality. Under date of December
10, 1929, he wrote as follows:

"I first became interested in collecting fossils about November, 1909.
Some of my acquaintances, observing that I took long excursions on Sun-
days asked me if I had ever visited Sharktooth Hill. I had not and it
took me several weeks to locate it. Once found, my hobby became col-
lecting sharks' teeth.

"All of the teeth which had been gathered at the place up to this time,
as well as those in the collection which had been made by Mr. Barker
on his ranch on the south side of the river had been more or less leached
by exposure to the weather. This is evident from the illustrations in
the paper on fossil fishes of California by Dr. David Starr Jordan, pub-
lished in 1907.2

"I carried, first a pick and then a shovel to the hill, which was about
five miles east of my residence, and made an excavation about four or
five feet deep. This resulted in securing many beautifully preserved

= Jordan, D. S. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Ckol. vol. S, no. 7, 1907, pp. 95-144,
pU. 11, 12.

Vol. XIX] HASfNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL 59

Specimens in a fine, hard silt or mud which eflfectively protected the
enamel of the teeth.

"In about six months I had gathered several hundred specimens and!
having become acquainted with Mr. F. M. Anderson I showed them to
him. He suggested that I write to Dr. Jordan for a copy of his paper
referred to above, in order that I might be able to classify the collec-
tion. This I did but my letter was lost, much to my chagrin. Some
months later I told Mr. Anderson of my failure to receive the copy of
the paper and he promised to send me his own, which he did. When
Dr. Jordan finally learned of my eflforts and desire for literature on the
subject he very courteously sent me an autographed copy.

"By early 1912 my collection amounted to about 2,000 specimens, in-
cluding bones and teeth of the sea lion, later named Allodesmis kemensis
by Dr. Kellogg. Upon consulting Mr. Anderson as to the disposition
of the material, he suggested three institutions worthy of receiving it,
namely: Stanford University, University of California and California
Academy of Sciences.

"After due consideration I sent the entire collection to Mr. Anderson
for the California Academy of Sciences for such disposition as might
seem best. It was suggested that only duplicates be given to other
institutions.

"In about six months more I had g^athered together about 1,500 addi-
tional specimens. These I sent to Dr. Jordan for Stanford University
and they, with the collection already presented to the Academy, formed
the basis of the good Doctors' 'Supplementary notes on fossil sharks'
published in 1913.8

"My next collection of over 1,000 specimens was sent to Dr. J. C
Merriam for the University of California. Other collections made later
were sent to: University of Neveda; University of Wisconsin; Southern
California Academy of Sciences ; Universities of Lille, France ; Brussels,
Belgium; Aberdeen, Scotland; and to the High School and Chamber of
Commerce of Bakersfield, California.

"During the summer of 1922 Dr. Remington Kellogg and Dr. Bruce L.
Qark of the University of California, accompanied by several other gen-
tlemen, visited me and we made an excursion to the Sharktooth Hill
deposit. In a short time we uncovered enough bones to arouse their
interest. At Dr. Kelloggfs request I began sending fossil bones to him
at the U. S. National Museudi and this continued imtil 1924 when the
skull of Aulophyseter morricei was shipped.

"In the fall of 1924 through the interest of the California Academy of
Sciences, Mr. Tom Harbert was employed during October, November
and December and the large collection being described by Dr. Kellogg
was then obtained.

"Dr. Jordan visited me in 1923 and again in 1924; large collections
were given him on each occasion. Some of these specimens were used

•Jordan, D. S. 4 C. H. Bcal. Univ. Calif. Publ. Dept. G«ol. voL 7, n©. 11, 1913,

pp. 243-256, 8 text figs.

70 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Sf.r.

in the paper published by the Southern California Academy of Sciences
in 1923 by him and Harold Hannibal.*

"Along with the teeth of sharks there were many ear bones of dolphins
and bones of seals and sea lions which Dr. Jordan transmitted to Dr.
Kellogg.

"After every shipment of bones to Dr. Kellogg he wrote very interest-
ing accounts of the 'finds'. These consisted of bones of dophins, por-
poises, seals, sea lions, whales and sea cows. His letters were so inspiring
that it was indeed a pleasure to have worked with him. My greatest
regret is that I did not make his acquaintance at an earlier date so that
many specimens of bones, cast aside in the search for sharks' teeth,
might have been preserved."

Previous to Dr. Kellogg's visit in 1922, Mr. Morrice had
already saved a considerable number of bones and teeth of
what appeared to him to have belonged to one species of
animal. These, together with material obtained by the two
collectors together formed the basis for Kellogg's description
of the sea lion, Allodesmis kernensis.^

3t became evident from the work done up to 1924 that the
stratum exposed on Sharktooth Hill contained an enormous
number of bones and teeth of marine vertebrate animals.
Remains of whales and sharks were particularly abundant and
the sperm whale Aiilophyscter morricei was described from
the collection sent to the National Museum.^'

Up to that time no reasonable hypothesis had been evolved
to account for the anomalous disassociation of all skeletal ele-
ments of the animals and the fragmentary nature of many of
the bones. The California Academy of Sciences entered into
correspondence with Dr. Kellogg and Dr. John C. Merriam of
the Carnegie Institution of Washington on the subject and
conferences were had with Mr. Morrice, Mr. M. E. Lombardi,
then Vice President of the Pacific Oil Company and with
Messrs. J. E. Taff and E. G. Gaylord, Geologists for the com-
pany. After due consideration of all interests and factors it

♦Jordan. D. S. & H. Hannibal. Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci. vol. 22, pt. 2,
1923, pp. 27-63, pis. 1-14.

•Kellogg, R. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. vol. 13, no. 4, 1922, pp. 26-114, 19 text
figs.

^ Kellogg, R. Study of the skull of a fossil spverm-whale from the Temblor
Miocene of southern California. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. no. 346, 1927,
pp. 1-24, pis. 1-9.

Vol. XIX] HANt/A— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL /J

was decided early in 1924 that the Academy should undertake
some more extensive excavations than had theretofore i)een
attempted.

The field work was under the immediate supervision of Mr.
Morrice whose services were gratituous. Mr. Tom Harbert
was employed as assistant continuously for the last three
months of 1924, and it was during- this period that the greater
part of the collection to be reported upon by Dr. Kellogg was
obtained. This report amply illustrates the wealth of material
in the Sharktooth Hill deposit. The author has commented
at times on the unfortunxite disassociation of the skeletons and
the fragmental nature of many of the bones. The preserva-
tion is normally very good, but how to account for broken
pieces of limb bones and ribs in close proximity to vertebra
and other delicate bones is a problem for which no satisfactory
solution has yet been suggested.

Geologic Section

The total thickness of sediment exposed on Sharktooth Hill
is about 200 feet. The strata dip to the southwest at low
angles, the maximum being about 6°. The top of the hill is
composed of unconsolidated sands and gravels belonging to
the Kern River Series with an important unconformity at the
base. This unconformity is not characterized by any very
noticeable discordance in dip or strike of the strata, but it is
known that it marks the absence of several thousand feet of
sediment. On Sharktooth Hill the contact is not well exposed
but the upper layer of the Temblor outcrops as a consolidated
sandstone containing many fossil mollusca. This outcrop is
within 50 feet of the top of the hill on the southeast side.

Between the shell layer and the bone bed there is a zone of
30 feet of loosely consolidated sands and sandy shales not well
exposed. The bone bearing layer itself is about four feet
thick with the bones and teeth most abundant near the bottom.
The matrix is loosely consolidated and poorly sorted sand
with occasional small pebbles. The bone and shell beds

72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Ser.

together constitute the type locality of zone "C" of F. M.
Anderson.*

Below the bone bearing stratum there is a zone of brown
sandy shales about 30 feet thick which have contained abun-
dant foraminifera, but on this outcrop the tests have been dis-
solved away leaving poor impressions. The presence of the
large, characteristic Valvidineria of this part of the Miocene is
easily determined, however, with a hand lens.

The diatomite from which the flora to be described in a suc-
ceeding paper was obtained, outcrops immediately below these
sandy shales and extends downward to the base of the hill.
All of the diatom bearing material is somewhat impure, acidic
ash being the chief mineral constituent. Some of the layers
are light and "punky" and all of them weather to a pxale brown
color. The total thickness exposed is 75 to 100 feet. The
identification of this horizon over wide areas has been dealt
with in the paper describing the flora.

The total exposure of strata on Sharktooth Hill is not suf-
ficient to permit a general statement pertaining to the entire
Miocene section of this area, but it so happens that several
wells have been drilled nearby. These have been cored almost
continuously and furnish extremely reliable sectional data.
This will be presented in some detail, but before doing so it
will be desirable to comment on the geographic extent of the
outcropping and related beds.

The shell layer mentioned as occurring at the top of the
section is of exceedingly limited distribution. It has not cer-
tainly been identified elsewhere by me except on a hill south
of Kern River and just west of the lower portion of Cotton-
wood Creek. The presence of Turritella ocoyana Conrad is
sufficient evidence to indicate the Temblor age of the material.

In contrast to this the bone bearing stratum is of very wide
distribution on the east side of the valley and has been identi-
fied in many outcrops. The southernmost exposure lies far to
the south of Sharktooth Hill on the divide between the
Caliente Creek and Kern River drainage. Sharks' teeth col-
lected there by F. M. Anderson and Harold Hannibal were

• Anderson, F. M. The Neocene deposits of Kern River, California, and the
TemWor Basin. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 3, 1911, p. 85.

Vol. XIX] HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL 73

described by Jordan & Hannibal, the locality being usually
indicated as "Bena," a station on the Southern Pacific Rail-
road nearby."

Traces of bones and teeth may also be found on the old
Barker Ranch on the south side of Kern River in Sees. 5, 6,
T. 29 S,, R. 28 E. The diatom horizon outcrops at the river
and the structure is so complicated by faulting that the thick-
ness between it and the bone layer could not be determined
although it seemed to be greater than on Sharktooth Hill.

In a northwesterly direction from the hill the bone layer can
be traced by outcrops far to the north, to the old "Fullers
Earth Mine" on Granite Creek three miles north of Poso
Creek. The matrix at this point is more ashy and less sandy
than at Sharktooth Hill and the bones and teeth are found
through a vertical thickness of at least 30 feet. However, they
are much more abundant in the lower portion of the exposure.

Another outcrop has been brought to the surface by faulting
in a branch of Granite Creek coming from the northwest.
This is in the northeast corner of Sec. 28, T. 27 S., R. 28 E.,
M. D. M., and probably is the locality from which Blake made
a collection of sharks' teeth during the progress of the Pacific
Railroad Survey.^

The sandy shales mentioned as lying between the bones and
diatomite in the Sharktooth Hill exposure form a part of what
has come to be recognized by all working geologists of the
region as the " V alvulineria zone." Outcrops are numerous
and usually unmistakable although the fossil from which the
zone takes its name has a vertical range of probably 500 feet.
In fact it extends upward into the base of the Montery at the
type locality near the town of that name. The association of
foraminifera found at the two localities has been the means of
determining that the top of the Temblor in this Kern River
section is very nearly the stratigraphic equivalent of the base
of the type Monterey. The difference, if any, cannot amount
to more than a few hundred feet of strata. It is extremely
probable that the diastrophism which caused the termination

'Jordan, D. S. & H. Hannibal. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. vol. 22, pt. 2, 1923,
pp. 27-63.

•This collection was described by Louis Agassiz in 1856 and 1857; see footnote

BO. 1.

74 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIESfCES [Proc. 4th Se«.

of marine sediineiitation on the east side of the San Joaquin
Valley initiated the same in the Monterey area. In many
localities where sedimentation was continuous throug-h the
period it becomes impossible to draw a sharp line of contact
between the Temblor and Monterey. This unfortunate cir-
cumstance has resulted in the identification of a group of
strata as the older formation by some paleontologists while
others have referred the same beds to the younger. The situ-
ation is complicated in other ways and requires very careful
analysis.

In the immediate vicinity of Sharktooth Hill, exix)sures are
lacking which furnish information on the strata directly
below the zone of diatomite at the base of the hill. East of
the hill, which normally would be down deeper in the section
there is a major fault, striking in a general north-south direc-
tion. The west side of this fault is upthrown several hundred
feet ; to the east, therefore, for a considerable distance, the
formations are marked by Kern River Series and terrace
deposits.

At the point shown on the map near the letter "K" of
"Kern" in the northeast corner of Sec. 5. T. 29 S., R. 28 E..
there is a prominent exposure of gray, loosely consolidated
sandstone charged with beautifully preserved molluscan fossils.
The locality has furnished many striking new species,
described chiefly by Anderson & Martin." The bed became
"zone B" of the first author.'"

The fauna of this zone has become very well known because
of the excellent preservation of the fossils and it is often
referred to as the Agasonm barkcrianum zone of the Temblor.
Conrad'* described the first fossils from it in 1855 chiefly from
sketches of casts and molds made by W. P. Blake at an
unknown locality probably on Poso Creek a few miles to the
north. Cooper'- in 1894 added to the list of species, from

• Andei-son, F. M. & B. Martin. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4. vol. 4, 1914,
pp. 15-112. pis. 1-10.

"Anderson. F. M. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. s«r. 4. vol. 3, 1911, p. 85.

" Conrad, T. A. Pacific U. R. Repts. House Doc. 129, 33rd Cong. 1855, pp. 18-20;
Quarto Rept. vol. S, 1857, pp. 328-329, pis. 7-9.

" Cooper, J. G. Catalogue of California Fossilii. Calif. State Mining Bureau, Bull.
4, 1894, pp. 53-54.

Vol. XIX] HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL 75

material collected across the river to the south of the zone B
locality, on the old Barker Ranch.

The zone B locality is far enough to the east of Sharktooth
Hill so that if the horizontal distance be projected with the
dip of the beds there is an apparent vertical distance of
approximately 500 feet between it and zone C ; this figure was
computed by F. M. Anderson in defining the zones, but the
intervening faulting was not noted. Actually the two zones
are not widely separated vertically. They are really sandy
phases of the upper part of the Temblor of this area, and in
no cases are they of wide areal extent in the region. (Refer-
ence is made only to that part of "zone C" at the top which
contains the fossil mollusca.) The zones are too indefinite
and inconstant in lateral distribution to answer the needs of
present day stratigraphy and have been practically replaced for
map making purposes by the much more persistent zones of
micro-fossils. Identifiable molluscan fossils are rarely found
in the collections made in drilling wells and it is these which
have furnished the most complete and reliable information on
the geology of region.

Below these molluscan bearing sands of the upper Temblor
there is a succession of sandy shales carrying an abundance of
foraminifera. They might all be classed in the general term
"Valvulineria zone" but differences in the succession of strata
show changes in the assemblage of species and the abundance
or rarity of particular species ; for this reason more or less
subdivision is practicable but the details vary among the dif-
ferent workers. This subdivision will not here be discussed
because it should accompany a detailed discussion of the
foraminifera which is yet to be made.

This zone of foraminif era-bearing shales is followed by
several hundred feet of light gray ashy shales, practically
barren of fossils except fish scales and bones. The thickness
probably varies between 1000 and 1500 feet in most cases.
Occasional shells are scattered through and foraminifera are
found sparingly at several places, thus affording a means for
zonal subdivision in some of the most detailed work which
has been undertaken. Lithologically there are changes
embodying clay, silt, fine sandy shale, fine sand, ashy shale and

July IS, 1939

75 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Puoc. 4th Skr.

occasionally hard calcareous lenses. These variations are
inconstant in distribution, and it is not believed that any of
them, taken alone are now used for correlation purposes.

Toward the base of the ashy shale series, however, this
material takes on a peculiar form which can often be recoj^-
nized. The background is pale pearl-gray ashy shale and dis-
seminated throughout there are irregular thin black or dark
gray lines, extending in every direction, abundantly but not
crowded. The appearance has suggested the name "hair shale
zone." The layers of material having this character are
limited in thickness and seem to be absent in some cases. How-
ever, the zone is accompanied by a very striking assemblage of
foraminifera found widely distributed in this region and in
many other places in California, Oregon and Washington.
The zone is approximately 250 to 275 feet thick. It outcrops
on Adobe Creek (a north branch of Poso Creek) where a
major fault has lifted the strata on the east several hundred
feet.

Immediately below this hair shale zone about 250 to 300
feet of ashy and sandy shales carry a fauna of foraminfera in
which Siphogenerma is dominant. This, likewise, is widely
distributed in the west although I do not know that it outcrops
in the Kern River Region.

From this point on down to the base of the Temblor the
sediments are predominantly sandy with some strata of gravel
and conglomerate. The thickness is extremely variable, as
might be expected, but an average of 600 feet suggested for
the area may not be far wrong.

Fossils are notably scarce in the cores taken from wells;
enough moUusca have been found, however, to identify the
zone definitely with the sandstone strata which outcrop on
Pyramid Hill along the granite contact at the east side of the
valley. The hill is in Sec. 14, T. 28 S., R. 29 E. and about
five miles east northeast of Sharktooth Hill. A large and
striking assemblage of fossil mollusca has been obtained on
Pyramid Hill and, being near the base of the Temblor section,
the locality was designated "zone A" by F. M. Anderson. ^^

Anderson, F. M. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. »er. 4, vol. 3, 1911, p. 85.

Voi_ XIX] HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL jy

The same zone is found at Comanche Point at the south end
of the valley and has been tentatively identified at some places
on the west side.

The Temblor rests on an uneven surface of a series of
green, red and blue, often mottled, clays, sandy shales, sands
and gravels. These have much the appearance of being of
continental origin. They are pratically non-fossil bearing and
have come to bear the name "Walker formation" because there
is a limited exposure in Walker Basin Creek in the southeast
corner of the valley. At that point the shales contain
sparingly, fossil land shells but these have not yet helped in
determining the age of the formation. Some have thought
them to be the equivalent of the Sespe formation, but they
may be a phase of the Vaqueros Miocene. There are
limited outcrops of the material on Pyramid Hill and to the
north as far as the point where Granite Creek issues upon the
valley plain. Excellent exposures are found at Comanche
Point beneath the Temblor. At none of these places can an
adequate conception of thickness be obtained and data derived
from the few wells which have penetrated the formation are
equally misleading. For the sake of record, however, it
should be stated that in Sec. 4, T. 26 S., R. 27 E., M. D. M.,
the thickness of the Walker was 172 feet.

In most of the wells which have gone through the Walker
clays and sands, granite has been encountered. But in one
limited area which includes Sees. 16 and 22, T. 26 S., R.
28 E., M. D. M., the basement rock was slate or shistose rock
which possessed all the physical characters of the Mariposa,
found outcropping far to the north.

The areal geology of the Kern River Region is now known
to be characterized by an extremely complicated system of
faults. These have probably resulted from major and minor
fractures in the underlying granite. An idea of their extent
and general character can probably best be obtained from a
study of the granite itself as exposed a few miles to the east-
ward where joint planes and faults of some significance are
extremely numerous and highly irregular in trend. And the
locations where some of the more obvious breaks occur in the

78 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sek.

valley sediments are very well described and shown on a map
in a late report by Mr. Leo S. Fox."

The following sections of two representative and thoroughly
sampled wells drilled in the vicinity of Sharktooth Hill are
offered to support the statements already made. I am deeply
indebted to my associate, Mr. C. C. Church, for the prepara-
tion of these sections and much other assistance through a
period of years.

Two formation names have been omitted from these sec-
tions which some geologists would indicate. These are Chanac
and Santa Margarita. The first has been applied to a certain
zone of material which is lithologically very much like parts
of the Kern River series but it lies below some marine shales
and sands which appear to be Etchegoin Pliocene. The name
was originally given to a certain landlaid deposit at the south
end of the valley from which imperfectly preser\^ed vertebrate
fossils have been collected. The evidence to support the
theory that the sediments found in the wells about Bakersfield
are equivalent in age to the type locality is very meager and is
too insecure at this time, it seems to me, to justify the trans-
plantation of the name so far.

The basis for recognizing Santa Margarita (upper Mio-
cene) in the wells of the Kern River District is likewise
extremely unsafe. Below the clays and sands called Chanac
there is found a marine zone of sediments containing some
f Oram inif era which are different from typical upper Temblor
and upper Etchegoin and it is to this zone that the name has
been applied. Some competent geologists believe that the
evidence indicates an interfingering or overlapping of marine
and landlaid material early in the Pliocene because the dis-
tinctions have been proved to disappear farther out in the
valley from the eastern shore line. The fossils found in the
so-called Santa Margarita of the wells are not sufficient for
this determination because no foraminifera have been found at
the type locality of that formation ; at least none have been
reported.

" Fox, Leo S. Structural features of the east side of the San Joaquin Valley, Cali-
fornia. Bull. Araer. Assoc. Petrol. Geo!, vol. 13, no. 2, 1939, pp. 101-108. map fig. 1.

Vol. XIX] HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL

79

"^cnes/n Mef

/ooo

Zones

J.Sff*.

IC£

c;

/eso

/osa

, sooo

so C 2oao.

es

16? *

^CS3 J

.■^£<)S

A(?r/7 /v'/t^e'r<Ser/<°3

Seesf ^ v"i

■fT-fgl

Df'ofom ^Of7e

^ 7e'/77/?/cr

^a/r S^e>4r ^one

*Stf>^o^f7er/f^ J^Cne

^ec^i^r Scftt/

/r/c/7/7e/d'0//Co.
j^osronA/o./

j^em Co.. Cc?///b/7r7/a.

■-<

Ms/Zrer

' rejon r^j

Fig, 2. Section shown in drilling Richfield Oil Company Well, Boston No. 1, near
Sharktooth Hill.

gQ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Se«.

Part of the difficulty has arisen from the supposed existence
of Santa Margarita at Comanche Point at the south end of the
valley. A very considerable collection of moUusca has been
made there for the Academy and this has been critically exam-
ined by Messrs. F. M. Anderson and L. G. Hertlein. They
advise that the large oyster found in the collection is not
Ostrea titan and the pecten is not Pecten crassicardo. The
original determination was based on the supposed presence of
these two species. The collection contains several species not
yet known from upper Miocene or later deposits any place in
California.

General Correlations

An attempt will not be made here to give a chronological
account of the various efforts which have been made to cor-
relate this part of the Temblor with sediments widely distrib-
uted elsewhere. It is believed the needs of the present study
will be fulfilled by presenting the conclusions reached by those
who have most recently taken up the subject.

Dr. W. P. Woodring^® in 1928 in a comprehensive study of
the Mollusca of Bowden, Jamaica gave a large number of
Miocene correlations and these have much wider application
than can be inferred from the title of the paper. Regarding
the Temblor he stated (p. 98) :

"By means of this indirect comparison and relying for the most part on
the admittedly slender evidence of one phylum of Turritellas it is con-
cluded that the Bowden formation is about the same age as the Temblor
formation, or as the upper part of the Temblor formation."

He placed the Bowden in the upper Middle Miocene, the
equivalent of the Tortonian of the European standard time
scale (p. 39). On another page (p. 94) the Calvert formation
of the Chespeake Bay area is likewise correlated with the Tor-
tonian, chiefly on the basis of studies of the plants and marine
mammals by Berry^* and Kellogg^'' respectively.

" Woodring, W. P. Miocene mollusks from Bowden, Jamaica. Pt. 2. Gastropoda
and discussion of results. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 385, 1928, pp. 1-S64,
pis. 1-40, 2 text figs.

"Berry, E. W. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Ppr. 98-F. 1916, pp. 61-70.

"Kellogg, R. Bull. Geol. S«c. America, vol. 35. 1924, pp. 763-764.

Vol. XIX] HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL

81

^o^Sis /h Zee/-

-£<?/7i?Lr

fOOO

/j/«-.s«

" '.7 ^5^. .T

/S9

297S

zrs .

. j?^^?.

i»aj'

J^jj

I

A^5o7 /x'f(/er S'Sr/es

/%»//- <i>fe«i^ JS^a"^

^^fyoyerrery'frir ^of^

l^e<yc/er Sc^'Tt/

A^rnCo., Ca///drn/a.

\ 7e/r?b/or

Fig. 3. Section shown in drilling F. M, Sayer Well, McNeil No. 3, near Sharktooth HilL

82 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Shr.

My own study of the diatoms found in marine sediments a
few feet below the stratum which yielded the mammalian
remains investigated by Kellogg, indicate very clearly that this
deposit must be very nearly the exact time equivalent of that
portion of the Calvert formation which likewise contains fos-
sil diatoms. The number of specialized species of short geo-
logic range is too large for any other conclusion to be reached.
Therefore if the Calvert formation be Tortonian then the
upper part of the Temblor in the Kern River region should
likewise be Tortonian.

Since the correlation of the Bowden beds with the Calvert
and Temblor on the basis of mollusca was admittedly not posi-
tive there is the possibility that both may perhaps be the
equivalent of the Helvetian of Europe. This has been sug-
gested by Kellogg^® from a study of certain marine mammals.
I am inclined to favor this determination on stratigraphic
grounds as well as from investigation of the diatoms. It is
reasonably certain now that the upper part of the Monterey
shale, widely distributed in California is the time equivalent of
diatomites of Europe and Africa which have been placed in the
Sarmatian. The time interval between upper Monterey and
upper Temblor was sufficient to permit the accumulation of at
least 5000 feet of thinly bedded shales. This seems too long
for the two formations to be considered adjacent although
there appears to be continuous deposition from the lower to
the higher in many places in California. It seems plausible
that the equivalent of the Tortonian may come between upper
Monterey and upper Temblor.

Under any circumstances the conclusion seems unavoidable
that the upper Temblor is middle Miocene ; there is a prepon-
derance of evidence to this effect. It may be added further
that several species of diatoms occur in the California forma-
tion which have already been found in Italy in sediments
definitely called middle Miocene by Forti.^'

If the conclusion be correct that the upper Temblor is
Helvetian and the upper Monterey is Sarmatian, the Cali-
fornia equivalents of the standard European Miocene section
conveniently fall as follows :

'•Kellogg, R. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Publ. 346, art. 1, 1927, p. 5.
" Forti, A. Atti R. Inst. Veneto, Sci. Lett. Art. vol. 72, 1913, pp. 1535-1700,
pl«. 14-29.

Vol. XIX]

HANNA— GEOLOGY OF SHARKTOOTH HILL

83

Ojrrelation of California and European Miocene

SECTION

EUROPEAN STAGES

CALIFORNIA FORMATIONS

Upper
Miocene

Pontian
Sarmatian

Santa Margarita
Upper Monterey

Middle
Miocene

Tortonian
Helvetian

Lower Monterey
Upper Temblor

Lower
Miocene

Burdigalian
Aquitanian

Lower Temblor (Pyramid Hill fauna)
Vaqueros

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 8, pp. 85-93, 7 text figures July 15, 1930

VIII

FOSSIL BIRD REMAINS FROM THE TEMBLOR FOR-
MATION NEAR BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA

BY

ALEXANDER WETMORE

Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution

Collections of fossils made by Mr. Charles Morrice in the
Temblor deposits of the Miocene near Bakersfield include
several bones of birds that are of considerable interest in
adding to our scanty information of the rich avifauna of the
latter part of the Tertiary from an entirely new area. The
specimens in question from information obtained through Dr.
G. Dallas Hanna, and Dr. Remington Kellogg, were col-
lected in 1924 by Mr. Charles Morrice in a stratum of uncon-
solidated sandy material exposed on the slopes of an eminence
known as Sharktooth Hill, west of Round Mountain, four
miles east of the Kern River oil field, one-half mile north of
Kern River, and about seven miles northeast of Bakersfield,
Kern County, California. The exact location is on the north
side of Kern River in Sec. 25, T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M.
The elevation of the hill is given on the Caliente sheet of the
U. S. Geological Survey's Topographic map as 642 feet above
sea-level, but the hill on the map in question is not there
named. The deposit which is in the uppermost fossil horizon
of the Temblor Miocene has furnished many bones of marine
vertebrates, consideration of which has led Dr. Kellogg to

July IS, 1930

g5 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

believe that the beds are equivalent in age to the Helvetian
stage of the European Miocene. A study of the diatoms
exposed in a stratum a few feet below the bone bearing layer
has indicated to Dr. Hanna that the age there may likewise be
the equivalent of the Helvetian of the European Miocene.

The first of the bird bones received, the gannet, was sent to
me some time ago by Dr. Loye Miller for an opinion as to its
generic allocation, followed by the request 'that I describe it.
Tlic specimens of Piiffiiius come through Dr. G. Dallas Hanna
from the California Academy of Sciences, and the remaining
material was placed in my hands by Dr. Remington Kellogg.
The collection, though small, contains three species new to
science.

The booby and the two shearwaters identified among the
birds are of groups of distinctly marine habit, so that it seems
logical to suppose that the goose was a form of similar prefer-
ence in range.

Drawings illustrating these specimens have been made by
Mr. Svdnev Prentice.

Family PROCELLARHD^.
1. Puffinus inceptor Wetmore, new species

Characters. — Similar to the modern Puffinus tcuuirostris^
(Temminck) but smaller; radial and ulnar trochlese relatively
smaller; incisura capitis more open; ectepicondylar process
relatively more slender.

Description. — Type (figs. 1-3), lower portion of right
humerus, Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 5223, from the upper level of
the Temblor Miocene on Sharktooth Hill, about seven miles
northeast of Bakersfield, Kern County, California, in Sec. 25,
T. 28 S. R. 28 E., M. D. M.. collected in 1924 by Charles
Morrice.

Shaft obliquely flattened so that it is an elongate ellipse in
outline; ectepicondylar process an acute triangle in general
outline, thin, with upper margin forming a right angle with
the longitudinal a.xis of the shaft, and lower margin sloping

'Procellaria lenuirostris Temminck, Planch. Col., vol. 5, 1835, te.\t for pi. 587

Vol. XIX]

WETMORE— FOSSIL BIRD REMAINS

87

Upward at a forty-five degree angle with the same axis, in
dimension relatively small as compared with modern shear-
waters; depression for brachialis inferior roughly elliptical,
deeply impressed, with sharply defined outline; entepicondylar
process slight, merging with shaft at level of distal margin of
ectepicondylar process; radial condyle relatively small, outer

Fic 1

Fig.3

Figs. 1-3. — Three views of type of Puffintis inceptor, natural size.

surface flattened ; ulnar condyle likewise relatively small, nar-
row, with free margin compressed, bladelike, descending at a
right angle to join lower end of shaft; intertrochlear sulcus
broadly open, in form a right triangle at bottom. Bone <lull
brown in color, well fossilized.

Measurements. — Transverse breadth across trochlea

12.2 mm.: transverse breadth of shaft 5.9 mm.; height of

ectepicondylar process 4.6 mm. ; breadth of ectepicondylar
process at base 4.6 mm.

Remarks. — Though in the diagnosis the present form is
compared with PuMmis tenuirostris in relative proportions of
trochle?e and ectepicondylar process, and in. the breadth of the
intertrochlear sulcus, it differs in the points indicated from all
the modern shearwaters examined. In size, inceptor is near
the wedgetailed shearwater, Thyellodroma cuneata. It is
larger than the fossil Piiffinus diatomicus L. H. Miller, from
the Lompoc Miocene of California, and smaller than Puffinus
conradi, described from a specimen from the Calvert Miocene
of Maryland, and PiMmis eyermani Shufeldt, from the Pleis-
tocene of Sardinia.

gg CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

The type specimen of P. inceptor includes approximately
the distal fourth of the humerus, with the shaft somewhat
broken, and a little wear on the trochlea but otherwise
complete.

With description of the present form there are known three
species of shearwaters from the Miocene of North America:
PufHniis conradi Marsh, Calvert formation of Maryland;
Puffinus diatomicus L. H. Miller, Lompoc of California; and
Puifinns inceptor Wetmore, Temblor of California.

As three sizes and types are represented in this series of
species it appears that the group comprised in the shearwaters
was as well diversified in the seas of the Miocene as it is over
our modern oceans.

The study of Puffinus inceptor has led to consideration of
the fossil species of this group known for the entire world and
has brought to attention the name Puffinus arvernensis which
is given by Alphonse Milne-Edwards in the work entitled
Recherches anatomiques et paleontologiques pour servir a I'his-
toire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France, vol 2, 1870, p. 572,
with the statement "Cette espece, ayant ete decouverte depuis
la publication du chapitre relatif aux oiseaux fossiles de cette
famille. sera decrite et figuree dans un travail supplementaire."
There is no description here, so that it remains as a nonien
nudum. It seems to have been overlooked, however, that Dr.
R. W. Shufeldt, in describing Puffinus eyerniani, in the Pro-
ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
December 8, 1896, p. 511, plate 24, figs. 1-2, has definitely
named Puffinus ai'verncnsis. According to Shufeldt (1. c. p.
510) he wrote to Prof. Milne-Edwards to ask concerning the
identity of P. arvernensis, and the latter under date of July 9,
1896, sent him a drawing of the metatarsus of that species,
saying that it came from St. Gerand le Puy. and giving Shu-
feldt permission to use it as he saw fit. This drawing Dr.
Shufeldt published in the paper cited above, and in addition
identified a tibio-tarsus, two humeri and a coracoid from Sar-
dinia as probably that species. On the basis of Shufeldt's
published figure of the metatarsus, this species is here identi-
fiable, and will stand therefore as Puffinus arvernensis Shufeldt,
to be cited from Dr. Shufeldt's paper.

Vol. XIX] WETMORE— FOSSIL BIRD REMAINS 39

2. Puffinus sp.

With the type of PitfUnus inceptor, there was found part of
a right humerus, California Acad. Sci. No. 5224, that repre-
sents a species of Puffinus. This specimen comprises a little
less than the distal half of the bone with the ectepicondylar
process broken away but otherwise with little wear. In size
of the articular portion this bone is similar to the modern
Puffinus creatopus, but the shaft is much heavier, being about
the dimension of that of the living P. gravis. On comparison
with the type specimen of Puffnus conradi, described from the
distal part of a left humerus from the Calvert formation of
the Miocene of Maryland, the fossil here under discussion is
found to agree with remarkable closeness in its conformation,
differing principally in slightly smaller dimension. In view of
its fragmentary condition there is little more that may be said
regarding the Temblor specimen except to state from the
fragment at hand it is apparently of a form closely allied to
P. conradi of the Miocene of the east coast.

Following are dimensions of the California fossil : trans-
verse breadth of distal end 12.8 mm. ; transverse diameter of
shaft 6.9 mm. For the type of P. conradi these measurements
are 13.4 and 7.1 mm. respectively.

Family SULID^
3. Moris vagabundus Wetmore, new species

Characters. — Similar in form to Moris serrator (Gray)^ but
decidedly smaller.

Description. — Type, (fig. 4), distal end of right humerus,
Univ. Calif. Mus. Pal. Cat. No. 31062, from the upper level
of the Temblor Miocene of Sharktooth Hill, about seven
miles northeast of Bakersfield, Kern County, California, in
Sec. 25, T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M., collected in 1924 by
Chas. Morrice.

Lower end of shaft flattened, with broad impression for
brachialis inferior, bordered externally by a low, rounded

^Sula serrator Gray, in Diefifenbach's Trav. .\'ew Zealand, vol. 2, App., Januarj', 1843, p. 20.

90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEMCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

niarg-in, and internally by an abrupt plate that merges with the
rtattened, plane, narrowed, elongate pronator tubercle ; a dis-
tinct cup-shaped depression below this tubercle, marked at
upper side by a raised line ; anterior end of pronator tubercle
very slightly elevated ; ulnar condyle elevated and protrudent

Fig. 4

Fig. 4. — Type of Moris vagabundus, anterior view, natural size.

anteriorly, irregularly globular at under side where it projects
as a ball, sloping rapidly externally as an elongate ridge, with
a large open olecranal depression behind ; radial condyle
elongate, compressed, elevated, curved inward at upper end.
where the outer side and tip are under cut; tendinal attach-
ments on outer face pronounced. Bone well fossilized, light
brown in color.

Measurements. — Breadth across condyles 18.3 mm.; verticjd
diameter of ulnar condyle 7.2 mm. ; vertical length of radial
condyle 9.5 mm.

Remarks. — The present specimen while fragmentary ex-
hibits the characters of the lower humerus that distinguish the
gannets of the genus Moris from the boobies of the genus
Sula in that the pronator attachment is elongate, narrow, and
nearly plane, and the olecranal depression is without pro-
nounced overhang on its inner side, where there are a few
small foramina. In Sula the pronator attachment is shorter
and is much rounded, and there is a very evident overhang on
the inner side, with large easily evident foramina at this point.

The species here described is similar in the fragment at
hand in conformation to the three living species of gannets,
i.e. M. hassana, M. capensis and M. serrator, and likewise

Vol. XIX] WETMOKE— FOSSIL BIRD REMAINS 9J

resembles a broken humerus from the Miocene of Maryland
that I have identified as Moris loxostyla (Cope)," but differs
from all these in its smaller size. It is approximately as large
as the living Sula piscator. The following measurements of
the transverse breadth of the lower end of the humerus across
the condyles will show the relation in size of vagabundus to
the other known gannets : M. bassana 23.7-24.3 mm.; M.
serrator 22.5 mm. ; M. capensis 22.5 mm. ; M. loxostyla
21.1 mm.; and M. vagabundus 18.3 mm.

A fragmentary ulna from the same locality (U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 11971) as the type of vagabundus is of the
proper dimension to come from this same species and is so
identified. It resembles the ulna in the modern species of
Moris in conformation, being distinguished only by smaller
size. The proximal end of the bone is entirely gone, about
seven-eights of the specimen being present. The greatest
transverse diameter of the shaft near its center is 7.4 mm.
The transverse diameter of the distal end through the carpal
ridge is 10.2 mm.

Sula willetti L. H. Miller* from the Miocene of Lompoc,
California, is about the same in size as the species here
described. Dr. Loye Miller has kindly forwarded to me his
original photographs oi S. ivilletti from which the characters
of the skeleton are more easily evident than in the published
plates. Differences of the humerus in Moris and Sula have
been noted above. In the skull of Sula the ramphotheca of
the bill extends back to the cranio-facial hinge, the surface of
the bone anterior to this point being roughened and cut by
innumerable small channels or canals. In Moris, where the
feathering of the forehead extends well beyond the cranio-
facial hinge, the bone beneath this feathering is smooth and
even, the roughening beginning only with the portion covered
by ramphotheca. The difference is definite and easily seen on
examining specimens. In both skull and humerus icillctfi is a
true Stda and so has no bearing in considering the specific di.s-
tinctness of Moris vagabundus.

»See Auk., 1926, p. 465.

<Camegie Inst. Washington, Publ. No. 349, August, 1925, p. 112, pis. 3 and 8.

92

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4tii Ser.

Moris vagabundtts is the second true gannet now known
from the Miocene, the other species Moris loxostyla (Cope)
being represented in the Calvert formation of Chesapeake Bay,
Maryland. With its description there are known three living
and two extinct species in this genus.

Family ANATID^
4. Presbychen abavus Wetmore. new genus and new species

Characters. — Similar to Branta canadensis (Linnaeus),^ but
lower end of tibio-tarsus with the tendinal bridge less oblique
with relation to the axis of the shaft; raised border on inner
side of anterior face of shaft relatively narrower, less
rounded ; and inner face of shaft at lower end less flattened,
more rounded.

Description. — Type (figs. 5-7), lower end of right tibio-
tarsus, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 11973, from the upper level of
the Temblor Miocene on Sharktooth Hill, about seven miles
northeast of Bakersfield, Kern County, California, in Sec. 25,
T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M., collected in 1924 by Charles
Morrice.

F.g 5

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

Figs. 5-7 — Three views of type of Presbychen abavus, natural size.

Lower end of shaft strong, rounded on posterior surface
and sides, broadly and deeply grooved anteriorly, this groove
spanned at its lower end by a strong supra-tendinal bridge set
at a very slight angle with the longitudinal axis of the shaft ;

'Anas canadensis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758, p. 123.

Vol. XIX] WBTMORE— FOSSIL BIRD REMAIfiS 93

groove for peroneus profundus broad and open, inner anterior
raised margin above anterior groove relatively narrow, raised
as a rounded ridge; internal condyle elongate, produced far-
ther anteriorly than external condyle, with a raised margin
when viewed externally, and a broad, low, central tubercle ;
external condyle smaller, and more rounded ; intercondylar
sulcus broad and open, with a deep intercondylar fossa on
anterior surface, angular at the bottom, from which there is
gradual slope toward the external condyle, and more abrupt
slope toward the internal condyle, the external walls being
thicker; sulcus broadly open in front, with bottom rounded.
Bone light brown in color, cracked but skillfully repaired, well
fossilized.

Measurements. — Transverse breadth across condyles
18.6 mm. ; transverse width of external condyle about
16.8 mm. ; transverse width of internal condyle 19.0 mm.

Remarks. — This form in general is strongly suggestive of
the modern Canada goose, differing in the particulars noted
above, and in much larger size, Preshychen being intemiediate
in dimension between the largest of Canada geese and the
whistling swan. The resemblance to living Branta is so
strong as to suggest a bird of a form similar to that found in
that group. The species here described is of particular interest
as the oldest species of anserine bird yet described from the
Miocene of North America, Laornis edvardsimius Marsh"
from New Jersey, formerly considered Cretaceous but now
placed in the Eocene, being very doubtfully related to the
Anseri formes.

•Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 49, 1870, pi. 206.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 9, pp. 95-104, 1 text figure

July 15, 1930

IX

THE KILLIFISH OF SAN IGNACIO AND THE y^^ ^.„ ^ , ^
STICKLEBACK OF SAN RAMON, X^^Tv^

LOWER CALIFORNIA

BY

GEORGE SPRAGUE MYERS
Stanford University

Field parties of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the
University of California have at times collected a few fishes in
Lower California. The trout obtained by Mr. Chester C.
Lamb in the Santo Domingo River have been reported on by
Prof. J. O. Snyder (1926), while the present paper records a
stickleback and a killifish obtained by Mr. Lamb in 1925 and
1927. Both have proved of considerable interest, due princi-
pally to our very fragmentary knowledg^e of the fish fauna of
the peninsula.

Fundulus lima Vaillant

Fundulus lima Vaillant, 1894, p. 71, San Ignatio.
Fundulus meeki Evermann, 1908, p. 25, fig. 1, San Ignacio.
Fundulus lima Myers, 1927, p. 178.

Two killifishes were collected by Chester C. Lamb at San
Ignacio, April 22, 1927. Both are males, the larger in breed-
ing dress.

This is the third occasion on which this fish has been taken
at San Ignacio. Vaillant's material was collected "a San

July IS, 19o0

96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Ignatio de Caracaniande (centre de la Sierra de la Basse-
Californie), dans des bassins et mares de I'ancien etablissement
des Jesuites" by M. Leon Diguet in 1892. The types of Ever-
mann's Fundulus meeki were taken by Dr. E. W. Nelson of
the United States Biological Survey **from a small stream
flowing from large springs at San Ignacio, Lower California,"
on October 8, 1905. Mr. Lamb's collection forms the third
one from San Ignacio.

The present writer some time ago pointed out (Myers.
1927, p. 178) the identity of F. iiiecki with F. lima. Shortly
after the appearance of this note, Mr. Carl L. Hubbs (hi lift.)
called the writer's attention to the similarity of F. lima and
F. parvipinnis, the common killifish of the southern California
coast, and suggested that the two might not be specifically
separable. No material was then at hand, however, and the
question was dropped.

Osburn and Nichols (1916. p. 150, fig. 5^) have described
a deep-bodied race, Fundulus parvipinnis hrevis, from Magda-
lena Bay, Lower California. The writer examined the type
series of this species in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York, several years ago. Comparison with series
of parvipinnis from San Diego entirely upheld the status given
the form by the original describers, for although the depth is
in general considerably greater than in parvipinnis, some indi-
viduals were not to be distinguished from tlie more northern
race by any of the measurements applied.

Unfortunately there are no specimens of brcvis now at hand
for direct comparison with the two lima in the present collec-
tion. Dift'erences are seen in scale number, which are, how-
ever, bridged over by specimens of parvipinnis. In general
we may say that lima shows a tendency towards greater body
depth and a more posterior dorsal origin than do the other
forms. The depth figures for lima are covered by those of
brez'is. Unfortunately Osburn and Nichols do not give the
fin positions in their material, and the figure, as has been
noted, is not to be trusted. The distances from dorsal origin
to snout tip and from dorsal origin to end of hypural given
for lima in the table are most nearly approached among the
small series of parvipinnis measured by one which shows .60

*The figure is inaccurate in some of the proportions.

Vol. XIX] MYERS— THE KILLIFISH OF SAN IGNACIC 97

and .42 respectively. (All parvipinnis examined are from the
coast of San Diego County, Calif.) Since this differs from
the lima figures only in a very few hundredths, and since our
sample of lima is so very small, it may be that an adequate
series of either will show an overlap.

-..^i

^

^ '. -^^

2^-^

P

^'^^^ . „ 'Til-.Tr^rr,^-'-^:::::^'"

•2""'

Ftmdulus lima (Vaillant)

Fig. 1. Scale from peduncle of breeding male Fundulus lima, greatly enlarged.
The dermal covering of scale and spine has been removed. Photo
by Mr. Alan C. Taft.

Another character in which linui appears to differ appreci-
ably from related forms is the extraordinary development of
the ctenii of the scales of breeding males. These ctenii are
known to occur on many killifishes (Fowler, 1916) but the
writer knows of no other case where they are so markedly
developed. The scales of practically all parts of the body have
their free margins edged with one to four small spines, the
central one being usually enlarged and the others reduced or
absent in the scales of the sides of the body. On the caudal
peduncle, from between the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal
base, this central spine is enormously enlarged, equalling the
exposed portion of the scale in length. Appearing much larger
within their thick dermal covering, these projecting spikes give
the male a most remarkable appearance. Small prickles are

93 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sek.

found along the rays of the dorsal and anal fins, these
apparently being similar to those of other species of Fundulus.
The ctenii of the scales are much less developed in the smaller
male of the collection.

According to Newman (1909, p. 180) the ctenii or contact
organs of breeding males of Fundulus majalis and F. hetero-
clitus disappear within eight weeks after spawning, and he
believes this to be due partly to wearing off by friction in
breeding and fighting and partly to resorbtion. Whether the
same is true of the spikes of lima we may only surmise.

Males of parviphinis are known to possess scale ctenii at
breeding time but in the several small adult males available to
me there is no development comparable to that seen in the
large lima. I can find no description of large adult males of
paruipimiis in breeding dress.

The principal characters of the two specimens of lima are
given in the table. The measurements of the relative distances
of the dorsal origin from snout tip and from caudal base (end
of hypural) are absolute and are not reduced to an ideal hori-
zontal axis of the fish, as are the others. It will be noted that
the transverse scale counts given by Vaillant and by EvenTumn
are widely different. While this may be due to Vaillant having
counted from the mid-ventral series instead of from the pelvic
fin, it is more likely caused by the crowded small scales present
at the bases of the anal and dorsal fins in some specimens. Our
large male thus has transverse scales 19 while the smaller one
has but 16. The scales of the anterior sides of lima are very
large ; posteriorly they grow somewhat smaller, while on the
breast and abdomen they are greatly reduced in size. The
origin of the anal is a little anterior to the vertical of the dor-
sal fin origin. The pectorals do not extend quite so far as
shown in Evermann's figure, and the pelvics are rather
reduced.

The color of the large male is very dark, the whole body
being blackish save for a number of scattered light-centered
scales. The fins, including pectorals, are blackish with light
borders. The smaller male is much lighter and has the typical
horizontal dark streak with suggestions of short cross-bands
seen on the posterior sides of panipiunis.

Vol. XIX] MYERS— THE KILLIFISH OF SAN IGNACIO 99

Neither of the males shows any tendency towards the pro-
duction of the elongate anal fin typical of male parvipinnis, so
well figured by Steindachner (1876, pi. X). This seems to be
an important difference, but it may be bridged over by brevis.

At the present time it cannot be shown that lima and the
forms of parz'ipinnis intergrade, although it is possible that
they do. The position of the dorsal, the shape of the anal fin
of the male, and the peculiar scale formation in this sex must
serve as distinguishing characters until more material is
available.

Fundulns lima is evidently a more or less isolated geo-
graphic derivative of F. parvipinnis, but whether of the brevis
or of the parvipinnis stock, or of either as they at present exist,
we cannot say. Evermann (1908, pp. 20-21) tells us that the
stream at San Ignacio loses itself in the sand some 10 to 12
miles from the springs which are its source, but that in rainy
seasons it sometimes reaches the coast. Whether at such times
it is ascendable by coastal Fiindulus we do not know. Proba-
bly it is not, and the San Ignacio killifish has been isolated for
a considerable period.

It would be interesting to have data on the scales of spawn-
ing male parvipinjiis, and on the extent to which this species
enters wholly fresh water. Further collections from many
localities on the peninsula are necessary before the relation-
ships of Fundulns parvipinnis parvipinnis to F. p. brevis ^ and
of both to F. lima can be clearly ascertained.

Gasterosteus aculeatus (Linnaeus)

There are nine specimens of a stickleback collected by
Chester C. Lamb at San Ramon, mouth of the Santo Domingo
River, on December 26, 1925. All of them possess three plates
in contact with the ascending pelvic process- but lack all plates
behind these as well as the keel of the peduncle. For other
data the accompanying table may be consulted.

The sticklebacks, particularly the three-spined ones of the
genus Gasterosteus, are exceedingly variable creatures. Speci-
mens taken in the Arctic Sea and other northern points are
very large, with fully mailed sides and a distinct peduncular

■^In specimen VI the third is absent on one side.

IQQ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

keel. Travelling' southward, the animals gradually become
smaller, begin irregularly to lose their plates, and the keel dis-
appears. Southward they are less and less marine, more
estuarian and fluviatile in habits. Those living further up-
stream tend to have fewer plates, while in at least one stream
of southern California, the Santa Ana, almost the whole popu-
lation is entirely unmailed.

Many writers have discussed the variations of West Coast
sticklebacks. Rutter (1896) has prepared tables of variations
of 2296 specimens from Oregon to "Rio Salado, Mexico."
Jordan and Gilbert (1899, p. 443) have discussed variations
of Alaskan and more southern material. Evermann and
Groldsborough (1907, p. 273) have further discussed Alaskan
sticklebacks. Snyder (1908, p. 184) has tabulated variations
of numerous individuals from Oregon and northern California.

Regan (1909, p. 437), apparently ignoring this literature,
has attempted to show that the naked sticklebacks of the Santa
Ana and all to the south, ^ are specifically distinct from the
form of the Santa Clara River and all to the north of it.
Snyder (1913. p. 71) has shown that in the lack of armature
at least, the Santa Ana form is not constant, but up to the
present no one (save Jordan and Hubbs, 1925, who give no
data) has seriously questioned the adequacy of the vertebral
counts used by Regan as his principal diagnostic character.

In the tabulated vertebral counts for the San Ramon stickle-
backs the writer has counted the hypural {i.e., the last cen-
trum, with the expanded hypural processes and urostyle) as
one. Regan appears not to have included the hypural. The
variation from 30 to 32 in five of the San Ramon specimens
disposes of Regan's contention that the southern sticklebacks
may be distinguished by a reduced number of vertebrae.

There seems no reasonable doubt, however, that Regan's
conclusion concerning the specific identity of the stickleback
of the North Pacific, G. cataphractus, with that of the North
Atlantic. G. aculcatns, is sound. Jordan and Hubbs (1925,
p. 201 ) propose to recognize three subspecies of Pacific stickle-
backs, G. acnleatus aculcatns in the far north, G. a. niicroce-
phalus south of this and along the coast apparently as far
south as the species extends, and G. a. zvilliamsoni (equals

•Regan, loc. cit., p. 436.

Vol. XIX] MYERS— THE KILLIFISH OF SAN IGNACIO \{)\

G. santcB-ance Regan) in the Santa Ana River. This arrange-
ment must be supported by a very large mass of evidence
before it can be adopted. We have referred above to the fact
that, in CaHfornia at least, the sticklebacks found up-stream are
likely to be less completely mailed than those in tide water and
this fact alone will necessitate a very careful analysis of the
various populations. It must be shown, furthermore, that
there are fairly distinct northern and southern groups with a
more or less definite area of intergradation instead of an
evenly graded series of forms from Alaska southward, before
the subspecies microceplialus may be accepted. And lastly
there is the question of the status of the specimens south of the
Santa Ana.

The present material is merely referred to acideatiis. Other
sticklebacks have been reported from northern Lower Cali-
fornia, by Rosa Smith (1884, p. 233) and by C. H. Eigen-
mann (1892, p. 144), but unless the "Rio Salado" of Rutter
is below San Ramon, the specimens of the present collection
appear to be the most southerly obtained .

Note

It apparently has not been noticed that the trout of the
Santo Domingo River (see Evermann, 1908, and Snyder,
1926) were first made known through four specimens col-
lected by Edmund Heller in 1902 and recorded by Meek
( 1904, p. 96) as Salmo irideus.

102

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Sra.

Fundulus lima

Lengths in hundredths

of standard length

Caudal

Dorsal

Standard
length

J3

a

Q

4)

peduncle

origin to

O

c

<

c
B

o
a

Q

C

Snout
tip

End
hypural

I.

79 mm.

.29

.32

.05

.16

.22

.64

.37

ny2

IIM

36+3

II.

63.5 mm.

.30

.30

.07

.15

.24

.66

.36

ny2

123^

35+3

Gaslerosteus aculeatus

Speci-
men No.

Standard
length
in mm.

Head
length
in mm.

H. 1. in

hundredths
of standard
length

o

Q

15

a

<

Vertebra},

counting

hypural

I.

30

10

.33

II I 11

I 9

31

II.

29.5

9.5

.32

II I 10

I 8

30

III.

25

8

.32

II I 11

I 7

32

IV.

28

8.5

.30

II I 12

I 8

31

V.

2>Z

10.5

.31

II I 12

I 9

30

VI.

27

8

.30

II I 12

I 8

*

VII.

27

8.5

.31

II I 11

I 9

—

VIII.

29

10

.34

II I 12

I 9

—

IX.

37.5

12

.32

II I 12

I 8

—

♦Not examined in last four specimens.

Vol. XIX] MYERS— THE KILLIFISH OF SAN IGNACIO IQ3

LITERATURE CITED*

ElGENMANN, C. H.

1892. The fishes of San Diego, California. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 40,
123-178, pis. 10-18.

EVERMANN, B. W.

1908. Description of a new species of tiout {Salmo nelsoni) and a new

cyprinodont (Fundulus tneeki) with notes on other fishes
from Lower California. <Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 21, 19-30,
2 figs.

EvERMANN, B. W., and Goldsborough, E. L.

1907. The fishes of Alaska. <Bull. Bur. Fisher., 26, 1906, 221-360, 144
figs., pis. 23-42.

FOWXER, H. W.

1916. Some features of ornamentation in the killifishes, or toothed min-
nows. <Amer. Nat., 50, 743-750, 3 figs.

Jordan, D. S., and Gilbert, C. H.

1899. The fishes of Bering Sea. <Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of the
N. Pac. Ocean, part 3, 433-492.

Jordan, D. S., and Hubbs, C. L.

1925. Record of fishes obtained by David Starr Jordan in Japan, 1922.
<Mem. Cam. Mus., 10, 93-346, pis. 5-12.

Meek, S. E.

1904. The fresh- water fishes of Mexico north of the Isthmus of Tehuan-
tepec. <Publ. Field Columb. Mus., Zool. Ser., 5, 63+252
pp., 17 pis., many text figs.

Myers, G. S.

1927. On the identity of the killifish Fundulus meeki Evermann with
Fundulus lima Vaillant. <Copeia, No. 160, 178.

Newman, H. H.

1909. Contact organs in the killifishes of Woods Hole. <Biol. Bull., 12,

170-180, 11 figs.

OsBURN, R. C, and Nichols, J. T.

1916. Shore fishes collected by the "Albatross" expedition in Lower
California, with descriptions of new species. <Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 35, 139-181, 15 figs.

Regan, C. T.

1909. The species of three-spined sticklebacks. <Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(8), 4, 435-437.

Rutter, C.

1896. Notes on fresh-water fishes of the Pacific Slope of North America.
<Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (2), 6, 245-267.

*I have been unable to consult the recent work of Bertin on the sticklebacks, Ann. Inst.
Oceanogr. Monaco, 192S, 2, pp. 1-204, 71 figs.

104 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4ti! Ser.

Smith, R.

1884. NotesonthefishesofTodos Santos Bay, Lower California. <Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 6, 1883, 232-236.

Snyder, J. O.

1908. The fishes of the coastal streams of Oregon and Northern California.

<Bull. Bur. Fisher., 27, 1907, 153-189, 1 map, 5 text figs.
1913. The fishes of the streams tributary to Monterey Bay, California.

<Bull. Bur. Fisher., 32, 1912, 49-72, pis. 19-24, 3 text figs.
1926. The trout of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, Lower California.

<Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 21, 419-426.

Steindachner, F.

1876. Ueber einige seltene oder neue Fischarten von der Westkiiste der
nordlichen Theile Nordamerikas. <In Ichthyologische Bei-
triige (V). Sitzb. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, 74, 1 abth., 49-240,
15 pis.

Vaillant, L.

1894. Sur une collection de poissons recueillie en Basse-California et dans
le Golfe par M. L^on Diguet. <Bull. Soc. Philomat. Paris,
(3), 6, 69-75.

PROCEEDINGS l^r^ -^'*.<»'«. ^

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 10, pp. 105-108 July 15, 1930

''v ?-ia».

/^

CONTRIBUTIONS TO ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY
IV. HOKUSHU OR YEZO

BY

JOSEPH R. SLEVIN
Curator, Department of Herpetology

Although Hokushu or Yezo Island is second in size of those
which constitute Japan proper, it has but a small amphibian
and reptile fauna. The species of Sakhalin seem not to have
reached Hokushu, with the possible exception of Rena tem-
poraria. Most of the species are identical with the reptiles and
amphibians of Honshu or Hondo Island, and there can be little
doubt that these two islands have been connected. Dunn
regards the salamander of this island as distinct from any of
the species of Hondo. It seems probable that Triturus pyrrho-
gaster does not occur on Hokushu and that Bufo bufo prce-
textatus does, though neither the absence of the one nor the
presence of the other is yet certain. Eumeces, Natrix, Agkis-
trodon, and Elaphe climacophora, are not included in our Yezo
collections.

July IS, 1930

jQg CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ses.

1. Hynobius retardatus Dunn

Our 11 specimens have been studied and recorded by Dunn.'
They are two (Nos. 35927 and 35928) from Noboribetsu,
Iburi Province, collected August 30, 1911, of which No. 35928
is the type, one (No. 25990) collected at Nemuro, Nemuro
Province, and eight (Nos. 25982 to 25989) secured at Sap-
poro, Ishikari Province.

2. Bufo bufo praetexatus (Boie)

One young toad (No. 26067), measuring 18 mm. from
snout to vent, seems not to differ from specimens from Hondo,
but, of course, it is too small to be of much value. It is labeled
Sapporo, Ishikari Province, 1910, with a note that this locality
is not to be relied on. I presume that this note refers to Sap-
poro rather than to the island itself, but the presence of a toad
on Hokushu cannot yet be positively affirmed.

3. Hyla aborea japonica Giinther

Twenty-five specimens of this tree-toad were collected on
this island in 1910. I have been unable to find any difference
between these specimens and others from Hondo. They were
secured at the following localities :

26042. Fukuyama, Oshima Province.

26043 to 26044. Hakodate, Oshima Province.

26045 to 26059. Kikonai, Oshima Province.

26060 to 26064. Sapporo, Ishikari Province.

26065 to 26066. Otaru, Shiribeshi Province.

4. Rana temporaria Linnaeus

All of our 19 frogs from Yezo belong to this species. No.
25991 has the snout somewhat longer and the web smaller
than the others, but as this may be individual variation, I have
not referred it to Ra)ia japonica. There is a good deal of
variation in the size of the inner metatarsal tubercle and in the

'Proc. Amer. Acad. .\rts and Sci.. LVIII, No. 13. pp. 476-479.

Vol. XIX] SLEVIN— ORIENTAL HERPETOLOGY ^Q/

position of the vomerine teeth. The teeth are mostly between
the choan^ in 16012, 25994, 25995, 26002, 26040, and 26041 ;
between and behind in 25998, 25999, 26001, 26003; and
behind in 25991, 25992, 25993, 25996, 25997, 26000, 26004,
26005, and 26733. The outer metatarsal tubercle is present
in 16012, 25998, 25999, 26001, 26002, 26003, 26004, and
26041; it is absent in 25991, 25992, 25993, 25994, 25995.
25996, 25997, 26000, 26005, 26040, and 26733. The dor-
solateral glandular ridge flares out anteriorly toward the
tympanum in all of these nineteen specimens. The throats are
without definite dark spots. The specimens were collected as
follows :

16012. Hakodate, Oshima Province.

25991 to 25998. Otaru, Shiribeshi Province, 1910.

25999 to 26002. Mororan, Iburi Province, 1910.

26003 to 26005. Sapporo, Ishikari Province, 1910.

26040. Otaru, Shiribeshi Province, 1910.

26041. Fukushima, Oshima Province, 1910.
26733. Hakodate, Oshima Province, Septem-
ber 15, 1910.

5. Takydromus tachydromoides (Schlegel)

Fourteen lizards of this species from Yezo seem not to
differ from those secured on Hondo. They are from three
localities, as follows :

25967 to 25970. Kikonai, Oshima Province, 1910
25971 to 25976. Otaru, Shiribeshi Province, 1910.
25977 to 25980. Sapporo, Ishikari Province, 1910.

6. Elaphe quadrivirgata (Boie)

We have five snakes of this species from Yezo, where they
were collected as follows :

25981. Sapporo, Ishikari Province, 1910.
26728 to 26729. Mororan, Iburi Province, September

10, 1910.
26730 to 26731. Kikonai, Oshima Province. 1910.

108

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

No. 25981 is jet black everywhere except on the labials, chin
and throat. The others are of the usual light coloration. The

scale counts are given below.

d

d
m

O
CJ

to

Gastro-
steges

U3

2

<

Supra-
labials

Infra-
labials

Sh

o
o

t

Post-
oculars

o

a

S

25981

9

19

191

75c

2

8-8

10-10

2-2

z-i

2+3-2-f3

26728

9

19

193

75c

2

8-8

10-10

2-2

2-2

2 + 2-2+2

26729

9

19

199

81c

2

8-8

10-10

2-2

2-2

2+3-2+3

26730

&

19

203

88c

2

8-8

10-10

2-2

2,-i

2+2-2+2

26731

&

19

201

86c

1

8-8

10-9

2-1

2-2

2+3-2+3

If we combine with these figures the counts given by Dr.
Stejneger of three Yezo speciments, we get the following
averages: Gastrosteges : four males 200.7, three females
194.3; 1 juvenile 198; eight specimens 198. Urosteges : four
males 85; three females 77 ; 1 juvenile 78; eight specimens 80.
The average counts for the other Japanese islands are higher,
those of Hondo being : Gastrosteges : nineteen males 205 ;
eighteeen females 203.2; thirty-seven specimens 204.2. Uro-
steges: fifteen males 87.6; eighteen females 82.1; thirty-three
specimens 84.6. If larger series from Yezo confirm these
figures, it may be best to use the name Elaplie quadrivirgata
bilin-eata (Hallowell) for the snakes of Yezo.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 11, pp. 109-215, plates 4-15 December 30, 1930

XI

MARINE ALG^ OF THE REVILLAGIGEDO
ISLANDS EXPEDITION IN 1925^

BV

WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL

and
NATHANIEL LYON GARDNER

University of California

The species of marine algje enumerated in this paper were
largely collected by Herbert L. Mason and other members of
the expedition sent out by the California Academy of Sciences
in 1925. Since, however, there are a very few marine algae
known from Guadalupe Island, it seems best to include such as
have become known to us with the very considerable additions
we are enabled to make as a result of our study of the present
collections. No marine algre were previously known to us
from any of the Revillagigedo Islands.

From Guadalupe, a few marine algae were brought back by
Dr. Edward Palmer from his visit there, February to May,
1875. So far as we are aware, no list has ever been published,
although Farlow (1877, p. 235) states that several interesting
forms had been collected. One specimen, later named Sargassum

* Editor's Note. — This is the thirteenth paper published in the Proceedings of the
California Academy of Sciences based wholly or in part upon collections obtained by
the Academy's Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands in 1925. The first eight
appeared in Vol. IS of the Proceedings, one appeared in Vol. 18, and three in Vol. 19.

December 30, 1930

HQ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser.

Pahucri by Grunow, (1915, p. 338), was distributed by Far-
low, Anderson and Eaton in their Algcc Exsiccafcu Americce-
borealis (Sub No. 102) and two other species have been
located in Herb. Farlow at Harvard University and in Herb.
D. C. Eaton at Yale University. Palmer's collections of
plants were determined and the results published by Sereno
Watson (1876), who makes no mention of any alg?e.

Watson quotes from Palmer's notes some matters concern-
ing the climate which are of interest as to distribution of
marine algcX as well as of land plants. There seems to be a
chilling effect produced by the often prevalent northwest
winds, even in summer. Fogs are prevalent, particularly at
the northern end, where the spring vegetation may be as much
as two months behind that of the more sunny canons of the
southern portion. In the winter, ice may be formed to the
thickness of an inch and snow falls in the middle of the island
(Mt. Augusta, alt. 3900 feet). Watson considers the flora
as northern for the latitude and similar to that of California
and lower Oregon. 'i1ie chilling, at least of the more shallow
waters, makes evident some peculiarities of distribution of the
marine algaj, which will be discussed later.

Dr. Palmer visited Guadalupe Island again in 1889, between
the dates of March 27 and April 3. There is no information
available as to whether he collected any marine algie on that
trip.

In May. 1897, T. S. Brandegee visited Guadalupe with the
crew of the Wahlberg (see Brandegee, 1900) and with his
nephew. A. L. Stockton, made collections of plants including
a few marine species. We mention these in our account.

While the collections of algae brought back by the Revil-
lagigedo Expedition are not of ample specimens, careful
search has shown a much larger number of species than
seemed possible on first sight. Most of them are small and
few of them represented in duplicate, but it has seemed best
to record them as fully as possible because of the geographical
location of these outliers of the North American continent,
and because of the difficulty of frequent visitation of their
localities.

Vol. XIX] S ETC HELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE

111

The Journal of the Revillaj^i^edo Expedition (see Hanna,
1926). states that the U. S. mine sweeper Ortolan, which
carried the party, arrived at Guadalupe Island at 2 :30 p. m. on
April 19. 1925, 'and left at 10:00 a. m. on April 22, 1925. On
April 20, the party made four dredge hauls from the sandy
bottom of South Bay. in the early morning-. No farther report
of collecting is made in Hanna's account, except that the "lava
reef" near South Bay was explored for fishes, and on April
22, a party also collected fishes along the eastern shore. The
small collections of algae were doubtless made along with the
fishes. When dynamite was used, fragments of seaweeds as
well as fishes came to the surface of the water. The water
temperature is given as 61 °F. (16.1''C.+). Of the collections
of marine algae from Guadalupe Island, Mr. Mason tells us
that a jar of calcareous nodules contains the collections from
"Northeast Anchorage," and that the rest of the collections
are from the vicinity of South Bay. The calcareous nodules
consist largely of Lithothamnium vaUduin crassiuscula Foslie,
forming concentric layers over itself and centering about small
fragments of shell. With it are Litholepis accola Foslie and
Lithoporella pacifica Foslie. The nodules are commonly over-
grown with Peyssonellia rubra (Grev. ) J. Ag.

On April 24, Alijos Rocks, about 250 miles south of Guada-
lupe, was visited, shots of dynamite were exploded for kill-
ing fish, and "a few seaweeds which came up were collected."
These did not reach us, at least according to labels. The sur-
face water was 67° F. (19.4°C.+).

The expedition arrived at Sulphur Bay on the south side of
Clarion Island, most westerly of the Revillagigedo Islands,
and about 600 miles south of Guadalupe Island, at 7:30 a. m.,
April 26. Much of the island is surrounded by "growing
coral reefs." Considerable dredging was done and seaweeds
were obtained from depths down to 200 feet. Seaweeds were
also collected close to shore. From the dredgings, few of the
various seaweeds were obtained, the most conspicuous of
which is described by Hanna (p. 37) as follows: "Long,
slender stalks, round in cross section and bright green in
color." "The sailors called it spaghetti." Since the collec-

i^^l^^

L I 9 R A R Y

J J2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

tions were placed in alcohol and stored in casks with the fish
collections, the main mass has been overlooked or lost in un-
packing, so that the nature of the "spaghetti" remains a
mystery. It is undoubtedly some species of Codiiim and prob-
ably identical with Mason's No. 16, which we are referring to
C odium decorticatiun (Woodw.) M. A. Howe. The bulk of
the algcT collected, both at Guadalupe and at Clarion, Mr.
Mason says came up on the anchors when raised, but some
were collected in tide pools on the coral beach. Sargassa and
a floating kelp were also collected but have not come into our
hands. There was greater amplitude of tide experienced at
Clarion than at Guadalupe, where it was slight at the time of
the visit. The expedition left Clarion Island at 5 :00 p. m. on
May. 1. At 8:00 a. m. it was at Roca Partida, "a strange
pinnacle about 60 miles west of Soccoro Island," another
member of the Revillagigedo group. No collection of algae
seems to have been made, although Hanna (p. 42) says:
"Coralline algae (red and pink in color) grow on the walls in
the wash of the sea."

Although the expedition spent from 4:00 p. m.. May 2, to
2:00 a. m., May 12, on Soccoro Island and about 12 hours on
San Benedicto Island, the easternmost of the Revillagigedo
group, no collections of algae were made, the shores being un-
favorable for collecting.

A very few species were collected nearer the mainland of
Mexico, but they are included.

The number of species segregated from the various masses
of material and deemed worthy of mention totals 125. Of
these, 9 have been determined only as to genus, being included
in our list only to call attention to their occurrence. Of the
125 species, 98 occur on Guadalupe Island, 30 occur on Clarion
Island, with only 5 species common to both, while 4 species
are recorded from Maria Madre Island of the Tres Marias
group.

Of the algae studied, we have described 2 new genera, both
from Clarion Island, 29 new species (22 from Guadalupe and
7 from Clarion) and 2 new varieties, both from Guadalui)e.
Including species described previously, 27 species are known

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE \\2,

at present only from Guadalupe Island and 7 only from
Clarion Island. The 2 genera and 34 species may be con-
sidered, for the present at least, to constitute an endemic
element.

The non-endemic species of the islands of Guadalupe and
Clarion number 80 (114 less 34). Of the 80 non-endemic
species and varieties, 43 have been reported from the eastern
Pacific Ocean (north and south), and 26 from the middle or
western Pacific Ocean (north and south). As to the Indian
Ocean, there are 26 species in common with the marine flora
of the East Indies, now so carefully elaborated by Dr. Anna
Weber- van Bosse, and even 13 with the comparatively un-
known marine flora of the western Indian Ocean. With the
little known marine flora of the Red Sea. there are 8 species
in common and with the comparatively well known Mediter-
ranean marine flora, 19 species in common. With the marine
floras of the Atlantic Ocean there are 34 species in common
with the eastern Atlantic, and with the west Atlantic, chiefly
with the West Indian region, 36 species in common, of which
6 species seem confined to the Caribbean Sea and these islands
of the eastern Pacific.

One of the most surprising distributions is that of Halo-
thrix lumbncaUs, which is local in western Europe, north-
eastern North America, and Guadalupe Island. It seems to
occur in May and has been collected only about this time of
vear in all three sets of localities.

Since the previous sentence was written, Yamada (1928,
p. 513, fig. 12) has published a description and illustrations of
his Halothrix ambigiia, from Asamuslie, Oshima, Oma, in
Mutsu Bay, Japan, collected in May, 1927. Yamada's species
is very different from the (juadalupe plant, having free fila-
ments of about twice the diameter. It has also unilocular
sporangia surrounded by curved, clavate, multicellular para-
physes after the fashion of Elachistea. If retained in Halo-
thrix, the Japanese plant must be placed in another section of
the genus from Halothrix himhricalis, unless, as seems at
present most unlikely, similar unilocular sporangia and para-
phy.ses are discovered in H. himhricalis. The Japanese plant

JJ4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Sf.r.

seems to show a combination of Elachistea characters (more
compact basal portion with unilocular sporangia and curved,
clavate, multicellular paraphyses) and those of Halothrix
(plurilocular sporangia, or gametangia?, intercalated on the
erect free filaments).

Another striking case of discontinuous distribution is that
of Sporochniis pedunculaUts, since our Guadalupe species
seems to be referable rather to the Atlantic species than to any
of the species described from the south Pacific region. Two
most problematic species have been referred dubiously to
Eisenia. They seem to be disrupted sporophylls, one bearing
sori, but no trace of the plant which, if our surmises are cor-
rect, must have borne them has been seen.

The occurrence of what seems undoubted Acetahularia
parvnla, a characteristic East Indian species, at Clarion Island,
while far out of its previously known distribution, may be
explained by its small size and likelihood of being overlooked
in intermediate localities.

The waters about Guadalupe Island are cooler than those
about Clarion. In the spring they are as low as 61 °F.
(16. 1°C.-|-), while at the same time of year those about
Clarion Island are at least over 67°F. (19.4°C.+), probably
even over 20° C. or even higher. At the coldest, the waters
about Guadalupe Island are probably 15°C. (or below), those
of Clarion Island are probably never much, if any below
20° C. Judging from temperature charts, Guadalupe waters
vary seasonally between 15°C. and 20°C., while those of
Clarion are probably never below 20° C. and advance to 27 °C.
or 28°C. It is to be regretted that the collections from
Clarion Island are not more ample, but such as have come to
us seem to indicate a more purely tropical character of the
flora than do those of Guadalupe.

The accompanying table, while imperfect, indicates the gen-
eral relations between the two islands and to other oceans and
seas.

Vol. XIXJ SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE

115

Chlorogloea regularis

Chamspsiphon clavatus

Spirulina labyrinthiformis

Phormidium fragile

Phormidium monile

Lyngbya majuscula

Lyngbya epiphytica

Lyngbya confervoidcs

Lyngbya aestuarii

Lj'ngbya lutea

Lyngbya erecta

Symploca microdonta

Hydrocoleum lyngbyaceum

Hydrocoleum cantharidosmum

Hormothamnion enteromorphoides .

Calothrix codicola

Calothrix Crustacea

Calothrix conf ervicola

Calothrix clausa

Calothrix aeruginea abbreviata

Microchaete viticnsis

Brachytrichia Codii

Caiilerjja racemosa

Chlorodesmis comosa

Codium fragile

Codium decorticatuni

Codium simulans

Codium latum

Halimeda Opuntia

Dictyosphaeria Versluysi

Siphonocladus pusilloidcs

Acetabularia parvula ,. .

Chaetomorjjha antennina

Microdictyon Palmeri

Enteromorpha plumosa

Enteromorpha lingulata

Ulva angusta

Ulva Lactuca

Ulvella Lens

Ostreobium Reineckei

Sphacelaria furcigera

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

«

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

<

a
O

+

+

+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

13

+

18

+

15

U

+

+

+
+
+
+
+

-f

+

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+

+
+
+

35

+

■f

+

116

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

1 Pruc. 4th Ser.

Sphacelaria nova'-hoUfindise

o

+

6

03

-a
c

+

■6

-a
Pi

Si

4-'

0)

<

■+3
<

+

-a
O

+

c
o
■d

O

Sphacelaria Masonii

+

Ectocarpus breviarticulatus

+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+
+
+
+

Ectocarpus Mitchellae

Ectocarpus Duchassaiiigianus

Streblonema codicola

Masonophycus paradoxa

+

Halothrix lumbricalis

+

+

+
+

+

4-

+

+

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+

+
+
+
+

Colpomenia sinuosa

+
+
+
+

+

+

■ ■

+

4-

Chnoospora pannosa

Desmarestia pacifica

Desmarestia hcrbacea

Sporochnus pedunculatus

Eisenia Masonii

Eisenia desmarestioides

Aglaozonia canariensis

+

+

-1-

Dictyota cribrosa

Dictyota Masonii

■ ■

Neurocarpus delicatulus

+

+

+

Zonaria Farlowii

Blossevillea Brandegeei

+

Sargassum Palmeri

Sargassum paniculatum

+

+
+

+

+

+

Goniotrichum Alsidii

Gelidium microphysa.

+

+

Ahnfeldtia gigartinoidea

+
+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

Mychodea episcopalis

Gracilaria crispata

Champia parvula

+

+

Hoopcria Baileyana

Hypnea Evermannii ..... .

Asparagopsis Sanfordiana

Richardia Montagnei var

+
+

+

+

Laurencia Masonii

Laiirencia humilis

Laurencia papillosa pacifica

+

Chondria clarionensis

+

Polysiphonia tongatensis

+

+

Polysiphonia Masonii

+

Polysiphonia Eastwoodae

+
+

30

Polysiphonia homoia

16

6

8

1

1

2

7

12

11

\0L. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG.E

117

Pnlvsinhonia piiadaluoensis

d
oJ

c

c

0)

Pi

<

<

a

-a
a

3

O

+
+

+
+
+
+
+

+

+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+
+
+
+
+

26

91

a
o

U

Falkenbergia Hillebrandtii

Herposiphonia tenella

Herposiphonia rigida laxa

Janczewskia Solmsii

Heterosiphonia subsecundata

Dasya Stanfordiana

Dasya Eastwoodae

Calacodasya sinicola

Rhodochorton Daviesii

Rhodochorton Eastwoodse

Spyridia filamentosa

Crouania attenuata

Callithamnion bvssoides .

+ ?

+
+
+

+

+

+

+
+

9

47

+
+
+
+
+

5
29

+
+

+
+

4

27

+

1
14

+
1

9

+

+
+

+

4
19

+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+

9
34

+
+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+

+
+
+
+

14

41

+

+
+

Gymnothamnion elegans

Pleonosporium sacchoriza

Ceramium Evermannii

Ceramium transversale

+

Ceramium clarionensis

+

Ceramium personatum

Ceramium affine

Ceramium ornatum

Clarionea Masonii

+

Peyssonellia rubra

Choreonema Thureti

Fosliella paschalis

Litholepis accola

Lithoporella pacifica

Lithothamnion validum

Amphiroa fragilissima

Corallina cubensis

Corallina subulata

+

+
+
+

Jania rubens ."

Jania adhaerens

TOTAL

10
29

llg CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tu Ser.

MYXOPHYCE^
Family Chroococcace.e

CHLOROGLCEA Wille, Algol. Not., I-VI, 1900, p. 5
1. ChloroglcEa regularis S. and G.

Epiphytic on various species of both calcareous and non-
calcareous algae. Mason, No. 188. Guadalupe Island.

Setchell and Gardner, Mar. Alg. Gulf Calif., 1924, p. 698.

The Guadalupe plants show decidedly larger colonies (600-
800 /A diam.) than the type, but are to be distinguished from
Chlorogloea tuberculosa (Hansg.) Wille by regularity of form
and the distinct basal layer of radiating rows of cells with the
peripheral cells elongated.

Family Cham.,esiphonace^

CHAMJESIPHON A. Braun et Grunow, in Rabenhorst, Fl. Eu. Alg.,

vol. 2, 1865, p. 148

2. Chamaesiphon clavatus sp. nov.

Plate 4, fig. 1

Cells subcylindrical to clavate, at times slightly curved, up
to 60 fx. long, 8-11 fl diam. at the apex, 4-6 /* at the base; wall
smooth, hyaline ; color bright blue-green ; conidia mostly in a
single series, occasionally double at the apex, spherical,
4.8-5.3 M diam.

Growing singly or in loose clusters on various species of
algje, both calcareous and non-calcareous.

Type: No. 173619, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 63), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

A species probably closely related to Chamcesiplwn curvatus
Nordst., but is usually straight and has the apex olituse and at
times slightly swollen instead of attenuated.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM \ JQ

Family Oscillatoriace.i:

SPIRULINA rURP. (emend. Gardner) Turpin, in Diet, des Sci. Nat.

de Levrault, vol. 50, 1827, p. 309; Gardner, New Pac. Coast

Mar. Alg. I, 1917, p. 379

3. Spirulina labyrinthiformis (Menegh.) Gom.

Very sparsely scattered among other minute algre.

Mason, No. 142. Guadalupe Island.

Gomont, Monogr. 1892, p. 255. Oscillaria lahyrinthifonms
Meneghini, Consp. Alg. Eug., 1837, p. 9.

Filaments of a Spirulina occur occasionally and are scattered
in the material from Guadalupe Island, never in mass. The
dimensions lead us to refer them tentatively to this species
because of the regularity, closeness of turns, and diameter of
the spiral. The question may be raised as to possible relation-
ship to 5". subsalsa f. oceanica Gom.

PHORMIDIUM KuETz., Phyc. Gen., 1843, p. 190
4. Phormidium fragile (Menegh.) Gom.

Intermixed with various other species of Myxophyceae.

Mason, No. 70. Clarion Island.

Gomont, Monogr., 1892, p. 163, pi. 4, figs. 13-15. Ana-
hcona fragilis Meneghini, Consp. Alg., 1837, p. 8.

Our specimens resemble No. 1609a, Phyc. Bor. Amer., sup-
posedly from San Francisco Bay, California, except in show-
ing slightly more slender (1-1.5 /^ diam.) filaments than the
average.

5. Phormidium monile sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 2

Filaments relatively very long, straight or flexuous, 7-8 /*
diam.; trichomes 3.5-4 /* diam.; cells quadrate, deeply con-
stricted at the cross-walls, pale aeruginous ; terminal cell blunt,
rounded, sometimes even considerably enlarged; sheath con-
spicuous, hyaline, smooth, distinct, not diffluent.

Intermixed with various other Myxophyceae.

Type: No. 173633, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 95), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

120 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

When scattered filaments are encountered, the impression is
given of a Lynghya, but, at times, small layers are seen, when
the long, parallel, and closely placed filaments show the Phor-
midium character. The distinctness of the sheaths separate
this clearly from Ph. honiwidcs S. and G., of the central Cali-
fornian coast.

LYNGBYA Agardh. Syst. Alg.. 1824, p. XXV
6. Lyngbya majuscula Harv.

Interspersed among other species of Myxophyce^e growing
on Chnoospora. Mason, No. 60. Guadalupe Island.

Harvey, in Hooker, Engl. Fl., vol. 5, part 1, 1833, p. 370.

The Guadalupe plant seems typical of the species, which was
collected on the west coast of Mexico by Liebman and de-
scribed as Lyngbya crassa by J. G. Agardh in 1847 (Nya
Alger fran Mexico, p. 6). It is of general occurrence in the
warmer portions of the Pacific as well as of the Atlantic
Ocean.

7. Lyngbya epiphytica Hicron.

Epiphytic principally upon species of Calothrix. Mason,
No. 117a, Guadalupe Island.

Hieronymus, in Kirchner, Schiz., in Engler and Prantl,
Naturl. Pflanzenfam., 1898, p. 67.

The very slender spiral filaments of this species are often
found entwining filaments of marine alg.ne such as Calothrix,
Lyngbya, etc. It has been reported from Tahiti and from the
coast of central California as to the Pacific localities.

8. Lyngbya confervoides Ag.

In company with other species of Myxophyce;e and grow-
ing on rocks. ]\'Iason, No. 43b. Guadalupe Island.

Agardh. Syst. Alg.. 1824. p. 7Z.

This widespread species is known from the coast of central
California and from various other localities in the Pacific
Ocean, as well as in the East Indian region of the Indian
Ocean.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG^ 121

9. Lyngbya aestuarii (Mert.) Liebm.

Among other Myxophycese. Mason, No. 102, Guadalupe
Island.

Liebman. Bemerk., in Kroyers Tidskr., 1841, p. 492.

Conferva ^stuarii Mertens, in Jiirg., Alg. aquat. Dec. II n.
8, 1816.

The filaments are from 24 /a to 28 m in diameter, the sheaths
mostly light to distinctly yellow in color, and the trichome 20 /t
in diameter. No well developed calyptrate terminal cells were
seen, but indications of their presence seemed conclusive.

10. Lyngbya gracilis (Menegh.) Rab.

Associated with other species of algae. Mason, No. 65.
Guadalupe Island.

Rabenhorst, Fl. Eu. Alg., vol. 2, 1865, p. 145.

Leihleinia gracilis Meneghini, in Gior. Bot. Ital., vol. 1,
1844, p. 304.

We have referred our specimens to this species with some
hesitation, relying largely upon the cells being from about one-
half as long as broad up to quadrate to distinguish them from
L. Meneghiniana (Kuetz.) Gomont and from L. Agardhii
(Crouan) Gomont, since our alcoholic specimens have lost
their original color. Lyngbya gracilis has been distributed
(Phyc. Bor. Amer., No. 853) from the coasts of southern
California.

H. Lyngbya lutea (Ag.) Gom.

Intermingled with other algse. Mason, No. 157. Guada-
lupe Island.

Gomont, Essai, in Journ. de Bot., vol. 4, 1890, p. 354.

Oscillatoria lutea Agardh, Syst. Alg., 1824, p. 68.

A few filaments were noted, seemingly of this species. They
were flexible, straight or twisted, with thin sheaths and with
trichomes about 4 /x in diameter. The dissepiments were
largely obscured, but the cells seemed to be nearly quadrate
or somewhat shorter than long. The terminal cell was
rounded and calyptrate. In tropical waters it occurs also in
the West Indian region. The sheath is thin and so hyaline as
to require care in demonstrating its presence.

122 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sek.

12. Lyngbya erecta sp. nov.

Filaments 1-2 mm. lon<^, attached by a single basal cell and
standing perpendicular to the host, forming dense tufts,
straight and smooth or slightly flexuous, 2.6-3 /^ diam. ; tri-
chomes 1.3-1.6 /a diam., slightly constricted at the cross walls,
sheath distinct, hyaline, smooth ; cells quadrate to very slightly
longer or shorter ; terminal cell rounded, blunt, non-calyptrate.

Epiphytic on Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides.

Type: No. 173634, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 163), in June, at Clarion Island.

This seemingly very distinct species is found clothing the
filaments of the Ahnfeldtia, attached at the base and extending
out perpendicularly. The very slender filaments have delicate
hyaline, but distinct sheaths and are straight below, but flexu-
ous and somewhat entangled above. The color has been lost
in the alcoholic material. The habit is reminiscent of that of
the freshwater L. versicolor Gomont, but our species is clearly
marine, much more slender, with more delicate sheath, and
different in details of trichome structure.

SYMPLOCA KuETzixG. Phyc. Gen., 1843, p. 201

13. Symploca microdonta sp. nov.

Plate 4, fig. 3

Fascicles up to 1 mm. high, inconspicuous, or plants at
times forming a very thin stratum without definite erect fasci-
cles; filaments very tortuous, intricately intertwined, 7.5-8.5 /*
diam., with sparse branching, at times two branches emerging
at the same level; trichomes 6.5-7 t*. diam., with quadrate cells
constricted at the cross walls ; terminal cell blunt, end wall not
thickened ; sheath firm, thin, hyaline, smooth.

Growing among other Myxophycccie.

Type: No. 173616, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 78), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

Scattered among the material from Guadalupe Island, we
found in several preparations, an alga of obscure but seem-
ingly undoubted symplocoid habit. The tufted fascicles, how-
ever, were not over 1 mm. high and. in some cases, absent.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG^ 123

The specimens having been preserved in alcohol, the color was
lost. In trichome structure our species approaches S. hyd-
noidcs Kuetz., but in habit shows nothing of the erect and
comparatively very high fascicles of that species.

HYDROCOLEUM Kuetzing, Phyc. Gen., 1843, p. 196
14. Hydrocoleum cantharidosmum (Mont.) Gom.

Intermixed with various other Myxophyceae growing on
rocks. Mason, No. 104. Guadalupe Island.

Gomont, Essai, 1890, p. 353. Lyngbya cantharidosma
Montagne, in Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Canar., vol. 3, part 3,
1840. p. 188.

The Hydrocoleum habit is obscure in our specimens, but the
stout trichomes (19-20 ft diam.), the cells about 4 /* high, and
the suddenly rounded tip, distinctly capitate and calyptrate,
seem to belong to this widespread species of warmer waters.

15. Hydrocoleum lyngbyaceum Kuetz

Associated with various other species of Myxophyceae grow-
ing on rocks. Mason, No. 109. Guadalupe Island.

Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, vol. 1, 1849, p. 37, pi. 51, fig. 1.

The specimens placed under this species are phormidioid in
habit, with trichomes 9-10 /i. in diameter, having cells 2-2> p-
high, and a gradually attenuated tip which is both capitate and
calyptrate. They seem clearly to belong to this widespread
species.

Family Nostochace.e

HORMOTHAMNION Grunow, Reise der Novara, Algen, 1867,

p. 31, pi. 1, fig. 2

16. Hormothamnion enteromorphoides f. gracilis, f. nov.

Filaments parallel, agglutinated into strands; sheaths thin,
hyaline, often confluent; trichomes 4.5-5.5 /u. diam., apex
slightly attenuated; cells broadly dolioform to compressed-
spherical, apical cell blunt-conical ; heterocysts the same shape
as the cells, slightly larger.

In strand-like, gelatinous masses intermingled with other
algse. Mason, Nos. 61a, 62, 105, 113a, 117, and 138. Guada-
lupe Island.

124 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Type: No. 173643, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 117), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

A species seeming to belong to this genus occurred in fre-
quent admixture in the Guadalupe collections. It was per-
sistently sterile, but its short, compressed cells, its more or
less compressed heterocysts, its distinct gelatinous sheath,
seemed to separate it from Anabcuna, and the strikingly paral-
lel arrangement of the trichomes seems to point towards
Hovmothamnion. Its trichomes 4.5-5.5 /* in diameter and
attenuate at both ends seem to indicate possible closeness to
H. enteromorphoides Grunow, but it is somewhat more slender
than the plant described by Grunow (Alg. Novara) from Ton-
gatabu. The parallel arrangement of the trichomes much
like those of a Phormidium is definite, but the gross habit and
original color could not clearly be determined from the admix-
tures of algae preserved in alcohol. It has shorter cells than
those described for H. convolutiim Collins and Hervey (1917,
p. 24), and while we refer it provisionally as a slender form
to H. enteromorphoides we also feel that it may prove to be a
distinct species.

Family Rivulariace^

CALOTHRIX AG.\RDn, Syst. Alg., 1824, p. XXIV

17. Calothrix codicola sp. nov.

Plate 4, fig. 4

Filaments 14-16 /* diam. at the slightly enlarged base,
almost cylindrical to the short-tapering apex, 400-600 n. long;
trichomes 10-12 /* diam. at the base, tapering very gradually
toward apices terminating in a short hair when young, in the
lower parts slightly constricted at the cross walls ; cells bright
blue-green, quadrate to slightly longer or shorter, contents
homogeneous; heterocysts basal and intercalary, 1-3 at the
base, when single slightly narrower than the trichome and
subspherical, when more than one, the others in the series 1.5-3
times as long as the diameter ; sheath close fitting throughout,
thin, smooth, homogeneous, hyaline.

Growing among the utricles of C odium fragile (Suringar)
Hariot, in company with Brachytrichia codii Setchell.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG£ 125'

Type: No. 173636, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 39), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

Codiuni species seem to be favorable hosts for various
minute members of Myxophycese, as well as of other groups
of marine algae. It is to be questioned as to whether the
peculiarities of the Codium exercise such an influence on these
various epiphytes (or endophytes) as to modify their struc-
ture and particularly their habit, from what they might assume
upon hosts of other consistencies, owing to possibly peculiar
ease of penetration. The Calothrix described above seems to'
differ so much from any of the epiphytic species described and
to come so much closer, perhaps, to some of the rupicolous
species, that we hesitate to assign it definitely. It differs from
both C. coruginea Thuret and C. parasitica Thuret, in diameter
of filament and trichome sufficiently to be regarded as distinct,
and it differs also in cell proportions from both of the cited
species. It is not bulbous at the base as is C. parasitica. Our
plants seem to branch, but possibly the branches may represent
epiphytic plants of hormogonial origin, at least the branches
resemble the similar structures of C. Crustacea Thuret (cf.
Notes Algol., Fasc. 1, pi. IV). The cell proportions in our
specimens differ from those of C. Crustacea.

18. Calothrix Crustacea Thur.

Growing on rocks in company with other Myxophyceae.
Mason, Nos. 42, 107, 115. Guadalupe Island.

Thuret, in Bornet and Thuret, Notes Algol, fascicle 1,
1876, pp. 13-16, pi. 4.

Calothrix Crustacea Thuret is a variable species, usually
characterized by its size, intercalary as well as basal hetero-
cysts, and its distinct hyaline sheath, occasionally yellow below.
Typically it forms an seruginous layer on rocks, but often
occurs also epiphytic on broader or more slender algse. It is
unbranched, but very commonly is infested more or less with
epiphytic filaments of the same species which have arisen from
the usually abundant hormogonia (cf. Bornet et Thuret, Notes
Algologiques, pi. 4). This gives such plants the superficial
appearance of being branched. Our specimens seem to agree

December 30, 1930

125 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

in all details with typical C. cntstacea Thuret. but exceed the
published measurements as to diameter of trichome (10-20 /*).

19. Calothrix confervicola (Roth.) Ag-.

Growing on Laurencia. Mason. No. 46. Guadalupe
Island.

Agardh, Syst., Alg., 1824, p. 70. Conferva confervicola
Roth, Cat. Bot, fascicle 3. 1806, p. 193.

This occurs in stellate clusters on the host and seems typical,
although the natural color has been changed by being pre-
served in alcohol. The sheaths are homogeneous and hyaline,
thus distinguishing it from C. consociafa Born, and Thur.

20. Calothrix clausa sp. nov.
Plate 4, fig. 5

iMlaments 30-34 /x diam., 500-600 /i up to 1 mm. long, tor-
tuous ; trichomes 24-28 /i diam., cylindrical except at the short,
tapering apices, ending in a short, narrow hair, constricted
prominently at the cross walls, bright blue-green; cells 3-4 /*
long, with homogeneous contents uniform throughout the
filament; heterocysts basal and intercalary, solitary, same
diameter as the trichome, hemispherical to elongated-cylindri-
cal ; sheath hyaline, homogeneous, smooth, close fitting, for the
most part closed at the apices.

Growing in association with other Myxophyce^e on rock.

Type: No. 173629, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 59), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

The species, proposed as new, is a member of the Calothrix
confervicola group, with trichomes thicker than any of its
other members, and showing, at least so far as the type speci-
men is concerned, a sheath normally contracted even to cloture
at the apex. It seems desirable to describe it as new.

21. Calothrix aeruginea var. abbreviata var. nov.

Filaments 9-11 ^ diam. at the base, 130-150 /i long, decum-
bent for considerable distance at the base or in the middle and
turning upward at both ends; trichomes 7-8 m diameter at the

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AMD GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGAI

127

base, not bulbose, tapering gradually from the base to the
apex, ending in a short, slender hair ; cells quadrate or shorter,
very slightly constricted at the cross walls; heterocysts basal,
hemispherical, of the same diameter as the trichomes, single, or
rarely two, at the base ; sheath very thin, smooth, homogene-
ous, hyaline, not ocreate.

Growing on Ectocarpus Duchassaingianus.

Type: No. 173617, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 113), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

u-i i L I B f< A R Y I

22. Calothrix sp.

A single tuft of a very slender Calothrix seems nearest to
the plant described under C. epiphytica W. and G. S. West (in
S. and G., Mar. Alg. Pacific Coast N. A.) or Gardner's C.
linearis from Porto Rico. The trichomes show bulbous en-
largements at the base and are very slender. They measure
4-5 /t diam. at the base, 2.5-3 /* above, and 175-225 /x. long.
Mason, No. 33a. Clarion Island.

DICHOTHRIX Zanardini, Plant Mar. Rubri Enumer., 1858. p. 89

23. Dichothrix sp.

(Growing among other minute algae on rocks. Mason, No.
149. Guadalupe Island.

A few fragments of a very slender species, seemingly of
Dichothrix have been noted in one of our preparations. The
trichomes are slender (6-8 fx. diam), somewhat swollen at the
base, with heterocysts exceeding the diameter of the trichomes
and with hyaline, gelatinous sheaths. The material is insuf-
ficient for description of a new species and it does not seem to
agree with any that are described. It is noted for the informa-
tion of future explorers.

SCYTONEMATACE.^
MICROCHJETE Thuket, Essai, 1875, p. 7
24. Microchaete vitiensis Askenasy

Associated with other species of Myxophyceae.
sparse. Mason, No. 137. Guadalupe Island.

Very

128 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb.

Askenasy, in Bornet and Flahault, Tab. Syn. Nostochacees,
1885, p. 22.

A minute alga, clothing other slender, filamentous algae,
looking like a small Calothrix, with curved base, but the apex
of trichome blunt and not at all attenuate. It has been detected
on the coasts of Fiji (type), Samoa, and Tahiti. In the
Guadalupe specimens, the cells are shorter than in the type.

STIGONEMATACEA^:

BRACHYTRICHIA Zanardini, Phyc. Ind. Pug., 1872, p. 24
25. Brachytrichia Codii Setchell

Among the utricles of C odium fragile. Mason, No. 143,
Guadalupe Island. Setchell, Tahitian Alg., 1926, p. 66.

This pholadophyte (or snuggling) species of Brachytrichia,
described from Tahiti, but also noted from Hawaii, may now
be reported from Guadalupe Island.

CHLOROPHYCE,^

Family Caulerpace^

CAULERPA Lamouroux, Mem. sur la Caulerpes, 1809, p. 141

26. Caulerpa racemosa var. clavifera f. macrophysa
(Kuetz.) Weber-van Bosse

Mason, No. 58. Guadalupe Island.

Weber-van Bosse, Monogr. des Caulerpes, 1898, p. 361, pi.
33, fig. 4. Chauvinia macrophysa Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, vol.
7, 1857, p. 6, pi. 15, fig. 2.

The plants collected were close to this form except that the
swollen ramuli were only slightly over 2 mm. in diameter.
Our plants therefore incline towards f. microphysa W.-v. B.
The type is from Central America.

27. Caulerpa racemosa laetevirens f. cylindracea (Send.)

Weber-van Bosse

Mason, No. 98. Guadalupe Island.

Weber-van Bosse (loc. cit.), p. 366. Caulerpa cylindracea
Sonders, Alg. Preiss, Botan. Zeit., 1845, p. 49.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG£ ^29

These were robust plants, whose branches were well clothed
with cylindrical ramelli, blunt, but barely swollen at the sum-
mit. The type is from western Australia.

28. Caulerpa racemosa var. laetevirens f. typica Weber-van

Bosse

Mason, No. 122. Guadalupe Island.

Weber- van Bosse (loc. cit.).

Our plants are robust specimens with fairly closely placed,
well inflated ramelli, on long tapering pedicels. The type is
from Toud Island, north of Australia.

I'^amily Cqdiace.^

CHLORODESMIS H.\rvey and Bailey, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,

vol. 3, 1851, p. Z7i

29. Chlorodesmis comosa Bailey and Harvey

Mason, No. 97, Guadalupe Island, and No. 17, Clarion
Island. There was only a single young example in the collec-
tion from the lattter localitv.

Bailey and Harvey (loc. cit.).

The Clarion Island plant was a young example and typical,
but the Guadalupe plant seems to represent only a scrappy
basal portion. The latter is referred to this species without
absolute certainty since the upper portions with typical dicho-
tomies are lacking. The type came from Fiji but the plant is
abundant in the tropical Pacific, growing usually as a cuma-
tophyte, or surge plant.

CODIUM Stackhouse, Nereis Brit, Fasc. 2, 1797, p. XVI
30. Codium fragile (Suring.) Hariot

Growing on rocks. Mason, No. 7, Guadalupe Island.

Hariot, Algues du Cap Horn, 1889, p. 32. Acanthocodium
fragile Suringar, Alg. Japon., Index, 1867.

No. 7 represents a slender form (or state) of this wide-
spread species, \^"e did not detect it in the Gulf of California
specimens collected by the California Academy Expedition of
1921 (cf. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 4 ser.. vol. 12, No. 29,

J30 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

1924). It is of decided interest therefore to find it among the
subtropical Guadalupe collections, and not among the tropical
collections of the Gulf of California and of Clarion Island.
The temperature control of this species as well as of the rela-
tions between Guadalupe Island, the ocean coasts of the main-
land, and the coasts of the Gulf of California are not at all
clear.

31. Codium decorticatum (Woodw.) Howe?

Mason, No. 16, Clarion Island.

Howe, Phyc. Studies, V, 1911, p. 494. Ulva decorticata
Woodward, Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. 3, 1797, p. 55?

We refer to this species specimens similar to those we re-
ferred under it in our Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of
North America (Part II, 1920, pp. 172-175) and with the
same mental reservations. The original plant of Woodward is
described as being destitute of a base, terete, branched toward
the base, six feet and over in length, and four lines in breadth.
The branches were long, once but not over twice branched and
compressed at the base of the dichotomies, the apices being
attenuate-obtuse. The base of the specimen, being expanded,
was probably at or very near the attachment. Near the base
it was branched into three or more parts, one of which was
very short, two were dichotomously branched about six inches
above their origin, continuing simple to their tips, and the
fourth or longest, after being divided once near the base, con-
tinues simple for three feet, then divides dichotomously, the
branches continuing simple to the end. The type presumably
came from some one of the Mediterranean coasts, but the
exact locality is not definitely known. No type specimen is
known, so that the characteristics of the utricle remain in
doubt. C. A. Agardh (Spec. Alg., 1822, p. 454) presumed
that the Ulva decorticata of Woodward was the same as his
Codium elongatum, described as compressed, with the type
locality at Cadiz. Montague (Fl. Alger., vol. 1, 1846, p. 49,
pi. 13, fig. 1) also describes it as compressed. Of later de-
scribed species, two have a nearer approach to the habit of that
of Ulva decorticata Woodw. than to the Codium elongatum
Ag. One is Codium Chasaliei Weber-van Bosse (Journ. de
Bot, vol. 13, 1899, p. 134) from the Cape Verde Islands, over

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER—THE MARINE ALGJE J3J

a meter in length, cylindrical, rarely branched, with utricles
3 mm. long, 80 /^ in diameter at the base, enlarging to 250 /*
(even to 525 /* in portion of type material kindly sent by Dr.
Anna Weber- van Bosse) at the summit, and with a number of
sporangia spirally arranged on each. The other is Codiiim
Jongiramosiim of Setchell and Gardner (Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci.. vol. 12, 1924, p. 710, pi. 15, f. 27, and pi. 37), from the
Gulf of California, over a meter in length, cylindrical,
branched chiefly at the base, with the utricles 1-1.8 mm. long,
up to 1.2 mm. broad, and sporangia unknown. The latter
species seems to be slightly dilated below the axils but no men-
tion is made of this in the former. Bornet (Les Algues de P.
K.-A. Schousboe, 1892, pp. 216, 217), has described the puz-
zling variations of the forms ascribed to Codiunt elongatum
in Schousboe's collection, both as to habit and as to character
of the utricles and subordinates the degree of infra axillary
dilation to the relative size of the utricles, dividing them into
(1) those with larger utricles and (2) those with smaller
utricles. M. A. Howe, who places all the variants under
C odium decorticatum (Woodw.) Howe (Phyc. Studies, V,
1911, pp. 494, 495), states that the utricles of Agardh's type
specimen of Codiiiui elongatum are from 110-225 /x in greatest
diameter, while the La Paz plants he refers to his C. decorti-
catum have utricles up to 520 /x in greatest diameter, reach a
length of decidedly over a meter, and are flattened now and
then under the dichotomies.

Mason's No. 16, from Clarion Island, is a small plant, only
13-14 cm., branched somewhat above the base, with compara-
tively long branches for its length. It is cylindrical, but some-
what flattened and dilated under the axils. The utricles are
1-1.5 mm. long and up to 650 /a in greatest diameter, tapering
from rounded apex to narrow base and thin-walled through-
out. The hairs are situated in a circle just below the broad
summit and are constricted at the point of connection, sud-
denly swollen above this and tapering off above as in C. bul-
hopilum Setchell. We are inclined to regard No. 16 as a young
sterile plant. Hanna, in his journal of the voyage (Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 15, 1926, p. 37), in speaking of
the dredging operations off Sulphur Bay on Clarion Island,
says : "These pieces of apparatus brought up enormous quan-

132 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

tides of broken coral, coral sands, and seaweeds. The latter
belong chiefly to one species which grows as long slender
stalks, round in cross section and bright green in color. The
sailors called it 'Spaghetti.' " Mr. Mason informs us that this
was a Codiuni and that the material thus dredged in fair depth
of water was wrapped with other coarse species, such as Sar-
gassums, etc., in a piece of cheesecloth and placed in one of
the kegs of alcohol with fish specimens. Unfortunately, this
parcel has not been located among the collections of the trip.
We suspect that these "Spaghetti" represent older and better
developed states of No. 16. which we place under C odium
decorticatnni (Woodw.) Howe, with the suspicion that they
may possibly be related rather to C. longirmnosiim S. and G.
or to C. ainfylk'csicidafuni S. and G.

32. Codium latum Suringar?

Dr. A. Palmer, in 1875. collected a broad, flattened Codium
on Guadalupe Island which we have referred (Mar. Alg. Pac.
Coast N. A., Part 2, 1920, p. 175, pi. 15, f. 6) under the
Codium latum of Suringar, being led thereto by the resem-
blance of our plant, both in habit and in utricle, to the illus-
tration of that species by Okamura (Icones of Japanese Alg;e,
vol. 3. 1915. pi. 142, f. 4 and 6). These figures, however, are
not entirely in accord with those of Suringar (Algae Jap. Mus.
Bot. Lugd. Bot.. 1870. p. 22. pi. 7). especially as to the details
of the structure of the utricle. An examination of utricles
from the type specimen, for which privilege we are indebted to
Dr. Anna Weber-van Bosse, shows the type agreeing with the
figures of Suringar rather than with those of Okamura. Sur-
ingar does not figure any utricles with the peculiar hair struc-
tures shown by Okamura, but his specimen may have been
young, or possibly also, he may have selected a specimen where
they were not abundant. It may be, although this seems less
probable, that there are two or more broad species in Japan.
In fact Okamura (Icones of Japanese Algae, vol. 3, 1915, pi.
136, figs. 1, 3, 4. and 7) has figured a broad plant under Codi-
um divaricatum Holmes. This plant differs so much from the
type as figured by Holmes, and as also figured by Okamura
(loc. cit.. fig. 2) as to lead one to suspect that they may be

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG.^ \^^

specifically distinct. The broad specimen of Okamura (loc.
cit., fig. 1) resembles in habit the C. damcBcorne of Kuetzing
(Tab. Phyc, vol. 6, 1856, pi. 98), but the utricles are different
in shape. The utricles of Okamura's broad C. divaricatum
resemble those of Suringar's type of C. laUim in every way
except that the apical membrane of Okamura's plant is de-
cidedly thickened. The question as to whether there is more
than one broad Codium of the general habit of C. latum in
Japan is still to be decided.

The habit of the Guadalupe plant agrees in general with that
of those figured by both Suringar and Okamura for Codium
latum but has a greater number of dichotomies and has the
lower dichotomies extended to the very bases. The basal
branches are also very much more slender below than is repre-
sented for the Japanese plant. The utricles of the Guadalupe
plant resemble fairly closely those given by Okamura but not
so closely those given by Suringar and those examined from
Suringar's type specimen. We feel inclined to separate the
Guadalupe plant and dedicate it to its collector, but in view of
the uncertainty as to the situation among the Japanese species.
we retain our previous disposition of it, calling attention to
the fact that there is very little in common between the Japa-
nese algal flora of warmer waters and those of the similar
waters of the west coast of North America.

33. Codium simulans S. and G.

Mason, No. 15, Clarion Island, and No. 41, Guadalupe
Island (scrap).

Setchell and Gardner, Mar. Alg., 1924, p. 706. plate 14,
figs. 21, 22, and plate 31.

Mason's No. 15 from Clarion Island agrees fairly well with
the Gulf of California plants upon which we founded Codium
simulans, except that the dimorphism of the utricles seems
more pronounced and the larger (balloon-type) of utricle
reaches a much greater diameter (up to 325 m) and has the
apical wall thin, while the larger utricle of the type is not so
strongly set off from the narrower type (very similar in both
type and Clarion Island plants) and has its apical wall slightly
to decidedly thickened. The Guadalupe plant agrees closely

134 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Seb.

with the Clarion Island plant as to utricle characters. The
Guadalupe plant is fertile.

HALIMEDA Lamouroux, Nouv. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom.,
vol. 3, 1812, p. 186

34. Halimeda Opuntia (L.) Lamour.

Mason, No. 28, Guadalupe Island. Lamour., Hist. Polyp..
1816, p. 308. CoraUina Opuntia Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1758,
p. 805, Sol., Nat. Hist. Zoophyt., 1786, p. 110, pi. 20, fig. 6.

The Guadalupe plants seem to belont^ to the typical form of
this widely distributed tropical species.

Family Phyllosipiionace^

OSTREOBIUM Bornet and Flahault, Sur quelq. pi. viv, dans le
teste calc. des. mollusques, 1889, p. 15

35. Ostreobium Reineckei Bornet

Abundant in shells and Melobesice. H. L. Mason, Nos.
209, Guadalupe Island, and 217, Clarion Island, etc.

Bornet, Engler's Jahrb., vol. 23, 1897, p. 269.

The specimens agree very well with the original description
and with specimens from Samoa. Although searched for in
our decalcifications, nothing pertaining with certainty as to the
presence of other tranophytes was discovered.

Family Valo.niace-E

DICTYOSPHJERIA Decaisne, Essais Class. Alg., 1842, p. 328

36. Dictyosphaeria Versluysi Weber-van Bosse

Mason, No. 79, Guadalupe Island.

Weber- van Bosse, La Nuova Not., Ser. 16, 1905, p. 142.

Our specimens are solid, .<^how segments up to 2 mm. in
diameter, with frequent intracellular "cellulose'' spines (or
hairs) up to 320 fi in length. They agree with Weber-van
Bosse's description, except that both segments and **hairs"
have somewhat greater dimensions. "J'he species occurs in the
East Indies and in Hawaii.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE 135

SIPHONOCLADUS Schmitz, Ueber griine Algen, 1878

37. Siphonocladus pusilloides sp. nov.

Plate 4, figs. 6 and 7

Fronds fasciculate, clavate, 7-10 mm. high, 400-500 /x diam.
at the outer end, 90-125 /* diam. at the base; straight or
slightly arcuate ; wall very thick and lamellose, smooth, h}-a-
line; rhizoids several times branched.

Type: No. 173644, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 110), in May, at Guadalupe Island.

The specimens under No. 110 are difficult to place and we.
at first, assigned them provisionally under Valonia, since they
resemble very closely the V. pusilla of Kuetzing's figures
(Tab. Phyc, vol. 6, 1856, p. 30, pi. 86, b-e) from the Adriatic.
Hauck refers this under Siphonocladus and it may be that our
plant is a juvenile condition of some such species as S. tropi-
cus, a species of the West Indian region (Lesser Antilles at
least), Canary Islands, and the neighborhood of Honolulu.
The very early stages of Siphonocladus tropicus, e.g., are
claviform and simple (of. Borgesen, Contr. a la conn, du genre
Siphonocladus Schmitz, 1905, pp. 260, 261, fig. l,a), and the
early stages of 5". pusillus are presumably represented by
Kuetzing's figures already cited. In the uncertainty of rela-
tionships, it seems best to call attention to this interesting little
plant and to assign it a name under the genus Siphonocladus,
since its shape and an occasional partition seem to indicate its
possible affinities.

Family Dasycladace^

ACETABULARIA Lamouroux, Polyp. Flex., 1816, p. 244

38. Acetabularia parvula Solms-Laubach

Mason, No. 174, Clarion Island.

Solms-Laubach, Monogr. Acetab., 1895, p. 29, pi. 2, figs.
3, 5.

A few specimens of a small Acetabularia were detected in
the Clarion Island material. The stalk is stout, about 3-4 mm.
long, and the disk about 3-4 mm. in diameter. The ray cells
number from 14 to 18, are broadly wedge-shaped, gently

136 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Peoc. 4th Se«.

rounded on the outer end or with trace of apiculum, and
slightly indented at the partitions. Coronal processes reach
52-65 fi in diameter, each with 3-4 hair scars. There are no
aplanospores present. The calcification of the disks is strong
only on the contact faces of the rays. This plant agrees fairly
closely with the description and figures of Solms for his
Acetabtilaria parvula from Macassar in the East Indies.

Family Cladophorace.e

CHJETOMORPHA Kuetzing, Phyc. Germ., 1845, p. 203

39. Chaetomorpha antennina (Bory) Kuetz.

Growing on rocks. Mason, No. 20, Guadalupe Island.

Kuetzing, Sp. Alg., 1849, p. 379. Confen'a antennina
Bory, Ouatre lies d'Afr., vol. 2, 1804, p. 161.

It is difficult to be certain of the habit of this form of ChcB-
tomorpha, but it is certainly entangled above, though it appears
to be erect below. While we have found filaments tapering to
a small fraction of the ordinary diameter above, we have not
been able to detect a strictly basal cell. The lowest cell found
was 75 /i in diameter and 500 /* long, while the upper cells
are 500-550 fi in diameter and up to 2 or even 3 times as long
as broad. It may be a form of Ch. antennina of our Pacific
Coast of North America and probably widespread in the
Pacific Ocean. It approaches also M. A. Howe's Ch. carti-
laginea from the Chincha Islands in some of its characters.
Until the base is known, the exact determination must remain
in doubt. Such characters as are determinable in our specimens
indicate possible intermediate position between Bory's species
and that of Howe.

MICKODICTYON Decasne, PI. de I'Arab. in Arch, du
Mus. II, 1841, p. 115

40. Microdictyon Palmeri Setchell.

Guadalupe Island. Setchell. Univ. Calif. Pub., Bot., vol.
13. p. 106, 1925.

We have seen a single specimen in Herb. Farlow, collected
by Dr. E. Palmer in 1875. It belongs to the Virescentes sec-
tion of the Calodictyon group and has elongated cells in the
primary filaments.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE i;^y

Family Ulvace^
ENTEROMORPHA Link, Epistola, 1820, p. 5

41. Enteromorpha plumosa Kuetz.

Growing on rocks among other alg?e. Mason, No. 31,
Clarion Island. Kuetzing, Phyc. Gen., 1843, p. 300, pi. 20,
fig. 1.

The plants referred here from Clarion Island are in agree-
ment with our idea of this species as expressed in part II of
our Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North America
(1920, p. 259).

42. Enteromorpha lingulata J. Ag.

Mason, No. 81, Guadalupe Island. J. G. Agardh, Till. Alg.
Syst, 1885, VI.

It seems best to refer to this species, specimens which occur
having much the habit of Enteromorpha compressa, but with
the cells more regularly arranged in vertical rows than is cus-
tomary in that species.

ULVA LiNN^us, Gen. Plant, 1737, p. 326
43. Ulva angusta S. and G. var. ?

A single narrow frond. Mason, No. 45. Guadalupe
Island.

The absence of a base makes the reference of this Ulva un-
certain, but its cell structure recalls that of U. angtista rathei
than that of U. Linsa. The cells are rounded quadrate to
polygonal in surface view, sections through the fronds are 60 /a
and more thick, and the cells 25-30 /* in every diameter, the
cells being practically square in cross section. It may possibly
be a form of U. Lactuca but it differs decidedly in habit as well
as in thickness from that species. It may be only a robust
form of our U. angusta known hitherto only from central
California.

44. Ulva rigida Ag.

Cast ashore ? Mason, No. 99, Maria Madre Island.
Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 1, part 2, 1822, p. 410.

138 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

The fronds are broader than long and without finger-like
lobes. The fronds are 80-85 /* thick, with the cells of each
layer higher than broad.

45. Ulva Lactuca L.

Mason, No. 120, Clarion Island. Linnaeus. Sp. Plant., vol.
2, 1753. p. 1163.

The membranes of our plants are somewhat perforated, but
otherwise they resemble closely the Ulva Lactuca of Vickers's
Algae Barbadenses (Plate 1), which is Ulva Lactuca in the
sense of Thuret and a widespread tropical type.

Family Ch.etophorace;e

ULVELLA Crouan, Notes sur qiielq. nouv. algiies mar., 1859,

p. 288, pi. 22, fig, E

46. Ulvella Lens Crouan

Growing on various species of algae. Mason, Nos. 180, 181,
Guadalupe Island.

Crouan (loc. cit.).

This seems close to the plant we have credited to the Cali-
fornia coast in our Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast of North
America (part II, 1920. p. 295, pi. 33). The central cells are
empty, having presumably discharged their zoospores.

MELANOPHYCE^
Family Sphacelariace;e

SPHACELARIA Lyngbye, Hydrophyt. Dan., 1819, p. 103
47. Sphacelaria furcigera Kuetz.

Growing on Sargassum Palmeri. Mason, No. 90. South
Anchorage, Guadalupe Island.

Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, vol. 5, 1855, p. 27, pi. 90, fig. II.

The base is more or less endophytic, penetrating the host.
The main filament is 45 /* in diameter and the propagula are
slender and bifurcate.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG^ \y^

4<S. Sphacelaria novae-hollandiae Sonder

Growing on rocks among various species of algae. Mason,
No. 114. Guadalupe Island. Sonder, in Botan. Zeit., 1845,
p. 50.

The basal filaments are creeping. The erect filaments are
simple below, sparingly branched, 40-50 fi in diameter, with
the joints about quadrate in surface view^ The propagula
have lateral cells above, divided into two, blunt. This is a
more slender epiphytic form, with less branching above and
with the joints shorter proportional to their length than is the
case in S. nova-caledonics Sauv. It is credited to Australia,
Mangareva, Vavau, in the Tonga Islands, and the Antilles.

49. Sphacelaria Masonii sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 9

Fronds composed of a relatively extensive, branched, creep-
ing portion, though not forming a compact disk, and an erect
portion; filaments of the creeping part disiphonous for the
most part, 9-12 /a diam., wath cells 1-2 times as long as broad;
erect filaments simple, for the most part monosiphonous but
with scattered cells dividing once longitudinally, about the
same diameter as the horizontal filaments, 1-1.5 mm. high,
without a conspicuous apical cell ; hair filaments numerous,
arising only on the creeping filaments, 2-2.5 mm. long, 7-8 m
diam., with cells 6-8 times as long as the diam. ; gametangia
sessile or short pedicellate on the creeping filaments, or very
rarely terminal on short erect filaments; loculi 6-8 seriate,
14-18 /x diam., 40-50 /«. long, clavate, very blunt; propagula
unknow^n.

Epiphytic on Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides.

Type: No. 173624, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 164) , in June, at Clarion Island.

The gametangia of Sphacelaria Masonii resemble most
clo.sely those oi S. hrittanica Sauv., wath some resemblances to
those of 6". indica Reinke. It seems to be one of the simplest
of the S. radicans group and only one remove from Sphacella.
in that it has occasional vertical walls usually situated just
above the basal cells.

?u

f

140 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

Named for Mr. H. L. Mason, botanist of the expedition on
which the type specimen was collected.

Family Ectocarpace^

ECTOCARPUS Lyngbye, Hydrophyt. Dan, 1819, p. 130 (in part)

50. Ectocarpus breviarticulatus J. Ag.

Growing on rocks. Mason, No. 108, Guadalupe Island. J.
G. Agardh. Nya Alg. fran Mexico, 1847, p. 7.

No. 108 seems perfectly typical of this distinct and easily
recognizable species. It is probably well distributed in the
Pacific Ocean and in the lesser Antilles. The type locality is
St. Augustin on the west coast of tropical Mexico.

51. Ectocarpus Mitchellae Harv.

Growing on other algae. Mason, No. 44. Guadalupe Island.

Harvey, Ner. Bor. Amer., part I, 1852, p. 142, pi. 12 G.

Our specimens represent a somewhat shorter form than the
type and agree well with E. indicus from Tutuila (Setchell,
1924, pp. 169. 170, fig. 34) and probably including as forms
E. virescens Thuret and E. guadalupensis Crouan, etc., of the
west Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian oceans.

52. Ectocarpus Duchassaingianus Grunow

Growing on rocks. Mason, No. 112. Guadalupe Island.

Grunow. Algje, Novara Exped., Bot. Th., vol. 1, 1867, p.
45, plate 4. fig. 1.

Our specimens are low, tufted, sparingly branched plants,
running out into long hairs at the tips. They are attached by
creeping filaments. The gametangia are either young or of
the megasporangial type. The species occurs in the West
Indies and in the Pacific and Indian oceans. The type locality
is on Guadaloupe Island, West Indies.

53. Ectocarpus sp.

Growing on Laurencia sp. Mason, No. 189. Guadalupe
Island.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM ^41

Our material of No. 189 is very scanty but shows a creeping
base, with erect filaments 9-11 /x in diameter with long hairs
above. The gametangia are 38-44 /x long and 12-15 /* wide.
It recalls the E. variabilis of Vickers (Phyc. Barb., pi. 31)
but has narrower gametangia.

STREBLONEMA Derbes and Solier, in Castagne, Supplem. Catal.

Marseille, 1851, p. 100

54. Streblonema codicola sp. nov.
Plate 5, fig. 10

Creeping fronds near the surface of the host, extending
among the utricles, giving rise to a few simple rhizoids (?)
below and to numerous simple, typically fasciculately branched
filaments above, extending beyond the surface of the host, and
irregularly branched, 12-17 /«. diam., with cells 2-4 times as
long as the diam. ; erect filaments clavate, 90-120 /x long, with
cylindrical basal cell 1.5-3 times as long as broad, and dolioform
cells in the ultimate ramuli. the apical cell being subspherical
and 22-30 /x diam. ; hair filaments sparse, arising on the erect
filaments, 8-10 /ix diam., with short cells at the base and up to
4 times as long as broad above; gametangia fusiform to sub-
cylindrical, 17-23 /x diam., 75-90 /x long, with loculi in 3-4
series arising on the erect ramuli ; zoosporangia unknown ;
chromatophores lenticular.

Growing on C odium fragile.

Type: No. 178640, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 193), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

Family Tilopteridace.e ?

55. Masonophycus gen. nov.

Base of prostrate, branching filaments, monosiphonous, or
here and there disiphonous, emitting erect simple branches,
terminated by rounded cells; reproductive organs of three (?)
kinds: gametangia, tetrasporangia, and propagula ( ?) ; game-
tangia ovate or ovate-ellipsoidal, plurilocular. terminal, or
occasionall)^ lateral on short pedicels ; tetrasporangia lateral,

December 30. 1930

142 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tu Sek.

seriate, secund, globular, on short pedicels, with contents cru-
ciately divided; propagula (?) (or hypertrophied gametan-
gia?) obovate or clavate, undivided, or divided by 1-2 trans-
verse septa, lateral, more or less distichous.

A genus possibly of the Tilopteridace?e, the general appear-
ance being Ectocarpoid, but the basal filament is often disipho-
nous, the terminal cell is rounded, and the tetrasporangia
pointing directly towards either the Fxtocarpacecne or the
Sphacelariacere.

56. Masonophycus paradoxa sp. nov.
Plate 6, figs. 11 to 20

Forming low tufts about 1.5 mm. high on Ahnfcldtia (jigar-
iinoides J. Ag. ; creeping filaments 18-24 /a in thickness, irregu-
larly branched, attenuate at the apices, monosiphonous, occa-
sionally (lisiphonous ; cells usually somewhat longer than
broad : erect filaments, given off at right angles, strongly attenu-
ate at the base and gradually tapering toward the apex,
18-34 [x in diameter, slightly moniliform, the sterile usually
being broader and shorter celled than the fertile, terminal cell
rounded ; gametangia ovate-oblong to ovate-elliptical, pluri-
locular, discharging through the disrupted apex, about 25 p-
broad, 70-130 /* long, the terminal ones on short filaments
longer than the lateral ones, the latter often with fewer and
larger loculi (mega-gametangia?) with 1-2 celled pedicel;
tetrasporangia secund and seriate, globular, 26-30 m, cruciately
divided, on short, 1 -celled pedicels: propagula (?) clavate to
balloon-shaped, lateral, more or less distichous, varied in size
and form, about 60-80 ^ long, and width very variable (up to
28-38 ft wide), non-septate or with 1-3 transverse septa.

Growing on rocks.

Type: No. 173628, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 186), in June, at Clarion Island.

A puzzling species, unfortunately represented by only a
couple of small tufts. The propagula (?) are varied and
seeming transitions to gametangia occur.

Vol.. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM J 43

Family Elachistiace/E
HALOTHRIX Reinke, Die braunen Alg., 1888, p. 16
57. Halothrix lumbricalis (Kuetz.) Reinke

Growing on rocks. Mason. No. 96. Guadalupe Island.

Reinke (loc. cit.), p. 19, Ectocarpiis lumbricalis Kuetzing,
Phyc. Germ., 1845, p. 233.

The occurrence of this species came as a surprise, since the
type locality is in the "Ostsee" where according to Reinke
(Atlas, 1889, p. 1) it is a spring plant. It has been found in
abundance at Revere Beach, IMass., by F. S. Collins and in
Long Island Sound near Bridgeport, Conn., by Isaac Holden,
in each case in May. Mason's collections at Guadalupe Island
were made after the middle of April, The specimens seemed
perfectly typical of the species and add a far-outlying station.

Since the above note was written, Yamada (Mar. Alg.
Mutsu Bay, II, 1928, p. 513, fig. 12) has described and figured
his Halothrix aiiibigua. Yamada's species is coarser, with the
erect free filaments about twice the diameter of those of the
Guadalupe specimen (about 40-45 /* in their broadest por-
tions), which are closely approximate to the Atlantic species.
Yamada's species also bears unilocular zoosporangia and
curved, clavate, pluricellular paraphyses (after the fashion of
Elachistca) on the same plant with the plurilocular "gametan-
gia" characteristic of Halothrix.

Family Scytosiphonace^

COLPOMENIA Derbes and Solier, Mem. phys. Alg., 1856, p. 11

58. Colpomenia sinuosa (Roth.) Derb. and Sol.

A single small fragment of a specimen cast ashore. Mason,
No. 177. Clarion Island.

Derbes and Solier (loc. cit.). Ulva sinuosa Roth.. Cat.
Bot, vol. 3, 1806, p. 327, pi. 12.

This species, represented only by a sterile fragment, appears
to belong under our f. typica (see Setchell and Gardner, 1925,
p. 540). Sauvageau has recently (1927, pp. 309-321) dis-
cussed the status of our west coast species and concludes that it
is different from the true type of the Cadiz and Mediterranean

144 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

region. The Clarion Island plant is noted here simply to call
attention to its presence. It does not lend itself to investiga-
tion of the points involved in the delimitation of the sori and
the dehiscence of the zoosporangia.

Family Chnoosporace/E

CHNOOSPORA J. Agardh, Nya alger fran Mexico, 1847, p. 7

59. Chnoospora pannosa J. Ag.

Mason, No. 66. Guadalupe Island.

J. Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 1, 1848, p. 172.

We have placed the Guadalupe plant under Chnoospora
pannosa since it agrees better in habit with Kuetzing's figure
(Tab. Phyc, vol. 9, pi. 87, I) than with the more regularly
branched plant we are in the habit of considering Ch. pacifica
J. Ag. The type locality of the latter is St. Augustin, on the
west coast of Mexico, while that of Ch. pannosa is the Ha-
waiian Islands. We suspect it of being young and sterile,
probably a battered state of Ch. pacifica.

DESMARESTIACE^

DESMARESTIA Lamouroux, Essai, 1813, p. 23
60. Desmarestia pacifica S. and G. ( ?)
Plate 12, fig. 42

Fragments cast up. Mason, No. 29. Guadalupe Island.

Setchell and Gardner, Phyc. Cont., VII, 1924, p. 6.

There are several species, indicating a large plant with heavy
discoid holdfast, with lower stem terete, branches uniformly
opposite, suddenly diminishing in each of the several orders
and provided with fluffy bunches of short, broad hairs at the
tip of each branch or branchlet. The last mentioned charac-
ter is absent in the type specimen, which is imperfect and
which came from Santa Catalina Island, but within the same
temperature province as Guadalupe. While we have some
hesitation in referring this species to D. pacifica. it seems at
least to come close to it.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG2E 145

61. Desmarestia herbacea (Turn.) Lamour.

Cast ashore. Mason, No. 125, Guadalupe Island. La-
mouroux, Essai, 1813, p. 25. Fiicus herbaceus Turner, Hist.
Fuc, vol. 2. 1809. pp. 77, 78, pi. 99.

There is no base represented among our specimens. The
medium vein shows throughout, but the lateral veins are in-
conspicuous or invisible. The ligules are sharply toothed with
the teeth long and cylindrical. It reminds us of D. nmnda S.
and G., but seems much too narrow for this species.

Family Sporochnace^
SPOROCHNUS Agaruh, Sp. Alg., vol. 1, part 1, 1820, p. 147

62. Sporochnus pedunculatus (Huds.) Ag.

Plate 13, t^g. 43

Cast ashore. Mason, No. 11. Guadalupe Island.

Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 1, part 1, 1820, p. 149. Funis
pedunculatus Hudson, Fl. Angl, Ed. II, 1878, p. 587.

The main axis is slender, about 23 cm. long, with branches
of only one order, each simple and up to 10 cm. long. The fer-
tile ramelli, about 2 mm. long, are oblong-elliptical, attenuated
below into a slender pedicel from 0.75-2.0 times as long as the
fertile tip. The sporangia are broadly clavate, 25-32 /n long.

This appears to belong to the West Indian species and is
one of several species of that area found in Mr. Mason's col-
lections.

ALARIACE.F.

EISENIA ARESCiiouG, in Bot. Not., 1876, No. 3, p. 69

C>?>. Eisenia (?) Masonii sp. nov.

Plate 14, fig. 44

Stipe and holdfast unknown; blade (?) bearing numerous,
complanate, bipinnately branched sporophylls 3-5 dm. long,
with considerably thickened rhachis and membranaceous pin-
nae and pinnules beset along the margins with numerous sharp
teeth with broad bases; pinn?e stipitate in the lower parts of
the rhachis, pinnules mostly not stipitate ; sori on the rhachis

146 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4Tn Ser.

and at the base of the stipitate pinnules, not extensive ; unilo-
cular sporangia intermingled with unicellular paraphyses pro-
vided with hyaline appendages at their tips.

Brought up from deep water with the ship's anchor.

Type: No. 173700, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 5), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

There were two sets of fragments, this number and the
next, which came to the surface during the hoisting of the
anchor. This species was provided with scanty sori
whose sporangia and paraphyses were clearly of a Laminar ioid
type. We can only suspect that these fragments may repre-
sent portions of the lateral sporophylls of some Alarioid genus
similar to Eiscnia.

64. Eisenia (?) desmarestioides sp. nov.
Plate 15, fig. 45

Stipe and holdfast unknown; blade (?) giving rise to nu-
merous complanate, bipinnately branched sporophylls up to
4 dm. long, with much thickened rhachis and numerous alter-
nate pinnx and pinnules with deeply serrated margins ; pinnae
and pinnules linear, stipitate finely bullate over their entire
surface ; reproduction unknown. Brought up from deep water
on the ship's anchor.

Type: No. 173701, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 6), in May, at Guadalupe Island.

Very similar to the last in general characters and obtained
in the same way. The single specimen is narrow and the sur-
face bullate. It recalls Carpoglossum qucrcifoJhim (Turn.) J.
Ag. (cf. Harvey, Phyc. Austr., vol. 1, pi. 43, 1858) in outline
but is thinner and Laminarioid rather than Fucoid. We sus-
pect it to be part of a sporophyll of some such genus as
Eisenia, although the specimen is sterile. No such degree of
branching is known among the sporophylls of any Eisenia, but
a suggestion is to be found in those of Eisenia bicyclis
(Kjellm.) Setchell and E. cava (Kjellm.) Okam. (cf. Kjell-
man, in Engler and Prantl, Die Naturl. Pfl.-fam., I Teil. Abth.
2, p. 245, p. 166, B, and Vega. Exp. Vetensk. Jakt.. Bd. IV,

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE J 47

pi. 10. 1885). Eisenia arborea Aresch., the only species on the
west coast of North America has usually simple sporophylls as
has also E. Cokcri Howe from the coast of Peru. The Japa-
nese species of Eisenia and Eclclonio are to be considered, but
no one of them has such extremely compound sporophylls as
the two sets of specimens before us.

Family Cutleriace^

AGLAOZONIA Zanardini Saggio, 1843, p. 10

65. Aglaozonia canariensis Sau\ .

Mason, No. 176. Clarion Island.

Sauvageau, Observ. sur quelq. Dictyotace^, 1905.

Resembling sterile plants of Zonaria variegata (Lamour. )
Ag., but the differences between the dorsal and ventral epi-
demis and the scattered moniliform rhizoids lead us to suggest
the possibility of being near to, if not identical with, the
Aglaononia canariensis of Sauvageau, a species originally de-
scribed from the Canary Islands but apparently occurring
throughout the West Indies. It is a very different plant from
the A. pacifica Setchell. from 1'ahiti.

Family Dictyotace^

DICTYOTA Lamouroux, Nouv. Bull. Soc. Philom., vol. 1, 1809, p. 331

66. Dictyota cribrosa sp. nov.

Plate 11, fig. 40

Fronds light brown, perforated irregularly, narrow below,
expanding upwards, flabellately divided above the middle, the
branches appearing as lobes at the summit, over 8 cm. long
(basal portions wanting). 4-5 mm. broad below. 2-5 cm.
across the llabellate expansions, 6-7 mm. diam. in upper divi-
sions; all divisions cuneate, thin and fragile, 85-110 /j- thick,
middle cells clear; margins ciliate-dentate, teeth 1 mm. long,
slender, scattered, more or less re^rularlv. with scattered hair
clusters and broadly oblong oogonia in subcircular sori ; an-
theridia and aplanospores unknown; surface cells elongated.
4-5 to each central cell.

Cast ashore.

J48 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Type: No. 173683, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 3), in May, at Guadalupe Island.

The present species resembles most nearly Dictyota creniilata
J. \g., but differs from that species as we have interpreted it
(Mar. Alg. C/ulf. Calif., 1925, p. 730, pi. 18, figs. 50. 51) in
being somewhat taller and broader, more flabellately branched
above, in being somewhat thinner (D. crcnulata is 130 /a and
over thick) and having the central layer of cells clear instead
of colored.

67. Dictyota Masonii sp. nov.

Fronds 4-7 cm. high, 2-3 mm. wide, dichotomo-pinnate,
slightly stupose at the base; segments linear, with smooth mar-
gins below and rounded but narrow angles; distance between
main branches 4-6 mm. ; apices mostly blunt ; surface cells
10-14 /* diam., 2-2> times as long as the diam. : central layer of
cells 45-55 /* diam. and about twice as long, with a single
group of chromatophores in the center ; marginal cells
thickened and meristematic, giving rise to numerous prolifera-
tions above but soon falling off and producing new plants ;
reproduction unknown.

Cast ashore.

Type: No. 173614, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 22), in June, at Clarion Island.

No. 22 differs from D. dcntata of the West Indies by being
broader in habit and lacking acute tips. It lacks the dichoto-
mies of D. Bartayresii and P. I'k'csii Howe. The callose
margins seem to distinguish it.

68. Dictyota sp. ?

Cast ashore. Mason. No. 14, Clarion Island.

No. 14 recalls both D. Bartayresii Lamour. and D. pardalis
Kuetz., but does not agree with either. The plants are low
and sterile, possibly they are )oung. .\ basal transverse sec-
tion is aliout 260 ^ thick, the large cells are higher than wide

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE 149

and the outer cells are nearly quadrate. The marginal cells
are conspicuous for their deep brown contents.

NEUROCARPUS Web. and Mohr, Beitrage zur Naturkunde,

vol. 1, 1805, p. 300

69. Neurocarpus dehcatulus (Lamour.) O. Kuntze.

Cast ashore. Mason, No. 158. Clarion Island. O. Kuntze,
Rev. Gener. plant., 1891, p. 907.

Dictyopteris delicatiila Lamouroux. in Nouv. Bull. Philom.,
1809, n. 20, pi. 6, fig. B.

A small, delicate, sterile plant, seemingly referable here,
occurred in small quantity among the Clarion Island collec-
tions. It is found in the Atlantic and in the Indian oceans.

ZONARIA Ac. (Ihn. mut.), Syn. Alg. Scand., 1817, p. XX
70. Zonaria Farlowii S. and G.

Cast ashore at Guadalupe Island, Mason, No. 4. Setchell
and Gardner, Mar. Alg. Pac. Coast, Part III, 1925, p. 660, pi.
34, fig. 5, pi. 36, fig. 20, pi. 43, fig. 63, and pi. 97.

The plants referred to this species are slender and ragged,
even naked below. They bear oogonia and their attendant
paraphy.ses.

PA DIN A Adanson, Fam. II, 1763, p. 30

71. Padina tetrastromatica Ilauck?

Piate 8, fig. 41

Cast ashore. Mason, No. 100, Maria Madre Island, Mexico.

Hauck, in Hedwigia. 1887, p. 43.

Our specimens bear antheridia which occur in a zone on each
side of a zone of hairs. About the middle, the frond consists
of 6 layers of cells. As to indusium, there seems to be none,
but none of the antheridia is as yet sufficiently mature to
show dehiscence. Seemingly a somewhat thicker plant than
those of either Hauck or \\"eber-van Bosse. It is a species of
the Indian Ocean.

J !^Q CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

72. Padina Durvillei Bory.

Cast ashore. Mason. No. 101. Maria Madre Island,
Mexico.

Bory, in Diet. Class. Hist. Nat, vol. 12, 1827, p. 591.

Our specimens are thick and dark-colored even in alcoholic
specimens. The inner layers of cells number 6 to 8, with the
colored surface lavers. Thev are sterile, with irreerular con-
centric zones of dark hairs. The type is from Chile.

Family Sargassace^

BLASSEVILLEA Decaisne, Sur Thallas., 1840, p. 409

73. Blossevillea Brandegeei S. and G.

A sinj^le fragment, cast ashore. Mason, No. 2. Guada-
lupe Island. Setchell and Gardner, in Gardner. Nuclear Ex-
trusion, 1910, p. 127, pi. 16, figs. 8-10.

Only a fragment of this species, described from and limited,
so far as is known, to Guadalupe Island, was found in the col-
lections. There are a few conceptacles but nothing of a basal
portion.

SARGASSUM Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 1, 1820, p. 1
74. Sargassum Palmeri Grunow

Cast ashore. Mason, Nos. 1, 25, 85, and 92. Guadalupe
Island. Grunow. Add. cog. Sargass., 1915, p. 338.

Typical plants of this Guadalupe species were collected.
Thev show both oosronia and antheridia. It was first collected
by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1875 and later by T. S. Brandegee.
It occurs floating and possibly attached as far north as Santa
Cruz (A. Grunow!).

75. Sargassum paniculatum J, Ag.

Guadalupe Island. Dr. Edward Palmer, 1875. J. G.
Agardh. Sp. Alg.. I, 1848, p. 315.

There are specimens in Herb. Univ. California and Herb.
Farlow, determined by Major Th. Reinbold.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM \C^\

RHODOPHYCE.-E

Family Bangiace^

GONIOTRICHUM Kuetzing, Phyc. Gen., 1843, p. 244

76. Goniotrichum Alsidii (Zan.) Howe

Epj phytic on various algcC. Guadalupe Island, Mason, No.
154, and scattered specimens in various other collections.
Howe, Mar. Alg. Peru, 1914, p. 75. Bangia Alsidii Zanar-
dini, Bibl. Ital., vol. 96, 1839, p. 136.

Filaments forking at an angle of about 45°, 10-12 /jl in
diameter, with cells in a single row, occurred in various prepa-
rations. They seem to belong to this species as usually under-
stood.

Family Gelidiace^

GELIDJUM Lamouroux, Essai, 1813, p. 41 (Repr.)

77. Gelidium microphysa sp. nov.

Plate 9, fig. 31

Fronds compressed throughout, 1-1.5 cm. high, main axis up
to 1.25 mm. diam., flabellately branched, with branches numer-
ous and short ; apical cell in a conspicuous notch ; cystocarpic
ramuli spatulate, constricted at the base ; surface cells spherical.
4-5 ft diam. ; rhizoidal filaments abundant, fairly evenly dis-
tributed in the subcortex and medulla ; tetraspores and antheri-
dia unknown.

Growing on rocks.

Type: No. 173635, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 121), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

The specimens are short and broad, resembling most nearly
Gelidium microptenun Kuetz. (Tab. Phyc, vol. 18, p. 21, pi.
59, figs, e-g, 1868) in habit, terminal cell sunk in a broad
shallow notch, and the position of the cystocarp. G. microp-
terum is credited to Cape Colony and has been referred to
G. cartilagineiim by J. G. Agardh with a query. We have not
seen a specimen of Kuetzing's species and since ours is shorter,
broader, and far removed in locality, feel inclined to bestow
upon it a provisional name until its identity may be more
clearlv established. It is difficult for us to associate either our

152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

specimens or those of Kuetzing with the very different G. car-
tilagineum. The species is named inicrophysa because of the
minuteness of the superficial cells.

Family Gigartinace^je
AHNFELDTIA Fries, F1. Scan., 1835, p. 310
' 78. Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides J. Ag.

Growing on rocks, Clarion Island, Mason, No. ?>2).

J. Agardh. Nya Alg., 1847, p. 12.

The Clarion Island plants are the low, scrubby, irregularly
branched plants of the type illustrated by Kuetzing (Tab.
Phyc, vol. 19, 1869, p. 26, pi. 71a-e) rather than the sym-
metrically branched dichotomous plants of the Hawaiian A.
concinna J. Ag. We suspect, however, that the two species
may be identical. The type locality is St. Augustine, western
coast of Mexico, where it was collected by Liebman. Kuetzing's
figures are of Liebman's plants.

MYCHODEA Hooker and Har\-ey. in London Journ., vol. 6,

1847, p. 407

79. Mychodea episcopalis J. Ag. (?)

A few fragments among other algce, cast ashore at Guada-
lupe Island. Mason, No. 167.

J. Agardh. Till. Alg. Syst., VII, 1885, p. 82.

The only complete specimen is a dwarf (or dwarfed) plant
about 3 cm. long. It has the same structure as the type speci-
men and the cystocarp of the Gigartinace.ne. It is not only
smaller than the type of Mychodea episcopalis J. Ag., but it
shows no coiled tips. It may be an undescribed species related
to M. pnsilla (Harv. ) J. Ag., but in that species the cysto-
carps are subterminal, while in ours they are well below the
terminal region.

Family Sph.erococcace^
GRACILARIA Greville. Alg. Brit., 1830, p. 121
80. Gracilaria crispata S. and (i. f. ( ?)

Growing on rocks. Mason, No. 178. Clarion Island.
Setchell and Gardner. New. Mar. Alg., 1924. p. 7^2-^, pi. 22.
figs. 7-10. and pi. 44. a.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE J 53

The fronds are clustered, very little over 1 cm. high, attenu-
ated into a flattened stipe below, expanding into a flabellate,
palmate expansion above, whose divisions are irregularly
crisped or lacerate. The structure, as well as the habit in
miniature, suggests close relationship to the Gulf of California
species.

Family Rhodymeniace.^

CHAMPIA Desveaux, Journ. Bot., vol. 1, 1808, p. 245

81. Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv.

A few fragments cast ashore among minute algse. Clarion
Island. Mason, No. 74.

Harvey, Ner. Bor. Amer., part 2, 1853. p. 76. Chondria
parvula Agardh, Syst. Alg., 1824, p. 207.

Only fragments occur in the Clarion Island collection. The
filaments are up to 600 /* in diameter. The tetrasporangia are
tripartite and scattered. It seems to belong to this species
attributed to the Atlantic Ocean, the Mediterranean Sea, the
East Indies, and Japan.

HOOPERIA J. Agardh, Anal. Algol., cont. 3, 1896, p. 89
82. Hooperia Baileyana (Harv.) J. Ag.

A few small specimens, on Eel Grass. Mason, No. 72, and
on Sargassum sp., No. 91, South Anchorage, Guadalupe
Island.

J. G. Agardh (loc. cit), p. 90. Chylodadia Baileyana
Harvey, Ner. Bor. Amer., part 2, 1853, p. 185, pi. XX, C.

What seems to be this fairly common species of East Atlan-
tic United States and the West Indies, occurs in the Clarion
Island material. No. 72 is typically tetrasporic while No. 91
shows antheridia covering the entire surface of the large por-
tion of the upper part of the branchlets.

Family Hypneace.e

HYPNEA Lamouroux, Essai, 1813, p. 43

83. Hypnea Evermannii sp. nov.

Fronds densely branched, having 3-5 orders of branches,
rigid and somewhat cartilaginous; primary branches mainly

J 54 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Peoc. 4th Ser.

Standing at right angles to the more or less contorted main
axis, 3-4 cm. long, these in turn branching subdichotomously ;
main axis and ramuli densely clothed with perpendicular, ulti-
mate fructiferous ramuli, these occasionally forked, with acute
apices and not constricted at the base; antheridia in rather
extensive, somewhat swollen sori at or near the base of the
fructiferous ramuli; cystocarps and tetraspores unknown.
Cast ashore.

Type: No. 173625, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (no. 21), in April, at South Anchorage, Guada-
lupe Island.

Unfortunately only a fragment of an antheridial plant of
this seemingly distinct species of Hypnea was collected, hence
a complete diagnosis of the species is not possible at this time.
It seems close to H. MarchantcB S. and G. and H. Johnstoni S.
and G., both from the Gulf of California, and to the Red Sea
H. Valentice (Turn.) Mont., but the spinulose ramellae are
mostly simple in H. Evermannii and only occasionally forked.

Family BONNEMAISONIACE.q£

ASPARAGOPSIS Montagne, in Webb and Berthelot, Phyt. Caiiar.,

vol. 3, part 3, 1840, p. XV

84. Asparagopsis Sanfordiana Harv.

Cast ashore. Clarion Island, Mason, No. 13. Harvey, in
Trans. Royal Irish Acad., vol. 22, part 5, 1855, p. 544.

Our plants seem to be closer to the typical form than to the
f. amplissinui S. and G. of the Gulf of California.

P'amily Rhouomelace/E

RICARDIA Derb. et Sol., in Derbes, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 4 Ser..
vol. 5, 1856, p. 211, pi. 14

85. Ricardia Montagnei f. gigantea Farlow

Growing on Laurencia Masonii. Guadalupe Island, Mason,
No. 132.

Farlow, in Farlow, Anderson, and Eaton, Alg. Exsicc.
Am.-Bor., No. 58, 1878 (nomcn nudum ).

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER—THE MARINE ALG^ 155

Only a few small specimens were encountered, growing on
the tips of Laurencia Masonii. The smallest plants bearing
tetrasporangia reached only 0.5 mm. in height, while the Cali-
fornian plants, as a rule, are much larger than those described
for the type of the species. The variety is therefore of doubt-
ful status.

Kylin (Entwick. Florid., 1928, p. 94-102) has recently
resurrected for this species the specific name saccata of J, G.
Agardh (Oefvers. Act. Holm, 1849, p. 89), which, however,
is a manuscript name applied by Greville to a Calif ornian plant
seemingly under the impression that the plant in question
belonged to the Dumontia saccata of his synopsis (Alg. Britt.
Syn., p. Ixii, 1830), which in turn was founded on the Fuciis
saccatus Turn. (Fuci, pi. 241). Greville, seemingly, intended
to refer the plant described by J. G. Agardh to what we now
call Halosaccion fncicola (or H. glandif orme ) , but J. G.
Agardh, while taking Greville's name, recognized the generic
difference between Greville's plant and Turner's. J. G. Agardh
also, seemingly confirming Greville's use of the name, later
(1876, p. 369) renamed the species Erythrocystis Grevillei,
thus disposing of any suspicion that he considered himself
responsible for the specific name "saccata." It is, in our esti-
mation, a questionable application of the priority rule to select
the specific name "saccata" in preference to the long established
"Montagnei" conferrerl by Derbes and Sober in 1856 (!oc.
cit.).

LAURENCIA Lamouroux, Essai, 1813, p. 43
86. Laurencia Masonii sp. nov.

Fronds 12-20 cm. high, repeatedly and profusely branched,
with branches of 6-8 orders, widely divaricate and each re-
duced in size; main axes up to 3.5 mm. diam. ; fructiferous
ramuli very abundant, clavate, constricted slightly at the base,
more or less fasciculately branched ; superficial cells thin-
walled, pentagonal or hexagonal, 25-30 /x diam.. sliglitly longer
than broad in the main branches, shorter than broad at the
apices of the ramuli; large medullary cells with much
thickened walls on one-half of the cell, the thickening crescent-
shaped in cross section; fascicles of hair filaments included

156 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4th Ser.

within the apical pits; tetrasporangia 90-120 ft diam. ; antheri-
clia and carpogonia unknown.

Cast ashore and growing on Sargassiim Palmeri.

Type: No. 173698, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (no. 8), in April, at South Anchorage, Guada-
lupe Island.

The proposed new species described above seems to come
nearest to Laurencia heteroclada Harvey of West Australia.
It belongs to the Filiformes section of the genus but does not
show the heteromorphy of Harvey's plant. It resembles the
more prominently branched forms of L. Forsteri (Mert.)
Grev., but is even more frequently branched, with branchlets
more attenuate at their bases.

87. Laurencia humilis sp. nov.
Plate 9, figs. 32 and 33

Fronds diminutive, 8-15 mm. high, 1-2 mm. diam., very
sparsely branched ; medullary cell without crescent-shaped
thickenings of the walls ; surface cells quite variable in shape
and size, mainly subcircular in surface view, up to 30 yu, diam. ;
subcortical cells very much larger; chromatophores parietal,
forming a network of crooked rods; tetrasporangia crowded
at the outer ends of the filaments ; cystocarps unknown ;
antheridia in dense, grapelike, much branched clusters, each
branchlet terminated by a large spherical cell.

Growing on rocks.

Type: No. 173627, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. J. Mason (No. 175), in April, at Clarion Island.

This dwarf (or dwarfed) species seems distinct from any
described, being nearest, perhaps, to L. nana M. A. Howe of
the West Indies. It is stouter than that species and its branch-
lets are shorter and more stubby and it has the epidermal cells
more circular to elliptical in surface view than in L. nana. The
chromatophores are parietal, slender and crooked, forming a
regular but labyrinthine figure lining the cell wall (see plate 9,
fig. 33). While it may be only a low form or state of some
other species, it seems mature, since the specimens show both
tetraspores and antheridia.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE 157

88. Laurencia papillosa var. pacifica S. and G.

Growing on rocks. Guadalupe Island, Mason, No. 1 19.

Setchell and Gardner, Mar. Alg. Gulf Calif., 1924, p. 765,
pi. 23, Hg. 18 ; pi. 24, fig. 33 ; pi. 43a-b, and pi. 54.

The specimens referred under this tropical species agree
with the varietal type in all essential characters. The cortical
cells are more rounded, 12-25 /* in greatest diameter (often
the horizontal diameter) and the tetrasporangial ramelli are
broad turbinate with a single ring (constant?) of tetrasporan-
gia at the top.

89. Laurencia sp. nov.?
Plate 8, fig. 30

Fronds prostrate, attached by short, broad disks, giving rise
on the opposite side to numerous short, unbranched, clavate
filaments; erect filaments similar to fructiferous ramuli in
other species of Laurencia and with the surface cells sub-
spherical, 25-30 /I diam., projecting, giving the surface a finely
tuberculate appearance ; prostrate filaments and apices of the
erect filaments 230-300 fi diam. : erect filaments up to 2 mm.
diam. ; reproduction unknown.

Cast ashore, probably growing on rocks among various
other small algae. Mason, No. 165, Guadalupe Island.

Only a small fragment of this most interesting and, so far
as the incomplete fragment shows, most distinct plant is avail-
able. The prostrate stem is 7.5 mm. long, cylindrical, about
230 /x thick, with smooth epidermis and with the walls of the
intermediate cells strongly thickened, the thickenings often
locally placed and often just below an erect branch or near a
fascicle of rhizoids. It is attached to the substratum by fas-
cicles of rhizoids. The erect branches are cylindrical, about
1.5 mm. long, slightly and gradually attenuate at the base.
The cortical cells of the erect branches project, giving them a
distinctly papillose appearance. The fragment is sterile.

Several species, seemingly of the same general habit, have
been described and figured by Kuetzing in the fifteenth volume
of the Tabulae Phycologicse. They are Laurencia perforata
Mont. (pi. 49, e-g), from the Canary Islands, L. radicans
Kuetz. (pi. 50, d-e) from the Adriatic Sea, and L. vaga Kuetz.

December 30, 1930

158 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

(pi. 50, a-c), and L. decitmbens Kuetz. (pi. 51, a, b) from
New Caledonia. L. microcladia Kuetz. has a creeping base
and thickenings of the walls of the intermediate cells, but is
not papillose, while L. gemmifcra has papillose cortical cells
but no thickenings of the walls of the intermediate cells.

It seems unwise to name and attempt to describe our plant
from a fragment showing so little of the habit, but we call
attention to its peculiarities in the hope that it may occur again
in more complete form.

JANCZ'EWSKIA Solms-Laubach, Note sur le Jancsewskia, etc., 1877
90. Janczewskia Solmsii Setch. and Guern.

Parasitic on Laurencia Masonii. Guadalupe Island, Mason.
No. 93.

Setchell and Guernsey, in Setchell, Parasitic Floride.ie, I.
1914, p. 9, pi. 2, figs. 7, 8; pi. 3, figs. 17-19, pi. 5, figs. 26, 27.

While our plant agrees too closely with Jancsewskia Solmsii
to be separated from it and shows tetrasporangia, antheridia.
and cystocarps, the cystocarpic conceptacles are broad and
there are sterile tips. These last, perhaps, show that the speci-
mens are young.

CHONDRIA Agardh, Syn. Alg. Scand., 1817, p. XVIII
91. Chondria clarionensis sp. nov.

Fronds 2-3 cm. high, nearly 1 mm. diam. at the base, taper-
ing to acute apices, rigid ; branches of at least three orders,
arising on all sides, widely divaricate; trichoblasts numerous,
profusely branched, growing on the acute tip of the branch as
well as on the tips of short secondary branchlets, in pits or
depressions for some distance back of the apices, then becom-
ing decidious; ultimate ramuli constricted at the bases,
abruptly tapering to acute apices ; cortical cells in surface view
8-15 /I diam., 2-4 times as long, subcortical layer composed
mostly of two layers, larger than the surface cells; medullary
cells subspherical, up to 125 /u- diam., colorless, with lenticular
thickenings on the walls; antheridia thin, circular disks, 300-
350 M diam. ; cystocarps short stipitate, 0.5-0.75 mm. diam.,
with broadly pyriform carpospores 200-230 /x long.

Cast ashore.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER—THE MARINE ALGM ^59

Type: No. 173631, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 18) at Clarion Island.

The plants referred to this species are very low, yet they
bear well developed tetrasporangia, antheridia, and cystocarps.
The trichoblasts are on an emergent conical tip, not sunk in a
depression. The branchlets are few, inclined towards dis-
tichous in arrangement, but all the axes are cylindrical. It is a
member of the Euchondria section. It has lenticular thicken-
ings of the walls of the medullary cells, short stipitate cysto-
carps, straight tips to the branches and branchlets, with cor-
tical cells 8-15 jtt by 30-45 /* as to prostoplast and with walls
3-4 fi thick in the antheridial plant. Our species comes nearest
to Ch. acrorhisophora S. and G. of the Gulf of California, but
has very different cortical cells and shows no tendency towards
cirrhate tips.

92. Chondria sp.

Growing among other algse. Mason, No. 168. Guadalupe
Island.

Our plant comes nearest to Chondria tcmiissima, credited
with wide range. The habit and tetrasporangia agree with
English specimens. The cortical cells agree closely in shape
and measurements, the protoplasts averaging 1.5 times as long
as broad. There are no lenticular thickenings in the walls of
the intermediate cells nor any rhizoidal or circinate appendages
at the tips of either branches or branchlets. The chromato-
phores appear discoid below and in the form of a broken band
near the apex. It comes near to the var. calif ornica Collins
but does not agree exactly. It is acute at the tips, resembling
Ch. lance olata Harv., is low, generally naked or with few tri-
choblasts, and has some tendency toward distichous arrange-
ment of branchlets. The bases of the branchlets are not so
extremely attenuated as is represented for Ch. lanceolata and
we have no exact information concerning the cortical cells or
possibility of internal thickenings of walls in that species. It
arises from a prostrate rooting basal portion.

160 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

POLYSIPHONIA Greville, FI. Edin., 1824, p. 308
93. Polysiphonia tongatensis Harv. var. ( ?)

Fronds at least 2.5 cm. high and 130-145 /* diam., flaccid,
sparsely branched, with 4 pericentral cells; branches strict,
very gradually attenuated upwards, crowned by a group of
long, dichotomously branched hairs remaining attached to
20-30 segments back of the apices ; segments about 2 times as
long as broad below ; chromatophores discoid ; long unicellu-
lar rhizoids arising from the pericentral cells at various levels
along the frond ; tetrasporangia more or less discontinuous,
arising in the subultimate ramuli, nearly filling the segments,
spirally arranged ; cystocarps and antheridia unknown.

Cast ashore, entangled among other small algae. Mason
(No. 130), South Anchorage, Guadalupe Island.

Harvey, in Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, vol. 14, 1864, p. 14, pi.
41, fig. a-d.

We have only a fragment of a tetrasporangial tip,
but this agrees well with plants of the central Pacific
referred to this species and particularly to var. upoluensis
Grun. The base, critical in determination for species of this
group of Polysiphonia, is unfortunately lacking. Our frag-
ments recall also the figure of Polysiphonia siamensis Martens
(Tange, Preuss. Exp. n. Ost. As., 1866, p. 31, pi. 7, fig. 1).
In case P. tongatensis Harv. and P. siamensis prove identical,
Harvey's name as published by Kuetzing (Tab. Phyc, vol. 14,
1864, p. 14, pi. 41, figs, a-d) has priority. Martens' species,
however, is rooting above and is said to have 4-6 pericentral
cells.

94. Polysiphonia Masonii sp. nov.

Fronds flaccid, attached by a dense fascicle of short, rhizoi-
dal filaments terminating in discs, of a reddish-brown color,
2-3 cm. high, 350-400 fi diam. at the base of the main axis,
repeatedly and regularly dichotomously branched, with the
branches gradually reduced in diameter toward the apices;
pericentral cells 4, surrounding a relatively large central fila-
ment ; segments less than quadrate below, slightly more than
quadrate in the median parts, reduced to one-half or one-third
at the apices; ultimate ramuli 140-150 ix diam., abruptly at-

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE \(,\

tenuated at the apices, crowned with fairly numerous, long,
dichotomously or trichotomously branched hairs ; tetrasporan-
gia spherical, spirally arranged in the ultimate and subulti-
mate segments, 85-95 fi diam. ; antheridial clusters moderately
abundant, arising on the basal cell of the hairs, broadly and
irregularly fusiform, 80-95 /^ diam., terminated by a single
small sterile cell ; cystocarps spherical to subspherical, almost
sessile, 300-325 ^^■ diam. ; carpospores narrowly pyriform, 100-
125 /x long.
Growing on Zostera marina.

Type: No. 173618, Herb. CaHf. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 86), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

P olysiphonia Masonii seems to answer most nearly to the
description and figures of P. Blandi Harv. (Phyc. Austr., vol.
4, pi. 184, 1862) as to regularity and dichotomy of frond, but
the joints are longer and the ultimate ramelli more slender and
gradually attenuate in that species, while in our plant they are
more blunt above (when mature) and abruptly contracted
below the trichoblast covered short tip. The stichidia in P.
Blandi are zig-zag with the tetrasporangia projecting while
in our plant they are submerged and the ramuli are smooth.

95. Polysiphonia Eastwoodae sp. nov.

Fronds attached by a disk, relatively rigid, moderately
branched, 8-11. cm. high, 350-400 fi diam. at the base, with 4
very large pericentral cells surrounding a relatively small cen-
tral filament, not corticated, of a dark brownish-red color;
branches strict, relatively long, gradually tapering upwards;
segments up to 1 mm. long in the lower parts of the main
axes, gradually diminishing in length to the apices ; tricho-
blasts in small, relatively short tufts at the apices, subdichoto-
mously branched; tetrasporangia spherical, arranged spirally
in much swollen segments of the ultimate ramuli; 90-110 h-
diam.

Cystocarps and antheridia unknown.

Growing on rocks.

Type: No. 173674, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 55), in April, at South Anchorage, Guada-
lupe Island.

152 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Named for Miss Alice Eastwood, curator. Department of
Botany, California Academy of Sciences.

Polysiphonia Eastivoodce belongs to the j^roup of uncorti-
cated, 4-siphoned species, with a discoid holdfast and "leaves."
In these characters, sinj^ly or in combination, it is excluded
from P. tongatensis, P. Olneyi, and P. subtilissinia, and is to
be distinguished from P. havanensis, P. mollis, etc., by its not
being monopodial in its branching and by the basal attachment.
It differs from P. gorgonice Harv. in its shorter segments.

%. Polysiphonia homoia sp. no v.

Fronds soft and flaccid, sparsely branched, attached to the
host by numerous long, contorted, unbranched, monosi-
phonous, nonseptate, thick-walled, rhizoidal filaments, 3-6 cm.
high, 350-370 ju diam. at the base, with 5 relatively large peri-
central cells, but usually 3 at the base of the ramuli ; segments
1.5-2 times as long as broad; primary branches apparently
dichotomous below, giving rise to secondary and tertiary
branches above; ultimate ramuli very much reduced in length
and diameter and usually constricted perceptibly at the base :
trichoblasts absent or very sparse, when present very slender
and sparsely branched ; tetrasporangia elongated, arranged in
a straight series, 110-120 /* diam., nearly occupying the entire
length of the segments; antheridia in small conical clusters
terminated by 2-3 sterile cells, remaining attached for 20-30
segments back of the apices; 50-60 /* diam., 170-190 /i long;
cystocarps immature.

Growing on C odium sp.

Type: No. 173641, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 35), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

Polysiphonia homoia approaches P. variegata (Ag.) Z;i-
nard., but is low, uncorticated, more slender, and constantly
5-siphonous. Its habit of being epiphytic on C odium may also
be characteristic.

97. Polysiphonia guadalupensis sp. nov.

Fronds 3-6 cm. high, 1-1.25 mm. diam. at the base of the
largest axes, branching dichotomous, moderately abundant.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGjE 153

with branches widely divaricate, even at times recurved, cor-
ticated below ; branches gradually attenuated upAvard, termi-
nating in a dense cluster of long, repeatedly and dichotomously
branched, very slender trichoblasts ; pericentral cells 5, very
large, surrounding the very small central filament one-third to
one-half as long as the diam. of the filament; tetrasporangia
spirally arranged, extending through two or more orders of
ultimate and subultimate ramuli, 75-85 fi diam. ; antheridia in
typical clusters at the apices of the fronds, subconical to cylin-
drical, 280-320 /A long; cystocarps ovoid, relatively large, on
short pedicels, standing almost erect; carpospores relatively
large and sparse.

Growing on Sargassuin Palmeri.

Type: No. 173639, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 24), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

The present species is another 5-siphonous plant, more or
less corticated towards the robust base, displaying much of the
habit of Polysiphonia violacea (Roth.) Grev., but constantly
showing 5 instead of 4 pericentral cells. It is more definitely
corticated than is usual in P. variegata (Ag.) Zanard, and
more rigid and bushy in appearance.

FALKENBERGIA Schmitz, in Schmitz and Falkenberg, Rhodomelaceae,
in Engler and Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam,, 1897, p. 479

98. Falkenbergia Hillebrandtii (Bornet) Falkenb.

Growing on Codium sp. Guadalupe Island, Mason, No.
128.

Falkenberg, Rhodomelacese, 1901, p. 689. Polysiphonia
Hillebrandtii Bornet, in Ardissone, Phyc. Med., vol. 1, 1883,
p. 376.

Our specimens are sterile. The diameters of the main fila-
ments are about 50 /a. The Guadalupe plants resemble those
from the Bermuda and Bahama Islands. As to how distinct
F. vagabitnda (Harv.) Falk. and F. rufo-lanosa (Harv.)
Schmitz are from each other and from F. Hillebrandtii must
remain a question not to be satisfactorily decided apart from
abundance of material of the Tasmanian and southwest Aus-
tralian plants.

154 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

HERPOSIPHONIA Naegli, in Schleid. und Naeg., Zeits. Wiss. Bot.,

vol. 3, 1846, p. 238

99. Herposiphonia tenella (Ag.) Ambronn

Cast ashore among other algse. Clarion Island, Mason,
No. 159.

Ambronn, Botan. Zeit., vol. 38, 1880, p. 197, pi. 4, figs. 9,
11, 13, 16.

Our single specimen is a fragment which agrees so far as
it goes with M. A. Howe's specimens from the Bahama
Islands. There is also a slender filament accompanying the
one we have assigned to this species which has fewer siphons,
which may be a variant or may belong to another species.

100. Herposiphonia rigida var. laxa var. nov.

Plants more slender in all their diameters and less rigid
than in the species and with the branches of unlimited growth
developing only slightly except at irregular intervals.

Only tetrasporic plants were found, cast ashore among
other small alg?e.

Type: No. 173623, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 126), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

This seems to be onlv a lax and more slender form than the
type of the species.

HETEROSIPHONIA Montagne, Prod. Phyc. Pol. Antarct., 1842, p. 4
101. Heterosiphonia subsecundata (Suhr) Falkenberg

South Anchorage, Guadalupe Island. Mason, No. 49.
Falkenberg, Rhodomelaccc-e, 1901, p. 643, pi. 18, fig. 20.
Dasya subseaindata Suhr, in Flora. 1840, p. 280.

Both antheridial and sterile plants were collected. They
seem to be typical of this species of the western coasts of both
North and South America.

DASYA Agardh, Syst. Alg., 1824, p. XXXIV
102. Dasya Stanfordiana Farlow

A fragment cast ashore among other algc-e, Guadalupe
Island, Mason, No. 151.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE J55

Farlow, Algae, hi Robinson, Flora of the Galapagos Islands,
1902, p. 94.

Fragments, corticated to the extreme apex, seem to agree
with Farlow's description and show a much more compact
and corticated plant than Dasya pacifica Harv. when compared
with a paratype of Harvey's species. It is a much denser plant
than D. arhuscula (Dillw.) Ag. Our scanty specimens show
both tetrasporangia and antheridia.

103. Dasya Eastwoodae sp. nov.

Main axis alternately branched, both axes and branchlets
densely corticated, the axes and especially the branchlets giving
rise to numerous, alternately arranged ramuli ; the ramuli
monosiphonous, dichotomously branched in all directions,
with branches widely divaricate and gently incurved, the older
cylindrical throughout, the younger slightly tapering to blunt
apices; cells of the mature ramuli 55-60 /u, diam., 1.5-2.5 times
as long, with numerous, parietal, more or less crooked and
elongated, discoid chromatophores and thick cell walls; stichi-
dia ovate-lanceolate in outline, truncate below, gradually taper-
ing above, on 2-3 celled pedicels arising as one of the dicho-
tomies of the third or fourth order, forming a zone in the
middle third of the branchlet region ; antheridia and cystocarps
unknown.

Cast ashore.

Type: No. 173638, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 27), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

We possess a fragment only about 2 cm. long but showing
the branching and the stichidia. It resembles most closely D.
arhuscula (Dillw.) Ag.,. but the ramelli are much more
slender.

104. Dasya sp.

A sterile fragment of much more slender and less corti-
cated species than either of the preceding, was collected at
Guadalupe Island. Mason. No. 170.

We mention this fragment of an unidentifiable Dasya,
simply to call attention to the undoubted existence of a third
species of this genus on Guadalupe Island.

]56 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

COLACODASYA Schmitz, in Engler und PrantI, Natiirl.
Pflanzenfam., 1897, p. 473

105. Colacodasya sinicola S. and G.

Growing parasitically on Chondria clarionetisis sp. nov.
Clarion Island, Mason, No. 162. Setchell and Gardner, Mar.
Alg. Gulf. Calif., 1924, p. 770. pi. 28, fig. 63.

Tetrasporangial, antheridial, and cystocarpic plants were
detected on Chondria clarionensis. They agree better with C.
sinicola S. and G., on Chondria acrorhi::ophora in the Gulf of
California, than C. verruccpfonnis Setchell and McFadden on
the coast of California proper.

Family Ceramiace^e

RHODOCHORTON (Naeg.) Emend K. M. Drew, Rev. Gen.

Chantrausia, Rhodochorton, and Acrochcetium, 1928.

Nsegli, Ceram., 1861, ]>. 121

106. Rhodochorton Eastwoodae sp. nov.

Plate 4, fig. 8

Fronds attached to the host by a single cell, epiphytic, 100-
130 fji high, 1-3 (mostly 2) branches arising from the basal
cell ; erect branches sparsely and alternately branched, usually
dichotomous at the top of the first cell, 5-7 fi diam. at the base,
tapering very gradually to the apex, terminating in a very
slender hair; cells 2-4 times as long as broad, with band-
shaped chromatophore without pyrenoids; basal cell 8.5-9.5 m
diam. ; monosporangia sessile on the lower cells of the frond.
6-7 fi wide. 9-10 fi long; other forms of reproduction
unknown.

Growing on Dictyota Masonii sp. nov.

Type: No. 173637, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 23), in June, at Clarion Island.

107. Rhodochorton Daviesii (Dilhv.) Drew

Growing on various species of algie, e. g.. Mason, Nos. 82,
83. 84, 88, 154, 191, etc., Guadalupe Island.

Drew (loc. cit.), p. 172. Confcrva-Daviesii Dillwyn, Brit.
Confervse. Introduction 1809, p. 72>, Supplement, pi. F.

Vol. XIX] S ETC HELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE J 57

SPYRIDIA Harvev, in Hooker, Br. Fl., vol. 2, 1833, p. 336
108. Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harv.

Floating among other algse. Guadalupe Island, Mason, No.
80. Harvey (loc. cit.), p. 337. Fucus filament osus Wulfen,
Crypt. Aquat., 1803, p. 64.

A sterile plant belonging to this species, at least in the
broader sense.

CROUANIA J. Agardh, Alg. Med., 1842, p. 83
109. Crouania attenuata (Bonn.) J. Ag. ( ?)

A fragment cast up among other algae, South Anchorage.
Guadalupe Island. Mason, No. 127.

J. Agardh (loc. cit.). Batrachospermum attenuatum Bonne-
maison, in Agardh, Syst. Alg., 1824, p. 51, as a synonym
under Mesogloia attenuata.

The plant referred to this species is a mere scrap, together
with an occasional young plant, but they seem to indicate the
presence of this species in the eastern Pacific, completing, as it
were, its circuit of the warmer seas of the globe.

CALLITHAMNION Lyngbye, Hydr. Dan., 1819, p. 123
110. Callithamnion byssoides Arn.

Growing on Eel Grass, Guadalupe Island, Mason, No. 89.

Arnott, in Hooker, Brit. Flora, vol. 2, part 1, 1833, p. 342.

Tetrasporangial, antheridial, and cystocarpic fragments occur
in our collections, but no traces of "seirospores." Our plants
seem to agree in all essential respects with those described by
Borgesen (Algae Dan. W. I., vol. 2, pp. 218-220, figs. 205-207,
1917) from the West Incjies. It has not been reported previ-
ously for the Pacific so far as we are aware.

GYMNOTHAMNION J. Agardh, Analecta Algol., 1892, p. 27
111. Gymnothamnion elegans (Schousb.) J. Ag.

Growing on rocks among other minute algae. Mason, No.
32, Clarion Island.

J. Agardh (loc. cit.). CaUithamnion elegans Schousboe, in
Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 2. 1828, p. 162.

1^ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

We have only tetrasporanji^ial material, but that seems
characteristic, althoiij^h confusion with Ptilothamnion Phima
(Dillw.) Thuret is possible. The species has been known
hitherto from the Mediterranean and the West Indian areas.

ANTITHAMNION N^geli. Neue Algcnsyst., 1847, p. 200
112. Antithamnion sp.

A few frajj^ments among other diminutive alga;. Mason.
No. 153. Guadalupe Island.

Our fragments appear to belong to the "repentes" section,
with, however, only a few rhizoidal outgrowths to show this.
They seem to belong to low plants, with opposite ramelli,
whose basal cell is spherical and conspicuous for both its shape
and its deep color. The ramelli are branched, the branchlets
being long and nearly second, giving the appearance of a
nearly flat-topped (pseudo-) dichotomy. Bladder cells are
adaxial from the basal cell of a 2-celled branchlet. It seems
nearest to Antithainnion antUlanim Borg., but the branching
of the ramelli is not clearly alternately bipinnate. These notes
will serve to call attention to it.

GRIFFITHSIA Agardh, Syn. Alg. Scand., 1817, p. 281
113. Griffithsia sp.

A few fragments cast ashore among other small algse.
Mason, No. 53, South Anchorage. Guadalupe Island.

We mention the existence of the indeterminable fragments
of a member of this genus merely to call attention to its occur-
rence on Guadalupe Island.

PLEONOSPORIUM N^geli, Ceram., 1861, p. (105) 342
114. Pleonosporium sacchoriza sp. nov.

Plate 10, fig. 39

Fronds monosiphonous. uncorticated. consisting of an ex-
tensive, branched, creeping portion attached by numerous rhi-
zoids from below penetrating the host, and of erect fronds
arising from the creeping portion : erect fronds 2-3 mm. high,
subdichotomously branched, 26-30 /x diam. at the ba.se, taper-

Vol. XIX] S ETC HELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM J 59

ing but very slightly to the blunt apices; cells 8-12 times as
long as the diam. rhizoids prolonged, single cells 300-500 m
long, very much swollen in the middle, terminating in an
irregularly saccate swelling; polysporangia sparse, 2-3 arising
on short branches in the lower parts of the frond, single
above, spherical to slightly elongated, on 1 -celled pedicels,
75-85 H- diam., with approximately 32 spores, and with thick
cell-walls; cystocarps and antheridia unknown.
Growing on C odium sp.

Type: No. 173630, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 37), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

We place this plant under Pleonosporiiim because of the
general habit and the occurrence of polyspores in the tetra-
sporangium. It is distinguished because of its saccate rhizoids
penetrating among the utricles of its host.

CERAMIUM Ac, Syn. Alg. Scand., 1817, pp. XXVI and 60

115, Ceramium Evermannii sp. nov.

Plate 8, figs. 28 and 29

Fronds 4-6 cm. high, flaccid, 390-410 /i diam. in the basal
region ; main branches dichotomous, arising by longitudinal
splitting of the apical cell, with numerous proliferous branches
of limited growth arising from the large nodal cells ; apices
forcipate and much incurved; cells of the axial filament 1.5-2
times as long as broad below, slightly swollen at the lower
end; corticating bands at the nodes wide, covering about
three-fourths of the internode below, almost completely cover-
ing them in the ultimate ramuli ; the corticating bands asym-
metrical with respect to the nodes, considerably more than
half being below and composed of close-fitting, approximately
isodiametric cells, forming about four fairly well defined
whorls, while the upper part of the band is composed of cells
much elongated vertically and without definite arrangement
into whorls ; trichoblasts long, numerous, bulbose at the apices
when young; tetrasporangia immersed within the band, aris-
ing on all sides, 55-65 /x diam. ; cystocarps and antheridia
unknown.

Among other small alg?e.

170 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Type: No. 173621, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 82), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

This seems to be a very distinct species of the group, having
the corticating band limited and truncate below and less defi-
nite in extending well over the internode above and with the
lower internodes lageniform. It is related to C. fruticiilosum
Kuetz. and to C. corticiilatum Kylin.

116. Ceramium transversale Collins and Hervey
Plate 7, figs. 23 and 24

Growing on Eel Grass, Guadalupe Island, Mason, No. 155.

Collins and Hervey, Algse Bermuda, 1917, p. 145.

Our plant is somewhat more slender than the plant of Col-
lins and Hervey, with the corticating band more delicate, but
the details of cell arrangement at the nodes and the tetra-
sporangia associate it with this species. The type is from
Bermuda (Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 2049). It occurs also in the
West Indies and has been collected on the coast of southern
California (Phyc. Bor.-Am., No. 2150). Our plant resembles
more closely the Bermuda plants than those of southern Cali-
fornia.

117. Ceramium clarionensis sp. nov.
Plate 7, figs. 26 and 27

Creeping fronds attached by long, slender, more or less
branched, multicellular rhizoids; erect fronds short, 2-4 mm.
high, 175-190 /n diam. at the base, regularly and dichoto-
mously branched, with circinate-forcipate apices; cells of
central filament slightly longer than broad at the base, dimin-
ishing in length gradually upward; nodal cells composed of a
single band of large cells in the center of the band, cutting off
above and below a single band of smaller cells, each of these
in part and in turn giving rise to a small angular cell from
the side, upper cells of the band giving rise to a whorl of stiff
trichoblasts 30-35 /i. long, terminated by a spherical cell :
chromatophores in the nodal cells parietal and discoid, those in
the axial filament very slender, 2-3.5 /u. diam., mostly simple,
extending from the ends and meeting in the equatorial region :

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM \yi

tetrasporangia 65-75 m diam., protruding, usually three at each
node on the abaxial side of the filament, the tetraspores in
each sporangium subtended by one or two short bracteate fila-
ments growing within the sporangial wall; antheridia numer-
ous, surrounding the nodes, 1.5 /* diam.; cystocarps borne in
the axils of the dichotomies, naked, variously lobed.
Growing on Codium simulans.

Type: No. 173620, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 75), in June, at Clarion Island.

This is a species of the Stenogonia section of Ceramium,
apparently approaching C. australe Sonder, but the tetra-
sporangia in our plant are not on the older " genicida," are
65-75 /i in diameter, and the geniculum at bearing is about
200 /*, whereas J. G. Agardh states (Anal. Algol., Cont. II,
1894, p. 16) that the tetrasporangia nearly equal the diameter
of the geniculum in C. australe.

118. Ceramium personatum sp. nov.
Plate 6, figs. 21 and 22

Fronds 8-15 mm. high, attached by a small base, 110-120 m
diam. in the lower parts ; segments two times as long as broad
in the lower parts, diminishing gradually toward the apices ;
branching dichotomous, with only slightly incurved apices ;
nodal bands narrow, slightly wider in the lower segment than
in the upper, very slightly projecting beyond the internodal
cells, with smooth, even margins above and below, larger cells
below and smaller cells above the center, some of the large
cells of the nodal bands in the lower, older parts of the frond
giving rise to descending appendages within the internodal
cells; tetrasporangia projecting on the abaxial side of the
several dichotomies, 1-2 at a node, without bracteate fila-
ments, elongated, somewhat stipitate. and asymmetrical, 75-
85 Ai long ; cystocarps and antheridia unknown.

Growing on other algae.

Type: No. 173622, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 83), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

The primary tetraspores in our specimen are about one
quarter to one half immersed, but the secondary are fully

J 72 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

naked and short pedicellate. There is some agreement be-
tween the Guadalupe specimens and those we described from
the Gulf of California under the name of C. caudatuin, but
the shape of the internodal cells, the more simple type of cor-
ticating band, and the somewhat less "caudate" tetrasporangia
seem to indicate the necessity of keeping them distinct from
one another.

119., Ceramium afiine sp. nov.

Fronds 8-12 mm. high. 30-38 /* diam. at the base, not taper-
ing perceptibly except 2-3 nodes at the apices, dichotomously
branched throughout, free from proliferating branches, at-
tached by penetrating, unbranched rhizoids from the lower
prostrate portion, forked apices straight to slightly incurved ;
internodal cells cylindrical, with short-conical ends, 30-38 /^
diam. below, 24-28 /a above, 4-6 times as long as broad ; cor-
ticating bands narrow, composed of 2-3 rows of rounded cells.
the larger cells below the upper smaller ones cut off from
these; antheridia in whorls on the terminal and subterminal
ramuli, arising from all of the nodal cells; cystocarps and
tetraspores unknown.

Growing on Codiiim simulans S. and G.

Type: No. 173642, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 36), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

At first sight, this species seems to resemble Ceramium fas-
tigiatitm var. flaccidiim H. E. Petersen of the West Indies, but
the lower cells of the Guadalupe plant are neither so long nor
so wide as in the West Indian and the tetrasporangia are com-
pletely naked with bracteoid filaments below them. The corti-
cating bands in ours are more regular. It seems best to sepa-
rate it from the West Indian variety and also from the type of
C. fastigiatum as now generally limited.

120. Ceramium ornatum sp. nov.

Fronds approximately 4 cm. high, the main axes approxi-
mately 130 /A diam., sparsely and dichotomously branched,
with occasional proliferous ramuli and all tapering gradually
toward the apices, slightly swollen at the nodes; cells of the

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG^ J 73

axial filament cylindrical, 1-1.5 times as long as broad; nodal
band extending beyond the surface of the axial filament, rela-
tively narrow, equally distributed above and below the node,
composed of one whorl of deep-seated, large cells cutting off
above and below usually one whorl each of smaller, more or
less globular cells, these in turn giving rise to numerous, small,
angular, surface cells, irregularly placed and giving rise to
numerous, long, narrow, 4-5 fi diam., trichoblasts ; tetrasporan-
gia beginning to form near the base of the main filament and
extending throughout the entire system of branches to the ulti-
mate ramuli, scattered more or less all the way around the fila-
ment at the nodes but mostly in two groups on opposite sides
of the filament, naked, projecting upward from the upper half
of the band, not subtended by bracteate filaments, 60-65 m
wide, 80-90 fj. long; cystocarps and antheridia unknown.
Growing on Eel Grass, cast ashore.

Type: No. 173632, Herb. CaHf. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L. Mason (No. 191), in April, at Guadalupe Island.

A much more robust plant than either C. caudatiim S. and
G. from the Gulf of California or C. personatum described in
this account. The cortical bands are much more complex and
the three species form a small group of the Acrogonia closely
related to C. gracillimum Harv. and C. penicillatum Aresch.
but differ from them essentially in their completely naked and
more or less pedicellate tetrasporangia.

121. Ceramium sp. nov. ?

Plate 7, fig. 25

A Ceramium, apparently of the C. strictum assemblage, but
lacking cystocarps, antheridia, and tetrasporangia, occurred in
an admixture from Guadalupe Island (Mason, no. 127). The
drawing (plate 7, fig. 25) shows well the structure, except that
the abundant long hairs of the upper nodes are not represented.
The older internodes are 230-239 /* in diameter and are
slightly longer than broad. The corticating bands are soon
narrow and well separated from one another, showing a me-
dian, but irregular row of large cells with 2 to 3 layers of
outer smaller cells. There are present in each corticating band

December 30, 1930

174 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

a number of deeply colored cells which grow outward through
the cuticular covering. They may be suspected of being mono-
spores, since their contents are granular, but possibly they
may be trichome structures, either young or of arrested devel-
opment. We have not previously observed any such structures
in any species of Ceramium. Since the material is scanty and
sterile, it does not seem desirable to give the plant a name, but
content ourselves with calling attention to its peculiarities.

Intermingled with other filamentous algae under no. 127.
Mason, no. 169. Guadalupe Island.

Family Nemastomace^
122. Clarionea gen. nov.

Fronds very soft, gelatinous, difTorm, of seemingly central
mass approaching globular or obpyriform with cylindrical,
possibly once or twice dichotomously lobed projections; cen-
tral jell}^ traversed loosely by slender branched filaments giving
rise toward the surface to an anticlinal layer of loosely
placed, short, dichotomously branched, moniliform filaments;
cystocarps in the cortical layer occupying a pyriform jelly-
lined cavity, consisting of gonimolobes arising from a central
group of small cells and surrounded by bracteoid filaments ;
carpogonia not seen ; auxiliary cells intercalary dolioform, be-
tween two or three cells, each of which gives rise to crowded
short bracteoid filaments; conjugating tubes (?) slender,
seemingly fusing with the auxiliary cells, after which the
auxiliary cell buds off a short rounded cell giving rise to the
compact gonimolobes ; antheridia and tetrasporangia unknown.

123. Clarionea Masonii sp. nov.
Plate 9, figs. 34 to 38

Cystocarps about 85 /a in diameter, compact, rounded angu-
lar, indistinctly 4 or 5 lobed.

Pinkish, softly gelatinous algae growing on a crustaceous
coralline.

Type: No. 173640, Herb. Calif. Acad. Sci., collected by
H. L, Mason (No. 30), in June, at Clarion Island.

\'0L. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG^ J75

Clarionea occurred to us in the form of a single rather
shapeless mass of jelly, originally of a light red color (teste
Mr. Mason), extremely and softly gelatinous, in fact almost
mucilaginous. The details of structure were difficult of de-
termination and an exact idea of the habit (specimens pre-
served in dilute alcohol) was impossible. It seems to belong to
an undescribed genus of the Nemastomaceae, near to Plato ma,
but the bracteoid filaments of the cystocarps separate it from
that genus as well as from any other of the family. The
thallus also seems to be different in habit.

Family Squamariace^

PEYSSONELLIA Decaisne, PI. Arab., 1841, p. 168

124. Peyssonellia rubra (Grev.) J. Ag,

Covering coralline nodules. Mason. Nos. 210, 232, North-
east Anchorage, Guadalupe Island.

J. Agardh, Sp. Alg., vol. 2, 1851, p. 502. Zonaria rubra
Greville, in Linn. Trans., vol. 15, 1827, p. 340, pi. 3, fig. 3.

The material, while abundant, is mostly sterile but the tetra-
sporangial specimens show it to be of this widespread species.
While the plants of the East Indies lack rhizoids (cf. Weber-
van Bosse, Siboga Exp., Mon. 59b, 1921, p. 271, fig. 89) and
differ in this way from the plant of Europe, our specimens and
those we have collected elsewhere in the Pacific Ocean show
abundance of them.

Family Corallinace^

CHOREONEMA Schmitz, Syst. ueber Florid, 1889, p. 455

125. Choreonema Thureti (Born.) Schmitz

Growing parasitically on Corallina cubcnsis (?). Mason,
No. 184, Guadalupe Island, April.

Schmitz (loc. cit.). Melohesia Thureti Bornet, in Thuret
and Bornet, Etud. Phyc, 1878, p. 96, pi. 50, figs. 1-8.

Testrasporangial, antheridial, and cystocarpic specimens
were found in this interesting parasite, first detected in the
Atlantic-Mediterranean region, but now known to extend well
over the Pacific Ocean (Australia, Polynesia, Japan).

176 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

FOSLIELLA M. A. Howe, in Britton and Millspaugh,
Bahaman Fl., 1920, p. 587

126. Fosliella paschalis (Lemoine) comb. nov.

Forming whitish or pinkish circular or irregular thin crusts
on leaves of Zostera ( ?) and of larger algae. H. L. Mason,
No. 50, on the sporophylls of Eisenia (?), Guadalupe Island;
No. 93, on Laiirencia Masonii, Guadalupe Island; No. 192, on
Zostera ( ?).

Melohesia paschalis Lemoine, Corallinaceae in Borgesen
Mar. Alg. Easter Island, 1920. p. 289, fig. 32, f, g.

M. A. Howe (1920, p. 587) has called attention to the fact,
hitherto overlooked or disregarded, that Lamouroux first de-
scribed the genus Melohesia in 1812 (p. 186) and selected as
species belonging to it the Corallina memhranacea Esper,
Melohesia verritcata, and M. orbicularis Lamouroux. So far
as we are aware, the last species was never described and the
first two are identical. The genus Melohesia, therefore, was
founded on M. memhranacea Lamour. and has soriform con-
ceptacles. It is identical as to type species with the genus
Epilithon Heydrich. For the species with true conceptacles
with a single large central and one-layered thallus. Howe
established a new generic name, Fosliella. It seems best to
adopt this name, although it may at some time seem desirable,
since the type species is Melohesia farinosa Lamour., to restrict
it to those having heterocysted thalli. Of such, there are at
present only two described species, Fosliella farinosa (La-
mour.) M. A. Howe and F. paschalis (Lemoine) comb. nov.
The latter is to be distinguished from the former by its smaller
tetrasporangial conceptacles (112-160 fi in horizontal diame-
ter). The plants of Melohesia farinosa of the Pacific Ocean,
including the f. maurifiaiia Foslie, are probably to be referred
to F. paschalis.

LITHOLEPIS Foslie, New Lithe. 1905, p. 5
127. Litholepis accola Foslie

Forming superposed crusts with Peyssonellia rnhra over
Lithothanmion validmn Foslie and f. crassiusciihim Foslie.
H. L. Mason, No. 28A, Guadalupe Island; No. 210, Clarion
Island.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE lyj

Foslie, Algol. Notiser, III, 1907, p. 22.

^^

We have quoted only two numbers, although superposed /Ov^^Q'ol^;vX<^

crusts are frequent in our material, because in each of these /Q: j^ ^^
two numbers conceptacles (empty) are present. Our speci-f *^'
mens agree with the conception of Lemoine (in Borgesen, ^^,\
Marine Algae of Easter Island, p. 289). The species is proba-
bly widespread in the tropical Pacific area.

LITHOPORELLA Foslie, Algol. Notiser, VI, 1909, p. 58
128. Lithoporella pacifica (Heydr.) Foslie

Forming superposed thin crusts with Peyssonellia rubra
over Lithothamnium validum f. crassiusculum Foslie. H. L.
Mason, Nos. 219, 225, 229, Clarion Island. Foslie, (loc. cit.),
p. 59; Melobesia paciUca Heydrich, Lith. Mus. Paris, 1901, p.
529.

This species resembles the last in having its thin crusts
superposed, but differs in having vertically elongated cells and
huge conceptacles. It is a question as to whether Lithoporella,
which resembles more closely Mastophora and Litholepis,
which resembles more closely the non-heterocysted species of
Fosliella, may be kept separate or may better be united. Un-
fortunately, our specimens are sterile and are assigned only
provisionally to L. pacifica.

LITHOTHAMNIUM Phil., in Wiegm., Arch., vol. 1, 1837, p. 387

(^lim. mtit.)

129. Lithothamnium validum Foslie

Very abundant in collections from a few fathoms in the
form of nodular calcareous pebbles. H. L. Mason, Nos. 201,
202, 205, 208, Guadalupe Island; Nos. 210 to 232, Clarion
Island.

Foslie, Algol. Notiser, II, 1906, p. 10.

Forming thinner or thicker expansions, either flat or building
up nodules up to 3-5 cm. in longer diameter. There is great
variation in thickness, character of surface, branching, etc.,
indicating either great variety in age or development or pos-
sibly in specific or varietal segregation. The thinnest crusts
resemble Lithothamnium simulans Foslie, the thicker ones
usually have short knob-like projections and these pass over

oa*/

«»-^h-

Ji

\yg CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

into erect branching forms. When growing in nodular free
thalli, the crusts are often rugose-nodose. Possibly there are
two species awaiting detection and segregation, the type of
L. validum, restricted to the branching form, and the f. cras-
siusculum (Foslie), restricted to the rugose-nodose form. We
hope later to be able to throw more light on these variants
through a study of the forms of the Calif ornian coast.

AMPHIROA Lamouroux, Nouv. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom., vol. 3,

1812, p. 186

130. Amphiroa fragilissima (L.) Lamour.

A few slender fronds with lateral conceptacles, seemingly
cystocarpic. H. L. Mason, No. 67, Guadalupe Island.

Lamouroux, Hist, polyp, coral, flex., 1816, p. 298. Corallina
fragilissima Linn?eus, Syst. Nat., Ed. 12, vol. 1, 1767, p. 1305.

A slender variety, 286-428 yu. in thickness, with joints very
slightly swollen and with truncate, barely convex tips. It is
not typical of the species but seems nearest to it of any
described.

Since the preceding paragraph was written Mme. Lemoine
(Arch, du Mus. d'hist. nat., ser. 6, vol. 4, pp. 78, 79, pi. 4, f. 1,
1929) has described an Amphiroa onuulata from the Gala-
pagos Islands. In microscopic structure, particularly in the
fairly regular alternation of 3 transverse rows of long cells
with 1 row of short cells, in the central axis, and in the very
slightly, if at all, swollen extremities of the internodes, the
Guadalupe plant is in agreement with A. annulata, but it
does not show annulation nor branching so irregular as
Lemoine's species which resembles A. anastomosans W.-v.
Bosse in these respects. We feel it wise to retain our speci-
mens under A. fragilissima, using the name in broad sense,
until careful study may indicate the extent of influence of ex-
ternal changes of environment on modifying the characters
brought forward for separation.

CORALLINA Linn;ens, Syst. Nat, 1758 (ed. 10), p. 805
131. Corallina cubensis (Mont.) Kuetz.

In tufts, on other algae. H. L. Mason, No. 12, Guadalupe
Island. Kuetzing, Tab. Phyc, VIII, 1858, p. 37, pi. 77 ; Jania
cubensis Mont, in Kuetzing, Spec. Alg., 1849. p. 709.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGJE J 79

Our plants very closely resemble Kuetzing's figures c, e, and
f of plate 77 oi volume 8 of the Tabulae Phycologicse. They
differ decidedly in detail from the figures of Borgesen (1917,
figs. 174-178) and from the plants distributed by M. A. Howe
from the Bahama Islands, but may represent a more sparsely
pinnulated form. Mason's plants do not decrease so suddenly
in passing from the main axes to the pinnules as do the plants
of Borgesen and Howe. Borgesen (Ibid, p. 187 et seq.)
has discussed the type specimen and the admixture with JoJiia
adhccrens.

132. Corallina subulata Solander

On BlosseviUea Brandegcci. Guadalupe Island, T. S. Brau-
degee. Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 119, pi. 21, fig.

B, b.

There are so many difiiculties in the way of determining
exactly the specimens collected by Mr. Brandegee that they
must be left in considerable doubt. They resemble closely the
Solander figures of Corallina subulata. On the other hand,
our specimens approach forms usually referred to C. Ciivieri,
especially the form figured by Kuetzing (1858, pi. 74) under

C. pilifera.

JANIA Lamour., Nouv. Bull, des Sci., Soc. Philomat, vol. 3,

1812, p. 186

133. Jania rubens (L.) Lamour.

Epiphytic on various algcC. H. L. Mason, No. 182. Guada-
lupe Island.

Lamouroux (loc. cit. p. 186). Corallina rubens Linnaeus,
Syst. Nat, Ed. 10, vol. 1. 1758, p. 806.

The main joints are 36^40 n* in diameter, cylindrical. 4-5
times as long as broad, with several nodes and internodes
between branches. Our plants seem to be a variety of this
widespread species.

134. Jania adhaerens Lamour.

On various alg?e. H. L. Mason. No. 185. Guadalupe Island.
Lamouroux, Hist, des Polyp. Coral, flex.. 1816, p. 270.

The main joints are about 135 /x broad, tapering towards the
base, 1 or 2 to an internode, up to about 10 times as long as
broad. The axils are broad and the braiKhes divaricate. A
very common species in the warmer oceans.

]gQ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Adanson, M.

1763. Families des plantes. Paris.

Agardh, C A.

1817. Synopsis algarum Scandinaviae, adjecta dispositione universalis

algarum. Lund.

1822. Species Algarum rite cognitse cum synonymis, difFerentiis

specificis et descriptionibus succinctis.

Vol. 1, part II, pp. 169-531.
1828. Ibid., vol. II, part I, pp. I-LXXVI and 1-189.
1824. Systema Algarum. Lund.

Agardh, J. G.

1842. Algae maris Mediterranei et Adriatici, observationes in diag-
nosin specierum et dispositionem generum. Paris.

1847. Nya Alger fran Mexico. Qifversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad.
Forh. Arg. 4, no. 1. Stockholm. (Often quoted as "Alg.
Lieb."). (Vol. 4 of the "ffifversigt" is dated on title page and
final page, 1848, but the individual parts are all dated 1847 on
the title page. The exact date of imprint is given at the bot-
tom of the final page of each number. Nos. 1-9 were issued
in 1847 but No. 10 and the title page and index were delayed
until 1848.)

1849. Algologiska bidrag. CEfvers, af Kongl, Vetensk.-Akad. For-
handl., vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 79-89.

1848. Species genera et ordines Algarum, V. 1.

1851. Species genera et ordines Algarum, V. 2, parts 1 and 2.

1876. Species genera et ordines Algarum, V. 3, part 1.

1885. Till Algernes systematik, Nya bidrag. Fjerdc afdclningen.

Lunds Univ. Arssk., vol. 21.
1892. Analecta algologica. Lunds Univ. Arssk., Vol. 28.
1894. Analecta algologica. Lunds Univ. Arssk., Vol. 30.
1899. Analecta algologica, Continuatio V. Acta Reg. Soc. Physiogr.

Lund, vol. 10.

Ambronn, H.

1880. Ueber einige Falle von Bilateralitat bei den Florideen. Bot.
Zeit., vol. 38, pp. 161-174, 177-185, 193-200, 209-232, pi. 34.

Aridssone, F.

1883. Phycologia mediterranea, part I. Mem. Soc. Critt. Ital., vol. 1.
Ibid, part Ila, Oosporee, Zoosporce, Schizosporee.

Areschoug, J. E.

1876. De tribus Laminarieis et de Stephanocystide osmundacece
(Turn.) Trey., observationes praecursoriae. Botaniska Notiser,
no. 3, pp. 65-73.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM ]§];

Arnott, G. A. W.

1883. Callithamnion byssoidcs, in Harvey, Algae, in Hooker's Brit.
Flor., vol. 2, part 1, p. 342.

Borgesen, F.

1905. Contribution a la connaissance du genre Siphonocladns.
Schmitz, Bui. Acad. Roy. Sci. et Lett, dc Danemark, 1905, no.
3, pp. 259-291, 13 text fig.
1917. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies, vol. 2, pp. 145-240.

Copenhagen.

Bornet, E.

1892. Les algues de P.-K.-A. Schousboe, recoltees au Maroc & dans
la Mediterranee de 1815 a 1829. Mem. soc. Nat. Sci. Natur. et
Math, de Cherbourg, vol. 28, pp. 165-376, pis. 1-3. Paris.

1897. Osireobium Reineckei, in Reinecke, Die Flora dcr Samoa-
Inseln. Engler, Jahrb., vol. 23, p. 269.

Bornet, E., and C. Flahault.

1885. Tableau synoptique des Nostochacees filamenteuses hetercystees.

Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Natur. et Math., vol. 25, p. 195. Cherbourg.
1889. Sur quelques plantes vivant dans le test calcaire des mollus-

ques. Congres. bot. de 1889, Bull. Soc. Bot., vol. 28, pp.

CXLVII-CLXXVn (1-31 in sep.), pi. 6-12.

Bornet, E., and G. Thuret.

1876. Notes algologiques ; receuil d'observation sur les algues. Fas-
cicle 1. Paris.

Bory de Saint Vincent, J. B. (M. A. G.).

1804. Voyage dans le quatre principales iles des mers d'Afrique, etc.

1827. Padina, in Dictionaire classique d'histoire naturelle, vol. 12.

1828. In Dictionaire classique d'histoire naturelle, vol. 13. Paris.

Brandegee, T. S.

1900. Voyage of the Wahlberg. Zoe., vol. 5, pp. 19-28.

Collins, F. S., and A. B. Hervey.

1917. The algie of Bermuda. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol.
53, no. 1. Cambridge, Mass.

Collins, F. S., I. Holden, and W. A. Setchell.

1895-1917. Phycotheca Boreali-Americana. Fascicles I-XLV, A-E.
Maiden, Mass. (Exsicc.)

Crouan, P. L. and H. M.

1859. Notes sur quelques especes et genres nouveaux d'algues marine
de la rade de Brest. Ann. Sci. Nat., 4 Ser., Bot., vol. 12, pp.
288-292, pi. 21, 22.

jg2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Decaisne, J.

1840. Sur Ics caracteres de quelques Thalassiophytes. Bull. I'Acad.
Roy. Sci., vol. 7, part I. Brussels.

1841. Plantes de I'Arabie heureuse recueilles par M. P. E. Botta.
Arch, du Mus., vol. 2, pp. 89-199. Paris.

1842. Essais sur une classification des Algues et des Polypiers calci-
feres de Lamouroux. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 2 Ser., vol. 17, pp.
297-380, pi. 14-17.

1842a. Memoire sur les Girallines ou Polypiers calciferes. Ibid., vol.
18, p. 96.

Derbes, A.

1856. Description d'une nouvelle espece de Floridee, devant former
un nouveau genre, et observationes sur quelques algues. Ann.
Sci. Nat. Bot., 4 Ser., vol. 5, pp. 209-220, pi. 14.

Derbes, A., and A. J. J. Solier.

1851. Sfrchloncma, in Castagne, Supplement au catalogue des plantes

qui croissent naturellement aux environs de Marseille.
1856. Memoire sur quelques points de la physiologic des algues.
Suppl. aux comp. rend, des sci. de I'Acad. des Sci., vol. 1. Paris.

Desveaux, A. N.

1808. Journal de botanique redige par une societe botanists. Vol. 1.

Paris.

Dillwyn, L. W.

1809. British G^nfervae, Introduction and Suppl. (For bibliograph-
ical note, see Setchell and Gardner, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.,
vol. 8, 1920, p. 311.)

Drew, K. M.

1928. A revision of the genera Chantransia, Rhodochorton, and
AcrocfuPtiutn, with descriptions of the marine species of Rho-
dochorton (Naegl.) Gen. Emend., on the Pacific Coast of
North America. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol. 14, no. 5, pp.
139-224, pi. 37-48.

Falkenberg, P.

1901. Die Rhodomelacecn des Golfes von Neapel und der angren-
zenden Meeresabschnitte. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von
Neapel., vol. 26. Berlin.

Farlow, W. G.

1877. On some algae new to the United States. Proc. Amer. Acad.,
vol. 12, pp. 235-245.

Farlow, \V. G., C. L. Anderson and D. C. Eaton.

1877-1889. Algae Exsiccatae Americae-Borealis. Facs. 1-5.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM 133

Foslie, M.

1900. Revised systematical survey of the Melobesieae. Det. Kgl.
Norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter. 1900. No. 5.

1905. New Lithothamnia and systematical remarks. Kgl. Norske
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter No. 5, p. 5.

1906. Algologiske Notiser, II. Det Kgl. Norske Videnskab. Selsk.
Skrifter 1906, No. 2.

1907. Algologiske Notiser, III. Ibid, 1906. No. 8.

1909. Algologiske Notiser, VI. Ibid, 1909, No. 2.

Fries, E.

1835. Corpus florarum provincialium Sueciae I. Floram Scanicam.

Upsala.

Gardner, N. L.

1910. Nuclear extrusion among the Fucaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.,
vol. 4, No. 6, pp. 122-133, pis. 16-17. Berkeley.

Ginnani, G.

"1757. Opere postumi, 2 vol., 93 pi."

Gomont, M.

1890. Essai de classification des Nostocacees homocystees. Journ.
de Hot., vol. 4, p. 349-357.

1892. Monographic des Oscillariees. (Nostocacees Homocystees).
Ann. des Sci. Nat., 7 ser., Bot., vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 263-368, pi.
6-14; vol. 16, pt. 2, p. 91-264, pi. 1-7.

1893. Ibid. Reprint p. 1-302, plates and figures same as original.

Goodenough, S., and T. J. Woodward.

1797. Observations on the British Fuci, with particular descriptions
of each species. Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. 3, pp. 84-235, pis. 16-19.

London.

Greville, R. K.

1824. Flora Edinensis. Edinburg.

1827. Some account of a collection of cryptogamic plants from the
Ionian Islands. Trajis. Linn. Soc, vol. 15, pp. 335-348, pi. 3.

1830. Algae Brittanicae, or descriptions of the marine and other inar-
ticulated plants of the British Islands, belonging to the order
Algae, with plates illustrative of the genera. Edinburg.

Grunow, A.

1867. Reise der ostreichischen Fregatte Novara. Botanischer Theil,
vol. 1, Die Algen. Vienna. (The botany of the expedition
was published in parts by different people at different times.
The whole volume bears the imprint "1870." The first edition
of the algae was published in 1867. Hence the discrepancies in
citations.)
1915. Additamenta ad cognitionem Sargassorum. K. K. Zoolog.-
Botan. Gesell. Verhandl., vol. 66, pp. 1-48, 136-185. Vienna.

234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Hanna, G. D.

1926. General Report. Expedition to the Revillagigcdo Islands,
Mexico, in 1925. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 15,
no. 1, pp. 1-113, text figs. 1-7, pi. 1-10.

Hariot, P.

1889. Algues, in Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882, 1883, vol. 5,
Botanique, pp. 1-109, pi. 1-9. Paris.

Harvey, W. H.

1833. In Hooker, English Flora, vol. 5, part 1. London.

1852-1858. Nereis Boreali-Americana.

1852. Part 1, Melanospermeae.

1853. Part 2, Rhodospermeae.
1858. Part 3, Chlorospermeae.

1855. Some account of the marine botany of the colony of western

Australia. Trans. R. I. Acad., vol. 22, part 1, pp. 525-566.
1858-1863. Phycologia Australica. London.

1858. Vol. 1, 1859, vol. 2, 1860 vol. 3, 1862 vol. 4, 1863 vol. 5.

Harvey, W. H., and J. W. Bailey.

1851. Descriptions of seventeen new species of alga;, collected by
the United States Exploring Expeditions. Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., vol. 3, pp. 370-373.

Hauck, F.

1887. Ueber einige von J. M. Hildebrandt im Rothen Meere und
Indischen Ocean gesamelte Algen. Hedwigia, vol. 26, pp.
41-45.

Heydrich, F.

1901. Die Lithothamnien des Museum d'histoire Naturelle in Paris,
Engler's Jahrb., vol. 28, 1901, pp. 529-545, pi. 11.

Hooker, J. D., and W. H. Harvey.

1847. Algae Tasmanicae : being a catalogue of species of algae col-
lected by Ronald Gunn, Esq., Dr. Jeannerett, Mrs. Smith, Dr.
Lyall, and Dr. J. D. Hooker. Lond. Journ. Bot., vol. 6, pp.
397-417.

Howe, M. A.

1911. Phycological Studies, V. Some marine algae of Lower Cali-
fornia, Mexico. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vol. 38, pp. 489-514,
pis. 27-34.

1914. The marine algae of Peru. Mem. Torr. Bot. Qub, vol. 15,
pp. 1-185, pi. 1-66.

1920. Algae in Britton and Millspaugh, The Bahaman Flora, pp.
553-618.

Hudson, William.

1778. Flora Auglica (ed. 2). London.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALGM J §5

Jurgens, G. H. B.

1816-1822. Algae aquaticae quas in littore maris dynastiam Javeranam
et Friseam orientale alluentis rejectas et in harum terrarum
aquis habitantes collegit etc. Decades I-XX. Jever.

Kirchner, O.

1898. Schizophyceae, m Engler and Prantl, Die NatiJrl. Pflanzenfam.,
1 Th., 1 Abt., 177 Lief.

Kjellman, F. R.

1893. Laminariacese, in Engler und Prantl, Die Natiirl. Pflanzenfam.,
I Teil, Abt. 2.

Kuetzing, F. T.

1843. Phycologia generalis, oder Anatomic, Physiologic und Sjstem-
kunde der Tange. Leipzig.

1845. Phycologia germanica d. i. Deutschlands Algen in biindigen
Beschreibungen, nebst einer Anleitung zum Untcrsuchen und
Bestimmen dieser Gewachse fiir Anfanger. Nordhausen.

1849. Species Algarum.

1845-1871. Tabulae Phycologicae. Vols. 1-20 and index.

Kuntzc, O.

1891-1898. Revisio generum plantarum vascularium omnium atquc
cellularium multarum secundum leges nomenclatur?e intcr-
nationales cum cnumeratione plantarum exoticarum in itinere
mundi collectarum. Wurzburg.

1891, parts 1 and 2, Algae, part 2, pp. 877-930.
1898, part 3 :2.

Kylin, H.

1928. Entwickelungsgeschichtliche Florideenstudieii. Lunds Univ.
Arssk., N. F., afd. 2, vol. 24, no. 4.

Lamouroux, J. V. F.

1809. Observationes sur la physiologic des algues marines et de-
scription de cinq nouveau genres de cette famille. Nouv. Bull.
Sci. Soc. Philom., vol. 1, pp. ZZO-ZZZ, pi. 6, fig. 2, A, B, C, D.

1809. Memoire sur la Caulerpes, nouveau genre de la famille des
algues marines. Journ. de Bot., vol. 2, pp. 136-146, pi. 6, 7.

1812. Extrait d'un memoire sur la classification des polypiers coral-
ligenes non entierement pierreux. Nouv. Bull, des Sci. Soc.
Philom., vol. 3, pp. 181-188. (Dec.)

1813. Essai sur les genres de la famille des thalassiophytes non arti-
culees. Ann. du Mus. d'hist. Nat. par les professeurs de cet
etablisscment, vol. 20, pp. 21-47, 115-139, 267-293, pi. 7-13. Paris.
(Usually quoted from the reprint, which is paged successively
from 1-84. Plates are numbered the same in both.)

1816. Histoire des Polypiers coralligcnes flexibles, vulgairemenl nom-
mcs zoophytes. Caen.

135 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Lemoine, Mme. Paul.

1920. Corallinacea;, in F. Borgesen, Marine Algae of Easter Island,
in Carl Skottsberg, The Natural History of Juan Fernandez
and Easter Island, vol. 2, pp. 285-293.

Liebman, F.

"1841. Bemarkninger og Tillag til den danskc Algeflora. Kroyers
Tidskrift, p. 492. Copenhagen."

Link, H. F.

1820. Epistola de algis aquaticis in genera disponendis. Nees, Horae
Physicae, p. 1.

Linnaeus, C.

1737. Genera plantarum, eorumque characteres naturales secundum
numerum, figuram, situm et proportionem omnium fructifica-
tonis partium.

1753. Species plantarum, exhibentes plantas rite cognitas, ad genera
relatas, cum diflferentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, syn-
onymis selectis, locis natalibus secundum systema sexuale di-
gestas. Vol. 2, Ed. 1. Stockholm.

1755. Flora suecica, exhibens plantas per regnum Suecias crescentes,
systematice cum differentiis specierum, synonymis autorum,
nominibus incolarum, solo locorum, usu oeconorum, officinalibus
pharmacopceorum. Ed. II. Stockholm.

1758. Systema naturae. Ed. 10, vol. 1.

1767. Systema naturae. Ed. 12, vol. I, pars II.

Lyngbye, H. C.

1819. Tentamen hyrophytologiae Danicae, contiiiens omnia hydro-
phyta cryptogamia Daniae, Holsatiae, Faeroae, Islandiae, Groen-
landicC hucusque cognita, systematice disposita, descripta et
iconibus illustrata, adjectis simul speciebus Norvegicis.

Copenhagen.

Martens, G. v.

1866. Die Tange, in Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien, Bot.
Th. Berlin.

Meneghini, G.

"1837. Conspectus Algologiae Euganeae, germanicis naturatium rerum
scrutatoribus Prague anno 1837 convenientibus oblatus. Patavii
typ. Minervae. Serorsim imprim. ex Comment di mcnicina del
Dr. Spongia, fasc. Sept. 1837." (cf. Pritzel, 1872, p. 212.)
1844. Algarum species novae vel minus notae a Prof. J. Meneghini
propositi. Giorn. Bot. Ital. da Filipo Parlatorc, vol. 1, p. 296.

Firenze.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER— THE MARINE ALG.E Jg7

Montagne, J. F. C.

1840. Plantes Cellulaires, in Webb and Berthelot, Histoire naturelle
des iles Canaries, phytographia canariensis, plantes cellulaires,
vol. 3, part 3.

1842. Prodromus generum specierumque phycearum novarum in
itinere ad polum antarcticum. Paris.

1846. Exploration scientifique de I'AIgerie. Algues, vol. 1.

Naegeli, C.

"1846. Ueber Polysiphonia und Herposiphonia. Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Bot., Heft 4, pp. 206-256."

1847. Die neue Algensysteme und versuch zur Begriindung eines
eigenen Systems der Algen und Florideen. Zurich.

1861. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Systematik der Ceramiacee.
Sitzungsb. der k. b. Akad. Eissen., II, heft III. Munich.

Okamura, K.

1915. Icones of Japanese Algae, vol. 3, No. 7, and No. 8. Tokyo.

Philippi, Dr.

1837. Beweis dass die Nulliporen Pflanzen sind. Wiegmann's Archiv
fiir Naturgeschichte. Jahrg. Ill, vol. 1, pp. 387-393, pi. 9,
fig. 2-6.

Rabenhorst, L.

1864-1868. Flora Europaea algarum aquae dulcis et submarinae.

1865. Vol. 2. Leipzig.

Reinke, J.

1888. Die braunen Algen (Fucaceen und Phaeosporeen) der Kieler
Bucht. Bericht. d. Deut. Bot. Gesells, vol. 6, pp. 14-20.

1889-1892. Atlas deutscher Meeresalgen. Berlin.

1889. Part 1.
1892. Part 2.

Robinson, B. L.

1902. Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts &
Sci., vol. 38, pp. 77-269. Washington.

Roth, A. G.

1797-1806. Catalecta botanica quibus plantae novae et minus cognitae
describuntur atque illustrantur. Leipzig.

1806. Fasc. 3.

Sauvageau, C.

1927. Sur la Colpovicnia sinuosa Derb. et Sol. Bull, de la Stat.
Biol. D'Arc, vol. 24, pp. 309-353.

188 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Schmitz, F.

1878. Ueher griine Algen aus dem Golf von Athens. Sitzungs. d.

Naturf. Gesell. zu Halle, (cf. also Botan. Zeit., 1879, p. 167.)
1889. Systematische Uebersicht der bisher bekannten Gattungen der

Florideen. Flora, vol. 72, pp. 435-456, pi. 21.
/897. Palkenbergia and Colacodasya, in Schmitz and Falkenberg,

Rhodomelaceae, in Engler und Prantl., Die Natiirl. Pflanzen-

fam.. 1 Theil, abt. 2, pp. 421-480.

Setchcll, W. A.

1914. Parasitic Florideae, I. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol. 6, no. 1,
pp. 1-34.

1923. Ibid, II, vol. 10, no. 6, pp. 393-396.

1924. American Samoa, part 1, The Vegetation of Tutuila Island.
Dept. of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Inst, of Wash., vol.
22. Washington, D. C.

1925. Notes on Microdictyon. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., vol. 13, pp.
101-107.

1926. Tahitian algae collected by W. A. Setchell, C B. Setchell, and
H. E. Parks. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol. 12, no. 5, pp. 61-
142, pi. 7-22.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner.

1920. The marine algae of the Pacific Coast of North America. Part

II, Chlorophyceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol. 8, pp. 139-

374, pi. 9-33.
1925. Part III, Melanophyce£e. Ibid, pp. 383-898, pi. 34-107.
1924. Phycological Contributions VII. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot., vol.

13, no. 1, pp. 1-13.
1924. The Marine Algae, in Expedition of the California Academy

of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921. Proc. Calif.

Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 12, no. 29, pp. 695-949, pis. 12-88.

Solandcr, D.

1786. The natural history of many curious and uncommon zoophytes,
collected from various parts of the globe by the late John
Ellis, etc.

Solms-Laubach, le Comte H. de.

1877. Note sur le Jancsewskia, nouvelle floridee parasite du Chondria

obtusa. Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Natur. de Cherbourg, vol. 21, pp.

209-224, pi. 13.
1895. Monograph of the Acetabulariae. Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. 5,

part 1.

Sonder, G.

1845. Nova algarum genera et species, quas in itinere ad oras occi-
dentalis Novae HoUandiae, collegit L. Preiss, Ph. Dr. Bot.
Zeit., pp. 49-57.

Vol. XIX] SETCHELL AND GARDNER—THE MARINE ALG^ 139

Stackhouse, J.

1795-1801. Nereis Britannica; continens species omnes Fucorum in
insulis Britannicis crescentium. Bath. 1797, fasc. 2, pp.
ix-xviii.

Suhr, J. N.

1840. Beitrjige zur Algenkunde. Flora, vol. 23, pp. 257-304.

Suringar, W. F. R.

1867. Algarum Japonicarum Musei Botanici Lugdimo-Batavi Index
prsecursorius. Annales Bot. Musei Bot. L. B. (Sept.)

1868. Ibid. Hedwigia, vol. 7, p. 53.

1870. Algae Japonicae Musei Lugduno-Batavi (edidit societas scienti-
arum Hollandica quae Harlemi est). (Cf. also Hedwigia,
vol. 9, p. 129.)

Thuret, G.

1875. Essai de classification des Nostochinees. Ann. Sci. Nat, 6
Ser. Bot., vol. 1, p. 372. Paris.

Thuret, G., and E. Bornet.

1878. Etudes phycologiques. Paris.

Turner, D.

1808-1819. Fuci sive plantarum fucorum generi a botanicis ascrip-
tarum icones descriptiones et historia. London, 1808, vol. 1 ;
1809, vol. 2; 1811, vol. 3; 1819, vol. 4.

Turpin, P. J. F.

1827. Spiruline oscillarioide. In Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles
(de Levrault). vol. 50, p. 309.

Vickers, Anna.

1908. Phycologia Barbadensis Iconographie des algues marines
recoltees a I'ile Barbade (Antilles). (Chlorophycees et Pheo-
phycees.) Paris.

Watson, S.

1876. On the flora of Guadalupe Island. Proc. Amer. Acad.,
vol. 11, pp. 105-112.

1876. List of a collection of plants from Guadalupe Island, made by
Dr. Edward Palmer, with his notes upon them. Ibid, pp.
112-121.

Weber-van Bosse, Anna.

1898. Monographic des Caulerpes. Ann. du Jard. Bot. de Buiten-
zorg, vol. 15, pp. 243-401, pi. 20-34.

1899. Note sur quelques algues rapportees par la yacht "Chazalie."
Journ. de Bot., vol. 13, pp. 133-135.

1905. Note sur le genre Dictyosphceria Dec. La Nuov. Not., Ser.

16, pp. 142-144.
1913. Liste des Algues du Siboga. I. Myxophycese, Chlorophyceae,

Phaeophyceae aves le concours de M. Th. Reinbold.
1921. Ibid, II. Rhodophyceae. Siboga Exp. Monographic LIX b.

190 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser,

Weber, R, and D. M. H. Mohr.

1805. Beitriige zur Naturkunde. In Verbindung mit Ihren Freunden
verfasst und herausgegeben. Kiel, Akademische Buchhandlung.
1805, vol. 1.

Wille, N.

1900. Algologische Notizen, I-VI. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidensk,
vol. 38, I.

Woodward, T. J.

1797. Observations upon the generic character of Uha, with the
descriptions of some new species. Trans. Linn. Soc, vol. 3,
pp. 46-58. London.

Wulfen, F. X.

1803. Cryptogama aquatica. Roemer's Archiv fiir Botanik, vol. Ill,
pp. 1-64.

Yamada, Yukio.

1928. Marine Algae of Mutsu Bay and adjacent waters. Sci. Rept.
Tohuku Imp. Univ., 4 ser., Biol., vol. 3, pp. 497-534 (with 25
text fig.)

Zanardini, G.

1839. Sulle Alghe. Bibliotheca Italiano, vol. 96, p. 131.

1843. Saggio di classificazione naturale delle ficee. Venice.

1858. Plantarum in mari rubro hucuscue collectarum enumeratio.

Mem. Roy. Inst. Veneta, part II, vol. 7, p. 297.
1872. Phycearum indicarum pugillus. Mem. Roy. Inst. Venet.,

vol. 17.

jq9 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sef.

Plate 4

Chamcesiphon clavatus sp. nov.
Fig. 1. Group of plants, X 250.

Phormidium monile sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Group of filaments, X 300.

Symploca microdonta sp. nov.
Fig. 3. Group of filaments, X 250.

Calothrix codicola sp. nov.
Fig. 4. Group of filaments, X 250.

Calothrix clausa sp. nov.
Fig. 5. Group of filaments, X 200.

Siphonocladus pusilloides sp. nov.

Fig. 6. Group of filaments, X 10.
Fig. 7. Enlarged tip of filament, X 30.

Rhodochorton Eastivooda sp. nov.
Fig. 8. Three plants, X 400.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 4

December 30, 1930

194 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

Plate 5

Sphaci'laria Mason it sp. nov.
Fig. y. Filaments and gainetangia, X 300.

Strchloiiciiia codicola sp. iiov.
Fig. 10. Filaments and gamctangia, X 200.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL& GARDNER] Plate 5

J96 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. -1th Ser.

Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig

Plate 6

Masoiiopliyciis paradoxa gen. et sp. iu>v.

11. Filament with tctrasporangia, X 250.

12. Filament with gametangia, X 250.

13. Basal filament with erect brancli, X 250.

14. Gamelangium, X 250.

15. Gametangia, the left-hand one empty, X 250.

16. Gametangia, the right-hand one hypertrophicd (?), X 250.

17. Similar to No. 16, X 250.

18. Filament with progula? (or hypertroiihied gametangia?), X 250.

19. Propagulnm (?), X 250.

20. Propagulnm (?), X 250.

Ccrainiuiii prrsdiiatii))! sp. nov.

Fig. 21. Tip of filament, X 125.

Fig. 22. Portion of filament witli tetra.sporangia, X 125.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [ SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 6

198

C.ILIFOh'XI.l ACAIU-.MY OF SCIliXCES f Pkdc. 4th Si£R.

Plate 7

Ccnuiiutiii Irdiisvrrsalc Collins and liei'vcy

Fig. 23. Tip of rtlamcnt, X 250.

Fig. 24. Portion of filament with IclrasporanKia, X 250.

Crrtiiiiiinn sp. no v.?

Fig. 25. Portion of tip of I'llaini'nl showing .yland (?) colls in cortex,
X 150.

C'l-rdiiiiiiiii clarioiii'iisis sp. nov.

Fig. 26. Tip of filament, X 125.

Fig. 27. Portion of tilamcnt with tctrasporangia, X 125.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL & GARDNER I Plate 7

200

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES IProc. 4th Ser.

Plate 8

Ccraiiiiiim Evcrmanuii sp. nov.

Fig. 28. Part of upper portion of filament showing hairs and tetraspor-

angia, X 125.
Fig. 29. Part of lower portion of filament showing swollen nodes and

arrangement of cells in cortical hands, X 125.

Laurciicia sp. nov.?

Fig. 30. Portion of rhizome and branch to show papillate epidermal
layer, X 200.

PROG. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL& GARDNER] Plate 8

K)HftbD

90-) CALIFORXIA AC.IDEMY OF SCII-XCES f Proc. ■< rii Si:r.

Pl.ATK 9

(^(•11(1 ill III iiiicnif^liysii sji. iiov.
Fig. .11. TTaliil .skelcli. X 3.

Laurnicui liiiiiiilis sp. now

Fig. 32. ilabil sketcli. X 3.

Fig. 33. Cortical cell showing chroniatoi)hores, X 400.

Clarioiicd Masaiiii gen. ct sp. nov.

Fig. 34. Portion of hranciilct with auxiliary cell, a, and hracctoid fila-
ments starting, bl, 1)2, 1)3, X 500.

Fig. 35. Similar l)racteoid filaments more advanced. X 500.

Fig. 36. Auxiliary cells, a, and glomernles of bracleoid filanunts. I- S^)^).

Fig. 37. Auxiliary cell pnlting forth the jirimary oolilastcnia tulie, g,
X 500.

Fig. 38. Similar to figure 37, with mature cystocarp, c, X 500.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 1 1 |SETCHELL & GARDNER j Plate 9

204 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Pkoc. -trn Ser.

Plate 10

Plconosl^oriiDii saccurliica sp. nov.

Fig. 39. Portion of plant showing creeping tilaniont, saccate rhizoids,
branches, and polyspores, X 75.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 1 1 [ SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 10

V

December 30. 1930

OQ/: CALIFORXI.l ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

Tlatk 11

Dictyota crihrosn sp. nov.
Fig. 40. 1 Inlnt <>\ lypo spcciiiK'n. X 1.

I'mlina Irtrdslroiittitica Hauck?
Fig. 41. Haltit pholof^raph, X 1-

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 11

Fig. 40

r.g.4l

208 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Plate 12

Desviarestia pacifica S. and G. (?)
Fig. 42. Habit photograph, X 1.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 | SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 12

210 C.lLIFORM.l ACIDEMY OF SCIHXCES | Pk"C. 4th Sks.

Platk 13

Sf'iirdcliiiiis pcdiiiiciilattis (lluds.) Ag.
Fig. 4,?. Habit pliotograph, X 1.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 SETCHELL & GARDNER] Plate 13

212 CALIFORNIA .-ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [ I'imc. 4ti. Si k

Plate 14

Eisenia (f) Masoiiii sp. nov.
Fig. 44. Habit photograph of sporophyll (?), X 1.

I

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SETCHELL& GARDNER] Plate 14

Fig. 44

214 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Skr.

Plate 15

Eisema (?) dcsmarcslioidcs sp. iiov,
Fig. 45. Habit photdt^raph of a .sporopliyll (?), X 1.

PROC. CAL. ACAD. SCI., 4th Series, Vol. XIX, No. 11 [SEyCHELL& GARDNER] Plate 15

Fig. 45

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ^ ^ ^

Fourth Series /c-S^ t-^oB Lx<

A A^ <

Vol. XIX, No. 12, pp. 217-397, 134 text figs. January 30, 1931 r^i -^ ^*^ t

Lul L I 8 t^ A R \

\^\ -^

XII N'^i^v/^JASS^

PELAGIC MAMMALS FROM THE TEMBLOR FOR- 'JLJ^"

MATION OF THE KERN RIVER REGION.
CALIFORNIA

BY

REMINGTON KELLOGG
Division of Mammals, United States National Museum

This paper presents the results of studies on fossil pelagic
mammals from the Temblor formation which outcrops on a
hill southwest of Round Mountain, locally known as Shark-
tooth Hill, and about seven miles northeast of Bakersfield.
four miles east of the Kern River Oil Field, and a quarter of
a mile north of Kern River, Kern Countv. California. This
hill is located in Sec. 25, T. 28 S., R. 28 E., M. D. M., and
is shown but not named on the Caliente sheet of the United
States Geological Survey's topographic map. The greater
part of the material studied belongs to the California Academy
of Sciences and was assembled largely through the active inter-
est of Messrs. Paul Shoup and M. E. Lombardi. To. Dr.
Barton Warren Exermann and Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, the
writer is indebted for permission to study the collection.

Prior to the assembling of this collection, several smaller
lots, obtained by Mr. Charles Morrice, were presented to the
United States National Museum. Detailed descriptions of
specimens in both of these collections are herewith given.
Through the cooperation of the Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington, arrangements were made for transporting the
Academy's collection to Washington, D. C, and that organiza-
tion provided additional funds for illustrating the more im-

January 30, 1931

218 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

portant specimens. For carrying out the latter purpose, the
services of Mr. Sydney Prentice were secured, and he has pre-
pared the Hne drawings that accompany this report.

Excavations made on Sharktooth Hill in 1924 under the
direction of Doctor Hanna and Mr. Morrice, yielded some-
thing like a thousand bones, the majority of which were so
damaged and imperfectly preserved that they were discarded.
Most of the bones are more or less incrusted with a psilomelate
of manganese. They occur in a fairly coarse, light gray, firm
sandstone, and it is rather surprising that so many of them
were broken prior to excavation. No associated skeletons
were found, and it would seem that the skeletal elements were
disassociated prior to their being covered with the sediments
in which they are now found. No satisfactory explanation of
the conditions that led to the accumulation of these bones has
as yet been set forth. According to Doctor Hanna^ "the bones
occupy a stratum not over three feet thick so that the extinction
of the excessively abundant species must have occurred in a very
short time. The wide extent of the deposit does not indicate
that the animals were trapped in a narrow bay as sometimes
happens today with whales and sharks." Dr. F. M. Anderson"
has suggested that an epoch of violent volcanic activity and
fall of ash may have been responsible for the death of large
numbers of pelagic animals in the Temblor Sea, but such an
explanation does not satisfactorily account for the scattering
and mingling of bones of many species of animals. Under
such conditions one would expect to find complete, associated
skeletons buried in ash and other sediments in the positions in
which they perished. Poisonous volcanic gases and inorganic
materials may have caused the death of the Temblor animals,
but some agency other than volcanic activity must have been
responsible for scattering the remains. It is possible that the
conditions of deposition at the Sharktooth Hill locality may
have paralleled present conditions near Surf, California. The
rush of the water at that locality would tear any skeleton
apart. Critical study of this collection has led the writer to
believe that some of the bones may have decayed before fos-

' G. D. Hanna, Miocene marine vertebrates in Kern County, California. <Science,
n. s., vol. 61, no. 1568, pp. 71-72, January 16, 1925.

- F. M. .Anderson, The Neocene Deposits of Kern River, California. <Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, vol. 3. p. 102. 1911.

\'0L. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 7J9

silization took place. From this it may be inferred that the
bones were washed about before they were finally covered with
sediments. Bones of cetaceans are usually quite porous and
the cavities are filled with small globules of oil. Bacteria and
other organisms thrive in these bones and under certain condi-
tions disintegration results. On the other hand, bones of pin-
nipeds are generally less porous than those of cetaceans and
this may account for their better preservation. Unusually
large numbers of sharks abounded in the Temblor Sea and
pelagic mammals undoubtedly suffered from their predatory
proclivities. The skeletons of their prey would be dismem-
bered and the bones scattered. Nevertheless, teeth of sharks
are by far the most abundant fossil remains found at this
locality, and it would seem that they perished in enormous
numbers at about the same time as the pelagic mammals. Fur-
ther study of the Temblor formation, particularly the bone
bed. may lead to some rational explanation of the conditions
that resulted in the accumulation of this varied fauna at one
particular level in the formation. The fact that many of the
bones are fractured and the cavities filled with gypsum would
seem to indicate violent diastrophic activity subsequent to their
burial, and that the resulting cracks were later cemented by the
salts carried in solution by percolating water.

This bone bed is included in Anderson's zone "C," but it is
not the uppermost fossil horizon, for above it lies a poorly
preserved fauna of invertebrates, and below it are the very
fossiliferous strata from which were obtained most of the
Temblor mollusca described by Anderson and Martin. Like-
wise below there is a widespread zone of diatomite and sev-
eral zones of characteristic foraminifera. The bone bed is
located a short distance below the unconformity which in the
Kern River region separates strata of uncertain age, known as
the "Kern River Group," from the underlying Temblor
formation. The beds dip to the westward at an angle of about
5 degrees, and the strike is approximately north and south.'-"

The Temblor fauna includes primitive whalebone whales
(cetotheres), delphinoid porpoises, a squalodont, a sperm
whale, two pinnipeds. Desmostylus, a sea turtle allied to the

■3. For an account of the geology of the region see: G. D. Hanna, Geology of
Sharktooth Hill. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19. 1930, pp. 65-83. 3 text figs.

220 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEMCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

recent j^reen turtle, and at least three birds.-*' So little is
known in regard to the geological history of the pinnipeds that
they must be disregarded for purposes of time correlation.
Nevertheless, Allodcsmus is quite distinct from the sea lion of
the diatomaceous series at Lompoc and unquestionably repre-
sents a more generalized type, while the Lompoc animal cor-
responds rather closely in most details with the recent Eiime-
topias. The peculiar pelagic Desinosfyhis and the cetotheres
correspond in specialization with other tyj)es found elsewhere
in Miocene formations, but the sperm whale is quite unlike any
other described physeteroid. It is also true that none of the
long beaked porpoises of the Miocene are represented in the
material thus far collected, but one of the contemporary
squalodonts is present. The delphinoid porpoises add little
information in regard to the age of this deposit. Although
our present limited knowledge of these animals adds very little
conclusive evidence in regard to the age of the Temblor forma-
tion, it is unquestionably the largest fauna of pelagic mammals
thus far known for any Tertiary formation on the Pacific
Coast of North America. There is some slight evidence in
favor of regarding the Temblor fauna as of middle Miocene
age. In the cast of cetaceans, we are dealing with a type of
specialization which shows the cumulative effects of modifica-
tion, and the telescoping of the bones in the skull affords a
means of determining the stage in their general advance. The
stages represented by the Temblor cetothere skulls and the
physeterid skull are what we should expect to find in middle
Miocene formations.

Toward the close of the Oligocene and in early Miocene
times, we find a few survivals of archaic types, but the bulk
of the cetaceans are more advanced than their predecessors.
There are, in the lower Miocene, at least five recognizable
families of toothed whales which are known as squalodonts,
long beaked porpoises, short beaked porpoises, beaked whales,
and sperm whales. The whalebone whales are represented by
the cetotheres and a primitive balaenid. A wider diversification
of the prevailing types seems to characterize the middle Mio-
cene faunas. On analyzing the late Miocene faunas, we note

^ For a description of these birds see: A. Wetmore, Fossil bird remains from
the Temblor formation near Bakersfield, California. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 19, no. 8, 1930, pp. 85-93, 7 text figs.)

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 221

a perceptible reduction in the number of long beaked types, the
disappearance of the squalodonts, the appearance of advanced
types of beaked whales (ziphioids), the appearance of the
larger, modernized whalebone whales, and a tendency toward
the elimination of the true cetotheres. In Europe and else-
where, we observe that these modernized types make their
appearance toward the close of the Miocene period, coincident
with the reduction and extinction of the types that preceded
them. In the diatomaceous series at Lompoc, California, a
more modernized assemblage than that of the Temblor makes
its appearance, and the writer is inclined to refer that fauna to
the later part of the Miocene. During the Pliocene, typical
whalebone whales become more numerous, the short beaked
porpoises are similar to living types, the beaked whales
(ziphioids) belong to living genera, and, in the early Pliocene
Parana formation of South America, a few new types of long
beaked porpoises represent the only known survivors of that
line of development.

Order SIRENIA

Suborder Desmostyliformes Hay, 1923

Family DESMOSTYLID.^ Osborn, 1910

The peculiar pelagic Desmostylus has been found at quite a
number of localities in formations of Miocene age. This
genus in its restricted sense makes its first appearance on the
Pacific Coast in the lower Miocene Vaqueros formation of
southern California, and is known to have survived until
nearly the close of the upper Miocene, for teeth of Desmo-
stylus have been found in the San Pablo group of California.
Species with similarly constructed teeth have been found in
Japan at a number of localities of middle Miocene age, but the
Japanese teeth, in so far as one can judge from casts, are
smaller than the teeth that have been found in Oregon, in the
Montesano formation of Washington, and in the Temblor and
San Pablo formations of California. Teeth found in the
Sooke formation of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, pos-
sess the unmistakable peculiarities of the Desmostylus group,
and have been referred to the genus Conizvallius by Dr. O. P.

222 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Hay. Teeth of this t)pe have not certainly been identified
except in formations of unquestionable Miocene age.

The relation of this interesting pelagic mammal to other
groups of mammals has occasioned considerable comment in
technical journals and elsewhere. The structure of the skull
of Desmostylus has been interpreted by Marsh. Merriam, Hay,
and Matsumoto as demonstrating some degree of affinity to
the Sirenia. Osborn. Yoshiwara and Iwasaki, and Matsumoto
have discussed the supposed resemblances to the Proboscidea.
More recently, Abel has come to the conclusion that Desiiio-
stylus is not a placental mammal, but a multituberculate (Allo-
theria). The basis for this surprising conclusion rests largely
on the supposed relations between the jugal bone and the zygo-
matic arch. The jugal, according to Abel's belief, is excluded
from the lower border of the zygoma by the backward pro-
longation of the maxillary to the glenoid fossa. Doctor Hay
has described in detail the actual relations of these bones, and
he reached conclusions which are opposed to those set forth by
Professor Abel.

Our present knowledge of the cranial characteristics of this
peculiar mammal is limited to a fairly well preserved skull of
a supposedly immature individual of Desmostylus cyinatias,
found in Oregon, which measures 310 mm. in length, and the
skull of a somewhat larger individual of Desmostylus japoni-
ciis, found in the province of Teshio, Japan, and measuring
550 mm. in length. The Oregon skull lacks the extremity of
the rostrum and the Japanese skull lacks most of the brain-
case. It has been estimated by Matsumoto that the Oregon
skull when complete would measure about 380 mm. in length
and the Japanese skull about 900 mm.

Differences in the size and proportions of the cheek teeth as
well as in the number of pillars have led to the description of
four species of Desmostylus. The characters that distinguish
these species are susceptible of more than one interpretation.
Greatly worn teeth differ markedly from unworn teeth and the
present uncertainty in regard to the validity of the several
species is likely to exist until the complete dentition of the
upper and lower jaws of one or more of the North American
forms is described and figured. For the present, the writer is
not inclined to be too positive in regard to the allocation of

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERX RIVER REGION 223

f

some of the teeth that have been found and described. Perti-
nent citations together with hsts of locaHties for the four
species that have been described are herewith given.

Genus Cornwallius Hay, 1923
1. Cornwallius sookensis (Cornwall)

Desiitostyhis sookensis Cornwall, Canadian Field Naturalist, vol 36, 1922,

p. 121, text figs. 1-4. — Clark & Arnold, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull.

Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 14, no. 5, 1923. pp. 177-178, pi. 39.
Cornzvallius [sookensis] Hay, Pan-Amer. Geo!., vol. 39, March, 1923, p.

107, text fig. 4.
Cornwallius sookensis Hav, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 65, publ. 2521,

1924, pp. 1-8, pis. 1-2, text fig. 1.

Type locality: Sooke formation, cliffs between Muir and
Kirby creeks, Vancouver Island, British Columbia.

Genus Desmostylus Marsh, 1888

2. Desmostylus cymatias Hannibal

Desmostylus hesperus Hay, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, publ. 2113,
1915, pp. 381-397, pis. 56-58.— Abel, Acta Zool., haft 2-3, arg. 3,

1922, pp. 361-394, pis. 1-3, text figs. 5. — Abel, Sitzungsber. kais.
Akad. Wiss., Wien, 1922, pp. 1-3.— Hay, Pan-Amer. Geol., vol. 39,

1923, pp. 105-109.— Hay, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 65, publ. 2521,

1924, pp. 2-8, text fig. 2, pi. 1, fig. 3.— Abel, Verhandl. Zool.-Bot.
Gesell., Wien, bd. 74/75, 1926, pp. 134-138.— Abel, in M. Weber,
Die Saugetiere. bd. 2, Syst. Teil, 1928, p. 44, text figs. 13-14.

Desmostylus cynwtias Hannibal, Journ. Mammalogy, vol. 3, no. 4, 1922,
p. 239, pi. 11, figs. 1-2.

Type locality: Temblor formation (according to H. G.
Schenck), at mouth of Spencer Creek, Lincoln County, Ore-
gon. [No. 8181, Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, United
States National Museum.]

3. Desmostylus californicus Hay

Desmostylus hesperus Hannibal, Journ. Mammalogy, vol. 3, no. 4, 1922,

pp. 238-239, pi. 12, figs. 8-9.
Desmostylus calif oniicus Hay, Pan-Amer. Geol., vol. 39, 1923, p. 106.

Type locality: San Pablo formation, Monument Peak near
San Jose, Santa Clara County, California.

224 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Reported from: (1) A number of teeth, bones, and frag-
ments of tusks found in shell limestone intercalated with the
lower or buff sandstone member of the San Pablo formation
on the San Jose Quadrangle, between Monument Peak and
the saddle where the road to Calaveras Valley crosses the first
ridge of the Diablo range; (2) at a horizon only a few hun-
dred feet higher, a tooth was found in shell limestone about a
half a mile south of the saddle where the road to Mount
Hamilton crosses the first ridge; and (3) a fragment of a
Desmostylus tooth, also found in a mixture of limestone and
rhyolite tuff interbedded with Monterey shale, on the New
Almaden Quadrangle northeast of the Guadalupe quicksilver
mines, and associated with Pectcn andersoni Arnold.

4. Desmostylus hesperus Marsh

Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, vol. 135, 1888,
pp. 94-96, text figs. 1-3. — Merriam, Science, n. s., vol. 24, 1906, p.
151. — Merriam, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, no. 18,
1911, pp. 403-412, text figs. 1-3. — Merriam, Trans. Amer. Philos.
Soc, n. s., vol. 22, 1915, pp. 13-14, text figs. 21a, 21b.

Type locality: Monterey series (fide Hay. 1923. p. 106).
Contra Costa Countv. California (tide, Merriam. 1911. p.
404).

Reported from: Monterey formation north of Coalinga,
N. W. }i of Sec. 29. T. 18 S.. R. 15 E., Big Blue Hills.
Fresno County, Coalinga Quadrangle, U. S. G. S. ; Vaqueros
[Temblor] formation in Canoas Cafion, Fresno County. Sec.
33, T. 22 S., R. 16 E., Cholame Quadrangle. U. S. G. S. :
Temblor horizon in region of Devil's Den on west side of San
Joaquin Valley, Kern County. T. 25 S.. R. 18 E.. Cholame
Quadrangle. U. S. G. S. ; Temblor horizon on east side of San
Joaquin Valley in Kern River region ; shales and sandstones of
supposedly Vaqueros formation in San Luis Obispo County;
shale and sandstone, supposedly Vaqueros, about 6 miles
northeast of Santa Ana. Orange Countv, Corona Quadrangle,
U. S. G. S.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 225

5. Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga & Iwasaki

Desmostyltis japonicus Yoshiwara & Iwasaki [New Fossil Mammal],
Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 16, art. 6, 1902, pp. 1-13,
pis. 1-3, text figs. 4.

Desmostylus sp. Merriam, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 6, no.
18, 1911, pp. 406-412, text figs. 4-11.

Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga & Iwasaki, Journ. Geol. Soc. Tokyo,
vol. 21, 1914, p. 33. — Matsumoto, Sci. Reports Tohoku Imp. Univ.,
ser. 2, 1918, Geol., vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 61-74, pi. 22, figs. 1-3.

Desmostylus watasei Hay, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, publ. 2213,
1915, p. 396.

Type locality: Tufaceous sandstone, at Togari in Kanigori,
Province of Mino, Japan.

Reported from: Togari [= type locality], Yamanouchi,
and Tsuki3'oshi, Toki District, Province of Mino; Yumachi,
Province of Izumo ; Yuda and Shikonai, Ninohe District,
Province of Mutsu ; a tributary of the Opiraushibets, Province

Left upper molar tooth of Desmostylus hesperus. No. 4401, C. A. S., X 0.5.
Fig. 1. Internal view. Fig. 2. External view. Fig. 3. Occlusal
view.

226 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES [Phoc. 4th Skr.

of Teshio, Hokkaido; atid Toshibets, Province of Shiribeshi,
Hokkaido [Matsumoto, 1918, p. 7Z].

The Temblor tooth (No. 4401, C. A. S.). hereinafter
described, is fully as large as one with nine pillars recently
found by Ray E. Matthews in a railroad cut near Vesta, Grays
Harbor County, Washington. This last mentioned tooth
and other bones in the possession of Mr. Matthews,
were described in a letter written by Rev. J. Herbert
Geoghegan to Dr. O. P. Hay, as having been found in what
appeared to be concretions of gray sandstone or well cemented
mud in a stratum composed of red sandstone and gravel. This
deposit was considered to be a part of the upper Miocene Mon-
tesano formation. The length of this tooth is given as 3>4
inches and the height as 3 inches. The greatest length of the
incomplete Temblor tooth is 72 mm. ; maximum width, 59.5
mm.; height of tooth at level of posterior pillar, 68.5 mm.:
and greatest height at level of anterior pair of pillars. 81.3
mm. It is thus apparent that teeth of large size and similar
configuration are found in formations varying in age from
lower to upper Miocene. The proportions of the adult teeth
of the Oregon Desmostylus cymatias are unknown, and. for
the present, it seems advisable to refer the Temblor tooth ten-
tatively to Desmostylus lies perns.

That this tooth (fig. 3) originally consisted of more than
five high columns or pillars is shown by the broken border at
one end of the base. When the tooth was complete there were
at least three pairs of pillars in addition to the single posterior
pillar, and one or more at the anterior end. The root is miss-
ing, and the exposed smooth surface of the dentine at the base
of the crown, as viewed from below, exhibits a general resem-
blance to that of a mastodon. Beneath the core of each pillar
is a deep conical pulp cavity, and these cavities are separated
by a median longitudinal ridge. The end pillar (fig. 2) is
somewhat shorter than the others and is closely appressed to
the succeeding pair, but all five of these columns are nearly-
circular in cross section. The paired pillars curve upward and
inward to the median longitudinal axis and have their apices
in contact with their opposites.

Each of these pillars is covered with a rather thick outer
enamel laver which is with difficultv distintjuished from the

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 227

thicker concentric layers of dentine. This tooth is relatively
unworn, and hence the crowns of the pillars have a thick
enamel rim inclosing a small central pit whose floor is the tip
of the central dentine core. The outer surface of the enamel
layer is quite rugose. This tooth does not have a distinct
cingulum at the base of the crown, but, nevertheless, a small
irregular nodosity covered with rugose enamel projects up-
ward from the base between each of the pillars. With wear,
the circumference of the central pulp cavity increases until in
a badly worn tooth the diameter may be thrice the combined
thickness of the outer enamel and dentine rings.

Order PINNIPEDIA

Family ALLODESMID^ Kellogg, new family :

Extinct Eared Seals

6. Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg^

Skeletal elements of several individuals, and representing
old and young, and possibly both sexes, of this fossil Temblor
otariid, are included in the collections made by Charles Mor-
rice. The major portion of the material which has been put at
the writer's disposal belongs to the California Academy of
Sciences, but additional specimens were found in a small col-
lection presented several years ago to the United States
National Museum by Mr. Morrice. This material adds con-
siderably to our knowledge of the morphological history of
the Otariidje and especially of the limb structure.

After carefully considering all the evidence, the writer is
unwilling to propose one or more new names based on doubt-
fully distinct bones, yet this disposition of the material is not,
however, made without grave misgivings that the reasons for
allocating some of the skeletal elements to this fossil pinniped
are unsound. There are obvious dififerences in some of the
carpal and tarsal elements, particularly in the scapho-lunar,
calcaneum, and cuboid bones. In reviewing the skeletal ele-
ments it will be observed that the fore and hind limbs do not
differ materially from those of living otariids, either in the

' R. Kellogg, Pinnipeds from Miocene and Pleistocene deposits of California.
Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, no. 4, 1922, pp. 26-44.

228 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

proportions of their component parts or in their articular rela-
tions. There are minor differences in the vertebral column,
but the sternum and pehds exhibit the typical otariid charac-
teristics. The mandible is not materially unlike that of the
living otariids. but the skull possesses some anomalous fea-
tures, of which the backward and outward extension of the
premolar-molar series toward the anterior end of the zygoma
is probably the most striking. The present material tends to
confirm the geological antiquity of the otariid stock, but the
source and time of its divergence from terrestrial relatives
remain unsettled. The various skeletal elements, which are
referred to this pinniped, are herewith listed.

Large Individuals — (?) Old Males

Left scapula (No. 11857, U. S. N. M.), incomplete.

Left humerus (No. 11858, U. S. N. M.), distal end only.

Left radius (No. 4292, C. A. S.), distal end missing.

Right ulna (No. 4336, C. A. S.), distal epiphysis only.

Left ulna (No. 4335, C. A. S.), distal epiphysis missing.

Right scapho-lunar (No. 11859, U. S. N. M.), eroded.

Right scapho-lunar (No. 4332, C. A. S.), eroded.

Left magnum (No. 11860, U. S. N. M.), complete.

Left metacarpal I (No. 4466, C. A. S.), proximal end only.

Left metacarpal II (No. 4478, C. A. S.), eroded.

Right metacarpal II (No. 4481, C A. S.), proximal end only.

Left metacarpal V (No. 4480, C. A. S.), proximal end only.

Phalanx (No. 4476, C. A. S.), proximal end slightly eroded.

Phalanx (No. 4477, C. A. S.), proximal end slightly eroded.

Phalanx (No. 4479, C. A. S.), proximal end slightly eroded.

Right femur (No. 4294, C. A. S.), complete.

Left femur (No. 4295, C. A. S.), internal condyle damaged.

Right tibia (No. 4302, C A. S.), both epiphyses missing.

Left tibia (No. 4303, C. A. S.), distal epiphysis missing.

Left tibia (No. 4494, C. A. S.), distal epiphysis only.

Left fibula (No. 4305, C. A. S.), complete.

Left patella (No. 4328, C. A. S.), complete.

Right patella (No. 4329, C. A. S.), complete.

Left patella (No. 11655, U. S. N. M.), complete.

Left patella (No. 4326, C. A. S.), complete.

Left calcaneum (No. 4309, C. A. S.), complete.

Right calcaneum (No. 4310, C. A. S.), tuberosity damaged.

Left astragalus (No. 4308, C. A. S.), complete.

Left navicular (No. 4321, C A. S.), complete.

Left cuboid (No. 4319, C. A. S.), complete.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 229

Right cuboid (No. 4318, C. A. S.), postero-internal angle of distal face

missing.
Left entocuneiform (No. 4323, C. A. S.), complete.
Right entocuneiform (No. 4324, C. A. S.), complete.
Left entocuneiform (No. 4322, C. A. S.), complete.
Right metatarsal V (No. 11861, U. S. N. M.), proximal end only.
Right innominate bone (No. 4360, C. A. S.), distal half missing.
Atlas (No. 4398, C. A. S.), nearly complete.
Atlas (No. 4414, C. A. S.), incomplete.
Fifth cervical (No. 4407, C. A. S.), incomplete.
Sixth cervical (No. 4399, C. A. S.), nearly complete.
Sixth cervical (No. 4408, C. A. S.), incomplete.
First dorsal (No. 4412, C. A. S.), incomplete.
Fourth (?) dorsal (No. 4417, C A. S.), incomplete.
Fifth (?) dorsal (No. 4416, C. A. S.), incomplete.
Posterior dorsal (No. 4421, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Sternal segments (Nos. 4403, 4405, 4430, 4404, 4429, 4402, 4428, C. A. S.).
Left mandible (No. 4395, C. A. S.), posterior end missing.
Right mandible (No. 4426, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Left mandible (No. 4486, C. A. S.), both ends missing. ^

Left maxillary fragment with canine (No. 4396, C. A. S.).
Right maxillary fragment with canine (No. 4397, C. A. S.).
Many teeth (Nos. 4580 to 4596, C A. S.).

Individuals of Medium Size — Females or Young Males

Right humerus (No. 4337, C. A. S.), proximal epiphysis and distal end

missing.
Right humerus (No. 4338, C. A. S.), distal end only.
Left radius (No. 4293, C. A. S.), proximal end only.
Right radius (No. 4291, C. A. S ), proximal end only.
Right radius (No. 11863, U. S. N. M.), proximal end only.
Right radius (No. 4292, C. A. S.), fairly complete.
Right radius (No. 11866, U. S. N. M.), distal end only.
Right scapho-lunar (No. 4369, C. A. S.), angle eroded. ^

Right scapho-lunar (No. 4334, C. A. S.), eroded.
Right unciform (No. 11862, l). S. N. M.), slightly eroded.
Left trapezium (No 4331, C A. S.), complete.
Left metacarpal I (No. 4465, C. A. S.), proximal end only.
Left metacarpal I (No. 11864, U. S. N. M.), proximal end only
Right metacarpal III (No. 4463, C. A. S.), complete.
Left metacarpal III (No. 4462, C. A. S.), proximal end only.
Left metacarpal III (No. 4459, C. A. S.), complete.
Left metacarpal III (No. 4460, C. A. S.), complete.
Left metacarpal III (No. 4461, C. A. S.), complete.
Right metacarpal IV (No. 4458, C. A. S.), distal end damaged.
Right metacarpal V (No. 4451, C. A. S.), slightly eroded.
Right metacarpal V (No. 4467, C. A. S.), slightly eroded.

230 CALIFORXIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb.

Phalanx (No. 4468, C. A. S.), distal end missing.

Phalanx (No. 4469, C A. S.), complete.

Phalanx (No. 4470, C. A. S.), slightly eroded.

Phalanx (No. 4471, C. A. S.), distal end missing.

Phalanx (No. 4472, C. A. S.), complete.

Phalanx (No. 4473, C. A. S.), complete.

Phalanx (No. 4474, C. A. S.), complete.

Phalanx (No. 4475, C. A. S.), complete.

Phalanx (No. 4482, C. A. S.), complete.

Right femur (No. 4299, C. A. S.), proximal end only.

Left femur (No. 4301, C. A. S.), distal end only.

Right femur (No. 4298, C. A. S.), distal end only.

Right femur (No. 4491, C. A. S.), distal end only.

Right femur (No. 4296, C. A. S.), both epiphyses missing.

Left femur (No. 4297, C. A. S.), both epiphyses missing.

Left tibia (No. 4304, C. A. S.), complete.

Right tibia (No. 4492, C. A. S.), proximal end only.

Right tibia (No. 4493, C. A. S.), proximal epiphysis only.

Right patella (No. 11545, U. S. N. M.).

Left patella (No. 4327, C. A. S.).

Right patella (No. 4330, C. A. S.).

Right patella (No. 4325, C. A. S.). .

Right calcaneum (No. 11540. U. S. N. M.), complete.

Right calcaneum (No. 11589, U. S. N. M.), complete

Right calcaneum (No. 4312, C A. S.), eroded

Right calcaneum (No. 4314, C. A. S.), eroded.

Left calcaneum (No. 4313, C. A. S.), distal extremity damaged.

Left calcaneum (No. 4315, C. A. S.), eroded.

Right astragalus (No. 4306, C. A. S.), complete.

Left astragalus (No. 4307, C. A. S.), tibial face damaged.

Left astragalus (No. 11541, U. S. N. M.), complete.

Left astragalus (No. 4311, C A. S.), damaged.

Left navicular (No. 11551, U. S. N. M.), complete.

Left navicular (No. 11550, U. S. N. M.), complete.

Right entocuneiform (No. 11546, U. S. N. ^L), complete.

Left cuboid (No. 4317, C. A. S.), eroded.

Right cuboid (No. 4316, C. A. S.), complete.

Right cuboid (No. 4320, C A. S.), eroded.

Left metatarsal II (No. 4452, C. A. S.), proximal end only.

Left metatarsal II (No. 4454, C. A. S.), proximal end damaged.

Left metatarsal II (No. 4453, C. A. S.), eroded.

Right metatarsal II (No. 4456, C. A. S.), incomplete proximal end only.

Right metatarsal II (No. 4457, C. A. S.), incomplete proximal end only.

Right metatarsal II (No. 4455, C. A. S.), eroded.

Left metatarsal III (No. 4450, C. A. S.), distal end missing.

Right metatarsal IV (No. 4448, C. A. S.), complete.

Left metatarsal IV (No. 4449, C. A. S.), distal end missing.

Right metatarsal V (No. 11870, U. S. N. M.), proximal end only.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC ^L4^L^L-^LS OF KERX RIVER REGION 231

Right metatarsal V (No. 4446, C. A. S.), eroded.

Right metatarsal V (No. 4447, C. A. S.), eroded.

Atlas (No. 4484, C. A. S.), right and left halves.

Third cervical (No. 4409, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Fourth cervical (No. 4410, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Fifth cervical (No. 4411, C. A. S.), incomplete.

First dorsal (No. 4418, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Second dorsal (No. 4419, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Anterior caudal (No. 4557, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Anterior caudal (No. 4558, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Anterior caudal (No. 4556, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Median caudal (No. 4554, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Median caudal (No. 4552, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Posterior caudal (No. 4550, C. A S.), incomplete.

Posterior caudal (No. 4551, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Posterior caudal (No. 4553, C. A. S.), incomplete.

Sternal segments (Nos. 4431, 4433, 4434, C A. S.).

Right mandible (No. 4487, C. A. S.), posterior end missing.

L^ft mandible (No. 4488, C. A. S.), posterior end missing.

Right mandible (No. 4489, C. A. S.), anterior extremitj' only.

Left mandible (No. 4490, C. A. S.), anterior extremity only.

Extremity of left premaxilla with canine (No. 4427, C. A. S.).

Aside from it.s much larger size and the tooth modifications,
the general aspect of the skull of AJlodesmus kernensis may
have resembled somewhat those of the White River Oligocene
cats, Hoplophoneus priincevus and Dinictis felinus. with a
shortened face, short and heavy rostrum, massive mandibles,
backward prolongation of superior portion of the supraoc-
cipital, and expanded zygomatic arches. The backward pro-
longation of the median apical portion of the supraoccipital
considerably beyond the level of the condyles, and the presence
of a strong vertical median ridge, which acts as a brace for
the lambdoid crest, are qyite unlike the retreating curvature of
the vertex of the supraoccipital in living otariids. Both
Dinictis and Hoplophoneus have mandibles with a pronounced
genial tuberosity, but this tuberosity is much reduced in AUo-
desnius. It is possible that Allodesnuis may have been derived
from a progenitor whose mandible had a somewhat larger
genial tuberosity, but it is equally probable that the dexelop-
ment of a genial tuberosity in Dinictis and Hoplophoneus
accompanied the elongation of the canines, and that it bears
some relation to the functional use of these teeth. Further-
more, in case of Dinictis and Hoplophoneus, not more than

23? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

two or three of the upper and lower premolars are present, but
one upper molar remains, and the lower molars are reduced to
one or two. In both of these felids, the fourth upper premolar
is the carnassial, while in AllodestJius the upper cheek teeth
appear to proii^ressively diminish in size from the anterior to
the posterior end of the series. In the mandible, the fourth
premolar is the largest cheek tooth. The carnassial teeth are
not differentiated in either the upper or the lower premolar-
molar series. Furthermore the large canines are equally devel-
oped in the upper and lower jaws of AUodesmns. As with
Allodesmus, these Oligocene cats have a consolidated scapho-
lunar-centrale.

Patriofclis* from the middle Eocene of the Bridger Basin,
Wyoming, has an outwardly curved premolar-molar series, so
it would appear that Allodesmus retains some of the creodont
heritage, especially in the curvature of the upper cheek teeth,
the persistence of two small upper molars, and the location of
the antorbital foramen at the level of Pm*. But Patriofelis
with its large, massive skull, shortened face, broadly and
abruptly truncated rostrum, and shearing M^ and M, does not
seem to possess any close phylogenetic relationship with Allo-
desmus. The enlarged and powerful second lower molar,
according to the general rules of probability, would not be
expected to disappear in dental reduction. Furthermore, the
scaphoid, lunar, and centrale are separate bones in the carpus
of Patriofelis. The pelvis also presents a number of anatomi-
cal characters not found in Allodesmus.

Some of the MiacidcT^ have an outward bowed upper molar-
premolar series, especially Miacis and J'assacyon. Matthew**
has shown that the scaphoid, lunar, and centrale are consoli-
dated in Vulpavus profectus, and it is possible that the fusion
of these elements may have taken place in other members of
this family of creodonts. There is no available evidence to
show that the consolidation of the scaphoid, lunar, and centrale
has taken place since entering an aquatic environment, and, in

< T. L. Wortman. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, art. 5. 1894, pp. 129-164,
pi. 1, figs. 1-5. — W. D. Matthew, Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, pt. 6, 1909,
pp. 420-432, figs 50-52.

" W. D. Matthew & W. Granger. A revision of the Lower Eocene Wasatch and
Wind River Faunas. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, art. 1, 1915, pp. 33-34,
41-42.

• W. D. Matthew, Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, pt. 6, 1909, p. 388, fig. 29.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 233

the absence of such confirmatory evidence, it would seem that
the otariids were descended from terrestrial creodonts in which
these carpal elements were consolidated.

Inasmuch as the carefully considered evidence assembled by
Matthew^ and Gidley* seemed to indicate that the clsenodonts
were progressing toward the Ursidae in the distinctive charac-
ters of the teeth and feet, it was necessary to examine their
possible relationships to the Otariidae. In a more recent com-
munication." however. Doctor Matthew questions the sup-
posed relationship between the Arctocyonidse and the Ursidae.
In the carpus of Cla^nodon and Neoclcenodon the scaphoid and
centrale are fused, and, although the lunar-centrale facet per-
sists, the lunar-scaphoid facet has disappeared and is replaced
by a roughened bony surface. These details seem to point to
the imminent union of the scaphoid and lunar.

The tarsal bones exhibit a number of distinctive features not
found in any of the Otariidae. The astragalus of Allodesmus
kernensis differs from that of Neoclcrnodon montanus (No.
9779, U. S. N. M.) in having (1) the trochlea continued
farther proximally in a plantar direction; (2) the astragalar
foramen open or closed; (3) a narrow oblique groove for the
flexor digitorum on the tibial border of plantar prolongation
of the body, in contrast to the unusually broad groove which
occupies most of the plantar prolongation of the body in
Neoclcenodoii ; and (4) the head less flattened and narrower
from side to side.

Although the calcaneum of Allodesnius is quite similar in
general shape to that of NcoclcEiwdon (No. 8362,
U. S. N. M.) it differs in having (1) a shorter stouter shaft,
(2) a less proximally extended sustentacular facet, (3) a
narrower distal facet for the cuboid, (4) a shallower interosse-
ous groove between ectal and sustentacular facets, and (5)
a less protuberant peroneal tubercle.

The cuboid of Allodesmus differs from that of Neoclcenodon
(No. 8362, U. S. N. M.) in having (1) a relatively smaller

' W. D. Matthew, Additional observations on the Creodonta. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. 14, art 1, 1901. pp. 14-15.

' J. W. Gidley, New species of Claenodonts from the Fort Union (Basal Eocene)
of Montana. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 41, art. 14. 1919, pp. 541-55, text
fig. 10, pi. 28.

* W. D. Matthew, The evolution of the mammals in the Eocene. Proc. Zool. See.
London, 1928, p. 971.

January 30, 1931

234 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Phoc. 4th Seb.

and more convex facet for calcaneum; (2) a more oblique
curvature of astragalar facet and a more reduced navicular
facet: (3) a reduced proximal facet for ectocuneiform ; and
(4) the presence of facets on distal en(i for metatarsals IV
and V, whereas there is but a sinijle facet on the cuboid of
Xeoclcunodon.

]\Iatthew has called attention to ( 1 ) the slender, serrate, and
unworn canines: (2) the reduction of the premolars; and (3)
the presence of low-cusped quadrate molars, with lower M^
somewhat reduced. The derivation of the Otariidre from the
clrenodonts is beset with several obstacles, inasmuch as the
clrenodonts are characterized by, (1) the presence of a protu-
berant, outwardly curved, lesser trochanter below the head of
the femur: (2) the presence of a distinct third trochanter at a
lower level on the external border of the shaft: (3) the pres-
ence of an entepicondylar foramen in the humerus: (4) the
fact that the upper M" and the lower Mg are the largest of the
cheek teeth and hence would not be expected to be reduced in
the course of dental reduction: and (5) the presence of keeled,
fissured, ungual phalanges, with no trace of a basal sheath.

In view of the debatable nature of the evidence which has
been brought forth to support the theory of the derivation of
the otariids from members of several families of creodonts, it
would appear that they can not be derived from any known
genus, and, in so far as some osteological characters are con-
cerned, the Otariidce may retain as much of the felid heritage
as they do of the ursid heritage. The dentition of the
Otariid?e is quite unlike either of the last mentioned groups.

The foregoing remarks are intended to supplement the sum-
mary^" published in 1922. Xexertheless it would appear that
in the progressive evolution of the otariids, (1) the facial
region was deepened: (2) the spreading or outbowing of the
zygomatic arches was reduced: (3) the antorbital foramen
was moved backward: (4) one lower incisor was lost: (5) the
first upper premolar was lost: (6) the upper and lower molars
were reduced in size; (7) the premolar-molar .series were
moved inward with the side to side compression of the rostrum
and the opposite row^s became nearly parallel: (8) the notch

'» R. Kellogg. Univ. Calif. Piibl., Bull. Dept. C.eol. Sci., vol. U. no. 4. 192J.
pp. 94-9;.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 235

between the palatal portion of the maxillary and the jugal was
widened; and (9) the posterior narial gutter was closed in by
the narrowing and backward prolongation of the palatal

region.

Rostral fragments of the skull of Allodestnus kernensis, X 0.5. Fig 4.
Palatal view of right and left rostral fragments, Nos. 4397 and
4396, C. A. S. Fig. 5. Lateral view of left rostral fragment,
No. 4396, C. A. S.

236 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Skull

Portions of the rostrum of at least two and possibly three
individuals are represented in this collection. Of these, a por-
tion of the left maxillary (No. 4396, C. A. S.). with large
canine, roots of Pm- and Pm^, as well as the alveoli for Pm*,
M^ and M", is the most nearly complete. A portion of the
right maxillary (No. 4397. C. A. S.) with alveolus for canine,
the root of Pm*, and the alveolus of Pm'^ seems to belong with
specimen No. 4396, C. A. S., but there is no certainty that this
association is correct, since the two portions of the rostrum
were in separate packages when received. There is in addition
to the above, a fragment of another right maxillary (No.
4426, C. A. S.) bearing a large canine tooth and alveoli for a
small Pm\ a rather large Pm", and smaller Pm^ and Pm*.
The occipital region of the skull" of this fossil pinniped was
described in 1922.

By referring to text fig. 4. it will be seen that the rostrum
of this pinniped differs from all living otariids in having an
outwardly curved premolar-molar series, with Pm*, M\ and
M" actually outside of the level of the antorbital foramen,
whereas in the living Eumetopias. Zalophus, and Arctoce-
phahis, the two series are nearly parallel and lie within the
level of the antorbital foramina. That portion of the maxil-
lary which forms the roof for the antorbital foramen is miss-
ing, but the anterior orifice of the latter lies at the level of
Pm*. Although the peculiar outward curvature of the pre-
molar-molar series is quite unlike any living pinniped, it is
obvious that the cheek teeth were not carried backward upon
the anterior end of the zygomatic arch, for the small second
upper molar is placed within, and anterior to, the narrow notch
between the antero-inferior process of the jugal and the palatal
portions of the maxillary. The number of upper incisors is
unknown. The canine is a large recurved tooth, with crown
covered with a thin coat of enamel. The alveolus of a small
Pm' is present on one specimen (No. 4427, C. A. S.),
but no trace of it can be found on the larger rostral fragment
(No. 4396, C. A. S.). It is barely possible that this tooth may
belong with the milk dentition, since it lies slightly internal to

» R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci.. vol. 13, no. 4, 1922,
pp. 29-32, text figs. 2a-2b.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 237

the much larger succeeding premolar. Assuming that this
represents the alveolus of the first upper premolar, then the
second upper premolar has the largest root of the premolar
series and may have had a larger crown than the others. The
alveoli of the cheek teeth progressively decrease in size from
the anterior to the posterior end of the series. The roots of
all the cheek teeth were implanted obliquely, and, with the
exception of the molars, all were implanted on the outer edge
of the maxillary. The almost horizontal direction of the
ah^eolus for the small second upper molar seems to offer an
explanation for the loss of this tooth by the living genus
Eumetopias. The direction of this alveolus indicates that the
tooth could hardly function in any normal manner, and hence
would tend to be reduced in the course of time. The upper
cheek teeth appear to consist of four premolars of which Pm^
is usually missing, and at least two small molars. It is impos-
sible to determine from the material at hand whether or not
this form has a third upper molar.

Viewed from the side (fig. 5), the depth of the maxillary
(54 mm., No. 4396, C. A. S.) at the level of the antorbital
foramen is about one-half of that (98 mm.. No. 7140,
U. S. N. M.) of an old adult Eumetopias juhata. The sinuous
curvature of the superior margin of the maxillary of Eume-
topias also is quite unlike the sloping margin of the maxillary
of this fossil pinniped. The premaxillary and the incisors are
missing. The external narial orifice is narrower and the infra-
orbital portion of the maxillary is prolonged farther backward
than in any living otariid.

The skull of Allodesmus differs from that of Eumetopias in
having ( 1 ) the premolar-molar series curving outward and
ending near level of anterior end of zygomatic arch; (2) at
least five functional upper cheek teeth which decrease in size
from anterior to posterior end of the series; (3) a rather
large second upper premolar; (4) no indication of a basi-
rostral constriction; (5) an obvious backward prolongation of
infraorbital portion of maxillary; (6) antero-inferior process
of jugal extending forward to level of first upper molar; (7)
a wider palate; and (8) a conspicuous lambdoid crest, with
median apical portion prolonged backward.

238 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Amoni,' the fragmentary and more or less complete teeth
referred to Allodesmus kernensis are two molars, nine pre-
molars, and three canines. The molars have small crowns and
unusually short roots. All of the premolars have rather long
roots, and many of them have a pronounced longitudinal
external groove. The crowns of all these cheek teeth have the
appearance of being covered with fairly smooth enamel,
although on closer inspection it will be seen that it is finely
pitted. With the exception of the larger premolars, all of the
cheek teeth have rather low crowns, with the apical portion
curving inward. The base of the crown is swollen and its cir-
cumference is greater than that of the root. Two of the larger
premolars exhibit rudiments of basal nodosities at the postero-
internal angle. The roots of the cheek teeth are often asym-
metrical and taper irregularly, but the pulp cavity is closed.
The large canines, with recurved crowns which often pass im-
perceptibly into the neck, have an open pulp cavity. Three
teeth, with strongly recurved apices and pronounced basal
rugosities on the internal face, agree sufficientlv with the
incisors of Eumetopias to be considered such. The crown is
but slightly swollen at the base, and the root has a distinct
neck, below which is a pronounced enlargement. The pulp
cavity in the roots of these teeth is closed and the roots are
asymmetrical.

Mandible

Portions of seven mandibles belonging to individuals of dif-
ferent sizes agree with the type mandible of Allodesmus ker-
nensis^"^ in all their essential details. Three of these belong to
large individuals and they are, respectively, a nearly complete
left mandible (No. 4395, C. A. S.) : an incomplete right man-
dible (No. 4426, C. A. S.) ; and a section of a left mandibular
ramus (No. 4486, C. A. S.), having both ends missing. Four
belong to considerably smaller individuals, possibly females or
voung males, and are apparentlv the anterior halves of the
right (No. 4487, C. A. S.) and the left (No. 4488. C. A. S.)
mandibles of one individual; the anterior extremity of a right

^ R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, no. 4. 1922,
pp. 26-28, figs, la, lb.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KEKX RU'ER REGIOS 239

Incomplete left mandible of AUodcsmiis kernensis, No. 4395, C A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 6. "Internal view. Fig. 7. Dorsal view. Fig. 8.
External view.

mandible (No. 4489, C. A. S), and the corresponding portion
of another right mandible (No. 4490, C. A. S.).

The largest of these mandibles lacks the coronoid process,
the condyle, and the angular process. This left mandible (tig.
8) is approximately the same size as the type right mandible
and is much more nearly complete. The canine and the tirst
premolar are in place, and there are, in addition, alveoli for
two incisors, three premolars, and two molars. As compared

240 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

with the corresponding mandible of a large adult Euiuetopias
jnhata (No. 7140, U. S. N. M.) this fossil mandible is charac-
terized by a longer and more oblique symphysis, a somewhat
deeper ramus, a more posterior and shallower masseteric fossa,
and a more pronounced genial tuberosity. The number and
position of the mental foramina agree with Eumetopias, but
the cheek teeth are larger, and the outer incisor is considerably
larger.

The external face of the mandibular ramus (fig. 9) is flat-
tened superiorly, but, taken as a whole, the external surface
exhibits a convex curvature and the internal a concave curva-
ture. The ramus is about as thin as in Eumetopias. The sym-
physial surface (fig. 6) is deeply pitted and corrugated as in
Eumetopias, indicating that the opposing mandibles were
appressed very closely and bound together by ligaments. The
alveoli of the cheek teeth (fig. 7) are very closely spaced, the
length of the lower series measuring 141 mm. from the
anterior margin of the canine to the posterior border of the
alveolus of the second lower molar in the largest mandible (No.
4395, C. A. S.). The antero-posterior diameter of the crown
of the first lower premolar is 11.7 mm. (No. 4395, C. A. S.).
The corresponding measurement of the third lower premolar
is 13.6 mm. and that of the first lower molar, 11.5 mm., in
another left mandible (No. 4486, C. A. S.) of approximately
the same size. The curvature of the superior border of the
last mentioned mandible indicates that the coronoid process
slopes more gradually upward than in Eumetopias. The
rounded crowns of the first lower premolar, the third lower
premolar, and the first lower molar are covered with fairly
smooth enamel. The enamel crowns of less worn cheek teeth
are often finely pitted.

The available evidence indicates that AUodesmus is not
ancestral to Dusignathus^'^ and that the living Eumetopias may
be a derivative of AUodesmus. Dusignafhus differs from
AUodesmus in having ( 1 ) a shorter and lighter mandibular
ramus; (2) cheek teeth with larger roots, without pronounced
longitudinal external groove; (3) crowns of cheek teeth with
smooth, highly polished enamel in contrast to finely pitted
enamel of AUodesmus cheek teeth; (4) loss of second lower

" R. Kellogg, Fossil Pinnipeds from California. Publ. 346, Carnegie Inst., Wash-
ington, 1927, pp. 27-33, text figs. 1-6.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERX RIVER REGIO!^ 241

molar; (5) more oblique slope of anterior margin of coro-
noid ; and (6) strong convexity of lower mandibular border
between genial tuberosity and lower angular process.

Measurements of Left Mandible (No. 4395, C. A. S.)

Greatest length of symphysis 106.0 mm.

Depth of ramus between fourth premolar and first molar.. 62.0 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, first incisor 12.0 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, second incisor 8.5 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, canine 32.0 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, first premolar 13.2 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, second premolar... 16.4 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, third premolar 17.0 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, fourth premolar.... 17.8 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, first molar 12.2 mm.

Antero-posterior diameter of alveolus, second molar 8.0 mm.

As compared with the mandible of an old adult Eiimetopias
jiihata (No. 7140, U. S. N. M.) this fossil mandible (No.
4395, C. A. S.) has: (1) a canine with a narrower root; (2)
larger and more crowded cheek teeth; (3) considerably
longer premolar-molar series; (4) a small second lower molar;
(5) a distinct interval between the fourth premolar and the
first molar; (6) cheek teeth with no in'dication of a cingulum
or fringe of basal rugosities; (7) a more posteriorly situated
inner incisor; and (8) a much larger outer incisor.

The mandibles of the smaller individuals agree in all essen-
tial details with the larger mandibular rami, but are lighter
and have smaller teeth. The left mandible (No. 4487,
C. A. S.) of one of these has a canine with a complete crown,
which is recurved and somewhat compressed from side to side,
but without any indication of anterior or posterior carinae.
The symphysis of this mandible is less pitted and less rugose
than in those belonging to larger individuals.

Vertebra

The vertebral column of an old male sea lion (Euinetopias
jubata) is considerably larger than that of young males and
old females, and it would appear from the present material
that sexual dimorphism was equally well marked in Allo-
desmus. Seven cervical vertebrae belonging to a very large

242

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Atlas of AUodesmus kerncnsis. No. 4398, C A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 9. Ven-
tral view. Fig. 10. Dorsal view.

individual are referred to an old male. Unfortuntely most of
these vertebrae are badly damaged. One nearly complete atlas
(No. 4398, C. A. S.) and another damaged one (No. 4414,
C. A. S.) show that this vertebra in Allodesuius differs very
little from the corresponding bone in Eumctopias jubata. The
antero-posterior diameter of the neural arch (fig. 10) is rela-
tively greater, and the transverse processes are less incurved.
The neural arch is perforated on each side by a large vertebrar-
terial foramen, and postero-internally on each side is the orifice
of the canal that passes through the transverse process and

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 243

emerges on its internal face at a point more than half way to
the extremity. The articular surface for the odontoid, as well
as those for the facets on the anterior face of the centrum of
axis, corresponds with that of Eumetopias. Not even a vestige
of the neural spine is retained. The anterior articular surfaces
(fig. 11) for the condyles of the skull are deep and strongly
concave. The curvature of these facets is likewise similar to
that in Eumetopias. As seen from the ventral side (fig. 9),
this fossil atlas differs from that of Eumetopias in having
transverse processes with larger fossae through which the
vertebrarterial canals pass.

The fifth cervical (No. 4407, C. A. S.) is incomplete, with
both epiphyses, neural spine, and transverse processes missing.
The neural arch is lower and less vaulted, but the size, shape,
and direction of the pre- and post-zygapophyses agree with
those in the corresponding cervical of Eumetopias. Further-

Atlas of Altodesmus kernensis, No. 4398, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 11. An-
terior view. Fig. 12. Lateral view.

244

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

more, the lateral vertebrarterial canal is slightly larger, the
neural arch is much wider, and the transverse process is about
three- fourths as broad at the base.

? Sixth cervical vertebra of Allodesmus kernensis, restored, No. 4399, C
A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 13. Anterior view. Fig. 14. Lateral view.

Two vertebrae, which have the same structural characters as
the sixth cervical of Eumetopias, are included in this collec-
tion. The larger of the two lacks most of its processes, but
the other one is fairly complete. The latter lacks, however,
both epiphyses and both diapophyses ; the right postzygapo-
physis is missing and the left transverse process is incomplete.
In general shape this fossil cervical exhibits a surprising resem-
blance to the sixth cervical of Eumetopias, but the forward
inclination of the neural spine is less pronounced, the prezyga-
pophyses are wider apart, and the postzygapophyses have more
oblique articular facets. Viewed from the front (fig. 13) the
neural canal is broader, the lateral vertebrarterial canals are
larger, and the centrum is broader. The lateral aspect (fig.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 245

52

s
s

"r; is, « o M 5

O 1/1

rt

r^

OC

00 CN

OC

ON

r<^

I

•* NO

ir-

r^

f-»

.-^ t--

NC

d NO

H u. o 0 0 0

O 00

C

OC

c

Ov OC

c

On 00

v-H

aa-^ g.a

nee

een
ide
ins

ga-
yses

o o

XT'

\r

«N

CNi r<-

c

OO >0

.^ P ^ l_i O N ^

o-

o

ir-

^-

vC

CN C

c

O fO

« t^ a "! " S*

00 1-

O

t^

o>

O OC

c

—■ 00

5^5E ^a

■'^

»-H

-i.S^g^

IT"

c

IT"

r<-

C

OC

lO 't

t-

f^.

c

lo o

■2 t C oj 5-?

«J (U (U J=- fl^ o

(u ^ is E ^ t,

J C w rt ■= rt

r*;

ir

rr

't

r—

c

t^

^M

\n CN

CN

^ d

rr.

CN

■<*

r<-

r<;

rr:

^-

-+

PO fr

■>*

<n ro

•-^ 5 o.->«

" ft-d o

ngth
trum

lO I''

CM

c

r<-

tN

tN

u-

rs

c

«o

OO

ir

I/-

00

fN r<"

f'

Tf

NC

OC

o-

1^

c

t^

":

NO

CN

c

«— 1

a C

r<^ f

C

t--

r--

XT

•i

1^

vC

Tt

00

NO

u-

OC

t^

Least
intero-
osterior
iameter

of

uperior

surface

f neural

arch

II a-d w -- o

Distance

across

vertebra

between

outside

margins of

anterior

articular

facets

CM ir-

Ov C

C
OC

o

C m5 g o o «

OO

c

c^

CN

CN

rt o 0) g „ a^

,-«

■*

0^

r^

vO

CN

^

^H

s

^H

2«i«_g^-0ft

*-H

*-N

'-"

T-(

nee

>ss

bra

een

of

•erse

sses

^-f

lO

•*

O

t~-.

^

00

Tt<

o

<x

O f^

Dista

acre

verte

betwi

tips

transv

proce

1^2 0^

rv)

vO

t^

^

o

<^

ITS

liO

vO

NO NO

O vC

t--

tc

f^

o

o

vH

O 00

•—1

8js.i-B^5g's|

in "^

00

00

tN

f3

o

■*

o

•*

00

+ 00

SS-^-^iSbajS

tN ir;

'^

.^

^

,^

CN

00

Ov

00

00

NO NO

oo t--

Ov

o

00

o

l-~

00

o o

t

^

'^

^

i !

X

ta

•

T

-d

«!

ni

ClJ

Cl

'b

^

*-H

"S

*r-

s

StH

s

J is 1

•

^

tn

k5

ir.

<;

Cfl

a

**;

"^ ^

nJ

Z

CO

<

z

z

<

Z

<

z

C/2

<
U

Z

S w

s
^

"S

P

t3

. 0-.

■ ;=

1:3

d

■ ;^

t--

. ;='

" :J

- P

On .

^■<

Z

d

5

d

d

o

^

d

<2 f»i

OT O

u:

Tj<

"1

"*

■*

>o

"*

■<*

lO

■*

-t

•n< lo

c/:

^-H

^H

v^

^1

»-H

*— t

v^

. *-H

. On

;d

-x^

r^

r-i

o

J--.

CN

o

r^

o

CN

o

1^

O CN

t^

6

O

Z

d

d

Z

d

Z

d

Z

d

Z d

^ 'i-

S

<r>

Z

Z

<-)

Z

Z

to

Z

<o

Z

to

Z

.-TZ

*-H

•^

lO

•^

*(^

'*»

*^*

•«4

t^ o

t^

o

o

- "5

o

o

8

a'

8

a'

'-0

a'

8 a

***

a

50

s

a

a

S

a

s

2 .2

6

6

-o

•c>

-o

-G

-o

-o

J,^

-a

5^

2:

.s

a

<u

.a

a

^

-*

<o

a

<u

a

fe a

- <o

C-*

^•<-

1 J«

) •'~i-«a

•"-^ -ta

■^ -«

•^ ,j« •<-,

2

■Ci

. •«

■o
O

a

.^ a

a a

2 "^ 2
a g a

o

O

to

^

o

t^

o

to

o

<o

a

<o <=■

•2 s

O to

' 1

S

1

S

■^

o

S

"S
S

1

^

g

■11

^^

e

s

s

--^

a

a

=2

S

=a

a

=a

a

ss a

"■e

. fctj

hj

'^

t*^

^

^

Kl

'^

ttj

'^

t^

^ tij

f 2

o

O

^

^

_

^

^

,

I'B

••.*

^

s

OJ

cti

rt

£8

nj

03

cC

rt

nJ

<A

ca

a a

S =3

c

c;

c;

_o

o

O

o

u

o

O

_y

o o

•tH

• »-i

U4 T,;

s
ttq

'E

'E

'E

t

'E

'E

'E

'E'E

~

(U

0)

o

0;

<u

o

CJ

(U

D

<o

V

0) <u

.3 JS

in

y5

o

o

y

CJ

o

o

o

o

y

o

o

w o

"9.
<

<

T!

TJ

T3

XI

x;

x:

f—

X

J=

s:

X

X X

<

<

-^
^

4^
-*

"1

"1

NO

O

1

246 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

14) is likewise similar, but the transverse processes are much
less expanded antero-posteriorly, and the centrum is relatively
shorter.

The first dorsal (No. 4412, C. A. S.) is represented by an
eroded centrum, and a portion of the neural arch on the right
side. The centrum is much larger than that of the correspond-
ing dorsal of Eiimetopias, and the base of the neural arch is
shorter antero-posteriorly. Three additional vertebrae are
referred to this pinniped, two of which belong near the
anterior end of the series and one near the posterior end.
Although the first two (Nos. 4417, 4416, C. A. S.) appear to
belong somewhere between the fourth and sixth cervicals, this
allocation is tentative, for the centra lack posterior facets for
the heads of ribs. The neural arches of these two dorsal ver-
tebrae are quite thin, and the neural canals are rather large.
The neural spines, as well as the pre- and post-zygapophyses,
are missing. The centra of all three of these dorsal vertebrae
are in a good state of preservation and resemble those of
Eiimetopias juhata. A dorsal vertebra (No. 4421, C. A. S.)
with a long centrum and oblique prezygapophysial facets seems
to belong near the posterior end of the series, judging from
the vertebral column of Eiimetopias, but there is no certainty
that this allocation is correct. The neural arches are much
higher than those of corresponding dorsals of Euinetopias;
there is an eroded enlargement on the antero-lateral face of the
centrum below the neural arch, in the position where the facet
for the head of the rib should be located ; and there is no indi-
cation of a facet for the tuberculum. The neural spine and
postzygapophyses are missing, and the prezygapophyses are
damaged.

Six incomplete vertebrae from much smaller individuals
present peculiarities which are either attributable to age or sex.
Portions of the right and left halves of the atlas (No. 4484,
C. A. S.) show that this cervical has the same general shape
as those of larger individuals. The facets for the odontoid
process and centrum of the axis, and for the condyles of the
skull are quite similar, but the anterior half of the vertebrar-
terial canal is closed. The third cervical (No. 4409, C. A. S.)
lacks most of the neural arch, the neural spine, and all of the
zygapophyses with the exception of the left prezygapophysis.

NoL. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 247

17

Segments of sternum of Allodcsmus kerncnsis, X 0.55. Fig. 15. Pre-
sternum, No. 4403, C. A. S. Fig. 16. First segment of meso-
sternum, No. 4405, C. A. S. Fig. 17. Fifth segment of
mesosternum, No. 4402, C. A. S. Fig. 18. Sixth segment of
mesosternum, No. 4404, C. A. S.

The centra of this and succeeding cervicals are more cylin-
drical than those of larger individuals, but similar sexual dif-
ferences are observed in the living sea lion, and the ventral
keel is well developed on all of them. The left prezygapo-

248 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

physis is placed rather low and corresponds in shape and direc-
tion to that of Eiiinefopias. The fourth cervical is likewise
incomplete, the neural arch and its processes being missing.
Both transverse processes lack their extremities. The fifth
cervical (No. 4411, C. A. S.) lacks all of its processes with
the exception of a portion of the left transverse process. The
lateral vertebrarterial canal is large and the base of the
diapophysis is rather narrow. The base of the transverse pro-
cess is about as wide, relatively, as in larger individuals. The
first dorsal (No. 4418, C. A. S.) has a centrum similar in
shape to those of the cervicals, but curiously enough it retains
an incompletely closed lateral vertebrarterial canal. The facet
for the tuberculum of the rib is placed on the latero-inferior
face of the extremity of a large process arising from the
neural arch. The remainder of the neural arch and its pro-
cesses are missing. The centrum is slightly eroded in spots,
but otherwise quite complete, and is somewhat longer than the
cervicals. The centrum of what appears to be the second
dorsal (No. 4419, C. A. S.) is referred to this species. It is
slightly longer than that of the first dorsal. With the excep-
tion of the lateral concavities there appears to be nothing un-
usual about this centrum.

Sternum

The sternum seems to have been composed of eight pieces
as in Eumetopias and Odobenus. The presternum (fig. 15) is
rather long and narrow, abruptly expanded near the middle for
the attachment of the first pair of sternal ribs and terminating
in a spatula-like anterior projection. The posterior half of
the presternum tapers anteriorly to the constriction behind the
point of attachment for the first pair of sternal ribs and is
expanded distally. The first segment of the mesosternum
(No. 4405, C. A. S.) is longer than wide and contracted
mesially. The succeeding sections (Nos. 4430, 4428, 4429,
4402, 4404, C. A. S.) are broader than long. The last seg-
ment of the mesosternum (fig. 18) is expanded distally to pro-
vide a three-sided posterior face, the median one for articula-
tion w^ith the xiphisternum and each of the others for the

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 249

insertion of the last two sternal ribs on each side. The
xiphisternum was not identified among the various miscella-
neous fragmentary bones found in this collection.

Measurements of the Sternal Bones

Total length of presternum (No. 4403, C. A. S.) 164.0 mm.

Transverse diameter of posterior end of presternum

(estimated ) 55.0 mm.

Transverse diameter of presternum at constriction 26.0 mm.

Greatest length of first segment of mesosternum (No. 4405,

C. A. S.) 69.0 mm.

Greatest length of second segment of mesosternum (No. 4430,

C. A. S.) 61.0 mm.

Greatest length of third segment of mesosternum (No. 4428,

C. A. S.) 57.0 mm.

Greatest length of fourth segment of mesosternum (No. 4429,

C. A. S.) 58.5 mm.

Greatest length of fifth segment of mesosternum (No. 4402,

C. A. S.) 56.0 mm.

Greatest length of sixth segment of mesosternum (No. 4404,

C. A. S.) 57.0 mm.

|u-i j L I a R .A R >

Scapula

An incomplete left scapula (No. 11857, U. S. N. M.) is
referred to this fossil otariid. The superior border, the pos-
terior half of the blade, and the spine are missing. None of
the living Otariid?e possess a scapula of this type. One of the
most unusual peculiarities of the bone is the outward curva-
ture of the prescapular portion of the blade. A prominent
broad ridge extending upward from the neck toward the verte-
bral border separates the deep prescapular fossa from an obvi-
ously similar postscapular fossa. The neck of this scapula
(fig. 19) is unusually long. The glenoid cavity is large,
strongly concave, with its posterior diameter more than twice
the width of the anterior diameter. Neither the acromion nor
the coracoid process are present.

Measurements of the Scapula

Antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity 61.0 mm.

Greatest transverse diameter of glenoid cavity 49.-l-mm.

Posterior margin of broad subvertical ridge to antero-
inferior angle of blade (measured at the same
level) 110.0 mm.

January 30, 1931

250

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4tii Ser.

Fig. 19. Incomplete left scapula of Allodesmus kerncnsis, No. 11857,
U. S. N. M., X 0.5.

Humerus

Distal and proximal fra<^ments of a rii^ht humerus (Nos.
4337, 4338, C. A. S.), which may he portions of one bone, and
the distal epiphyses of a very large left humerus (No. 11858.
U. S. N. M.) are all that are known at present. The dis-
tinguishing characteristics of this fossil humerus may be
summed up as follows : ( 1 ) the inner condyle is placed very
low, judging from its proximity to the distal margin of the
inner trochlea; (2) the anterior border of the deltoid crest does
not overhang the shaft to any appreciable extent on the outer
side; (3) the longitudinal ridge below the lesser tuberosity is
feebly developed; (4) the transverse diameter of the posterior
face at the proximal end of the shaft exceeds by one-sixth the
antero-posterior diameter of the shaft below the deltoid crest;
and (5) the upper portion of the shaft is rather slender in
comparison to that of Eumetopias. The proportions of these
fragments suggest a humerus of approximately the same size
as that of a female or young male Eitinetopias juhata.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 251

Viewed from the front the shaft tapers gradually toward
the distal extremity, and the proximal end is unusually narrow
as compared to its length. The entire proximal epiphysis, in-
cluding the head and the greater and lesser tuberosities, is
missing. The deltoid ridge (fig. 20) is rather high, and,
although its anterior border is somewhat eroded, there is
nothing to indicate that the external margin was produced
outward as in Enmetopias. At the distal end, the deltoid crest
rises rather abruptly, and the anterior margin for most of its
length is straight as viewed from the side. The posterior face
of the proximal one-third curves strongly backward.

The trochlear surface (fig. 21) for articulation with the
bones of the forearm is divided as usual into two main areas.
The outer convex capitulum which articulates on the head of
the radius, and the inner trochlea which rests in the greater

Fragments of humeri of Allodesmus kerncnsis, X 0.5. Fig. 20. External
view proximal end of shaft of a right humerus, No. 4337,
C. A. S. Fig. 21. Distal view of a right humerus, No. 4338,
C A. S. Fig. 22. Distal view of a left humerus, No. 11858,
U. S. N. M.

252

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

sigmoid cavity of the ulna, do not differ in any essential fea-
ture, when viewed from the front, from the corresponding sur-
faces of the humerus of Eiimetopias. On the posterior face,
however, the trochlea is considerably narrower. The width of
the trochlear surface on the large left humerus (fig. 22)
exceeds 98 mm., and thus exceeds the width of a very large old
male Eumetopis jiihata.

Measurements of Humeri (in millimeters)

No. 11858,

U.S.N.M.

Left,

Allodesmus
kernensis

No. 4338,

C. A. S.

Right,

Allodesmus

kernensis

No. 4337,

C. A. S.

Right,

Allodesmus

kernensis

No. 21537,
U.S.N.M.

Left.

Eumelopias

jubala

Width of trochlear surface on the an-
terior face

97.+

73.0
51.0

55,5
68.5

73 5

Width of trochlear surface on the pos-
terior face

70 8

Transverse diameter of shaft below
head

91.0

Antero-posterior diameter of shaft near
the micldle (through deltoid crest) . . .

74.5

Radius

In spite of their weathered and eroded condition, certain
peculiarities, in addition to size which may or may not be of
importance, appear to differentiate into two categories the
radii represented in the material submitted for study. The
writer, nevertheless, is not disposed to stress the importance of
characters observed on the proximal ends of the two radii
belonging to large individuals (Nos. 4293, 4406, C. A. S.)
and the corresponding portions of radii of three smaller indi-
viduals (Nos. 4291, 4292, C. A. S., and No. 11863,
U. S. N. M.). The heads of all these radii are more or less
eroded and consequently the original contour of the proximal
surface can not be determined with any degree of certainty.
At the level of the bicipital tuberosity, the necks of the radii
would appear subtriangular in cross section. The upper ulnar
facet of one of the smaller radii (No. 4292, C. A. S.)
measures 17 mm. in depth and the same measurement for one
of the larger radii (No. 4406, C. A. S.) is 26.6 mm.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 253

Radii of Allodesmtis kerncnsis, X 0.5. Fig. 23. Posterior view of right
radius, No. 4406, C. A. S. Fig. 24. Internal view of right
radius, No. 4292, C. A. S. Fig. 25. Distal view of right
radius, No. 4292, C. A. S. Fig. 26. External view of right
radius, No. 11866, U. S. N. M. Fig. 27. Distal view of right
radius. No. 11866, U. S. N. M.

254

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Skr.

Compared with the radii of Eiimetopias juhata, these fossil
radii are much longer and slenderer, less expanded at the level
of insertion of pronator radii teres, and have a larger facet for
distal end of ulna, a more squarely truncated anterior border
of facet for scapho-lunar, and a more distal position for the
bicipital tuberosity. The right radius (fig. 24) of a smaller
individual is fairly complete, but the distal extremity is some-
what eroded. The distal one-third of a right radius (fig. 25)
is better preserved. In addition to these two there are por-
tions of the proximal ends of three right radii of animals of
approximately the same size.

The following features seem to characterize the radius in
smaller individuals: (1) the narrowness of the shaft at the
level of the insertion of the pronator radii teres; (2) the long
neck; (3) the presence of a broad depression on the posterior
face of the shaft for the insertion of the interosseous liga-
ment; and (4) the low position of the bicipital tuberosity.

On the other hand, the radius in larger individuals has :
(1) a much thicker neck; (2) the large facet for the capitu-
lum of the humerus occupying practically the entire proximal
surface of the head, and the trochlear facet limited to a narrow
border on the internal side; and (3) a less distinct bicipital
tuberosity.

Measure inents of Radii (in millimeters)

wi

in

S .2

i. .2

tn

<o

o^

(^

c< _

to

w §

w s

^ S

^ s

5^ -Q

w s

C. A.
5 kern

C. A.
X kern

, U.S
X kern

^ 1

^ ■:

C. A.
s kern

■« a

'2 a

ol £

S! 5

00 fc

00 S

° §

g 5

5-1

6.£f~

6.£f~

6.2f~

6.=f~

d.Sfa

d.2f~

y-.c<t

^Ci'^

Zttl-T:

■^ciix

ZCClUJ

•^Oi-^

Greatest length of radius

264.0

298.0

Greatest diameter of radius al

proximal end

54.5

54.4

49.5

72 5

69 3

Greatest diameter of radius at

distal end

67.5 +

72.0

95 0

Breadth of radius across bicip-

ital tuberosity

27.0

31.0

32.0

42.5

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 255

Ulna

The left ulna (No. 4335, C. A. S.) of this pinniped is
remarkable for its massiveness and for its length. It is similar
in general shape to the ulnse of Eumetopias and Odobenus, but
differs from both in several important details. The greater
sigmoid cavity (fig. 29) is much narrower transversely, and
there is no free border on the internal and proximal sides. On
an ulna of Odobenus and Eumetopias the free border of this
cavity is noticeably prolonged beyond the inner and anterior
surfaces of the shaft. The lesser sigmoid cavity corresponds
in shape and position with that on the ulna of the walrus and
sea lion.

On the internal face of the ulna (fig. 28) is an elongate
depression for the flexor muscle of the digits, but this area
does not extend so far distally as it does on the ulna of the
walrus. Below the greater sigmoid cavity, on the anterior face
of the ulna, is a rugose indentation for muscular attachment.
The anterior brachialis muscle is inserted in this area on the
ulna of the walrus. On the internal surface adjacent to and
below this area is an elongate depression for another muscle.
In case of the ulna of the walrus and the sea lion, there is a
conspicuous rugose surface for muscular attachment which
appears comparable to that on this fossil ulna, but it extends
across the antero-internal angle of the shaft. The middle
portion of the inner surface of the shaft is flattened and the
distal portion is slightly concave.

The curvature of the outer face of the shaft resembles that
of Eumetopias. The margins of the olecranon process are
eroded and the proximal epiphysis is missing. The anterior
border of the olecranon process of this fossil ulna is greatly
thickened and the posterior border is rather thin. The shaft
of the ulna attains its maximum thickness at the distal end
where it would appear oval in cross section. The distal
epiphysis of this ulna with its facets for the radius, pisi forme,
and ulnare is lost.

Fortunately a distal epiphysis (fig. 30) of the right ulna of
a smaller animal is available for comparison. The facet for
the radius is considerably larger than the corresponding facet
on the ulna of the walrus. The distal end of this epiphysis is
produced and is furnished with a large oval facet for articula-

256

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

Incomplete ulnae of
AUodesmus kcrncji-
sis, X 0.5. Fig. 28.
Internal view of
left ulna, No. 4335,
C. A. S. Fig. 29.
Anterior view of
left ulna, No. 4335,
C. A. S. Fig. 30.
Anterior view of
distal extremity of
right ulna, No. 433o,
C. A. S.

28

29

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 257

tion with the ulnare. This facet is rather rugose and may
have been covered with some sort of a capsular cartilage.
Judging from the size of the irregular facet on the inner face
of this epiphysis, the pisiforme was a rather large bone.

Measurements of Ulna (in millimeters)

Greatest length

Greatest vertical diameter of greater sigmoid
cavity

Greatest transverse diameter of greater sig-
moid cavity

Greatest antero-posterior diameter of olecra-
non process

Greatest antero-posterior diameter of distal
extremity of shaft

Greatest antero-posterior diameter of shaft
at level of distal margin of greater sigmoid
cavity

No. 4335,

C. A. S.

Left,

Allodesmus

kernensis

365.0*
59.7
44.0

90.+
53.2

96.5

No. 21331,

U. S. N. M.

Left,

Odobenus

divergens

360.0
77.3
62.0

113.6
51.0

77.5

No. 7140,
U.S.N. M.

Left,

Eumelopias

jubata

373.0
59.5
71.0

124.5
45.0

81.0

* Distal epiphysis missing.

Carpus

As in living pinnipeds, the carpus of Allodesmus kernensis
is more broadened and flattened than in terrestrial carnivores.
The scaphoid, lunar, and ^probably the centrale have fused to
form one transversely elongated bone. The ulnar side of the
carpus is shortened as in living otariids and the unciform is
rather small. The magnum resembles the same bone in the
carpus of Eiimetopias jubata and a similar resemblance exists
between the trapezium and unciform bones of these two pinni-
peds. The other carpal bones are as yet unknown. The fifth
metacarpal articulates with the ulnare and the external face
of the unciform. This metacarpal is much shorter than any of
the others.

258

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Phoc. 4th Skr.

SCAPHO-LUNAR

Three ri<^ht scapho-liinar bones are included in this collec-
tion, two (No. 4332, C. A. S., and No. 11859. U. S. N. M.)
of which belong to very large individuals and one (No.

Right scapho-lunar of (?) AUodesmus kcrnensis. No. 4332, C. A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 31. Anterior view. Fig. 32. Distal view.

4369, C. A. S.) to a somewhat smaller individual, as is shown
by the measurements. The two large carpals are somewhat
eroded, but the smaller scapho-lunar with the exception of the
radial border is well preserved. The writer is not quite certain
that these large scapho-lunar bones belong to this pinniped, for
the curvature of the radial articular surface is quite different
from that of the smaller carpal. The internal half of the radial
articular surface (fig. 33), although shallowly concave, is
somewhat shorter than on the larger scapho-lunar bones, and
the external half (fig. 34) has a broad flat depressed border
in contrast to the rounded surface of the larger bones. The
smaller scapho-lunar is characterized by the convexo-concave
curvature of the radial articular surface, the narrow articular
surface for the trapezium and trapezoid, and the presence of
a prominent plantar tuberosity (fig. 35) internal to the facet
for the unciform. The radial articular surface of the larger
scapho-lunar bones have a more regular convex curvature, a

Right scapho-lunar of AUodesmus kernensis, No. 4369, C. A. S., X 0.5.
Fig. i3. Anterior view. Fig. 34. Posterior view. Fig. 35.
Distal view.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 259

broader articular surface for the trapezium and trapezoid (fig.
32), and may lack the plantar articular tuberosity internal to
the facet for unciform, but this surface is eroded on both
carpals.

In general form these carpals are similar to the scapho-lunar
of Eiimetopias juhata, but the radial articular surface is much
larger. The facets on the proximal and distal faces of this
bone show that it was the largest of the carpal bones. The
large convex articular facet which supports the radius covers
most of the proximal surface. As compared with the same
facet on the scapho-lunar of Eiimetopias, this articular surface
is fully one-third wider. Viewed from above, the ulnar bor-
der of this fossil scapho-lunar corresponds with the carpal of
Eiunetopias, but the radial border is conspicuously shorter.
There are facets on the distal surface (fig. 32) for four of the
carpal bones. An oblique crest crossing the distal surface
from the antero-ulnar angle to the postero-radial angle
separates the facet for the magnum from that for the trape-
zoid. On the scapho-lunar of Eiimetopias there is one large
continuous articular surface, concave from side to side, which
rests upon the trapezium and the trapezoid. This fossil carpal
has a similar articular surface, but the facet for the trapezium
is depressed posteriorly. The facet for the magnum is rela-
tively smaller than in Eumetopias and terminates on a promi-
nent plantar tuberosity ; the facet on the ulnar border for the
unciform is less concave.

Measurements of Scapho-Lunars (in millimeters)

Greatest transverse diameter

Greatest proximo-distal diameter

Greatest transverse diameter of com-
bined facets for trapezium and
trapezoid

Greatest transverse diameter of radial
facet

No. 4369,

C. A. S.

Right,

Allodesmus

kernensis

60. -f
43.3

50. -f
49.0

No. 4332,

C. A. S.

Right,

Allodesmus

kernensis

78.0
49.0

66.0
60.8

No. 11859,

U.S.N. M.

Right,

Allodesmus
kernensis

76.+
48.

62.+
56.5

No. 21537,
U.S.N. M.

Right,

Eumetopias

jubata

81.0
44.5

51.2
44.5

260

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Trapezium

Aside from its smaller size, the left trapezium (No. 4331,
C. A. S.) referred to this pinniped bears a rather close resem-
blance to the corresponding carpal of a larger individual
described in a previous paper. ^* Comparison with the trape-
zium of Eumetopias jubata shows that this carpal is relatively
narrower in a dorso-plantar direction, the tuberosity on the
radial face is placed much higher, the facets for the navicular
and trapezium have a different declination, and the direction
of the radial tuberosity causes the plantar face to appear
concave.

The large radial tuberosity is furnished with an elliptical
articular surface, presumably for a sesamoid. The facet for
the trapezoid is double, the main facet extending from the
proximal to the distal margin, and adjoining it on the distal
border is the lesser facet whose shape is more or less hemicir-
cular. The trapezium has a large concave facet on the distal
face for the second metatarsal. The facet for the scapho-lunar
curves downward toward the radial face as in Eumetopias, but
the slope is less abrupt. The dorsal surface is flattened and
somewhat roughened.

Mcasurciirciits of Trapezia (in millimeters)

No. 4331,

C. A. S.

Left,

AUodesmus

kernensis

No. 21537.
U.S. N. M.

Left,

Eumetopias

jubata

Greatest proximo-distal diameter

28.4
34.7
25.1

20.5

32.4

Greatest transverse diameter

Greatest dorso-plantar diameter

Greatest proximo-distal diameter of radial tuber-
osity

33.4
31.6

14 3

Magnum

The right magnum (No. 11860, U. S. N. M.) of a large
individual differs from the corresponding tarsal of a large old

" R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Pub!., Rull. Dcpt. Geol. Sci.. vol. 13, no. 4, 1922.
pp. 36-37, text figs, lla-llb.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 261

Right magnum of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 11860, U. S. N. M., X 0.5.
Fig. 36. Proximal view. Fig. 37. Distal view. Fig. 38.
Internal view.

male Eitmetopias jubata chiefly in the curvature of the facets
for articulation with the trapezoid, scapho-lunar, and unci-
form. The convex facet for the scapho-lunar is very narrow
anteriorly, almost crest-like, and is broadest posteriorly. On
the internal face is a concave facet for the trapezoid and on
the external face is a much longer facet for the unciform,
which follows the superior and anterior borders of the bone.
The distal facet for the third metacarpal is quadrangular in
outline and strongly concave in a dorso-plantar direction. The
posterior face of this bone is much narrower than that of the
living sea lion.

Measurements of the Magnum

Greatest dorso-plantar diameter 45.5 mm.

Greatest transverse diameter 22.8 mm.

Greatest proximo-distal diameter 31.5 mm.

Right unciform of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 11862, U. S. N. M., X 0.5.
Fig. 39. External view. Fig. 40. Proximal view. Fig. 41.
Distal view.

Unciform

The right unciform (No. 11862, U. S. N. M.) of a some-
what smaller individual has the same general conformation as
the corresponding carpal of Eumetopias, but the internal face
is relatively higher. It has large proximal facets for the

252 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

scapho-Iunar and ulnare, a narrow facet for the magnum
which follows the upper and anterior borders, and a large
external facet for the fifth metacarpal. The facet for articu-
lation with the scapho-lunar is flattened and elongated, while
that for the ulnare is noticeably convex. The distal facet for
the fourth metacarpal is strongly concave.

Measurements of the Unciform

Greatest dorso-plantar diameter 34.0 mm.

Greatest transverse diameter 24.5 mm.

Greatest proximo-distal diameter 26.8 mm.

Metacarpals

Several large metacarpals and phalanges are assumed to
belong to an old male. They are structurally the same as
those of smaller individuals which are described herewith :

The fifth left metacarpal (No. 4480, C. A. S.) lacks the
distal extremity and seems to be deformed or pathological.
The posterior surface of the shaft and head resemble those of
diseased bones of the living sea lion. As with smaller indi-
viduals the facet for articulation with the ulnare is horizontal
and that for the unciform is oblique.

The right (No. 4481, C. A. S.) and left No. 4478,
C. A. S.) second metacarpal bones agree with those of smaller
individuals in their general features, but are much larger and
heavier bones. The proximal surface for articulation with the
trapezoid curves from the plantar to the dorsal margin, and
slopes from the external to the internal face. There is a large
antero-proximal facet for articulation with the head of the
third metacarpal.

Two very large metapodials (Nos. 4476, 4477, C. A. S.)
are referred to this species. They belong to opposite limbs
and may be from one individual. They are much shorter and
heavier than the first metacarpals of any living otariid and
may possibly belong in the first row of phalanges. The proxi-
mal ends are eroded to such an extent that the character of the
facets can not be satisfactorily determined. The facet on the
distal extremity is strongly convex. The shafts of these bones
are flattened in a dorso-plantar direction and expanded later-
ally. Two smaller bones (Nos. 4479. 4483, C. A. S.), which

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 263

appear to be phalanges, are referred to this pinniped. One of
these is similar in appearance to the larger bones described
above.

A number of smaller metacarpals and phalanges are also
referred to Allodesvniis kernensis. One of them (No. 4482,
C. A. S.) seems to be the terminal phalanx of the first digit
of the manus.

As compared with those of Enmetopias jiihata, the phalanges
of the fore and hind limbs of this fossil pinniped are not only
much wider, but the shafts are remarkedly flattened. The
eight phalanges referred to this pinniped are shorter than cor-
responding bones of Enmetopias, but the articular surfaces on
the proximal and distal ends of the shafts present the same
structural peculiarities.

The following metapodials belong to somewhat smaller indi-
viduals. Both of the fifth right metacarpals bones referred to
this pinniped are somewhat eroded. They are about the same
size as those of Enmetopias jnbata. The length and the trans-
verse diameter of the shafts are approximately the same, but
the shaft of the fossil metacarpal would appear triangular in
cross section. The facets for articulation with the ulnare and
unciform form one continuous oblique surface on the fifth
metacarpal of Enmetopias. On the fossil metacarpal, the facet
for the ulnare is horizontal and that for the unciform is
oblique. The articular surface on the distal end of the shaft
is broad and rounded, but has a deep concavity on the interno-
plantar angle.

The fourth right metarcarpal bone (No. 4458, C. A. S.) can
be articulated with the fifth metacarpals described above. It
is slightly larger than the corresponding metacarpal of Enme-
topias jubata. The head is large and rounded, with an oblique
anterior facet for the magnum and a strongly convex proximal
facet for the unciform. The plantar extension of the head is
narrowed and directed inward as in Enmetopias, and the pro-
portions of the shaft are likewise similar.

The third metacarpal bones hereinafter discussed may pos-
sibly represent two species of fossil pinnipeds and belong at
least to individuals which differ considerably in size. These
bones range in length from 72.8 mm. to 93.0 mm. In so far
as the proportions of the shafts and the shape and extent of

264

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Measurements of Metacarpals (in millimeters)

I

C. A. S.
No.4465

I

C.'A. S.
No.4466

III
C. A. S.
No.4459

III
C. A. S.
No. 4460

III
C. A. S.
No. 4461

Greatest length

73.5

25.8
23.4

15.2
22.4

72.8
21.4
20.0

13.3
19.2

80.0

Dorso-plantar diameter of head . . .

Transverse diameter of head

Narrowest transverse diameter of
shaft

28.+

32.5

41.0
40.0

27.4
24.4

13 3

Transverse diameter of distal end . .

23.5

Ill
C. A. S.

No.4462

III
C. A. S.
No.4463

IV
C. A. S.
No.4458

V
C. A. S.
No. 4451

V
C. A. S.
No. 4467

Greatest length

92.8

27.0
26.0

14.5

27.5

72.8

26.7
25.3

16.8

63.5
24.8

27.5 +

19.5

25.8

59.8

Dorso-plantar diameter of head . . .

Transverse diameter of head

Narrowest transverse diameter of

shaft

Transverse diameter of distal end . .

26.6

22.5
13.2

22.5 +
26.+

17.0

23.+

the articular facets are concerned, they agree rather closely
with one another. The two larger bones (Nos. 4462 and
4463, C. A. S.) from the left and right manus, respectively,
differ from the three smaller metacarpals in having the convex
facet for the fourth metacarpal continuous with the proximal
articular surface for the magnum. On the three smaller
metacarpals (Nos. 4459, 4460, 4461, C. A. S.) this facet is
subvertical in position and slightly concave. The oblique flat-
tened facet for the head of the second metacarpal is similar to
that of Eumctupias. The plantar extension of the head is
somewhat narrower than in Eumetopias and the distal end
of the shaft has a more rounded articular surface for the cor-
responding phalanx. The second metacarpal is not represented
in this lot of bones. The right (16756, U. C.) and left
(23170, U. C.) second metacarpal bones, which were de-
scribed in a previous paper,^^ belong to an animal of approxi-

'=^ R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, no. 4, 1922,
pp. 37-39, figs. 12a-c.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 265

mately the same size as that to which the larger pair of third
metacarpals (Nos. 4462, 4463, C. A. S.) belongs. One of these
metarcarpals was erroneously described as the fourth meta-
carpal.

The proximal ends of two first metacarpals from the left
manus show that this bone was similar to the corresponding
bone of Eiimetopias jubata. The facet for articulation with
the trapezium crosses the head obliquely and the shaft is some-
what deeper than in Eiimetopias.

Fig. 42. Right innominate bone of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 4360, C. A.
S., X 0.5.

Pelvis

A portion of the right innominate bone (No. 4360, C. A. S.)
of a large individual is included in this collection. The
posterior half of this bone is missing (fig. 42). As compared
with the corresponding bone of Eumetopias jubata, the
anterior portion or ilium is not so deep and it is less expanded
at the extremity, but the depth through the acetabulum is
much greater. The greatest diameter of this fossil innominate
bone through the acetabulum is 84.7 mm. as contrasted with a
corresponding measurement of 77.0 mm. for an adult male
Eumetopias. The least dorso-ventral diameter of the ilium is
45.3 mm. as compared to 55.0 mm. in the case of Eumetopias.
The socket for the head of the femur is deep. The ilium
curves outward as in Eumetopias and there are two deep
irregular depressions on the internal face for the correspond-
ing sacral vertebrae.

January 30, 1931

266

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tu Scr.

Measurements of Pelves (in millimeters)

Greatest length

Anterior margin of acetabu-
lum to anterior margin of
ilium

Posterior margin of acetabu-
Itim to posterior m.argin of
ischiimi

Antero-posterior diameter of
thyroid foramen

Symphysis of pubis to tuber
osity of ischium

Greatest diameter of innomin
ate bone through acetabu
lum

Least dorso-ventral diameter
of ilium

No. 4.v,o
C. A. S.
A llodesmus
kernensis
Temblor
formation

Right

115.5 +

84.7
45.3

No. 7140,

U. S. N. M.

Enmetopias
jubala.
Ad. cf
St. Paul
Island,
Alaska

Left

249.0

129.5

178.0
127.5
115.0

77.5
54.5

No. 7140,

U. S. N. M.

Eutnetopias
jubata,
Ad. cf,
St. Paul
Island,
Alaska

Right

247.0

130.0

177.0
123.2
114.7

77.0
55.0

No. 21537,
U. S. N. M.
Eumelopias

jubala,
Farallones

Islands,

west of San

Francisco,

Calif.

Right

255.0

105.4

120.2

67.0

117.0

71.7
51.3

Femur

Among the various bones allocated to this fossil pinniped
are femora of very large individuals, others from animals of
medium size, and those which obviously belong to young. The
four which belonged to animals of moderate size consist of
the proximal end of a right femur (No. 4299, C. A. S.), the
distal extremity of a slightly larger right femur (No. 4298,
C. A. S.), and the eroded distal extremities of a left (No.
4301, C. A. S.) and a right femur (No. 4396, C. A. S.) of
approximately the same size as the first mentioned fragment.
The proportions of the proximal end of the shaft of the right
femur indicate that this bone was more slender than the same
bone of a larger individual (figs. 43-44). There are also other
differences and of these the following appear to be the most
important : ( 1 ) intercondyloid fossa almost as wide as the
internal condyle; (2) a broad trochanteric crest which is not

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 267

limited internally by a tubercle; (3) a low crest-like lesser
trochanter, with a depression above it; and (4) patellar sur-
face limited to distal epiphysis.

Two of the three femora, which are represented by the dis-
tal extremities, have the epiphyses firmly ankylosed to the
shafts. The proximal end of the right femur lacks the epi-
physis which caps the shaft in the area of the greater trochanter.
As in Eumetopias jiihata, the overhang of the head is most
pronounced on the anterior and internal faces. A little in
front of the summit of the head is a large pit for the insertion
of the ligamentiini teres which is quite remarkable when one
stops to consider that both the ligament and the depression are
wanting on femora of living otariids. The trochanteric fossa
is quite deep, measuring about 20 mm. across, and is con-
tinuous internally with the posterior surface of the neck. No
counterpart of the depression above the low crest-like lesser
tuberosity could be found on the femora of any of the living
members of the family Otariidae. The intertrochanteric crest
is as distinct as in Eumetopias juhata. Below this crest the
posterior surface of the shaft is distinctly flattened. The
greater trochanter is broadest at the upper end and is dis-
tinctly narrowed distally. The depression on the anterior face
of the femur between the head and the greater trochanter is
smooth and not pitted as in Eumetopias.

At the distal end of the shaft, the external condyle is much
larger than the internal, while in Eumetopias they are more
nearly equal in size. The most peculiar feature of the distal
ends of these femora, however, is the relatively great width of
the intercondyloid fossa. The fossa for the posterior cruciate
ligament is broad and that for the anterior ligament extends
upward across the distal end of the shaft. The epicondyles
are similar to those of Eumetopias, but the convex patellar
surface is depressed mesially. The anterior face of the shaft
above the patellar surface is not depressed as in the living
otariids.

When compared with those of living pinnipeds, it is at once
apparent that the only feature of especial interest possessed by
these femora is the presence of a pit for the ligamentum teres.
It is evident that these two large femora are intermediate in

268

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Right femur of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 4294, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 43.
Anterior view. Fig. 44. Posterior view.

size between those of a very old male sea lion (Eumetopias
jnhata) and a female of the same species.

Briefly stated, these large femora (figs. 43, 44) are charac-
terized by the following combination of characters : ( 1 ) pres-
ence of a large pit on the summit of the head for the insertion
of the ligarnentinn teres; (2) presence of a large, deep
trochanteric fossa on the inside of which is a well developed
crest or tubercle presumably for the gemellus superior;

(3) absence of any indication of an intertrochanteric crest;

(4) rudimentary condition of the lesser trochanter; (5) a
narrow and deep intercondyloid fossa; (6) external condyle
considerably larger than the internal condyle; (7) a large area
for the attachment of the anterior cruciate ligament, com-

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 269

parable in proportions to that of an old male Eumetopias; (8)
patellar surface smooth, not depressed, and its superior border
overspreads the distal end of the shaft; and (9) overhang of
head about as in Eumetopias.

In respect to the separation of the epiphyses from the shafts
the approach is directly toward the conditions existing in the
bones of an immature animal, but this condition occasionally
exists in old individuals of Eumetopias. Both of the femora
of this large animal were found with the distal epiphyses
separated from the shafts. The proximal epiphyses were
attached to the shafts, but the line of demarcation is very dis-
tinct. In case of living sea lions and walruses, old individuals
usually have the epiphyses ankylosed to the shafts and the line
of contact is often obliterated. It is true that the bones of two
smaller individuals, which were associated with those of this
animal, have the epiphyses fused to the shafts.

Curiouslv enough, the shafts of both of these femora were
fractured diagonally on a line running from the distal angle
of the greater trochanter to a point above the internal epicon-
dyle. The right femur, which is the more nearly complete of
the two, is remarkable for its relative width as compared to
that of an old male of the living sea lion (Eumetopias jiibata).
The head conforms in shape to the usual subhemispherical
articular surface which fits into the acetabulum, and is directed
inward and slightly forward. A little below the summit is an
oval pit for the attachment of the ligamentiim teres. The head
is supported by a short stout neck, and the overhang of the
former is most pronounced on the anterior and internal faces.

Posteriorly, where the neck unites with the shaft, there is a
distinct intertrochanteric ^rest connecting the greater trochan-
ter with the rudimentary lesser trochanter. No tubercle is
developed for the quadratus femoris, and the insertion of this
muscle appears to have been extended upward upon the lower
half of the posterior border of the greater trochanter. The
greater trochanter is a large, thin, semicircular epiphysis
which caps the proximal end of the shaft and projects above
the head. This portion of the shaft is considerably larger than
the head and is obliquely truncated externally. On the
posterior surface of the shaft is a deep trochanteric fossa, and,
adjoining the fossa on the inside, is a rather prominent

270 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [P«oc. 4th Ser.

tubercle or ridge, presumably for the insertion of the gemellus
superior.

The lesser trochanter is rudimentary and consists of a low,
short elevation crossing the postero-internal margin of the
shaft in an oblique direction, and its main axis coincides with
the usual direction of the intertrochanteric crest. Both sexes of
Euinetopias jubata have a well developed lesser trochanter.

Viewed from in front, the face of the shaft is characterized
by the rather even side-to-side curvature and the absence of
any pronounced depression above the patellar surface, thus dif-
fering in the last mentioned respect from those of Euinetopias
and Odobenus. The shaft is narrowest at the level of the
lesser trochanter and is most expanded at the distal end. For
descriptive purposes the internal surface of the shaft may be
divided into a proximal portion extending as far as the usual
position of the intertrochanteric crest, a narrow mesial portion
lying between the latter and the ill-defined linea aspera, and
the distal portion which extends from the latter to the con-
dyles. The mesial portion is shallov^ly depressed and above
the intercondyloid fossa on the distal portion of the shaft there
is a rather large rugose depression which serves for the attach-
ment of the anterior cruciate ligament. No trace of arterial
foramina such as are present in Enmetopias and Odobenus
could be found on the postero-internal surface of the shaft.

Capping the distal end of the shaft is the epiphysis which
presents the condyles and the patellar surface. The articular
surfaces of the condyles are continuous in front with the large
patellar surface and are separated mesially by the deep inter-
condyloid fossa. Viewed from their posterior aspect, the
external condyle is seen to be the larger and the broader of the
two. The side-to-side convexity of the external condyle is
much more pronounced than is the case with the internal. The
external epicondyle presents a rough, elevated surface, but the
internal epicondyle is depressed. The margins of the patellar
surface are worn and one can not determine to what extent
they were raised above the surrounding bony epiphysis.

In addition to this pair of large femora there are also a
smaller pair (Nos. 4296, 4297, C. A. S.) which obviously
belong to a young animal. These bones have the epiphyses
missing at both ends of the shaft. They mea.sure 125 and 126

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 271

V
O

s

stsu»uxgi( snuisgpoijY
0 -n '^Si9l -ON

o

00*

"1

CN
CO

•0 -n '0S£9I -ON

CN

CO

1- ^

O Ov'

vjvqnC svKjojgtun^
■ '^qSi-a -pv

•<rt* 00 to °°. "1 '-'. '*. "^ °°. ■
t--.' r-~.' O •-H lo On CO I/-; 'O •
O O t^ t^ ro cs c~-i -rt t- •

sisu3HX3!l sntusspojlY

'^M^i-a -pv

•S 'V '0 '00ft "ON

-* + •+
d -* MD

•^ t^ CO

+ :

CO
lO

stsuguA^y sniusjpoiiY

'IMSi-ji -pv

•S 'V '0 '6661' -ON

o

d

oo ;

IT)

CO ;

'iqSi^I -pv
•S "V "0 'SeZf- 'ON

q
oo"

00

CO

00 ;

d

CN

^jsi/aiu?^ snutsapoiiv

'5PT -SA

•S 'V '3 't6Zf -OM

b

CO

CO
CO

stsustug!/ snius9pojiY

•s "V '0 ''jezt -ON

q

CN

"1
lO

CO

oq 00

suaSxMtp snuiqopQ
■WN-S'n '9SU -ON

so"

00_

oo CN

CO co'
r^ 00

'■iPl. 'PV
•S 'V 3 'S6tt -ON

IT) O CN

t^ lO CO

0\ ON ■*

; CN in t--; '^. q

• co' d CO lo o

• ■rt' Tji CO —i 00

stsu3uu9i/ snius}po]jY

'n^m -pv

•S -V -0 ■t62t -ON

CO ro u-) o q t^_ •^ "*

oo' '+' ocj iri (t! »-" oi lO

O^ CS "^ ^ ^ ^ CO *~<

vtvqnC svKfoptunj

'ipq -pv

•WN'S'A 'OtU ON

220.0

91.7

44.2

88.7
41.5

36.0

34.2

21.5
88.5
85.1

sugdxKip snusqopQ

'V\^^ -pV

■H'N"S"n 'ifflZ 'ON

00 q O O «--; O CO -*

Tt< Tf' lo CO <>i •rt"- ^ oo'

■r}< •.-( VO .-Hio '^ CO '-I
(N .^ ^

c
c

<

\

(

!

!
<

■♦

■4

c

y s

■^ X

" SI

3 a i

- ^ c
2 o c

- "^ -^

2 '^ *
" S2

z > (.

S +-> (

/I uj J;

hi ii '

1

. u
. ri
. G
• -(->

■> +j
J ^+-1

: a

:! ^
D O

D O

^ §

Ml

: '=5
: .22 c

■ -« 1

• D c

■ si

: '-S 5

■ ^ c

J I/) •-

■> QJ

o

»->

3

J

2 c

n

- c
2 {

c

; '3
. c

o
• +J

: S
• fe

' i

3 .2

3 '^

H t«

> *-*

J 0)

u >

- 4- ^
J ■(-> ^

3 O

■ e

■ w

:.S
:"^

: S3

• +j

• <u

: S

. a

• i-i

: 'o

• OJ
. Ui

u

■ >

• G

: 2

t a; i
O

; »ii

. rt
. c

• +j

; rt
. w

:-

■ s

• '>.

: T}
. c
. o
. o
I-I

• <u

■ 4-> 4^

• c c

;^ t

• -4-
. S-

. c
. j:

0

. c

: -c

. :

. a

! c
i t

■J

J +■
£ '^

P

- c

'' C
5 f

i C

^ £

3 4-

j c

H 4-
Z <4

■^ c
:! -^

-> +

3 "^

a c

J J

3 a

3

3

<

:>

->

■H

d

-<

0

H
.J

3

a

3

o

272 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

mm. in length, respectively. Before taking up in detail a con-
sideration of these smaller femora, it seems advisable to dis-
cuss their relationship to another femur^" described from the
same deposits in a previous paper. It is now apparent that the
left femur associated with the type mandible of Allodcsrnns
kernensis belongs to a young individual and that in all proba-
bility it does not belong to the same individual as the jaw.
This femur, unlike the two hereinafter described, has a fairly
distinct intertrochanteric crest. These smaller femora present
all the salient features of the larger femora described above.
Anteriorly the shaft is more or less flattened at the distal end
and proximally the surface slopes to the outer border, giving
the shaft a twisted appearance. Turning to the posterior face
we find that there is no indication of an intertrochanteric crest
and that the lesser trochanter is represented by a low elevation.
The trochanteric fossa is well defined, but the internal crest,
or tubercle, which is developed on the larger femora, is miss-
ing. The depression at the distal end of the anterior cruciate
ligament is well defined. In comparison with those of the
larger femora, the neck, which supports the head, appears to
be proportionately thicker than the portion of the shaft which
bears the greater trochanter.

Patella

The knee joint of this fossil pinniped was protected by a
large patella. The base of this sesamoid bone is more or less
quadrangular in outline and is furnished with a large, oval,
concave, articular surface whose main axis is oblique to the
proximo-distal axis of the patella itself. The distal angle of
this bone is drawn out into a rounded peak, and the major
portion of the anterior surface slopes to the proximal margin.
Beginning near the middle of the external border and curving
around the distal face is a broad groove for some ligament.
A similar groove, with less sharply defined margins, is present
on the internal border. Nine patellae ranging in size from one
with a proximo-distal diameter of 62.5 mm. to one measuring
not more than 45 mm. were sorted out of this collection. At
the distal end, the largest of these sesamoids has a depth of

" R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, No. 4, 1922, pp. 39-40, text
figs. 14a-14b.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN' RIVER REGIOS 273

45

Fig. 45. Patella of Allodcsmus kernensis, No. 11544, U. S. N. M., X 0.5.

41.2 mm. and the corresponding measurement for the smallest
is 30.4 mm. Most of these sesamoids are more eroded than
the one here figured (fig. 45).

Tibia

Comparison with the tibiae of living otariids indicates that
the tibia (No. 4304, C. A. S.) of young males or females of
Allodesnius kernensis may be distinguished by the following
combination of characters: (1) shaft irregularly three-sided,
but without distinct anterior longitudinal crest; (2) proximal
end of shaft not fused with head of fibula; (3) posterior sur-
face of shaft distinctly flattened; (4) posterior intercondyloid
fossa relatively small and anterior intercondyloid fossa almost
obliterated; (5) intercondyloid eminence relatively low; and
(6) a single groove for tendons of tibialis posticus and flexor
muscles of the foot on internal border of posterior surface of
distal end of shaft.

The left tibia (fig. 46) of this fossil pinniped has about the
same proportions as the corresponding bone of the living sea
lion (Eumctopias jnhata), but differs from the latter in that it
was not united with its neighbor, the fibula, at the proximal
end. This fossil tibia is, nevertheless, slightly shorter than
that of an adult Eumetopios jnhata (Xo. 21537, U. S. N. M.).

274

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Ser.

Left tibia of Alodcswus kcrnensis, No. 4304, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 46.
External view. Fig. 47. Proximal view. Fig. 48. Distal view.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 275

Inasmuch as the condyles of the femur articulate with the
proximal expanded extremity of the tibia, condylar facets of
corresponding proportions are developed on this surface (fig.
47), the external articular facet being somewhat larger than
the internal. Both condylar facets are more or less flattened in
comparison to those on the tibia of Enmetopias juhata and the
intercondyloid eminence is not as prominent. The posterior
intercondyloid fossa is much shallower and slightly narrower
than in Enmetopias. Whereas, the anterior intercondyloid
fossa is rather broad and deep on the tibia of the recent sea
lion, it is almost obliterated on this fossil bone and is limited
to a small pit whose area is even less than the rounded inter-
condyloid eminence. The external condyle overhangs the shaft
to a greater extent than the internal, a modification correlated
with the position of the fibula. The roughened surface for the
head of the fibula is placed postero-externally on the distal sur-
face of the overhang produced by the lateral expansion of the
condylar facet. A shallow facet for the patella is present on
the anterior face of the proximal end of the tibia, and this sur-
face terminates on each side at the internal margin of the con-
dylar facet.

The shaft of the tibia is irregularly three-sided, possessing
an anterior, an external, and a posterior surface. The expanded
extremities of the shaft support the epiphyses which bear the
articular facets. The longitudinal anterior crest, which defines
the limits of the anterior and external surface, is not as dis-
tinct as in Enmetopias jubata, but the interosseous crest, which
separates the external from the posterior surface, is as sharp-
edged as in the living animal. The shaft itself is bowed for-
ward and inward, and- is narrowest near the middle. The
posterior surface of the shaft is distinctly flattened in com-
parison to that of Eumetopias, there being only a slight indica-
tion of the longitudinal depression for the tibialis posticus on
the proximal third, but there is no trace of an oblique crest
such as extends across the distal half of the tibia of the sea
lion. The interosseous crest terminates about 28 mm. above
the distal epiphysis, and below this the shaft expands to pro-
vide an area for articulation with the distal end of the fibula.
This fibular articulation facet is limited to the epiphysis of the
tibia, and measures 26 mm. in width and 10 mm. in depth.

276 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Si;r.

The posterior face of the distal extremity of the tibia of
Eumetopias jubata displays two deep grooves, of which the
mesial or tibial groove is the narrowest. The groove on the
internal border is quite broad and is bordered by high crests.
Over these grooves pass the tendons of the tibialis posticus and
the flexor muscles of the foot. On this fossil tibia there is a
single broad groove, bordered by low crests, which is placed
on the internal border of the posterior face of the distal
epiphysis.

The distal end of the fossil tibia (fig. 48) is furnished with
a saddle-like articular surface, which rests upon the trochlea of
the astragalus. This articular surface is similar in contour to
that on the tibia of Eumetopias, but the antero-posterior con-
vexity is less pronounced. In front of and internal to this
articular surface is the usual knob-like malleolus. There are,
in addition to this specimen, the proximal end of a left tibia
(No. 4492, C. A. S.), without the epiphysis, of a somewhat
smaller individual, and the epiphysis of a right tibia (No.
4493, C. A. S.) from an individual about the same size as the
one whose tibia is described above.

Some idea of the size of a large individual of this fossil pin-
niped is afforded by the proportions of this tibia (No. 4303,
C. A. S.). By referring to the measurements given below,
it will be seen that this tibia is considerably shorter than that
of an old male sea lion (Eumetopias jubata) or of a walrus
(Odobenus divergens). The shaft of the tibia of the walrus
forms a sinuate curve, but that of the sea lion is bowed for-
ward. This fossil tibia (fig. 49), however, has: (1) a shaft
with a nearly straight anterior profile; (2) a very limited
development of the proximal depression for the popliteus; (3)
a single groove for tendons of the tibialis posticus and flexor
muscles of the foot; (4) a narrow posterior intercondyloid
fossa; and (5) a pit-like anterior intercondyloid fossa.

The shafts of the right (No. 4302, C. A. S.) and left (No.
4303, C. A. S.) tibia are fractured transversely in two or more
places, but are otherwise in a fair state of preservation. The
epiphyses of these bones are not attached to the shafts. A
proximal epiphysis for the tibia was included in the collection,
but the remaining epiphyses were not found. The distal epi-

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 277

Left tibia and fibula of Allodesmus
kernensis, Nos. 4303, 4305, C A.
S., X 0.5. Fig. 49. Internal view.
Fig. 50. Proximal view.

278

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Measurements of Tibiae (in millimeters)

Greatest length of tibia ....

Greatest diameter of shaft at
distal end

Greatest diameter of shaft at
proximal end

Transverse diameter of shaft
at narrowest point

Greatest diameter of proxi-
mal epiphysis

No. 4304,

No. 4302,

No. 4303,

No. 7U0,

C. A. S.

C. A. S.

C. A. S.

U.S.N. M.

Left,

Right,

Left,

Left,

Allodcsmus

Allodcsmus

Allodesmtis

Eumelopias

kernensis

kernensis

kernensis

jubala

280.6

281.0'

296.5-

357.0

58.6

62.0

61.0

63.0

66.0

73.8

75.0

78.0

35.2

33.0

33.5

29.5

78.8

'

91.0

98.5

No. 21331,
U.S.N. M.

Left,
Odobenus
divergens

374.0

71.0

98.0

37.8

103.7

' Both epiphyses missing. - Distal epiphysis missing.

physis (No. 4494. C. A. S.) of another large individual was
secured.

The proximal epiphysis of this fossil pinniped is very simi-
lar to that of the smaller individual (No. 4304, C. A. S.).
The articular surface of this proximal epiphysis (fig. 50) is
furnished with a large external condylar facet and a consider-
ably smaller internal one. The external condylar facet is
slightly convex and the internal is shallowly concave, and the
whole proximal surface is distinctly flattened, paralleling in
this respect the head of the walrus tibia. The intercondyloid
eminence is low, but the posterior intercondyloid fossa is
reduced to a narrow re-entrant angle and the anterior inter-
condyloid fossa is restricted to a small pit-like depression. In
position and extent, the facet for the patella is similar to that
of the smaller individual (No. 4304, C. A. S.).

There is a pronounced overhang to the external condyle,
notwithstanding the loss of a portion of the external border.
On the proximal end of the shaft and below the overhanging
external condyle is a roughened surface for the head of the
fibula.

When viewed from the side, attention is at once directed to
the expansion of the extremities and to the mesial constriction
of the shaft. The anterior profile of the shaft is nearly straight

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 279

and the external is strongly curved. While the shaft is roughly
three-sided, the surfaces pass into one another so gradually
that the anterior longitudinal crest is not developed and the
external interosseous crest is visible only at the distal end. The
tibia of the walrus is furnished with a well defined longitudi-
nal depression on the proximal half of the posterior face of the
shaft for the attachment of the popliteus. These fossil tibiae,
however, are not similarly modified for this muscle. Two short
crests below the posterior intercondyloid fossa indicate the
position of this muscle.

A single groove is present on the internal border of the
posterior surface of the distal end of the shaft for the tendons
of the tibialis posticus and the flexor muscles of the foot.

Fibula

Unfortunately, the head of the left fibula (fig. 49) is lost
and the distal epiphysis is separated from the shaft. In the
details of shape and of form the fibula of this fossil pinniped
presents some variations from the usual otariid type. The
shaft is slender and the extremities, especially the distal one,
are enlarged. It has three lateral surfaces, the anterior, the
posterior, and the internal or medial. The anterior surface of
the shaft of the fibula increases in width from the proximal to
the distal end. This surface is distinctly flattened and in this
respect it is more like the fibula of Eumetopias than that of
Odobeniis.

There is no trace of an interosseous crest. This fossil fibula
does agree with those of Eumetopias and Odohenus, however,
in that the external border of the distal end of the shaft is fur-
nished with a short crest, not more than 27 mm. in length.
The posterior surface is convex and is continuous with the
medial or internal surface except on the proximal fourth where
they are separated by a sharp-edged, longitudinal crest. The
proximal half of the shaft of the fibula of Odohenus is dis-
tinctly flattened in a postero-internal direction, and in Eume-
topias this flattening of the shaft is even more pronounced, but
is limited to the proximal fifth. The corresponding portion of
the shaft of this fossil fibula would appear triangular in cross
section.

280

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4tii Skr.

The distal epiphysis is roughly pyramidal in form and is
furnished with articular surfaces for the astragalus and the
tibia. The articular surface for the lateral side of the
astragalus resembles that of the walrus, and its general shape
is quite unlike the corresponding facet on the fibula of the sea
lion. This facet is constricted mesially, and may be described
as consisting of a basal articular surface, which extends the
full length of the tibial border, and a distal spatulate articular
surface with crest-like margins.

There is one feature, however, which is quite remarkable
and that is the presence of a broad groove bordered by high
crests on the posterior face of the distal epiphysis. There is
an indistinct groove for a similar tendon on the fibula of
Eiimetopias, but it seems to be undeveloped on the fibula of
Odohenits. The facet for articulation with the tibia resembles
that on the fibula of the walrus.

Measurements of Fibulce (in millimeters)

t

No. 4305,
C. A. S.

Left,

AUodesmus

kernensis

No. 21537,
U. S. N. M.

Left,

Eumelofiias

jubata

No. 21331,
U. S. N. M.

Left.
Odobenus
divergcns

Greatest length of fibula

280.5
30.0
43.8
15.8

252.4

37.4

30.7

6.7

367.0

Greatest diameter of shaft at proximal
end

Greatest diameter of shaft at distal
end

Least postero-internal diameter of
shaft

41.0
54.2
14.0

Tarsus

The tarsus of this fossil pinniped is quite similar in many
respects to that of the living Eiimetopias jubata. There are.
of course, important modifications in the individual tarsal
bones. The calcaneum, for instance, is characterized by its
thicker shaft and more expanded distal extremity, by the
curvature and outlines of the sustentacular facet, and by the
presence of a broad longitudinal groove on the internal face of

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 281

the greater process. The astragakis has a short neck and the
postero-superior portion of the body is raised above the
trochlea. It has in addition a distinct facet for the cuboid and
a deep pit for the attachment of a tendon on the anterior bor-
der of the articular surface for the navicular. The navicular
does not have a facet for a sesamoid and the facet for the
cuboid is rather narrow. The cuboid is characterized in part
by the shallowness of the groove for the peroneal tendon. The
entocuneiform, however, resembles that of Odobenits in having
the proximal facet for the mesocuneiform extended across the
fibular face. The other tarsal bones are unknown.

Left calcaneum of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 4309, C. A. S., X 0.5.
Fig. 51. Plantar or posterior view. Fig. 52. Dorsal or an-
terior view.

C\LCANEUM

A very strong reason for considering that both sexes are
represented among these eight calcaneal bones is the cor-
responding disparity in size between the bones of male and
female otariids. The five calcaneal bones (Nos. 4309, 4310.
4312. 4313. 4315, C. A. S.) referred to males of this species
may be conveniently grouped according to size, the larger pair
probably belonging to an old male and the smaller ones to
young males. Size alone distinguishes the two larger cal-
caneal bones (Nos. 4309, 4310, C. A. S.) from the three
smaller ones. All of these tarsals are quite robust and the two

January 30, 1931

282 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

larger ones are exceptionally well preserved. The three smaller
calcaneal bones (Nos. 4312. 4313. and 4315, C. A. S.) are
eroded and broken. The two larger calcaneal bones may have
belonged to the same individual, inasmuch as they agree in
size and appearance. The left calcaneum (No. 4309, C. A. S.)
is the best preserved, and the following description is based
largely upon this bone.

Aside from its thicker shaft and more expanded distal
extremity, the calcaneum (fig. 51) of this fossil pinniped
bears a close resemblance to the corresponding tarsal of an old
male Euinetopios juhata. As compared with the calcaneum of
Odohenus divergens, this fossil tarsal is distinguished by the
great side-to-side expansion of the distal extremity and by the
twisting of the shaft toward the inside of the foot. The distal
extremity of the calcaneum of Odobcnus is not disproportion-
ate to the size of the head and the shaft is not noticeably con-
stricted near the middle. The calcaneum of Eumetopias, how-
ever, has the distal extremity expanded in the same direction
as in this fossil tarsal. On the plantar face of this fossil cal-
caneum and in the area corresponding to the heel, the distal
extremity is provided with a smooth surface, and its proximal
extremity is furnished with a broad groove for the accommo-
dation of the tendon of Achilles.

The anterior or dorsal surface of the calcaneum (fig. 52)
is furnished with two large facets for articulation with the
astragalus. Crossing the calcaneum near the middle is the
greater facet on which the ectal facet of the astragalus articu-
lates. This facet is constricted mesially and has raised mar-
gins. Below this facet is the rugose sinuate groove for the
interosseous ligament. To the inside of this groove is an
elongated facet which extends across the internal half of the
distal border of the calcaneum and is deeply concave in the
direction of its long axis. Upon this articular surface rests the
sustentacular facet of the astragalus. This facet differs in
shape and direction from the corresponding facet on the cal-
caneum of Eumetopias and Odohenus. In case of Emnetopias,
this facet does not extend laterally to inner margin of the
greater process but it does in case of Odohenus. No vestige
of the broad longitudinal groove which traverses the internal
face of the greater process of this fossil calcaneum was found

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 283

a
o

a

V)

a

•S "V "O 'I- Iff' 'ON

u^- ~r tN Lo

o

+

LO tN lO Ol

rr> iri rn rn

o

"5

"WN'S'n 'OtSll -ON

COOOUllOl/^l/^lOOO

vjvqnC soKfojiuin^

000-*'-<'-iCN'.-lOO

'S 'V '3 'fiet 'ON

■;q3!>£
'S 'V D '£lfi' 'ON

SISU3UX311 snuisjpojlY
'S 'V 'O '01 et -ON

o

lO O 00

o

O

+

LO

to O ro O O O

On '-' 00 O O t-—
■^ -^ -rf fO C-l 0\

sisu3UA3^ snuisipojiY

'S 'V "3 '6oet -ox

O 00 -O O 1— LT. O ~",

■^ tN Ov O 00 'O I^ l^

vjvqnf svt(foi3mn^

•■p -pv

'WN'STl 'OflL 'ON

lOlOOOl^OOOOOCN

o

03

O ty ^

O o o

"13

OJ

U ^ "^^

•x} .^ ™ .S

oJ ca

O

ft .2
P 6

xJ 'O

OJ

O +5

2

X

o

u

01
■J)

c« M tn cfl t/j

CD <u i) Q> a;

4-> +J +J -♦-> 4->

CTJ cd ca cd cd

OJ <U d) ^ 4>

Ih I. t-. U l-l

o c o o o

Ol S CS

u-( CT3 73

° ^ --g

'-' . I

(U Vh o

■M O c

6 «

111

?* ■!-> +J

rj u3 [«

*J ■!-> -U

7) cij nl

Cij 4) 4>

OJ ^ u

-) O CJ

Og4 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

on the calcaneum of either Eumctopias or Odobenits. The
peroneal tubercle on the other hand bears a close resemblance
to that on the calcaneum of Eidmetopias. The external border
of the distal extremity is traversed by a rather broad groove,
over which probably passed the ligament for the extensor
muscles of the digits.

The distal surface of the calcaneum is furnished with a
large facet for articulation with the cuboid. This facet is
shallowly concave, with its transverse diameter approximately
equal to its antero-posterior diameter. The anterior margin of
the facet for the cuboid is co-extensive with the corresponding
margin of the facet which articulates with the sustentacular
facet of the astragalus, paralleling conditions in the calcaneum
of Eiimetopias and differing in this respect from the cal-
caneum of Odobenits on which these facets are united by a
narrow isthmus.

The proper allocation of disassociated skeletal elements is
often puzzling, and occasionally uncertain, in case of closely
related animals. The three calcaneal bones (Nos. 11589 and
11540, U. S. N. M. and 4314, C. A. S.) referred to females
are lighter and less robust than those assumed to belong to
males of Allodesmiis kernensis, but are otherwise quite similar.
As compared with the calcaneum of larger individuals these
tarsal bones are distinguished by having a more slender shaft,
a narrower peroneal tubercle, and a less robust and more
rounded greater process. The facets for articulation with
other tarsal bones agree in all essential features with those on
the calcaneum of larger individuals.

Astragalus

Inasmuch as the astragalus is the bone upon which the tibia
and fibula rest, it transmits the weight of the body to the foot.
The shape and relations of the astragalus with the tibia and
fibula in turn indicate the extent to which the hind limbs may
be used for progression on land. Corollary, and perhaps con-
tributory, to the amount of rotation permissible, is the relative
position of the fibular articular surface. The otariid type of
astragalus permits the foot to be used for walking, while the
phocid type of astragalus in conjunction with certain muscular

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 285

Left astragalus of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 4308, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig.
53. Dorsal or anterior view. Fig. 54. Plantar or posterior
view.

relations restrict rotation and prevent the foot from being
turned forward for progression on land.

In many of its essential features, the astragalus of this
fossil pinniped agrees with the odobenid type and it is there-
fore not unlikely that this Miocene animal made use of its hind
feet in progression on land. The neck is distinctly shorter
than in Eumetopias jnbato. and the extero-lateral process of
the body is less twisted. The dorsal surface of the body of
this fossil astragalus (fig. 53) is provided with a saddle-shaped
trochlea, as wide in front as behind, for articulation with the
distal end of the tibia. The lateral borders of the trochlea are
rounded and the posterior margin of the latter terminates at
the level of the anterior margin of the astragalar foramen.
The postero-superior border of the body is raised above the
trochlea. In case of Odobenus divergens, the astragalus is
furnished with a rather large astragalar foramen, but, in
Eumetopias jubata. the foramen is rather variable in its occur-
rence, and, when present, it is vestigial or incomplete. The
astragalus of Odobenus differs from those of Eumetopias and
this fossil pinniped in another feature, for it is furnished
behind the outer half of the trochlea with a deep transverse
groove for the flexor digit orum, which extends half way across
the body and terminates on the posterior border of the external
face about mid- way between the upper and lower margins of
the lateral facet for the fibula. A very strong tendon would
be required to produce a modification of this sort.

285 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Sea.

Over the external face of the body of the astragalus extends
a large articular surface, which is convex above and concave
below, for the distal end of the fibula. Distally, a crest-like
margin defines the limits of this articular surface, and.
anteriorly, it is continuous with the outer border of the
trochlea. The distal or extero-lateral process of the body of
the astragalus is somewhat everted. The internal face of the
astragalus is excavated for the attachment of a ligament.

On the posterior or plantar surface of the body (fig. 53) is
an elongated concave ectal facet, which rests upon a cor-
responding surface on the dorsal or anterior surface of the
calcaneum. This articular surface resembles a boot in general
outline, with the heel at the extero-superior angle of the body
and the toe behind the astragalar foramen. In length and
shape this ectal facet is more like that on the astragalus of
Odohenus than on that of Eiimetopias. Internal to this ectal
articular facet and crossing the bone from the external border
of the neck to the inferior opening of the astragalar foramen
is a deep furrow for the attachment of the interosseous liga-
ment. This furrow also extends upward between the external
prolongation of the body and the head, ending in a depression
on the lower border of the trochlea. This astragalus is thus
attached to the calcaneum in the same manner as in the living
Odobenid?e and OtariidcT. The smaller elliptical sustentacular
facet has a slightly convex curvature and its disto-internal
margin is separated from the navicular articular surface of the
head by a much narrower groove than is present in either
Ennietopias or Odohenus.

The astragali of Odohenus and of this fossil pinniped each
ha\e a broad furrow, continuous mesially with that for the
interosseous ligament, which crosses the neck between the sus-
tentacular facet and the medial or internal tubercle. On the
astragalus of Eiimetopias, however, the sustentacular facet is
not separated from the medial or internal tubercle by a furrow.
In proportion to the size of the body of the astragalus, the
head is smaller than in Odohenus, but is not as noticeably flat-
tened antero-posteriorly. Curiously enough the astragali of
Eiimetopias and of this fossil pinniped have a deep pit for the
attachment of a tendon on the anterior border of the articular
surface for the navicular and the resulting indentation of this

Vol.. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 287

s

«

e
Mi.*

8

vjvqnf svttfopiun^
■WN'STl 'L£SIZ -ON

S1SU3UM1I snuis3pojjy
•S "V O '90if -OK

S1SU3UM2I snius^pojiY
"S 'V 'O 'lift' 'ON

sisu9UJ3if sntusgpojjy
■Q Tl '99iet -ON

sisu3uj3i( sntusipoijY
"S V "0 'ZOft' OM

stsu3ui3i( snuisipojiY
"S 'V '3 '80ft' -ON

'IPT

CS) lO \0 "0 00

«— I r-i On O f>
\0 O ro r*^ fO

vjBqnC sm^ojaiun-^
■IM-.M-S'A 'ZfSlZ -ON

00 On t^ "^ lO

eg •* rq (N \0

\0 vO ■* ro <~0

vtvqnf svt^opum-g

<P TV
■lAIN'Sn 'OtIZ ON

O C lO 1^ »^

O ^O ■^ r^) ro

00 t^ in ■>* ■*

su3Sx9nfp snu)qopQ
'Ijaq

•WN-s'n'z^fsuoN

O ^ O O t-

u^ •^ PD OO CN

On 00 vO lO vO

(N O NO lO lO

lO Tt< pNj (y^ \0

NO NO ■^ f^ <r)

+

re ro O On

»-l PT) Cn) lO Tt<

t^ NO ■^ Tf r^

+

On 1/^

Tf 00 00

NO lO PO

O I 00

Tt t^ ^^ 00 tN

NO »o ti^ (N^ tj<

fo

+ +

00 <e

Tf NO NO O NO

NO lO <NC Tj< -^

ro O »0 ■<* "0

00 NO NO O NO
i> NO ■* «0 lO

NO O O O lO

tN T* ■* CV) ■>*
NO "0 <e ■* rt<

t/3
1/3

V
U

o
a

u

o
-a

<L>
4J C 4)

c .2 ^ «

SS TJ «M '^

rt • -;

1 ^

o

s

c3

g e

o c
"a

o

<U

^J ■(-> -l-a

(A U] U3

S oS (U

-t-> 4^ -^

rt rt c5

<U (U (U

li Wi V.

.iS o

*J ■(->

-t-> -*J

CO nj

<u <U

o o

a

£

o

288 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES IProc. 4th Ser.

facet distinguishes these tarsal bones from the astragalus of
Odohcnus. The acquisition of additional astragali of this fos-
sil pinniped shows that a previous interpretation of the facets
on the heacP" was incorrect, and demonstrates that a distinct
facet for the cuboid is present. The facet on the postero-
internal surface of the head for articulation w^ith the cuboid is
large, sub-triangular in outline, and its surface is continuous
with the sustentacular and navicular facets.

On the whole, the astragalus of this fossil pinniped seems to
be characterized by having (1) the articular surfaces of head
and trochlea not separated by a rugose interval: (2) an
elongated boot-shaped ectal facet; (3) an astragalar foramen
which is generally open; (4) a concave trochlea and a raised
postero-superior border of the body; (5) a deep groove for
the interosseous ligament; (6) the inferior border of susten-
tacular facet separated from the navicular facet by a narrow
groove extending inward from the internal border; and (7)
a large subtriangular facet on the head for articulation with
the cuboid.

. The variation in size which exists in these six astragali is
strictly comparable to that which distinguishes very old and
immature inflividuals of the recent sea lion (Eumetopias
jitbataj.

Navicular

These three fossil naviculars (Xo. 4321, C. A. S. ; No.
11550, U. S. N. M.; No. 11551, U. S. N. M.) agree with the
corresponding tarsals of Eiiinetopias juhata in their general
proportions although they vary considerably in size, but they
lack the facet for a sesamoid and the articular surface for the
cuboid is reduced in extent. They are not only less massive
than the navicular of Odobcnus divergens, but differ from the
latter in having a narrower facet for the cuboid and a greater
dorso-plantar diameter. The dorso-plantar diameter is approxi-
mately three-fourths of the transverse tibio-fibular diameter.

The large oval articular facet (fig. 55) for the astragalus is
strongly concave, with a pronounced upward curvature on the
tibial and fibular borders. The dorsal surface is convex from
side to side and is roughened for the attachment of a ligament.

" K. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci.. vol. 13, no. 4, 1922, p. 42.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 289

The internal angle is rounded and does not appear to have
articulated with a sesamoid. The navicular of Eiimetopias has
a large facet for a sesamoid on the internal face, but this facet
is missing on the navicular of Odohemts. The external face is

Left navicular of Allodesmiis kernensis, No. 4321, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig.
55. Proximal view. Fig. 56. Distal view.

obliquely truncated and is furnished with a short, narrow,
articular surface for the cuboid. Both Eitnietopias and Odo-
bemis have the navicular furnished with a well defined facet
for articulation with the cuboid. On the plantar face and
nearest to the tibial border is a prominent tuberosity or plantar
process. The distal surface (fig. 56) is furnished with three
facets for articulation with the cuneiform bones. In relative
position, the facets for the cuneiforms are similar to those in
Eiimetopias. The largest of these facets rests upon the
entocuneiform and extends half way across the bone. This

Measurements of Naviculars (in millimeters)

Dorso-plantar diameter

Tibio-fibular diameter

Greatest vertical diameter

Greatest transverse diameter of facet for

navicular

Greatest transverse diameter of facet for

entocuneiform

No. 11550,

U. S. N. M.

Left,

Allodesmus

kernensis

33.8
47.1
13.2

37.7

28.4

No. 11551,
U. S. N. M.

Left,

Allodesmus

kernensis

35.4
53 . 5
19.5

40.8

32.4

No. 4321,

C. A. S.

Left,

Allodesmus

kernensis

45.4
60.2
20.7

47.0

36.0

290

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

articular surface is elliptical in outline and is very slightly con-
vex. Adjacent to it on the fibular border is a somewhat
broader concave facet for the mesocuneiform, and the latter
in turn passes imperceptibly into the obliquely placed facet 'for
the ectocuneiform. The facets for the cuneiforms do not
cover most of the distal surface as in Odobenus and the
posterior rugose area suggests that in so far as this tarsal is
concerned the ligamentary structures were similar to those in
the tarsus of Eumetopias.

Cuboid

Included among the tarsal bones referred to this animal are
six cuboids of several sizes, the larger of which are referred to
males and the smaller to females. Aside from size, the smaller
and the larger cuboids differ in the relative development of the
groove for the long peroneal tendon. The cuboid here figured
is smaller than the one described in a previous paper/* but.

Left cuboid of Allodesmus kernensis, No. 4319, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 57.
Plantar view. Fig. 58. Tibial view. Fig. 59. Dorsal or
anterior view.

like its mate, is somewhat larger than the four remaining
cuboids.

There are two facets on the proximal end of the cuboid, the
larger of which is strongly convex and supports the calcaneum.
The smaller facet is concave and articulates with the astraga-
lus and navicular. The pyriform facet, which articulates with
the ectocuneiform, is placed between the distal margin of the
superior facet and the proximal margin of the inferior facets

" R. Kellogg, Univ. Calif. Piibl. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, no. 4, 1922, pp.
text tigs. 17-19.

42-44,

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 291

■-5

5

a. 2

so ■ s.w
- w .^- 5 2

•^ . r^ t/; K

s . a.

to
00 • ** .

fO . r; to

;;o

10

■ IDhJ S C

fN 00 10 O

O t^ "-I l-~

r'i rr^ -^ »— t

tN r<i IT) o

J^ ro -H 1^
r»5 irj 10 >-<

O 00 •* CN

vO rc l-~ O
rc ro ■>* cvi

r^i \C in O

"* On >0 Cv
r*^ r-1 >+ --'

so i-~- 10 00

On •* '^ '-I
rc ro •'l f~Ni

On 00 l~^ J^

On t^ "^ -^
f<5 fO lO CnJ

>* o. o o

On 00 t^ fN

rO "^v uo Cn)

c
H

I/;

Qi

■-o S

O 05

c
o

'S
c

:3
o
o

+J
o

ID
it

0) <u

i2 o

U3 U3

s

o o c a

'■? 2

fc .2

> T)

4-> ■i-'

I/) IS;

oJ rt

<u (1)

292

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

for the ectociineiform. and its long axis is oblique to the verti-
cal axis of the cuboid. There are two small facets for the
ectocuneiform on the distal border and between these facets is
a deep groove or indentation for the attachment of some liga-
ment. Crossing the cuboid (fig. 57) in an oblique direction
below the tuberosity on the plantar face is the groove for the
long peroneal tendon. This groove is deeper and more sharply
defined on the larger than on the smaller cuboids, but is not as
well developed as on the cuboid of Eumetopias.

On the distal face, the articular surfaces for the fourth and
fifth metatarsals are separated by a sharp crest. These facets
correspond in all essential details with those on the cuboid of
Eumetopias jubata.

Entocuneiform

The meso- and ecto-cunei forms are not represented in this
collection. There are, however, two entocunei forms from the
left side and two from the right. The facets on the ento-
cuneiform and the navicular for articulation with the meso-
cuneiform show that the latter must have resembled the cor-
responding tarsal of Odoboiiis. An examination of the pes
of the sea lion and the walrus will .show that there are some
well marked differences in the manner in which the.se wedge-
like bones articulate with one another, and in this connection
it is interesting to note that the entocuneiform (fig. 60) of this
fossil pinniped is distinguished from the corresponding tarsal
of EiDiietopias by the same characters which ally it with
Odobeniis. As seen from in front these fossil entocunei forms
correspond in shape to those of Odobenus divergens, but dif-

Left entocuneiform of Allodesmns keniensis, No. 4322, C A. S., X 0.5.
Fig. 60. Dorsal or anterior view. Fig. 61. Internal view.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 293

a

<4,

-s.i

■»• . -a. a

\0 rr-j

m

r^ 00

0

X .c

•+' ro

ro

-♦• fM

t^

6(/i 5.5,

(^ f<0

CN

<r> fr,

»-H

cS -2

2 •'b^5

>* 00

oc

VO rt<

0

No. ■

U.S.

Ad.

Eume

Jul)

00 't

tN

't Ov

'f

-* ^

f^

rf (*>

fN

.

-rf ir.

fc

t^ t^

00 -*

f^I 0

Ov

fC 00

-+ <r)

-* UO

C^l

r-i •*

cs •—

Zj-; O-a

546,

. M.

t,

mus

tsis

00 +

*— t

tN 0

+ irj

-■^§-S =

d 00

IM

0 tN

10 «r)

■^ <^

r^

CN ro

to

'5 ■ j3 "5 s

>0 00

*-H

0 0

0 r^

't<_-|.v ^

l^ t--

^

rsj -H

t- lO

•* Tt*

CN

ro •>*

*-H ,-H

+

OS rO

10

■* 00

IT) »-i

No. 4

C. A

Lef

Allode

kerne

vO t>-

r^

J, d

vO r^

-* -*

r^i

ro ^

^-H ^H

tn . >> ft a

(T) vO

00

OC -rf

fv) rf

No. 4

C. A

Lef

Allode

kerne

oc c

C^

d <N

-- tN

Tf u~

r-i

ro -*

oa CN

ct3

£

t/5

5

1

1- cd

*^ -4

"» "S

c .^

. — 1 yJ

S 0

0 c

"^

« cfl

u
a

^ X

tn V-

U V-

§ I

1.

o 0

0 0

£

>«-i U-l

«+-i M-i

?i

+J 4^

-kJ 4-)

0) <0

U Ol

T^

0 0

0 <J

15 -€

•ji 1-

<4-t VM

^1-4 <^ri

c

0 0

0 0

1 z.

i^

U Vh

ll ll

c j:

"c

<U (L>

<u <u

E ^

U »-) 4J

+-> +J

1

(U a>

0) lU

'P. c

I

6 S

S £

2;?

C

.2 2

.2 .2

c, -::

"C

■3 -S

■-o '-c

.(-> -4-

> -1-

*-> +j

-I-) 4->

cn y

•/

t/3 (/)

-y) r/;

0 4

; i

D D

HJ HJ

4^ .^

> -^

■*^ 4->

.^ -,->

cj c

1 c^

I rt oJ

c3 ,-S

4J 1

* a

a> K

41 0;

in 1-

. ;-

:-i ii

1-. I-

c

c

c

C

0 a c

1

294

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

fer in that the slope of the proximal facet is more oblique and
that of the distal facet is less oblique. The proximal concave
articular surface for the mesocuneiform extends across the
fibular face below the facet for the navicular and terminates
at the proximo-plantar angle. This detail seems to charac-
terize the entocunei forms of Odohcnus, Pontolis cf. niagnus,^^
and this fossil pinniped.

Right entocuneiform of Allodesmtis kcniensis, No. 11546, U. S. N. M.,
X 0.5. Fig. 62. Dorsal or anterior view. Fig. 63. Internal
view.

The proximal end of the tibial or internal face (fig. 61) is
furnished with a large oval-shaped facet for a sesamoid.
Behind this facet the internal surface curves toward the plantar
face. A club-shaped and saddle-like articular surface for the
first metatarsal occupies the distal end of this tarsal bone. The
facet on the proximal end for articulation with the navicular
is more or less elliptical in outline and is shallowly concave.
The dorsal surface is depressed and pitted as in Odohenus, but
the plantar surface is more irregular and is furnished with a
broad deep groove w^hich terminates at the disto-internal angle.
The plantar face of this fossil entocuneiform bears a closer
resemblance to the corresponding tarsal of Eitmetopias jiihata
than to that of Odohenus dk'crgcns.

Metatarsals

'I'he fifth metatarsal is represented by four bones of differ-
ent sizes, ranging from medium to large, and all belonging to
a right pes. They exhibit a surprising resemblance to the cor-
responding metatarsal bone of Eumctopias juhata. The size,
shape, and extent of the facets on the proximal end are essen-

" R. Kellogg, Publ. 348, Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1925, pp. 107-108, text figs.
1314.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIOyf 295

tially the same in both pinnipeds, but the fossil bones have a
relatively wider, flattened shaft. As compared with the fifth
metatarsal of Eitmetopias, the curvature of the proximal facet
for the fourth metatarsal is much less concave, the facet for
articulation with the cuboid has a much lower heel, and the
enlarged proximo-plantar angle forms a rounded, inwardly
directed protuberance.

Fourth metatarsal bones from the right and left pes likewise
agree in essential details with corresponding bones of Eume-
topias juhata. The proximal end of the shaft is somewhat
deeper and there is no constriction between the anterior and
proximal facets for articulation with the fifth metatarsal. The
shape of the proximal end of this metatarsal is similar to that
of Eumetopias, but the articular surface is more convex and
is continuous internally with facets for the head of the third
metatarsal.

A single third left metatarsal is included in the collection,
and although the general contour of the proximal end is simi-
lar to that of the same bone in Eumetopias juhata, it differs
from the living sea lion in having an anterior, circular, concave
facet and a relatively small posterior facet for articulation
with the fourth metatarsal. The internal surfaces for articula-
tion with the second metatarsal agree very closely with that of
Eumetopias.

Second metatarsal bones of at least three individuals are
included in this lot of bones, three of which are from a right
pes and a like number from a left pes. The anterior and
posterior facets on the proximal end for articulation with the
third metatarsal are separated by a rather deep groove. There
is nothing to indicate that the second metatarsal articulated
with the entocuneiform as in Eumetopias. The second meta-
tarsal of Eumetopias has a large convex oval facet for articu-
lation with a corresponding articular surface on the ento-
cuneiform. These fossil metatarsals have anterior and pos-
terior facets separated by a broad groove on the internal face
of the head, but there is no indication of a corresponding sur-
face on the entocuneiform. There is also a large, oval, con-
cave surface below the posterior facet on the internal surface
of the proximal end of the shaft. It would appear that these

296

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb.

facets articulated with the first metatarsal which is not repre-
sented in this collection.

Measurements

of Metatarsals (in

millwveters)

II
C. A. 8.
No. 4453

III
C. A. S.
No. 4450

IV
C. A. S.
No. 4448

V
C. A. S.
No. 4446

V
U.S.N. M.
No. 11861

Greatest length

89.0

30.4
16.7

12.5

22.0

87.+

35.+
21.0

16.9

98.0

41.5
21.8

15.7

22.8

93.+

41.+
25.8

14.8

Dorso-plantar diameter of
head

Transverse diameter of head.

Narrowest transverse diame-
ter of shaft

46.0

27.5

16.8

Transverse diameter of distal

7. Neotherium mirum-° Kellogg, new genus and species

Type material: Right calcaneum, No. 11542, U. S. N. M. ;
right astragalus, No. 11543, U. S. N. M. ; right cuboid. No.
11552, U. S. N. M.; left navicular. No. 11548, U. S. N. M.

Referred speeimens: Right femur, No. 4300, C. A. S. ; left
femur, No. 4549, C. A. S. ; right humerus, No. 4548, C. A. S. ;
third metatarsal. No. 4464, C. A. S. ; phalanges, Nos. 4573,
4574, C. A. S. ; all from Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, Cali-
fornia; Temblor; Miocene; Charles Morrice, Coll., 1924.

Careful study of the pinniped material collected by Mr.
Morrice has led the writer to conclude that at least two distinct
types of otariids are present in the middle Miocene, Temblor
fauna. This conclusion is based largely upon the structural
peculiarities of the tarsal bones. The characters of the tarsal
bones are quite constant in living pinnipeds and afford a means
for identifying skeletal material. The differences observed
between these bones and those referred to Allodesmus kernen-
sis seem of generic value. Judging from the proportions of the
skeletal elements that are known, this fossil pinniped was no
larger and probably smaller than a female Zalophus cali-
forniamis.

" vtw, to swim; dtjpiop, wild beast.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIOK 297

Humerus

The fragment of the right humerus (No. 4548, C. A. S.)
referred to this pinniped consists of the proximal half of the
shaft, but the epiphysis, head, and portions of the deltoid crest
are missing. The shaft is narrowed near the middle, arcuate
in outline internally, and exhibits a very slight external curva-
ture. The deltoid crest is quite thin and the anterior border
does not fold over the external face of the crest as in Zalophus.

Femur

It is unfortunate that the right femur (No. 4300, C. A. S.)
referred to this pinniped is badly damaged. The extremities
are eroded, the shaft is fractured, and both condyles are miss-
ing. A fragment of the distal extremity of a left femur (No.
4549, C. A. S.) of about the same size furnishes some addi-
tional information concerning the external condyle and the
patellar surface. The shaft of the femur (fig. 64) is rather
slender, resembling that of Zalophus calif ornicus, but it is
fractured traversely at the level of the lesser trochanter, and a
section of bone in the region of the latter is missing. The
curvature of the broken edges in this region indicates that the
lesser trochanter was present. The greater trochanter is large
and broad, and the intertrochanteric crest is not developed.
The trochanteric fossa is large and quite deep, as is that of
Allodcsmus, whereas in Zalophus the fossa is almost obliter-
ated. It is obvious that the neck is rather long as compared
with that of Zalophus, but most of the head is missing. The
intercondyloid fossa is much longer than on the femur of
Zalophus, but the patellar^ surface is quite similar.

This fossil femur differs from those of Zalophus and Euine-
topias in ( 1 ) the markedly greater transverse diameter of the
proximal extremity; (2) the longer neck; and (3) the deeper
trochanteric fossa.

Measurements of the Femur

Greatest length of shaft as preserved 136.5 mm.

Greatest transverse diameter of proximal end (head to

greater trochanter) 73.-|-mm.

Least transverse breadth of shaft 31.8 mm.

January 30, 1931

298

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEXCES

[Proc. 4th Sea.

64

Fig. 64. Posterior view of right femur of Neotherium miruiii, No. 4300,
C. A. S., X 1.0.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 299

Calcaneum

In its general features this right calcaneum (No. 11542,
U. S. N. M.) is somewhat similar to those of Arctocephalus
australis (No. 217 ZS, U. S. N. M.) and Zalophus calif ornianus
(No. 23332, U. S. N. M.). It differs from both, however, in
having a more slender shaft, no groove on internal angle of
proximal end of shaft, less expanded distal extremity, and no

65

Right calcaneum of Neotherium mirum, No. 11542, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
Fig. 65. Plantar or posterior view. Fig. 66. Dorsal or an-
terior view.

shelf below the sustentacular facet. The ectal facet (fig. 66)
is narrow, curved from end to end, and distinctly raised above
the shaft. The groove for the interosseous ligament is not
sharply defined, but it is quite rugose. The sustentacular
facet covers the dorsal face of the greater or internal process.
The peroneal tubercle appears to be eroded and the question
arises as to whether or not it was traversed by a vertical
groove as in Arctocephalus or flattened as in Zalophus. The
concave distal facet for the cuboid is rather small, but occupies
most of the distal face of the shaft.

Measurements of the Calcaneum

Greatest length of shaft 52.8 mm.

Greatest dorso-plantar diameter of distal end 16.8 mm.

Greatest tibio-fibular diameter of distal end 28.2 mm.

Greatest diameter of ectal facet 21.0 mm.

300

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Seb.

Astragalus

This right astragalus (No. 11543, U. S. N. M.) differs
from the corresponding tarsal of Arctocephalus australis and
Zalophus calif ornianus in having: (1) a deeper and more
saddle-shaped trochlea; (2) a much shorter and less everted
external prolongation of the body and consequently a less con-
cave curvature of the fibular facet; (3) postero-superior por-
tion of the body prolonged backward and raised above trans-
verse groove between it and trochlea; (4) a relatively shorter
neck; (5) a more convex distal facet for navicular; (6) a nar-
row crescentic ectal facet; and (7) a shallower groove for
interosseous ligament.

Right astragalus of Neotherium minim, No. 11543, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
Fig. 67. Plantar or posterior view. Fig. 68. Dorsal or an-
terior view.

The lateral borders of the trochlea (fig. 68) are rounded
and its posterior limits are sharply defined. Although the
astragalar foramen is closed, its former position is marked by
an irregular depression with numerous minute vascular fora-
mina. The flattened fibular facet is somewhat longer than in
either Arctocephalus or Zalophus. The crescentic ectal facet
(fig. 67) is strongly concave and its lower edge is raised above
the shallow groove for the interosseous ligament. In the mid-
dle of this groove is the closed plantar orifice of the astragalar
foramen. The sustentacular facet is slightly convex and its
distal margin is cut off from the navicular facet by a .shallow
tongue-like groove.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 39 1

Measurements of the Astragalus

Greatest vertical diameter 39.0 mm.

Greatest transverse diameter 32.0 mm.

Greatest diameter of head 22.2 mm.

Greatest diameter of ectal facet 21.8 mm.

Greatest dorso-plantar diameter of body 26.6 mm.

Navicular

The small left navicular (No. 11548, U. S. N. M.) is
rather long, relatively narrow, and quite thin. Differences in
relative depth and in curvature of the articular surface for the
astragalus distinguish this tarsal from those of Arctocephalus
australis and Zalophus calif oniianus. A rather prominent
tuberosity directed toward the fibular side arises from the
plantar face. The elliptical facet for the astragalus (fig. 69)
is strongly concave in all directions. This navicular lacks a
distinct facet for articulation with the cuboid. The facets on
the distal face (fig. 70) for the three cuneiforms correspond
with those on the navicular of Arctocephalus australis. The
larger one of these facets rests upon the entocuneiform and is
separated from the smaller medial facet for the mesocuneiform
by a raised ridge, and the latter in turn merges with the

69 70

Left navicular of Neothermm mirum, No. 11548, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
Fig. 69. Proximal view. Fig. 70. Distal view.

obliquely placed facet for the ectocuneiform. Between the
plantar tuberosity and the above mentioned facets is a rough-
ened area for the interosseous lig^ament.

Measurements of the Navicular

Dorso-plantar diameter 18.9 mm.

Tibio-fibular diameter 24.6 mm.

Greatest vertical diameter 11.2 mm.

302

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Cuboid

The right cuboid (No. 11552, U. S. N. M.) is relatively
large and its configuration is more like that of Pontolis cf.
niagmis-^ than that of any living otariid. On the proximal end
of the cuboid is a large articular facet, curving obliquely for-
ward and outward from the interno-plantar angle, which sup-
ports the calcaneum. The extero-plantar angle of this facet

Right cuboid of Neotherium mirum, No. 11552, U. S. N. M., X 10.
Fig. 71. Dorsal or anterior view. Fig. 72. Plantar or pos-
terior view. Fig. 7Z. Tibial view.

is extended over upon the base of the prominent plantar tuber-
osity. This facet is continuous internally with the sub-vertical
concave facet for the astragalus. The postero-external tuber-
osity is greatl}^ produced and its distal face is traversed by the
sharply defined broad groove for the peroneus longus. A
ridge-like internal continuation of this tuberosity (fig. 72)
extends across the plantar face, but it diminishes rapidly in
height.

On the internal or tibial face (fig. 73) is a large proximal
articular surface for the astragalus, navicular, and ectocunei-
form. Two small facets for the ectocuneiform separated by
a deep notch are likewise present on the distal border of the
internal face.

Distally there is a curved articular surface for the proximal
ends of the fourth and fifth metatarsals, the facet for the fifth
metatarsal being situated on the extero-plantar angle.

" R. Kellogg. Structure of the flipper of a Pliocene pinniped from San Diego
County, California. Publ. 348, Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1925, pp. 106-107, fig. 12.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIO!^ 303

Measurements of the Cuboid

Greatest proximo-distal diameter 34.3 mm.

Greatest median dorso-plantar diameter 25.4 mm.

Greatest tibio-fibular diameter 23.3 mm.

Metatarsal

The proximal end of a third right metatarsal (No. 4464,
C. A. S.) is referred to this pinniped. It has a rather narrow
facet for articulation with the ectocuneiform. On the extero-
anterior ang^le of the head is a circular concave facet for arti-
culation with the fourth metatarsal. The shaft is deeply exca-
vated between the outwardly turned posterior angle of the
head and the above described facet. There is a prominent
convex articular surface for the second metatarsal on the
anterior angle of the head. The shaft is rather slender and
almost cylindrical below the head.

Phalanges

Two slender phalanges (Nos. 4573, 4574, C. A. S.) are
thought to belong to this pinniped. The metatarsal and these
two phalanges are similar in their proportions to the cor-
responding bones of Callorhinus alascanus. The shorter of
these two phalanges has an expanded distal extremity and may
have been the middle phalanx of the first digit, while the other
one tapers from the base to the extremity and corresponds in
its proportions to the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit. One
measures 50 mm. and the other 41 mm. in length.

Order CETACEA

Three species of cetotheres, a sperm whale, a shark-toothed
porpoise, and nine other species of porpoises are recognized
in the cetacean remains from the Temblor formation. This is
the largest fauna of cetaceans thus far known for any forma-
tion on the Pacific Coast of North America. One incomplete
skull and the fragments of another skull show the stage of
telescoping present in one of the cetotheres. Fragments of
the cranium in addition to the ear bones indicate the presence
of a second species. The third cetothere is known only from
a single periotic bone. Other skeletal elements belonging to

304 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser,

cetotheres are included in the collection. There are a number
of incomplete bullae, in most cases the involucrum alone, which
are not referred to any particular cetothere. Some of the limb
bones are referred tentatively to these cetotheres, but no
attempt has been made to allocate the incomplete and eroded
vertebrae which unquestionably belong to one or another of
these archaic whalebone whales.

It is recognized that adequate material is not available to
settle the relationships of many of the porpoises. It is suf-
ficient, however, to indicate the presence of a number of dis-
tinct species. The sperm whale is fairly well represented by
skeletal elements, for we have the skull of an adult, portions
of the skull of a young individual, and a number of ear bones.
The new species of porpoises hereinafter described are based
solely upon the periotics. since the writer has found that these
ear bones are quite diagnostic. Mention is made of other
skeletal elements belonging to odontocetes, and some of these
bones are figured and described, although in most instances
they are not referred to any particular porpoise. They are
described merely as a matter of record and it is hoped that
future collecting will provide the material for an adequate dis-
cussion of the characters of the several species of porpoises
represented in the Temblor fauna.

Suborder Mysticeti
Family CETOTHERIID-'E: Cetotheres

At least three different kinds of cetotheres are included
among the cetacean bones collected by Mr. Morrice at Shark-
tooth Hill. A considerable portion of the skull, with the ear
bones of the right side attached to it, forms the basis for one
of these species; fragments of the hinder portion of the skull
and the right periotic represent a second species ; and an im-
perfect left periotic bone indicates the presence of a third
species. Complete, as well as fragmentary cetothere limb
bones of various sizes were sorted out of this collection. The
bones of many kinds of fossil pelagic mammals were found
scattered about in this bone bed, and it is unfortunate that
none of the skeletal elements of the cetotheres were associated
with skulls. Hence the allocation of these limb bones to any

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 3Q5

one of the above mentioned cetotheres may appear more or
less arbitrary, but nevertheless they were critically compared
with the corresponding bones of cetotheres found elsewhere
and it is believed that the present disposition is as nearly
accurate as one can hope to accomplish by using comparative
measurements and other available data. Vertebrae of several
sizes, and from different parts of the column, which undoubt-
edly belong to cetotheres, were also obtained by Mr. Morrice.
After some study it was decided to omit any discussion of
these vertebrae because of the difficulty of allocating these bones
with any degree of certainty to any particular species. Not
one of the atlases fitted the condyles of the cetotheres herein-
after described. Vertebrae, especially those from the cervical
and caudal regions, of fossil porpoises exhibit a considerable
range of variation, and it is not unlikely that those of the
larger whales are equally, if not more, variable. The criteria
employed for the classification of the mysticetes depend upon
the relations of the bones which comprise the skull and before
entering into a detailed discussion of these Temblor cetotheres
it is desirable to summarize the diagnostic characters of the
families Cetotheriidae and Balsenopteridae.

Miller's opinions"- in regard to the diagnostic characters of
the families Cetotheriidae and Balaenopteridae are in so close
accord with my own that they are repeated to clarify the dis-
cussion of the various genera, which are referred to these
families.

In both families the telescoping of skull is accomplished by
a combined forward movement of posterior elements and a
backward movement of anterior elements, which at least pro-
duces some interdigitation of rostral and cranial elements.
The nasals and ascending processes of premaxillaries are not
situated entirely anterior to the level of the orbital wings of
the f rontals ; and a definite ascending process of the maxillary
is always present.

In the Cetotheriidae the parietal is entirely behind the pos-
terior level attained by nasals and ascending processes of
maxillaries and premaxillaries; the occipital shield does not
extend forward over level of orbit, or beyond anterior level
attained by articular portion of squamosal; the frontal is

2=0. S. Miller, Jr.. Smithson. Misc. Coll.. vol. 76, publ. 2720, 1923, pp. 21-22.

305 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

broadly exposed on interorbital region : the expanded lateral
(articular) portion of squamosal is relatively small, and its
under surface is not deeply concave. The supraorbital process
of frontal slopes gradually downward and outward from the
level of the dorsal surface of interorbital region ; the parietals
come in contact, or nearly so, on the vertex between the occi-
pital shield and the frontal; the nasals are small (normal),
their combined dorsal area equaling much less than half that
of supraorbital portion of frontal : the rostrum tends toward
breadth rather than depth ; the mandible is slender and con-
spicuously bowed outward.

In the Bal^enopteridas the parietal extends forward laterally
beyond posterior level attained by nasals and ascending pro-
cesses of maxillaries and premaxillaries ; the occipital shield
extends forward over level of orbit and beyond the anterior
level attained by the articular portion of squamosal ; the
frontal is scarcely or not exposed on interorbital region ; the
expanded lateral (articular) portion of squamosal is relatively
large, its under surface being deeply concave ; the supraorbital
process of frontal is abruptly depressed at base to a level
noticeably below that of dorsal surface of interorbital region ;
the rostrum tends toward breadth rather than depth : the man-
dible is conspicuously bowed outward.

In view of the present confusion prevailing in the applica-
tion of generic names to fossil whalebone whales, it seemed
desirable to fix the genotypes of those that include several
species. In each instance, where it was necessary to fix the
genotype from several species listed by the author when the
generic name was propo.sed, a species founded upon a skull
was chosen, if possible.

Genotypes of Genera of Fossil Whalebone Whales Be-
longing TO THE Families Cetotheriid.e
and Bal^nopterid^

Middle Oligocene

Pachycetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (3), vol. 6,
No. 7, 1883, pp. 31-32. [Genotype, here designated as Pachycetus
rohustus, Van Beneden, 1883 ; Rupelian stage ; "dans le couches
phosphatees tres connues de Helmstedt (Bas Brunswick). — entre
I'Elbe et le Weser. — un sable vert glauconifere" ; Museum fiir
Mineralogie, Geologic und Vorgeschichte, Dresden, Germany.]

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION T^QJ

Upper Oligocene

Cetotheriopsis, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, vol. 16,
1871, p. 566. [Genotype, Balcenodon lintianus, Meyer, 1849; Aqui-
tanian or I. Mediterranean stage; white marine sands in the vicinity
of Linz, Austria. Stenodon, Van Beneden, 1865 (preoccupied),
and Aulocetus, Van Beneden, 1875, have the same genotype as
Cetotheriopsis; Museum Francisco-Carolinum, Linz, Upper Austria.]

Lower Miocene

Palceobalcena, Moreno, Rev. Mas. La Plata, vol. 3, 1892, p. 394. [Geno-
type, Palceohalcena hcrgi, Moreno, 1892; Langhian Stage; Santa
Cruz beds at Misioneros, Patagonia, Argentine Republic; Museum
at La Plata.]

Upper Miocene

Cephalotropis, Cope, Science, n. s., vol. 3, 1896, p. 880; idem, Proc. x\mer.
Philos. Soc, vol. 35, no. 151, 1896, pp. 141, 143-145. [Genotype,
Cephalotropis coronatus, Cope, 1896; Yorktown formation (= St.
Marys) ; probably from Chesapeake region, eastern United States ;
United States National Museum.]

Cetotheriomorphus, Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg (7),
vol. 20, no. 1, 1873, pp. ii, 161-162, pi. 23, figs. 4-8. [Genotype,
Cetotheriomorphus dubius, Brandt, 1873; locality unknown, possibly
southern Russia; Museum of the Imperial Institute of Mines, St.
Petersbourg.]

Cetotherium, Brandt, L'Institut, Paris, vol. 11, no. 499, 1843, p. 241, and
no. 502, p. 270. [Genotype, Cetotherium rathkii, Brandt, 1843;
Sarmatian stage; Steppe limestone; Kertsch near promontory
Takali, southern Russia; Museum of the Imperial Academy of
Sciences, St. Petersbourg.]

Eucetotherium, Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. de St. Petersbourg (7),
vol. 20, no. 1, 1873, p. 143. [Genotype, here designated as Ceto-
therium helmersenii, Brandt, 1873, op. cit., p. 95, pi. 6; Sarmatian
stage ; limestone ; near^ the promontory Pekla on the coast of the
Black Sea, Crimea, Russia; Museum of Imperial Institute of Mines,
St. Petersbourg.]

Herpetocetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 34,
no. 7, 1872, p. 247. [Genotype, Herpetocetus scaldiensis, Van
Beneden, 1872; Bolderien stage; sables inferieurs d'Anvers ; du
nouveau canal d'Herenthals, troisieme section, partie de Stuyven-
berg, environs of Antwerp, Belgium; Musee Royal d'Histoire
Naturelle de Belgique, Bruxelles.]

Isocetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 50, 1880,
pp. 24-25. [Genotype, Isocetus De Pauwii, Van Beneden, 1880;
Bolderien stage; sables; environs of Antwerp, Belgium; Musee
Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Bruxelles.]

30g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Phoc. 4th Ser.

Mesocetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 50,
no. 7, 1880, pp. 22-23. [Genotype, Mesocetus longirostris, Van
Beneden, 1880; Bolderien stage; sables; environs of Antwerp,
Belgium ; Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brux-
elles.]

Mesoteras, Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. 4, 1870, p. 128. [Genotype, Mesoteras
kerrianus. Cope, 1870; (?) Yorktown formation; marl, Quanky
Creek, Roanoke River, Halifax County, North Carolina (possibly
near town of Halifax, about 30 miles south of northern boundary
of North Carolina, and south of towns of Roanoke Falls &
Weldon) ; United States National Museum and the State Museum,
Raleigh, North Carolina.]

Metopocetus, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. 35, no. 151, 1896, p.
141. [Genotype, Metopocetus durinasus, Cope, 1896; Calvert for-
mation; marl near the mouth of the Potomac River, Maryland;
United States National Museum.]

Pachyacanthus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, vol. 16,
1871, pp. 564-565 ; and idem, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg
(7), vol. 20, no. 1, 1873, pp. 166-169, pis. 14-17. [Genotype, here
designated as, Pachyacanthus suessii, Brandt, 1871 ; Sarmatian
stage; Tegel von Nussdorf, Vienna basin, Austria; Naturhistori-
schen Staatsmuseum, Wien, Austria.]

Parietobalcena, Kellogg, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 63, publ. 2483, 1924,
p. 1. [Genotype, Parietobalcena palmeri, Kellogg, 1924; Calvert
formation ; greenish sandy clay ; 1 mile north Dare's wharf, Cal-
vert County, Maryland; United States National Museum.]

Rhegnopsis, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. 35, no. 151, 1896, p. 145.
[Genotype, Balana palceatlantica, Leidy, 1851 ; St. Marys forma-
tion; City Point, Prince George County, Virginia. ProtohalcBna,
Leidy, 1869 (preoccupied), has the same genotype; Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

Siphonocetus, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. 34, no. 147, 1895, pp.
140-141, pi. 6, figs. 3-5. [Genotype, Balcena prisca, Leidy, 1851 ; St.
Marys formation; Westmoreland County, Virginia; Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.]

Tretulias, Cope, Proc Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. 34, no. 147, 1895, pp. 143-
145, pi. 6, fig. 2. [Genotype, Tretulias buccaius, Cope, 1895: "York-
town" ; possibly Maryland or Virginia ; United States National
Museum.]

VUas, Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. 34, no. 147, 1895, pp. 141-143,
pi. 6, fig. 1. [Genotype, Ulias moratus. Cope, 1895; "Yorktown";
possibly Maryland or Virginia; United States National Museum.]

Lower Pliocene

Amphicetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 50,
no. 7, 1880, pp. 20-21. [Genotype, here designated as, Amphicetus
later, Van Beneden, 1880; Diestien stage; sables; environs of Ant-
werp, Belgium; Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique,
Bruxelles.]

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIOX 309

Cetotheriophanes, Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. de St. Petersbourg (7),
vol. 20, no. 1, 1873, pp. 148-149, 156-157, pi. 20, figs. 13-16. [Geno-
type, here designated as, Cetotherium (Cetotheriophanes) cuvieri,
Brandt, 1873 = Balcena cuvieri, Fischer, 1829, Synopsis Mam-
malium, p. 527; Plaisancian stage; mama argillosa cerulea; Monte
Pulgnasco, Italy; Museo civico di Milano, Italy.]

Heterocetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique (2), vol. 50,
no. 7, 1880, pp. 21-22. [Genotype, here designated as, Cetotherium
brevifrons, Van Beneden, 1872; Diestien stage; sables moyens
d'Anvers, Belgium; Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique,
Bruxelles.]

Megapteropsis, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol.
34, no. 7, 1872, p. 242. [Genotype, Megapteropsis robusta, Van
Beneden, 1872; Diestien stage; sables moyens d'Anvers; Ecckeren
and Wyneghem, near Antwerp, Belgium; Musee Royal d'Histoire
Naturelle de Belgique, Bruxelles.]

Notiocetus, Ameghino, Revista Argentina Hist. Nat., vol. 1, entrega 3a,
1891, p. 167, fig. 75. [Genotype, Notiocetus romerianus, Ameghino,
1891; Pontian; Pampean formation, Bahia Blanca, Argentine
Republic]

Plesiocetopsis, Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg (7), vol.
20, no. 1, 1873, pp. 143-146. [Genotype, here designated as, Ple-
siocetus hupschii. Van Beneden, 1859; Diestien stage; sables; Saint
Nicolas, environs of Antwerp, Belgium; Musee de I'Universite
Catholique, Louvain.]

Plesiocetus, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 8,
no. 11, 1859, p. 139. [Genotype fixed as, Plesiocetus garopii by Van
Beneden, 1872, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique (2), vol. 34, p. 242;
Diestien stage; sables; Saint Nicolas, environs of Antwerp, Bel-
gium; Musee de I'Universite Catholique, Louvain.]

Middle Puocene

Burtinopsis, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 34,
no. 7, 1872, p. 246. [Genotype, Burtinopsis similis. Van Beneden,
1872; Scaldisien stage; sables; environs of Antwerp, Belgium;
Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Bruxelles.]

Idiocetus, Capellini, Atti R. Accad. dei Lincei, Roma (2), vol. 3, pt. 2,
1876, pp. 12-13; idem, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Bologna, (6) vol. 2,
1905, pp. 71-80, pis. 1-2. [Genotype, Idiocetus guicciardinii, Capel-
lini, 1876; Astian stage; argilla turchina; Montopoli nel Valdarno
inferiore, Tuscany, Italy; Museo di Geologia e di Paleontologia,
Firenze, Italy.]

Upper Pliocene

Polaocetus, Seeley Geol. Mag., London, vol. 2, no. 8, 1865, pp. 54-57, pi. 3.

[Genotype, Palaocetus sedgzvickii, Seeley, 1865; (?) Red Crag;

Roswell Pit, in boulder clay of Ely, near Cambridge, England.

(See Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus., pt. 5, 1887, p. 31.) ]

310 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Something like 15 generic names have been proposed for
fossil cetotheres from the upper Miocene, whereas but one
species of lower Miocene age has been honored with a dis-
tinct generic name. Turning to the Pliocene we find that the
two families, Cetotheriidse and BaLnenopteridae, are represented
by seven genera in the lower Pliocene, one in the middle Plio-
cene, and two in the upper Pliocene, excepting of course those
genera which have living representatives.

The skull of the upper Oligocene Cefotheriopsis-^ is charac-
terized in part by a high, narrow supraoccipital shield curving
more forward than upward and divided mesially by a long
vertical carina, elongate zygomatic processes not reaching for-
ward to the level of the apex of the supraoccipital shield, and
the vertex of the braincase, viewed from behind, being
strongly depressed below the arching lambdoid crests.

Of the 15 upper Miocene genera, the genotypes of six
(Herpctocctus, Isocetiis, Rhec/iwpsis, Siphonocetus, Tretiilias,
and Ulias) were based wholly or in part upon mandibles, the
remainder of the skulls being unknown. Critical comments on
the validity of tho.se that were founded on mandibles are given
by Winge-* and True.-^ Vertebrae constitute the basis for the
Austrian genus Pachyacanthits. The status of the Russian
genus Cetotheriomorphiis is as doubtful as its specific name
implies, for it was founded upon a single small lumbar verte-
bra without epiphyses or neural spine. For the remaining
genotypes portions at least of skulls were available to the
original describer.

Five species, rathkii, klindcri, helmersenii, priscuin, and
mayeri were originally included in the subgenus Euceto-
theriiim. Since rathkii is the genotype of Cetotheriuni, the
species helmersenii may be selected as the genotype of Euceto-
therimn, for it is the only one of the four remaining species
which is based in part upon a braincase. The architecture of
the skull, in so far as it is preserved, is not materially different
from that of Cetotherium rathkii. In reviewing the literature,
we find that the generic names Cetotherium and Plesiocetus

»J. F. Brandt. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg, (7), vol. 20, no. 1, 1873,
pi. 19, figs. 1-4.

** H. Winge, Vidensk, Meddel. naturhist. Foren. i. Kjobenhavn, 1909, pp. 1-37,
pis. 1-2.

=»F. W. True. Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol. 59. publ. 2081, 1912, pp. 1-8.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION ^\\

have been used rather indiscriminately for fossil whalebone
whales of Miocene and Pliocene age, some of which unques-
tionably belong in the family Balsenopteridse.

Skulls of the Miocene genera Cetotheriiim, Cephalotropis,
Mesocetus, Metopocetiis, and the Pliocene Amphicetus have a
rather short intertemporal region, and the lateral lambdoid
crests are continued through a short sagittal crest with anterior
temporal crests which diverge anteriorly and gradually disap-
pear on the base of the corresponding supraorbital process.
The anterior limits of the temporal muscles on these skulls
were sharply defined by these strong temporal crests. Winge^®
obviously was mistaken in concluding that the skulls of all
extinct finbacks have a temporal crest similar to that of Cepha-
lotropis coronatus Cope, for there are quite a number, includ-
ing Plesiocetopsis megalophysuni and ParietohalcBna palmeri,
which either lack sharply defined temporal crests or do not
exhibit any trace of them. In all of these fossil cetotheres the
backward thrust of the mesial portion of the rostrum has car-
ried the ascending processes of the maxillae and premaxillae,
as well as the nasals, beyond the level of the preorbital angles
of the supraorbital processes.

Van Beneden^^ has already pointed out that the genus Ceto-
thcriophanes was founded on an error in observation on the
part of Brandt, for the scapula of the species cuvieri is muti-
lated. The skull of the genotype, Balcena cuvieri, is exception-
ally well preserved and presents all the diagnostic features of
the family Balaenopteridae. The structural peculiarities of the
skull do not warrant the retention of Brandt's generic name.
Balsamo Crivelli^* apparently was the first author to place this
species in its proper genus and it appears in his memoir as
Baleen optera cuvieri.

The genotypes of Megapteropsis and Burtinopsis are large
species and appear to be related to the living humpback whale
(Megaptera). The mandibular and cranial fragments, which
formed the basis for Mesoteras kerrianus, are equal in size
to the corresponding portions of the largest of the living fin-
s' H. Winge, op. cit., p. 28.

"P. J. Van Beneden. Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 20. no. 12, 1875,
r. i.

=* G. Balsamo Crivelli, Gior. d' I. R. Inst. Lombardo Sci., Let. ed Arti, vol. 2,
no. 9. 1842, pp. 133-138.

312 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

backs. Unfortunately a few fragments constitute all that is
known of the skull of Idiocetiis guicciardinii, but the earbones
are sufficiently diagnostic to show that this genus belongs in
the family BalcTnopteridie.

By employing this method of elimination in conjunction
with diagnostic criteria, we find that there are three genera
which should be critically examined to determine their relation-
ships to the Temblor cetothere. These genera, so far as can
be judged by the illustrations of skulls representing them,
exhibit affinities, more or less close, with the Temblor ceto-
there. The genotypes of two of these cetotheres, Heterocetus
and Plesiocefopsis, belong to the lower Pliocene, but that of
Pariefobalceiia comes from the middle Miocene.

Bones found during the excavations for the gas reservoir
north of the village of Saint-Nicolas. Belgium, in separate
groups at a depth of 4 meters and almost at the level of the
clay in the lower zone of the super-clayey quick sand, formed
the basis for the three species, hupschii, burtinii, and garopii,
which Van Beneden proposed to include in his new genus
Plesiocetus. Some of these specimens were found on July 30.
1859, and the remainder a few days later. These specimens
apparently were deposited in the museum of the Catholic Uni-
versity at Louvain. Van Beneden stated that the species of
Plesiocetus are distinguished from other whalebone whales by
their free vertebras, by their having a scapula with a rudimen-
tary coracoid process and well developed acromion situated
high up and directed obliquely, and by a pyruliform tympanic
bulla with an angular external surface. He also concluded
that the skull suggests a whale with a more robust and less
tapering head.

This diagnosis, however, is based chiefly on species which
were later excluded from the genus Plesiocetus. In 1872,
Van Beneden-'' explicity stated that the generic name Plesio-
cetus is retained solely for Plesiocetus garopii, a whale of
large size and very close to the living Balcenoptera, and that
the other originally included species are allocated to Ceto-
therium. By this action. Van Beneden definitely fixed the
species garopii as the genotype of Plesiocetus and all subse-

"P. J. Van Beneden. Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. 34, no. 7, 1872,
p. 242.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION T^\^

quent opinions of Van Beneden and others do not alter the
status of Plesiocetns garopii. The present writer^*^ overlooked
this action by Van Beneden and designated the type of Plesio-
cetns as Plesiocetns hiipschii.

It is interesting to note, however, that Van Beneden^^ in
October, 1877, stated that the illustrations for the three species
of Plesiocetns (garopii, hiirtinii, and hupschii) were prepared
before the specimens in the museum at Brussels were put at
his disposal, and that the study of this material had caused him
to change some of his previous determinations. The volume
dealing with the genus Plesiocetns^- appeared in 1885, and in it
Van Beneden apparently reconsidered his previously published
opinion and returned the species excluded in 1872 to the genus
Plesiocetns, but he failed to mention what disposition was
made of Plesiocetns garopii. It is apparent that the generic
name Plesiocetns is not available for the group of cetotheres
formerly associated together under this name.

A year later when Brandt^^ published his memoir on the
cetaceans of Europe, he concurred with the action of Van
Beneden in 1872 and excluded all but Plesiocetns garopii from
the genus Plesiocetns. In this memoir Brandt proposed a new
subgenus, Plcsiocetopsis, for Cctotheriiim, and included in this
new group Plesiocetns hnpschii, Cetotherinm hrevifrons, Ceto-
theriuni dnbimn, Plesiocetns bnrtinii, and Plesiocetns gervaisii.
One (Cetotherium brevifrons) of these five species was
referred by Van Beneden"* in 1880 to the genus Heterocetus,
and the present writer has selected this species for the type of
that genus. Of the four species which remain, two alone
(hnpschii and burtiiiii) are represented by adequate cranial
material. The second (P. bnrtinii), orginally included in Van
Beneden's genus Plesiocetns, is somewhat larger than P.
hnpschii, having an estimated length of 5 meters. Van Bene-
den states that he recognized portions of 4 individuals (axes)
among the remains which formed the basis for Plesiocetns

"0 R. Kellogg, Publ. 348, Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1925, p. 51.

=' P. J. Van Beneden and P. Gervais, Osteographie des Cetaces, Paris, text, 1877,
p. 612, footnote.

'"P. J. Van Beneden, Description des Ossements Fossiles des environs d'Anvers.
Pt. 4. Cetaces. Genre: Plesiocetus. Ann. du Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. de Belgique,
vol. 9, 1885, pp. 1-40, pis. 1-30.

"J. F. Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg (7), vol. 20, no. 1, 1873,
pp. iii, 165.

"P. J. Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, (2), vol. SO, 1880, p. 22.

January 30, 1931

314 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4rH Skr.

bnrtinii. No braincase was included among the co-types, and
the complete list of specimens as given by Van Beneden is as
follows : 2 squamosal bones, a nearly complete mandible, 2
tympanic bullae, atlas and axis (nearly complete) and 3 other
cervicals. the first 3 dorsals, many lumbars, 3 caudals, many
ribs, 2 incomplete scapulae, a humerus, and a radius. About
12 years later. Van Beneden^^ figured some of these specimens.
Whatever disposition may ultimately be made of this species,
much depends upon its relationships to specimens subsequently
referred to it.

Among the specimens described and figured in 1885 is the
braincase*'' of a cetothere (Cat. No. 127) in the Royal Museum
at Brussels. Van Beneden considered it to be an example of
Plesiocetiis burtinii. This cranium is, therefore, a referred
specimen and may or may not be identical with the original
type material. It seems advisable, therefore, to select one of
the other originally included species as the genotype of Plesio-
cetopsis. Upon comparing the illustrations of the braincase
of P. biirfinii with those of other cetotheres, it became
apparent that the Belgian species is surprisingly like that of
Parietobalcena pabneri in some respects. This resemblance is
especially striking when the skulls are viewed from behind.
Both skulls are characterized by the regular curvature of the
lambdoid crests, by large postglenoid processes, and by small,
wing-like exoccipitals. The periotic bones are quite unlike
those of Parietobalccna. The precise relationships of Plesio-
cetopsis burtinii will remain uncertain until the characters of
the dorsal and ventral surfaces are determined. In so far as
one can judge from available illustrations, this braincase dif-
fers from the Temblor skull in the shape of the supraoccipital
shield.

In view of these facts, Plcsiocefus hupschii may be desig-
nated as the type of Brandt's subgenus Plesiocetopsis, which is
hereinafter raised to full generic rank. Portions of two skele-
tons of a cetothere, whose length was estimated as being from
3 to 3_^ meters, formed the basis for Plesiocetopsis hupschii.
Van Beneden specifically mentions a basicranium intact as far

^ p. J. Van Beneden and P. Gervais, Osteographie des Cetaces, Paris. Text, 1872,
p. 284; Atlas. 1872. pi. 16, figs. 10-16.

"P. J. Van Beneden, .\nn. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 9, 1885, pi. 28,
fig. 1; pi. 29, fig. 1.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIOS

315

as the sphenoid, both condyles nearly complete, and a squamo-
sal with a well preserved zygomatic process. The second speci-
men consists of the occipital portion of the skull with con-
dyles, and the corresponding portion of an atlas. This speci-
men is said to belong to a slightly larger individual. Four or
five vertebrae and fragments of ribs, belonging to an animal of
the same size, are also mentioned. The basicranium was
figured by Van Beneden,^^ and reference is made to this illus-
tration by Brandt^* in 1873. The skull figured by Van Bene-
den^® in 1885 is deposited in the Royal Museum at Brussels
and bears the catalogue number 1239. The basicranium men-
tioned in 1859, and figured in 1872. by Van Beneden is one
of the co-types, and should not be confused with the Brussels
museum skull, referred in 1885 to Plesiocetus hupschii. All
comparisons hereinafter made are based on the co-type figured
in the Osteographie des Cetaces.

An outstanding peculiarity of the basicranium of Plesioce-
topsis hupschii is the presence of a robust process with a large
concavity in the area corresponding to the paroccipital process.
Muscles arising from the atlas and thorax in recent balienop-
terine whales are inserted upon the paroccipital process and
adjoining surface of exoccipital bone. One might infer from
analogous conditions in living mammals that these muscles had
had tendinous insertions on this fossil skull. This, in turn,
would seem to indicate that more freedom of movement was
permitted to the head of this fossil whale than is the case in
recent balaenopterine whales. Assuming that the basicranium
of Plesiocetopsis hupschii, the exact dimensions of which were
not published, was carefully depicted by the artist, there is no
reason to suppose that it differed in any fundamental respect
from the skull which Cope named Cetotherium megalophysum,
for the relative proportions of the component parts are essen-
tially the same in both species. These two skulls, however,
differ from one another sufficiently to warrant their being
referred to distinct species of the genus Plesiocetopsis.

*' p. J. Van Beneden and P. Gervais, Osteographie des Cetaces, Paris, Atlaa,
1872, pi. 16, fig. 17.

»J. F. Brandt, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg (7), vol. 20, no. 1, 1873,
p. 144.

""P. J. Van Beneden, Ann. >lus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgiaue, vol. 9, 1885, pi.
21. fig. 1.

316 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

In the matter of relative proportions, the antero-posterior
diameter of the temporal portion of each of these basicrania,
as measured from the anterior mari^in of the squamosal in the
temporal fossa to the posterior mar<;^in of the exoccipital, is
nearly one-third greater than that of the Temblor skull. The
skulls of the St. Marys and Belgian cetotheres have large con-
dyles, the exoccipitals are extremely thick bones, and the posi-
tion of the foramen ovale with respect to the temporal margin
of the squamosal is approximately the same in both. Further-
more, the periotic bones of these two fossil skulls have the
same general type, and they exhibit a striking resemblance to
the periotic of the Temblor cetothere.

One analogous feature of the l)raincase of Heterocetus hrcvi-
frons*" and the Temblor skull, is the height and extent of the
forward thrust of the supraoccipital shield. If the restoration
suggested by Van Beneden is correct, the apex of the supra-
occipital shield projects forward beyond the level of the
extremities of the zygomatic processes. The apical portion of
this shield is smooth, apparently slightly depressed, and there is
no indication of a vertical carina such as is found on the Tem-
blor skull. I have been informed by A. Brazier Howell that
this carina may suggest more differentiation of the muscles
attached to the supraoccipital shield and possibly allow them
more independent movement. The condyles of the Belgian
skull are relatively large, the distance between their outside
margins being equivalent to about one-fourth of the breadth
of the skull across the zygomatic processes. The intertem-
poral region is short and the sagittal crest appears to be some-
what worn. The lateral extension of the exoccipital. the down-
ward prolongation of the postglenoid process, and the curva-
ture and development of a crest on the posterior margin of the
squamosal are in close agreement with similar portions of the
Temblor skull. One of the most obvious structural peculiari-
ties of the Heterocetus hrevifrons braincase seems to have been
overlooked by previous investigators, if the illustration used
by Van Beneden has been correctly interpreted. There seems
to be a deep fossa in the squamosal on the internal face of the
zygomatic process above the glenoid articular surface. This

«"?. J. Van Beneden, Ann. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 13, 1886, pi.
2.S. fig. 1; pi. 26, fig. 1; pi. 27, fig. 1.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 3^7

fossa will be discussed more fully in a forthcoming paper on
a cetothere skull from the Calvert formation of Maryland.
This feature alone would remove any possibility of generic
relationship with the Temblor cetothere.

Parietohakena is the only Miocene genus, for which a skull
is known, that is anywhere nearly contemporaneous with the
cetothere from the Temblor formation hereinafter described,
and both of these skulls lack shaply defined anterior temporal
crests. In so far as our present knowledge goes, the Temblor
skull is separable from Pavictohalcena by a combination of
characters which may have no great importance. Aside from
differences observable in the periotic bones of these two fossil
cetotheres, the skull of Parietobalcena differs from the Temblor
cetothere in having much more slender and more incurved
zygomatic processes, a more triangular supraoccipital shield,
prominent subhemispherical protuberances with obliquely
placed concavity on lateral margins of the basioccipital, and
exoccipitals with much thinner extremities.

Our present knowledge of these small Miocene whalebone
whales would seem to indicate that no generic name is avail-
able for the Temblor cetothere which in some respects resem-
bles Plesiocctopsis and in others Parietobalcena.

8. Tiphyocetus temblorensis''^ Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotypc: No. 4355, ]\Ius. Calif. Acad. Sci. from Shark-
tooth Hill, Kern County, Cal. ; Temblor, Miocene ; Charles
Morricc, Coll., 1924. The type skull consists of an incomplete
braincase in a fair state of preservation. The left side of the
cranium, with its zygomatic process and the supraorbital
processes of both frontals, is missing. Portions of the ros-
trum were found associated with this braincase. The right
tympanic bulla and periotic are attached to the skull.

Referred specimens: No. 4357, C. A. S., portions of a dis-
articulated skull in a fair state of preservation, the most im-
portant pieces of this skull being the basicranium, the presphe-
noid and posterior end of the vomerine trough, and the right
squamosal region; No. 4425, C. A. S., condyles and basi-

" Ti<f>vs, pilot of the Argo; kijtos, whale.

318 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

cronium; No. 4440, C. A. S., vertex of supraoccipital and
sagittal portion of parietals ; No. 4439, C. A. S., both exocci-
pitals, and fragment of basicranium with left pterygoid fossa ;
No. 4353, C. A. S., right periotic; No. 4354, C. A. S., left
periotic; No. 4356, C. A. S., right periotic; No. 11865,
U. S. N. M., right periotic; No. 4438, C. A. S., incomplete
left radius; No. 4388, C. A. S., proximal end of right ulna;
No. 4436, C. A. S., proximal end of left ulna; No. 4442.
C. A. S., incomplete sternum; No. 4373, C. A. S., incomplete
left scapula; No. 4374, C. A. S., neck of right scapula; No.
4375, C. A. S., neck of right scapula; No. 4443, C. A. S., neck
of right scapula; Nos. 4390, 4391, 4393, C. A. S., phalanges;
Nos. 4376, 4378, C. A. S.. humeri.

Skull

In so far as the skull is concerned, this genus differs from
Plesiocetopsis not only in the matter of the proportions of its
component parts, such as wider temporal fossse and a shortened
antero-posterior diameter of the squamoso-exoccipital region
between the level of the bulla and the zygomatic process, but
also in having a more externally placed foramen ovale and the
extremity of the alisphenoid reduced in the outer wall of the
braincase in the temporal fossa.

In general form this braincase appears to be intermediate
in some respects between Plesiocetopsis occidentalis (Kel-
logg)*" and "Idiocetus" longifrons Van Beneden.*^ Of all the
Belgian Miocene cetotheres, for which skulls are known,
"Idiocetus" longifrons seems to exhibit the closest resemblance
to the Temblor cetothere in the general conformation of the
braincase. This upper Miocene species, however, exhibits no
close relationship to the genotype, Idiocetus guicciardinii, from
the upper Pliocene of Italy. The correct generic allocation of
"Idiocetus'' longifrons is somewhat doubtful and may be held
in abeyance until a general revision of related species is
attempted. The parietals of this skull meet in the intertem-
poral region to form a short sagittal crest, overspread the
frontals in the interorbital region, and extend forward con-

" R. Kellogg, Publ. 348, Carnegie Inst. Washington. 1925, pp. S0-S6, text figs. 7-10.
"P. J. Van Beneden, Ann. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 13, 1886, pp.
72-76, pi. 6.S; pi. 66, fig. 1; pi. 67, fig. 1; pi. 68. figs. 1-3.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 3^9

r"A

\

\

\

\

Fig. 74. Dorsal view of incomplete skull of Tiphyocetus temhlorensis.
No. 4355, C. A. S., X 0.25.

siderably beyond the level of the posterior margins of the
supraorbital processes. The frontals are narrowly exposed in
the interorbital region between the anterior extremities of the
parietals and the posterior extremities of the nasals, pre-
maxillas, and maxillae. The anterior temporal crests, which in
some species mark the anterior limits of the areas from which
the temporal muscles arise, are either weak or absent entirely.
When the skull is viewed from above the curvature of the
posterior margin of the squamosal, the depression of the sur-
face adjoining the zygomatic process, and the relative antero-
posterior diameter of the body of the squamosal appear to
agree with the corresponding portion of the Temblor skull, but
the curvature of the anterior margin of the squamosal in the
temporal fossa is quite different. On the basis of the illustra-
tions which accompany Van Beneden's memoir it would appear
also that the skull of "Idiocetus" longifrons differs from that
of the Temblor cetothere in that the supraoccipital shield has
a more constricted apex, the vertical carina is longer, the
extero-inferior angle of the postglenoid process is acute and

320 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

not rounded, and the lateral protuberances of the basioccipital
are ovoidal and not elongated.

Dorsal viezc: The differential features of the Temblor skull
are found in the architecture of the braincase (fig. 74). In
contrast to the skull of Plcsiocctopsis megalophysnm (Cope),
the extremity of the alisphenoid is reduced to a very small and
narrow surface, the foramen ovale is placed nearer to the tem-
poral edge of the squamosal, the temporal fossa as viewed
from above is somewhat wider, the squamosal is shortened
antero-posteriorly between the level of the bulla and the zygo-
matic process, and the width of the skull across the exoccipitals
and zygomatic processes is greater.

Four skulls of a Calvert Miocene species of Pariefobalcuna,
not designated at present by name because of our imperfect
knowledge of a previously described cetothere from the same
formation in Maryland, were available for comparison with
the Temblor skull. They represent a species with a skull
almost twice the dimensions of Parietohalccna palmeri. This
cetothere had a wide temporal fossa, a broad basicranium, a
squamosal shortened antero-posteriorly between the level of
the bulla and the zygomatic process, a foramen ovale placed
very close to the temporal margin of the squamosal, a basi-
occipital with wing-like descending processes, and exoccipitals
with very thin extremities. It differs from the ^femblor
cetothere in having a different type of periotic, a basioccipital
with wing-like processes instead of elongated lateral protuber-
ances, a wider interval between the internal margins of the
lateral processes of the basioccipital, slender, incurved zygo-
matic processes, an exoccipital with a much thimier extremit)^
which is produced far below the level of the condyles, and
much smaller condyles. The curvature of the postglenoid
processes, on the other hand, is quite similar to that on the
Temblor skull.

The loss of the orbital portions of the supraorbital processes
of the frontals of the Temblor skull prevents detailed com-
parisons with some well known species, for their shape and
direction, in addition to the contour of the temporal fossa,
enable one to distinguish some species at a glance. At the
base, each supraorbital process slopes gradually downward
and outward from the median line of the post-narial region.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 32I

but, in case of the living whalebone whales, these processes are
abruptly depressed at the base. The frontals are excluded from
the vertex of the intertemporal region, and their posterior bor-
ders are overspread by thin plates of the parietals, although the
latter terminate behind the level of the sutures which mark the
position of the nasals and the ascending processes of the
maxillae and premaxillae. These sutures also show that the
basal portions of the nasal bones, as well as the ascending
processes of the maxillae and premaxillae, were situated
posterior to the rostral margin of the supraorbital processes.
There is an emargination on each frontal for the reception of
a nasal bone. The size and contour of the area occupied by
the paired nasals shows that each of these bones was attenu-
ated posteriorly.

The parietals come in contact with each other on the vertex
of the intertemporal region between the apex of the supra-
occipital shield and the frontals, and are suturally united with
the supraoccipital bone posteriorly and the squamosal inferi-
orly. The sagittal crest is not as sharply defined on the type
skull as on two other vertices referred to this species.

Compared with Plesiocetopsis megalophysum, the supra-
occipital shield of the Temblor skull is broader at the base and
not quite so high. The lateral or lambdoid crests of the tri-
angular supraoccipital shield are well developed. There is a
well defined carina on the apical portion of this shield, on
either side of which the surface is slightly depressed. The
condyles project beyond the level of the exoccipitals. The
squamosals and their zygomatic processes form the posterior
and outer margins of the temporal fossae. The extremity of
the right zygomatic process is missing and the external sur-
face is eroded. The lambdoid crest is continuous inferiorly
with a crest that curves forward and outward on the posterior
margin of the squamosal. As in Plesiocetopsis mcgalophysum,
the squamosal is strongly excavated below this carina.

The fragments of the maxillas associated with this cranium
do not exhibit any unusual peculiarities.

Posterior viezv: From this aspect, the supraoccipital shield
is seen to curve forward and upward : it is somewhat depressed
in the center below the median carina on the apex. The
exoccipitals are relatively small, coalesce with the supraoccipi-

322

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

tal above, and project outward and backward. Each exoccipi-
tal is suturally united in front with the corresponding squa-
mosal, and inferiorly it is fused with the basioccipital. The
shape of the foramen magnum appears to be similar to that of
Plesiocetopsis megalophysum, judging from the curvature of
the internal margin of the right condyle. This condyle, how-
ever, is quite different in general shape from that of the last
mentioned cetothere. It is considerably narrower at the apex
than at the base, convex from side to side and end to end, and
is set off from the exoccipital by a shallow excavation.

/

,/

Fig. 75. Ventral view of incomplete skull of Tifhyocetus temblorcnsis,
No. 4355, C. A. S., X 0.25.

Ventral vieiv: The median region of the basicranium (hg.
75), which is concave from side to side, is formed as usual
by the basioccipital and basisphenoid. The posterior hori-
zontally expanded plate of the vomer, which overspreads the
basisphenoid, is destroyed on both specimens. The anterior
margin of the basisphenoid is concave and it is separated from
the presphenoid by an open transverse suture. Portions of the
pterygoids remain attached to the lateral margins of the basi-
sphenoid on the type skull, but their posterior extensions are

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGI C MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 333

destroyed. The latter contribute the internal walls of the
pterygoid fossae and abut against the lateral protuberances of
the basioccipital. These lateral protuberances are relatively
smaller than those on the skull of Plesiocetopsis occidentalis.
W'hen complete, these pterygoid bones bound the median

76

Fragment of skull of Tiphyocettis temblor ensis, No. 4357, C. A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 76. Ventral view of basicranium.

324

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th See.

77

78

Fragments of skull of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, No. 4357, C. A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 77. Ventral view of vomer and presphenoid.
Fig. 78. Proximal fragment of left maxillary.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 335

region of the basicranium and take part in the formation of
the lower borders of the choanse.

On the type skull, the right pterygoid is in contact with the
supraorbital process of the frontal, meeting the descending
wall of the optic canal near its orifice. The alisphenoid is
hidden by the pterygoid, and its extremity is reduced to a nar-
row strip in the temporal fossa. The roof of the pterygoid
fossa is formed by the pterygoid. Behind this fossa is the
large tympano-periotic recess. This recess is bounded by the
squamosal externally, the exoccipital posteriorly, the basi-
occipital internally, and by the alisphenoid and overlying
pterygoid anteriorly. In the temporal fossa, the pterygoid is
suturally united with the frontal and squamosal, and anteriorly
it forms the posterior wall of the optic canal.

The outer projection or zygomatic process of the squamosal
is rather slender and flattened on its internal and external
faces; the antero-internal portion of the squamosal is bifur-
cated to provide an orifice for the large foramen ovale. The
narrow lower branch or falciform process is suturally united

Fragment of skull of Tiphyocetxis tcmhlorensis, No. 4357, C. A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 79. Posterior view of right exoccipital.

326

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sf.r.

with the pterygoid on the outer wall of the pterygoid fossa.
The broad upper portion is likewise sutured with the ptery-
goid. The curvature of the anterior or temporal margin
of the squamosal is most pronounced in front of the glenoid
region and corresponds in this respect to the skull of Plesio-
cetopsis megalophysum. Behind the falciform process there
is a distinct emargination for lodging Ihe anterior process of
the periotic. The glenoid articular surface is rather wide and
is concave antero-posteriorly. Behind this broad and rather

Measurements of Skulls (in millimeters)

Greatest breadth of skull across zygomatic processes,
estimated

Distance across skull between outside margins of
exoccipitals, estimated

Vertical height of skull (basisphenoid to apex of
supraoccipital)

Apex of supraoccipital shield to extero-inferior angle
of exoccipital

Outside margin of extremity of zygomatic process
to apex of supraoccipital shield

Antero-inferior margin oi foramen magnum to apex
of supraoccipital shield

Antero-inferior margin oi foramen magnum to notch
between frontals at base of nasals

Least breadth of cranium between temporal fossae .

Breadth oi foramen magnum

Greatest distance between outer margins of occipital
condyles

Greatest vertical diameter of right condyle

Distance from antero-inferior margin of foramen
magnum to anterior margin of basisphenoid

Greatest distance across basioccipital between out-
side margins of lateral protuberances

Greatest depth of vomerine trough at anterior end
of presphenoid

Distance between tip of postglenoid process and tip
of zygomatic process of right squamosal

Apex of supraoccipital shield to notch betw-een fron-
tals at base of nasals

No. 43S7,
C. A. S.

' As preserved.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 2)17

robust postglenoid process is a wide shallow channel for the
external auditory meatus which commences at the postero-
internal angle of the squamosal and curves outward. The
apophysis or posterior process of the periotic is wedged in
between the posterior face of the squamosal and the flattened
exoccipital. The narrowing of the inferior edge of the ex-
occipital resulted in a corresponding decrease in the area avail-
able for the attachment of neck muscles. The posterior or
lacerated foramen is continuous externally with the tympano-
periotic recess and is continued backward across the exoccipital
as a broad groove between the poorly defined paroccipital
process and the corresponding lateral protuberance of the
basioccipital.

Periotic

The periotic of this cetothere exhibits a surprisingly close
resemblance to those of the St. Marys Plesiocetopsis niegalo-
physmn (Cope), and the Scaldisian (middle Pliocene)
Balcemila balcunopsis.** The periotics of these fossil whales
exhibit the same side to side compression of the anterior
process, but the periotic of Balcenula halccnopsis is distin-
guished by its larger size, by the greater antero-posteriof
diameter of the pars cochlearis and a larger cerebral orifice for
the aqueduct of the cochlea. The bullae of both of these fossil
whales are compressed from side to side and have a median
longitudinal ventral ridge. It would probably be difficult, if
not impossible today, to explain the association of the periotic
figured by Van Beneden with the other skeletal remains of
Balconiila balcFiiopsis. This right periotic lacks the posterior
process, but the body is not much larger than that of the
Temblor cetothere. As a whole this Belgian periotic is quite
unlike any known member of the familv Balsenidae and the
writer is inclined to suspect that it does not belong to balcsnop-
sis. In so far as it is possible to make comparisons with the
periotic of Plesiocetopsis megalophysum, it is practically iden-
tical with that of the Temblor cetothere.

In the Antwerp Basin during the Miocene and early Plio-
cene there were at least three other species of fossil whales

** p. J. Van Beneden, Ann. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 4, pi. 3, figs.
25-26, 1878.

328

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

\ \

Incomplete right periotic of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, No. 4353, C. A S.,
X 1.0. Fig. 80. Cerebral view. Fig. 81. Inferior view.

with periotics similar to those of the Temblor cetothere, but
the bulUe referred to these species are quite different. The
periotic of the Diestian (lower Pliocene) "Idiocetiis" longi-
frons*^ has a posterior process that closely resembles the cor-
responding process of the Temblor periotic, and the relative
size and position of the aqueducts of the cochlea and vestibule
also agree, but a comparison of the cerebral views shows that
the body of the former is deeper and more rounded, the
anterior process is shorter, and there are differences in the
relative positions of the entrance to the aqiiccductus Fallopii
and the internal acoustic meatus. It is desirable to point out

" p. J. Van Beneden, of. cit., pt. 5, vol. 13, 1886, pi. 67, figs. 2, 3, 4.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 329

46

here that the periotic of the genotype, Idiocetits guicciardinii,
which belongs to the Astian (middle Pliocene) fauna of Italy,
is so unlike the Belgian species that one might infer that the
periotic of the latter either is erroneously associated with the
other skeletal remains or else the generic allocation is incor-
rect. The periotic of the Diestian Amphicetus later*'' has an
exceedingly long and slender posterior process, a rather large
pars cochlearis, and the cerebral orifice of the aqucediictus
vestihuli opens into a groove. The periotic of the Diestien
(lower Pliocene) Plesiocetopsis hupschii*^ has a much larger
body, the outline of the combined anterior process and the
body being distinctly triangular, and the cerebral orifice of the
aqiiccduchis cochlece is larger, but the posterior process is not
unlike that of the Temblor ceto there. The periotic (figs. 80,
81 ) of the Temblor cetothere possesses features which allocate
the species in the group of small whalebone whales allied to
Plesiocetopsis hupschii. The limits and diagnostic criteria for
this group are rather indefinite at present and are likely to
remain so until all known material is critically studied. It is
unfortunate that so little attention was given to accurate
methods of curatorial procedure at the time the specimens
from the basin were passing through the hands of Du Bus,
Van Beneden, their artists, and assistants.

Portions of four periotics belonging to at least three dif-
ferent individuals are the basis for the following diognosis.
The posterior process (fig. 75) is elongate, attenuated at both
ends, and relatively narrow. It is wedged between the ex-
occipital and the squamosal, while the body and the pars
cochlearis project into the large recess behind the pterygoid
fossa. The posterior pedicle of the bulla is fused with the
posterior process on the proximal end of the ridge which fol-
lows the anterior border. Behind this ridge is the deep groove
which marks the position of the facial nerve on its outward
course. The external denser portion or body of the periotic
is compressed from side to side, and its depth is fully one-
fourth greater than its width. The external surface of the
body is strongly convex and the internal surface is irregularly

*' G. CapelHni, Balene Fossili Toscane, III. Idiocetus Guicciardinii. Mem. R.
Accad. Sci. Bologna, (6), 1905, vol. 2, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3, 4.

"P. J. Van Beneden, op. cit., pt. 5, vol. 13, 1886, pi. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3.
*«P. J. Van Beneden, op. cit., pt. 4, vol. 9, 1885, pi. 21, figs. 2-7.

January 30, 1931

330 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

excavated. The external surfaces of the body and anterior
process are relatively smooth on two of these periotics, but
are strongly rugose on the third. The pars cochlearis is small
and not quite twice as long as broad; the ventral surface is
convex and the external surface rises almost vertically from
the inner margin of the fenestra ovalis. The internal outline
of the pars cochlearis of the periotic here figured (fig. 80),
viewed from the ventral side, is more strongly arched than on
a second periotic (No. 11865, U. S. N. M.). The posterior
face of the periotic is abruptly truncated above the circular
fenestra rotunda. The fenestra ovalis is partially encircled by
a very narrow rim and is sunk below the level of the channel
for the facial nerve. A carina more distinct on one (No.
11865. U. S. N. M.), than on another (No. 4353. C. A. S.)
separates the channel for the facial nerve from the fenestra
ovalis. Small orifices of the semicircular canals can be seen
at the bottom and on the outer wall of the vestibule. On one
of these periotics (No. 11865, U. S. N. M.) there is a deep
and narrow groove leading forward from the external rim of
the fenestra ovalis to the notch between the pars cochlearis and
the anterior process. This groove is much less distinct on the
periotic here figured and does not extend backward beyond the
level of the anterior pedicle of the bulla. The fossa for the
stapedial muscle is broader than long and extends downward
upon the internal face of the posterior process and the external
face of the pars cochlearis.

Bordering on the external margin of the epitympanic orifice
of the aquceductns Fallopii (fig. 81) is a large shallow con-
cavity for lodging the head of the malleus. The exact limits
of this articular surface are not sharply defined and it appears
to be continuous externally with the depression on the outer
denser portion of the periotic. In front of this facet is the
base of the slender anterior pedicle which supports the bulla.
The fossa incudis appears to have been destroyed on all of
these periotics. The anterior process is compressed from side
to side and rather deep ; the extremity is emarginate on the
periotic here figured and is straight on the others.

Some of the most important features of this periotic are
found on the cerebral face. Below the apex of the pars
cochlearis is the internal accoustic meatus, at the bottom of

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION

331

which is the spiral tract and a minute foramen singiilare.
Because of its oblique position and the funnel-like shape of
the meatus, the tractus spiralis foraminosus is largely hidden
from a cerebral view. A high thick transverse crest separates
the large entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius from the more
central!}' placed internal acoustic meatus. Posterior to the
meatus is the small orifice of the aqueduct of the cochlea and
above the latter is the large deep fossa into which the aqueduct
of the vestibule opens. Between this fossa and the entrance
to the aqueduct of Fallopius is a rather prominent projection.
A large excavation is present on the cerebral face of the body
above the entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius. There is a
broad deep groove on the posterior face, bordered on each
side by distinct crests, which commences at the posterior mar-
gin of the stapedial fossa and extends to the cerebral angle.
The smooth convex surface of the pars cochlearis does not
extend as far as the rim of the internal acoustic meatus and
the irregular margin thus formed accentuates the jagged
appearance of the cerebral face.

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra
ovalis (from external face above ex-
cavation to internal face of pars
cochlearis)

Greatest dorso- ventral depth of periotic
(from most inflated portion of tym-
panic face of pars cochlearis and ex-
ternal excavation to most projecting
point on cerebral face)

Distance between epitympanic orifice
of aquceductus Fallopii and tip of an-
terior process

No. 11865,

U.S.N. M.
Right

31.3

28.4

(1)

No. 4353,

C. A. S.

Right

31.2

33.5

50.0

No. 4354,

C. A. S.

Left

51.0

No. 4356,

C. A. S.

Right

34.4

28.0

40.5

'Extremity of anterior process missing.

332 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Bulla

The right tympanic bulla (fig. 75) attached to the skull is
complete, and is characterized by the narrowness of the pos-
terior end. The involuted portion of the bulla is depressed
below the level of the overarching, thin, outer lip and decreases
in thickness anteriorly. The dorsal surface of the involucrum
is transversely creased and exhibits the usual convex undu-
lation.

The anterior pedicle is rather slender, and the posterior
pedicle in cross section would appear "V"-shaped, with the
apex behind. A narrow groove separates the posterior conical
apophysis from the sigmoid process, and, in front of the latter,
the thin outer lip is traversed in a vertical direction by a rather
broad groove. The ventral profile shows that the bulla is
depressed mesially. The ventral and external faces of the
bulla form a continuous curved surface, but a fairly sharp
angular crest separates the ventral and internal faces. The
posterior end of the bulla is strongly attenuated. In contrast
to the bulla of Plesiocetopsis megalophysiim, where the
eustachian angle corresponds to the antero-internal angle, the
eustachian angle of the bulla of the Temblor cetothere is
placed mesially on the anterior border. The greatest length of
this bulla is 87.8 mm., and that of the bulla of Plesiocetopsis
megalophysiim is 94 mm. The bulla of the Calvert Miocene
cetothere is considerably smaller, pleasuring less than 65 mm.
in length. The greatest width of the Temblor bulla is 48.7
mm. and its depth at the level of the posterior apophysis is
52 mm.

Scapula

It is not improbable that the differences observed in the four
incomplete scapulae (Nos. 4373, 4374, 4375, and 4443,
C. A. S.) referred to this species are due to individual vari-
ation. One (No. 4373, C. A. S.) of these is sufficiently com-
plete to show the size and proportions of its component parts.
The fan shaped blade (fig. 85) is rather high, with a regularly
convex vertebral margin and an essentially straight posterior
margin above the neck. The prescapular fossa is certainly
very much reduced and may have been limited to the rather

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 333

82

83

Cervical vertebra of (?) Tiphyocetus temblorensis, No. 4400, C. A. S.,
about X 0.5. Fig. 82. Posterior view. Fig. 83. Lateral view.

Scapulae of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, X 0.5. Fig. 84. Distal view of
right scapula, No. 4375, C. A. S. Fig. 85. External view of
left scapula, No. 4373, C. A. S.

334 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Sf.r.

broad anterior face. The young of some species of recent fin-
back whales have a scapula shaped like this fossil one, but in
older individuals the vertebral margin is much less convex.
The base of the acromion process is quite broad, but its length
is uncertain. On this scapula most of the coracoid process is
missing, but on one of the others (No. 4375, C. A. S.) the
basal half of the long attenuated coracoid process, which arises
close to the margin of the glenoid cavity is retained, and it is
directed obliquely inward and downward. The glenoid articu-
lar surface (fig. 84) on one of these scapulae (No. 4375,
C. A. S.) is considerably expanded, the maximum diameters in
the two directions being 101 mm. and 80 mm. The glenoid
surface of the best preserved scapula measures 98 mm. and
66 mm. The greatest depth of the left scapula (No. 4373,
C. A. S.) is about 240 mm., and the greatest width is esti-
mated to be about 330 mm. It is difficult to make proper
allowances for age without having a large series for com-
parison, and, for the present, all four of these scapulae may be
referred tentatively to this species.

Fore Limb

The remaining parts of the fore limbs of the Temblor ceto-
there are not readily distinguishable from those of a number
of Pliocene and Miocene cetotheres found elsewhere. In case
of living whalebone whales, age differences are reflected in the
bones of the fore limb, and limb bones without definite data
are allocated correctly only with considerable difficulty. A
corresponding amount of age and individual variation may be
expected in these fossil cetotheres. The forearm of the
Temblor cetothere is considerably longer than the humerus,
and the ulna is longer than the radius. No carpal bones were
noted, but a number of phalanges of various sizes which
belong either to this species or to one of the other cetotheres
hereinafter described were sorted out for comparison. The
largest of these phalanges (No. 4390, C. A. S.) has a maxi-
mum length of 81 mm. and a width of 56 mm. The smallest
(No. 4393, C. A. S.) measures 57.5 mm. by 42.5 mm. There
is nothing peculiar about any of these phalanges as they are
all expanded transversely at their extremities and flattened in
a dorso-plantar direction.

\0l. xix] kellogg— pelagic mammals of kern river region 335

Humerus

The general shape of the humerus of this cetothere is quite
similar to the right humerus referred by Van Benedeh*" to
Amphicctus rofimdus. The head and tuberosities on the proxi-
mal end of the left humerus (No. 4376, C. A. S.) are eroded
away, but the right humerus (No. 4378) is fairly well pre-
served, with the exception of the greater tuberosity. The
humerus of this cetothere has a large globular head and
a prominent greater tuberosity, but the lesser tuber-
osity is not as distinct as on a Calvert Miocene cetothere
humerus. The large head is not set ofif from the shaft by a
well marked neck, and the groove between it and the greater
tuberosity is rather broad. Below this grove on the outer
face of the humerus is a shallow and slightly roughened area
for the infraspinatus muscle. The lower portion of the shaft
is rather broad and is flattened in an extero-internal direction.
The distal end is divided into two articular surfaces divided
by a median crest. The upper surfaces of the radius and ulna
are applied to these facets. The posterior profile of the
humerus is strongly convex. A low protuberance on the
antero-external angle of the shaft below the greater tuberosity
modifies the anterior profile. The humerus of the Calvert
Miocene cetothere has a large elongated fossa on the posterior
face of the shaft about 18 mm. above the ulna face, but the
Temblor humeri lack this fossa. It is possible that this fossa
may mark the origin of one of the divisions of the triceps
muscle, possibly the short head.

Mra.-nirriiu'itfs of Ilmiicri (in »iilli)neters)

Greatest length

Extero-intemal diameter of distal end. .
Antero-posterior diameter of distal end .
Greatest diameter of head

No. 4378,

C. A. S.

Right

243.8
61.0

109.5
96.0

"P. J. Van Beneden, Ann. :Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 13, 1886, pi.
17, figs. 4. 5.

336

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Radius

The left radius (fig. 86) referred to this cetothere lacks the
distal extremity. As is usual with these cetaceans, it has a
rather simple form, and its curvature conforms to that of the
shaft of the ulna. The shaft of the radius averages wider
than that of the ulna. The external and internal surfaces of
the shaft are convex, forming crest-like anterior and posterior
margins. The maximum antero-posterior diameter of the
shaft is 69.5 mm. and the maximum extero-internal diameter
is 41.5 mm. The facet (fig. 87) on the proximal end for
articulation with the humerus is flattened. There is also a
well defined ulnar facet.

86

Incomplete left radius of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, No. 4438, C. A. S.,
X 0.5. Fig. 86. Internal view of shaft. Fig. 87. Proximal
view.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 337

Ulna

The proximal end of a right ulna (No. 4388, C. A. S.), and
the proximal and distal ends of a left ulna (No. 4436,
C. A. S.) are ascribed to this species. Their articular surfaces
and proportions agree with the humeri described above. In
general proportions, the shaft of the ulna (fig. 88) is not quite
as slender as that of Heterocetns aflinis.^'^ Both of these ceto-
theres have a well developed olecranon process projecting back-
ward from the shaft of the ulna. The lower portion of the
greater sigmoid cavity is considerably broader than the upper,
and the articular surface of the former extends over upon the
external face. The facet for the radius is broad and rather
deep. The distal end of the shaft is expanded in an antero-
posterior direction and flattened from side to side. The total
length of the ulna when complete is estimated to be about 375

■ S.V* f-

Fig. 88. Internal view of right ulna of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, No.
4388, C. A. S., X 0.5.

»» P. J. Van Beneden, Ann. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 13, 1886, pi.
24, fig. 3.

^^g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Skr.

mm. ; the j^reatest diameter of the distal end is 87 mm., and
the maximum extero-internal diameter of the lower portion of
the irreater si<:moid cavity is 46.5 mm.

Sterxu.m

In view of the extraordinary variation which may be
observed in sterna of recent whalebone whales, one should not
attribute much importance to differences in general shape of
these bones. True"'^ has figured 25 sterna of Balwnoptera
physalits, many of which have quite unusual shapes. One or
two bear a general resemblance to the sternum referred
to the Temblor cetothere. particularly True's text figure
14. The sternum (No. 4442, C. A.'s.) of the Temblor
cetothere is wider than long, with rather broad posterior arm
or stem. The right wing of the broad anterior portion was
broken off and no contact can be found between two pieces
included in the collection. Nevertheless this sternum appears
to have had the anterior border entire, with a medial vacuity
or perforation below it, and with the wings scarcely <lifferen-
tiated. The greatest length of this sternum is 178 mm.; the
greatest width (estimated), 225 mm. : and the maximum trans-
verse diameter of the stem, 66 mm.

9. Peripolocetus vexillifer^^ Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: No. 4370, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. from Sharktooth
Hill, Kern County, Calif. ; Temblor, Miocene ; Charles Mor-
rice, Coll., 1924. Consists of the squamosal region on the
right side, the corresponding portion of exoccipital, periotic
and bulla, right occipital condyle, and a portion of basioc-
cipital.

Referred specimens: No. 4358, right humerus; Nos. 4387,
4389, C. A. S., proximal end distal ends of left ulnae.

Skull

The cranial fragments show that this cetothere had a con-
siderably larger skull than Tiphyocetits temblorensis. The

" F. W. True, The whalebone whales of the western North .\tlantic. Smitiison.
Contrib. to Knowledge, vol. 33, publ. 1414, 1904, pp. 140-141, text figs. 8-32.
'• IlepiTroXoj, a patrol; ktjtos, whale.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG—PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 339

external margin of the extremity of the exoccipital is rounded
and relatively thin. The ventral surface of this bone behind
the cochlear portion of the periotic is rather thick, affording a
considerable surface for muscle attachment. The combined
zygomatic and postglenoid portions of the squamosal are pro-
duced much farther outward beyond the extremity of the
exoccipital than in Tiphyocetus temblorensis. Unfortunately
the ventro-external angle of the postglenoid process and the
extremity of the zygomatic process are missing, but the gen-
eral shape is quite similar to that of Tiphyocetus. On the
other hand, the ventral surface of the squamosal between the
level of the bulla and the postglenoid process is very strongly
convex, in contrast to the corresponding concave surface on
the Tiphyocetus skull, and the curvature of the temporal mar-
gin of Peripolocetus is decidedly more convex. It would
appear from the material at hand that this skull had a nar-
rower temporal fossa than exhibited by Tiphyocetus.

Viewed from behind, the curvature of the posterior margin
of the squamosal is similar to that of Tiphyocetus, but the
lambdoid crest rises more abruptly and the braincase swells
out more noticeably above the level of the anterior process of
the periotic. The right condyle is rather large, concave from
end to end and from side to side, but is not borne on a distinct
neck. It measures 107.5 mm. in length and has a maximum
width of 59 mm. The inferior end is bluntly rounded and the
superior end is pointed. It attains its maximum width at a
point about half way between the middle and the superior end.
Only a portion of the lateral protuberance on the right side of
the basioccipital is preserved, but it is enough to show that it
was relatively large.

Periotic

The ventral portion of the cochlear region of the right peri-
otic, including the area occupied by the fenestra rotunda and
aqueduct of the cochlea, is missing, but otherwise this bone is
quite complete. The long posterior process with the expanded
extremity is wedged as usual between the exoccipital and the
squamosal. The body of the periotic is characterized chiefly
by the large, swollen, anterior process which gives a charac-
teristic shape to the whole bone. The foramen ovale and

340 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Ser.

epitympanic orifice of the aqiiccductus Fallopii are located at
about the same level, and the g^roove for the passage of the
facial nerve posteriorly is limited to the internal surface of the
posterior process.

The large stapedial fossa is deep, sub-elliptical in outline,
and is shut off from the broad and rather deep transverse
troui^h on the posterior face of the periotic by a thin raised
margin. The spiral tract and the entrance to the aqueduct of
Fallopius are placed within a common ovoidal meatus, and the
transverse bony crest which separates the aqiiccductits FaUopii
from the fossa occupied by the spiral tract does not rise half
way to the level of the cerebral rim of the internal acoustic
meatus. The foramen singulare is placed at the bottom and
within the fossa occupied by the tractus spiralis fonninosiis.
The spiral tract is strongly coiled and ends in a distinct fora-
men centrale. There appears to be a distinct area vestibularis
inferior. The surface in the area occupied by the fossa for
lodging the head of the malleus is very rugose and the mar-
gins of this fossa are very poorly defined. The fossa inciidis
consists of a small irregular concavity located on a thin,
inwardly projecting ledge. The large swollen anterior process
differs from that of Tiphyocetus, not only in its large size, but
also in that it is turned inward almost at right angles to the
body of the periotic, and its direction is parallel to that of the
anterior process.

Bulla

The left tympanic bulla associated with the cranial frag-
ments appears rather small for so large a skull and may not
have belonged to this species. The heavy involucrum is
creased transversely, concavo-convex from the rear forward,
and gradually decreases in thickness anterior to the level of the
sigmoid process. The tympanic cavity which is bounded by
the thin over-arching outer lip is rather narrow posteriorly,
but widens at the level of the anterior pedicle, and then
diminishes as it approaches the eustachian angle.

The involucrum and the outer lip contribute the two sides
of the V-shaped posterior process. The posterior apophysis is
small and blunt, and is separated from the sigmoid process by
a short crease. The sigmoid process is missing. Between the

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 34^

sigmoid process and the anterior pedicle the outer lip of the
bulla is deeply grooved. Viewed from the external side, the
ventral profile is slightly convex, and gradually merges with
the strongly convex posterior profile. There is a distinct angle
between the anterior and ventral profiles. The smooth convex
ventral surface of the bulla passes into the internal and exter-
nal surfaces without any perceptible change in curvature,
although an irregular crease marks the ventral limits of the
involucrum. A fairly distinct longitudinal crest traverses the
ventral surface at the anterior end ; the posterior end is some-
what flattened. The greatest length of this bulla is 89.3 mm. ;
greatest width, 45.5 mm. ; greatest depth at level of posterior
apophysis, 60 mm. ; and the width of involucrum at level of
anterior margin of posterior process is 40 mm.

Humerus

This right humerus (fig. 89) is very well preserved and is
somewhat larger than those referred to Tiphyocetiis tem-
blorensis. The large globular head is set off from the shaft
by a distinct neck and on the external face is separated from
the greater tuberosity by a broad groove. A large, rounded
protuberance placed mesially on the proximal end of the
humerus is identified as the lesser tuberosity. The small
rugose area, which marks the origin of one of the divisions of
the triceps muscle — possibly the short head — is placed near
the posterior border of the outer face of the shaft and this
area is nearer to the head than to the ulnar facet. The facets
on the distal end of the humerus which articulate with the
radius and ulna are similar in shape to those on the humerus
of Tiphyocetus, although the humerus of the latter has a some-
what broader ulnar facet. The measurements of the right
humerus in millimeters are as follows: greatest length, 274.5;
extero-internal diameter of distal end, 121 ; antero-posterior
diameter of distal end, 63 ; and greatest diameter of head, 107.

Ulna

Proximal and distal ends of somewhat larger left ulnae
(Nos. 4387, 4389, C. A. S.) than those referred to Tiphyo-
cetiis temblorensis may belong to this ceto there. The ole-

342

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIEWCES [Proc. 4th Sm.

89

Fig. 89. Right htimerus of Peripolocetns vexillifer, No. 4358 CAS
X 0.5

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 343

Fragments of ulnae of (?) Peripolocetus vexillifer, X 0.5. Fig. 90. In-
ternal view of proximal end of left ulna, No. 4389, C. A. S.
Fig. 91. Distal end of left ulna, No. 4387, C. A. S.

cranon process (fig. 90) is quite large, and the upper portion
of the sigmoid cavity forms an obtuse angle with the lower
horizontal articular surface. The radial facet is rather deep
and is convex from side to side. The external face of the
shaft is convex and the internal flattened. Most of the distal
expansion (fig. 91) is due to the enlargement of the posterior
angle.

10. Parietobalaena (?) securis Kellogg, new species

Holotype: Left periotic, Avithout posterior process, No.
4371, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. from Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California; Temblor, Miocene; Charles Morrice,
Coll., 1924.

344 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Referred specimens: Posterior process of left periotic, No.
4579. C. A. S. ; and incomplete braincase, No. 4372, C. A. S.

A badly eroded and damaged braincase is referred to this
species. The general aspect of the cranium is similar to that
of Parietohalcena palmeri, but it is slightly larger than the
latter. The entire supraoccipital shield, with the exception of
the apex, is destroyed. The right exoccipital is preserved.
The right postglenoid process is complete though the zygo-
matic process is missing. Although both condyles are imper-
fect, the right is more nearly complete than the left. The
small lateral descending processes of the basioccipital are
knob-like. The precise conformation of this skull is unknown.

Periotic

Aside from having a much narrower groove or dorso-
ventral excavation on the posterior face above the stapedial
fossa, this periotic differs from Tiphyocetus teinblorensis in
having the cerebral face noticeably flattened, a somewhat dif-
ferent profile of the pars cochlearis, when viewed from the
cerebral side, and a considerably shorter anterior process. In
these respects it approaches the periotic of Parietohalcena
palmeri^^ and until the skull of securis is found, it is tentatively
allocated to the genus Parietohalcena.

When contrasted with the periotics of Tiphyocetus tem-
blorensis, the left periotic of securis is seen to have a much
thicker body and anterior process, and a more convex external
surface. In the region of the anterior pedicle of the bulla, the
extero-inferior margin of the anterior process is produced
outward, forming a crest which projects beyond the external
face. In these respects this periotic (fig. 93) bears a striking
resemblance to those of Parietohalcena. The pars cochlearis is
larger than in Tiphyocetus, but it is not so strongly inflated in
the region of the fenestra rotunda as in the latter. The fenes-
tra rotunda is large and produces a well marked indentation
on the posterior profile. The large elliptical fenestra oralis
is encircled by a narrow rim, which is set off from the sta-
pedial fossa and the channel for the facial nerve by a rather
broad osseous crest. The rim of the fenestra ovalis is not
sunk below the level of the channel for the facial nerve as on

"R. Kellogg, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 63. publ. 2483, 1925, pp. 9-11, pi. 5.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KER^f RIVER REGION 345

92

Fig. 92. Cerebral view of incomplete left periotic of Parieiobalcena (?)
securis, No. 4371, (C. A. S.), X 1.0.

93

Fig. 93. Inferior view of incomplete left periotic of Parietobal<ena (f)
securis, No. 4371, (C. A. S.), X 1.0.

January 30, 1931

■3'46

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Fig. 94. Posterior process of left periotic of Parietobalcena (?) securis,
No. 4579, (C. A. S.).

the periotic of Tiphyocetus, and the interval between the inter-
nal face of the pars cochlearis and the fossa incndis is some-
what wider. Small orifices for the superior and posterior
semicircular canals are located at the bottom and on the outer
wall of the vestibule. A break, which fortunately passed
through the vestibule, enabled the writer to trace the course of
the semicircular canals and it was observed that they did not
differ from those of recent whales. One structure was exposed
which was heretofore unknown to the writer. Within the
substance of the body of the periotic and posterior to the
vestibule is a blind aqueduct, which communicates with the
portion of the pars cochlearis traversed by the cochlear duct,
and, because of its position with reference to the periotic
cistern and the semicircular canals, it is considered to house
the sacciiliis endolytuphaficus. This duct was not found in
the periotics of the recent Berardiiis and Tursiops, or in sev-
eral species of fossil porpoises. It may possibly be present,
however, in recent whalebone whales, but the writer did not
have periotics of these whales which could be sectioned to
determine the point. The fossa for lodging the head of the
malleus is placed in front of the epitympanic orifice of the
aqueduct of Fallopius between the pars cochlearis and the
anterior process, and not wholly on the anterior process as in
Tiphyocetus.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 347

The channel for the facial nerve (fig. 93). which curves
backward from the epitympanic orifice of the aqueduct of
Fallopius. is not set ofif from the fossa for the stapedial
inuscle by a carina and is largely concealed by the inwardly
projecting border of the posterior process. The fossa for the
stapedial muscle is broad and quite deep, and terminates
posteriorly at the emargination resulting from the development
of a rather deep dorso-ventral groove on the posterior face.
Between the stapedial fossa and the fenestra rotunda, a sharp
edged crest is developed on the posterior extension of the pars
cochlearis which contributes the internal face for the groove
on the posterior surface. The poorly defined fossa incudis is
placed opposite the epitympanic orifice of the aqueduct of Fal-
lopius and at the apex of the excavation on the ventral surface
of the outer denser portion of the periotic. The anterior
process is foreshortened, and. in consequence of the curvature
of the externa] face its extremity, is directed inward.

Although the arrangement and position of the various struc-
tures on the cerebral face (fig. 92) are approximately the
same, the general appearance of this surface is quite unlike
that of Tiphyocetus temblorensis, but it does correspond in all
essential details with that of Parietohalwna. The cerebral profile
of the pars cochlearis is quite characteristic, being oblique and
nearly straight in front, convex internally, and with a median
projection posteriorly. The rim of the deep internal acoustic
meatus is raised above the surrounding surface and is placed
some distance away from the entrance to the aquceductus Fal-
lopii. This meatus is somewhat narrower at the bottom than
at the rim. At the bottom and on the dorsal wall of this
meatus is the rather large foramen singidare. The spiral tract
is short and strongly curved. The groove or trough, which
extends from the anterior rim of the internal acoustic meatus
to the entrance of the aqueduct of Fallopius. is a remnant of
the former course of the aqueduct and shows that the facial
nerve has shifted forward in consequence of the general flat-
tening of the cerebral face, thereby shortening the aqueduct
which passes through the substance of the periotic on the
anterior border of the pars cochlearis. Behind the rim of the
internal acoustic meatus is the minute orifice of the aqueduct
of the cochlea, and above it is an elongate fossa into which

348 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

the aqueduct of the vestibule formerly opened, but which in
this particular pariotic is entirely closed.

A posterior process of a left periotic (No. 4579, C. A. S.),
which bears a close resemblance to that of Parictohalcena
palmeri, is referred to this species. This short swollen process
is somewhat flattened on its anterior face and strongly convex
posteriorly.

Measurements of the Periotic

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from ex-
ternal face above excavation to internal face of pars
cochlearis) 47.3 mm.

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most in-
flated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point on
cerebral face) 25.5 mm.

Distance between epitympanic orifice of the aquceductus

Fallopii and tip of anterior process 39.6 mm.

Suborder Odontoceti: Toothed Whales

The discovery of the skull of the large physeterid, Aulo-
physetcr morricei, was one of the most important finds made
by Mr. Morrice in his excavations on Sharktooth Hill. This
physeterid may have been fairly numerous in the Temblor
seas, for periotic bones of at least nine individuals were found
by the collector. The finding of a single periotic bone that
apparently belongs to some squalodont is another interesting
but not unexpected discovery. Prior to the field work carried
on by Mr. Morrice. remains of squalodonts were unknown in
the North Pacific region, although their occurrence in Tertiary
formations of New Zealand, Australia, and Tasmania has been
known for many years. This find, if confirmed by the dis-
covery of a determinable skull, will extend the geographic
range of squalodonts to include most of the Miocene seas.
Numerous discoveries in the north and south Atlantic regions
bear witness to their presence elsewhere in the Miocene period.

Quite a variety of smaller porpoises frequented the Temblor
seas in association with the archaic whalebone whales and the
somewhat larger sperm whale. The cranial peculiarities of
these porpoises are as yet unknown to us. On the basis of the

\ou XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 349

periotic bones it has been possible to distinguish at least nine
species of porpoises. Vertebrae and limb bones of some of
these are included in the collection, but their relation to any
particular porpoise is too uncertain to warrant any specific
allocation. The apparent absence of the long-snouted por-
poises, which are so characteristic of the Miocene formations
in the xA.tlantic region, is quite puzzling. None of these peri-
otics agree with those of the long-snouted porpoises. Eurhino-
delphis and Cyrtodelphis. At least one, Eurhinodelphis
pacificusj^* of the long-snouted porpoises has been recognized
by Matsumoto in the Miocene Shiiya formation of Japan.
Their occurrence in the Temblor fauna is to be expected. The
periotics hereinafter described are types commonly associated
with skulls of short-snouted porpoises.

Humerus

Six humeri of odontocetes were found in the collection, but
it is obviously impossible to allocate any of them to any par-
ticular porpoise hereinafter described. They form a part of
our record of the Temblor pelagic fauna and are worthy of
mention.

95

Fig. 95. External or lateral view of large left humerus of an odonto-
cete, No. 4361, C. A. S. X 0.5.

" H. Matsumoto. Set. Reports Tohoku Imp. Univ., ser. 2, Geol., vol. 10, no. 1,
1926, pp. 21-23, fig. 3; pi. 9, figs. 1-4.

350

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

The largest (fig. 95) of these humeri is about the same size
as that of Eurhinodelphis bossi. This humerus is damaged,
with portions of the anterior and posterior surfaces of the
distal end missing, and with the inner surface of the tuberosity
eroded. The broadly oval head is not set off from the shaft by
a distinct neck. The infraspinous fossa of the humerus is
rather broad. Below this fossa is a well marked swelling.

Right humerus of an odontocete, No. 4363, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 96.
Internal or medial view. Fig. 97. External or lateral view.

A somewhat smaller right humerus (figs. 96-97) possesses
a peculiar process on the posterior angle of the distal
extremity. This process .seems to be the proximal end of the
olecranon process which has fused with the humerus. When
viewed from the front, the internal face curves from the distal
end to the tuberosity, but the external face is nearly straight.
The large deep infraspinous fossa is placed below the head and
on the anterior half of the shaft. 1lie circular head does not
have a distinct neck and is placed at about the same level as the
tuberosity. There is a conspicuous indentation on the anterior
border of the distal end of the shaft and a transverse crest
separates the trochlea for the radius from that for the ulna.
The process on the posterior angle of the distal end is rather
thin and is set off from the trochlea for the ulna by a narrow
groove. In the region of the insertion of the masto-
humeralis and the origin of the triceps muscles on the proxi-
mal end of the shaft are two small prominences.

The third humerus (figs. 98-99) has a somewhat stouter
shaft than the preceding. The circular head is placed con-

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 351

Right humerus of an odontocete. No. 4362, C. A. S., X 0.5. Fig. 98.
External or lateral view. Fig. 99. Internal or medial view.

siderably below the level of the tuberosity and projects very
little beyond the shaft. On the anterior border of the head is a
rather broad groove that extends inward to the tuberosity.
The deep infraspinous fossa comes in contact with the inferior
margin of the head and is placed near the center of the shaft.
The swelling on the anterior face of the shaft above the distal
end presumably marks the insertion of the deltoid muscle. The
trochlea for the radius and that for the ulna are separated by
a complete mesial transverse crest.

Fig. 100. External or lateral view of left humerus of an odontocete.
No. 4364, C. A. S., X 0.5.

The upper end of the shaft of this left humerus (fig. 100)
is eroded. The head is slightly lower than the tuberosity and
there is no distinct neck. Furthermore, the deep infraspinous
fossa does not meet the lower margin of the head as on the
humerus just described, but it does have a prominent swelling
on the anterior face. The transverse crest separating the

352

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

trochlea for the radius from that for the ulna is not complete.
The curvature of the outer and inner surfaces of the shaft are
similar to that of the third humerus.

There are, in addition, two slender badly worn humeri of
some small odontocete. These humeri have a shallow infra-
spinous fossa and a low transverse crest separating the trochlea
for the radius from that for the ulna. The ulna trochlea
extends upward upon the posterior face of the distal
extremity.

Measurements of Humeri (in milltmeters)

No. 4361,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 4362,

C. A. S.

Right

No. 4363,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 4364.

C. A. S.

Right

Greatest length (greater tuberosity to
distal margin)

103.0
31.5

65.5

20.0

33 . 7
40.0

72.5

20.5
40.0
42.8

66.0

Extero-intemal diameter of shaft at
level of lower margin of infraspinous
fossa

19.5

Antero-posterior diameter of distal end
of shaft

32.5

Extero-intemal diameter of proximal
end of humerus

55.+

41.5

Ulna

Two fairly complete ulnae and the proximal ends of four
others are referred to odontocetes. All of these ulnae are
smaller and shorter than those of cetotheres.

The largest (fig. 101) of these uln^e is short, broad, and
compressed. It is quite broad at the distal end and is nar-
rowest below the facet for articulation with the radius. From
its free posterior border, near the proximal end. rises the com-
pressed olecranon process which unfortunately is largely
destroyed. The sigmoid cavity for the humerus is slightly
curved and its surface is eroded. This ulna belongs to a
rather large odontocete, while all of the periotic bones herein-
after described are unquestionably those of porpoises of small
and medium size. Judging from its shape, it would appear

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 353

Fig. 101. Internal or medial view of large right ulna of an odontocete,
No. 4365, C A. S., X 0.5.

Fig. 102. Internal or medial view of right ulna of an odontocete. No.
4366, C. A. S., X 0.5.

354

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4tk Ser.

that this iihia might possibly belong to a young individual of
A u lophyse te r in orricei.

The ulna here figured (fig. 102) has a rather slender shaft.
It is compressed from side to side and is expanded at the distal
end. It is considerably larger than the same bone of the recent
Tursiops tniucafus. The facet for articulation with the head
of the radius projects considerably beyond the anterior face of
the shaft. The proximal end of the thin, compressed ole-
cranon process is missing. With the exception of the proximal
border, the sigmoid cavity for articulation with the humerus is
nearly straight.

Fig. 103. External or lateral view of left ulna of an odontocete. No.
4437, C. A. S., X 0.5. ■ ',

The proximal end of a left ulna (fig. 103) of about the
same proportions as that of Squalodon has a fairly complete
olecranon process. The shaft is convex externally and fiat
internally. It lacks a distinct fact for articulation with the
radius and the broad sigmoid cavity is subvertical on its
proximal third. This ulna is tentatively referred to Squalodon
errabundns.

This ulna (fig. 104) lacks the distal end of the shaft. In
size it corresponds rather closely with that of the recent
Tursiops truncatus. It differs from the latter, however, in
having a less flattened shaft and in the entire absence of a
groove on the internal face below the sigmoid cavity. -.The:
olecranon process is rather narrow aftd ends' iil a (proximal

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 555

Fig. 104. External or lateral view of left ulna of an odontocete.
4368, C. A. S., X 0.5.

No.

pointed tip. The sigmoid cavity is broad and strongly curved,
with a side to side curvature. It has a large facet for articula-
tion with the radius.

A small left ulna (fig. 105) likewise lacks the distal half of
the shaft, but possesses the upper end of the olecranon process.
It differs from the following ulna (No. 4367, C. A. S.) in
having a trace of a groove on the internal face below the
sigmoid cavity. The facet for articulation with the radius is

Fig. 105. External or lateral view of left ulna of small odontocete.
4435, C. A. S., X 0.5. ^

No.

broail and quite rugose. The sigmoid cavity is raised along
the median line and the narrow proximal half is turned almost
at right angles to the broad distal half. The shaft is elliptical
in cross section.

The corresponding portion of another small left ulna is
characterized by having a narrower sigmoid cavity than the
preceding, a greatly reduced olecranon process, a groove on the
internal face below the radial facet, and a markedly flattened
shaft.

356

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Si r.

The proximal end of another .small left ulna (No. 4367,
C. A. S.) corresponds fairly well in the curvature of the lower
end of the olecranon process, in the curvature of the sigmoid
cavity, and in the proportions of the shaft with the corre-
sponding bone of Delphinodon dividum:''' It is barely possi-
ble that this ulna may belong to CEdotiis minis, the porpoise
hereinafter described from a periotic bone, for the periotic
resembles that of Delphinodon dividum in some respects.

Measurements of Ulna (in millimeters)

No. 4365,

C. A. S.

Right

No. 4366,

C. A. S.

Right

No. 4437,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 4368,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 4435,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 4367,

C. A. S.

Left

Length, proximal end sig-
moid cavity to distal
end . .

153.0
62. -f
81.7

42.0

116.0
54.5
49.0

25.7

Breadth at pro.ximal end . .
Breadth at distal end

69.0

34.0

26.0

31.0

Least antero-posterior di-
ameter of shaft

T^pnpth of olecranon

48.0
58.4

20.0
29.5-1-

16.0

23. -h

18.5

Phalanges

Several flattened phalanges which probably belong to odon-
tocetes were sorted out of the collection made by Mr. Morrice.
Two of them have a distinctly hour-glass outline. The
largest of these (No. 4394, C A. S.) measures 45 mm. in
length, ?)}^ mm. in width at the base, and the least diameter is
19 mm. The other phalanx (No. 4567, C. A. S.) is 2>S mm.
long and 26.5 mm. wide at the base. A third phalanx (No.
4564, C. A. S.) is very slightly constricted, and it measures
55 mm. in length and 31 mm. in width at the ba.se. The other
phalanges are broken and worn, and present no special
peculiarities.

" F. W. True, Description of a new fossil porpoise of the genus Delphinodon
from the Miocene formation of Maryland. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2),
vol. 15, 1912, p. 184, pi. 25. tig. 4.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG—PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 357

Vertebr.^

Quite a number of odontocete vertebrae were collected by
Mr. Morrice, but most of them are imperfect. The neural
spines, transverse processes, and, in many cases, the neural
arches as well are either tlamaged or missing.

One series of 15 vertebrse consists of two dorsals (Nos.
4495, 4496, C. A. S.), one lumbar (No. 4497, C. A. S.). and
twelve caudals (Nos. 4498 to 4509. C. A. S.). These verte-
brae are considerably smaller than the corresponding vertebrae
of Priscodelphinus at ro pins, and the centra are relatively
longer. The dorsal vertebrae have the centra strongly con-
stricted near the middle and the dorsal margins of both epi-
physes are nearly straight. The largest dorsal (No. 4496,
C. A. S.) measures 56 mm. in length and the height of the
centrum posteriorly is 35 mm. The lumbar vertebra (No.
4497, C. A. S.) has broad transverse processes and an indis-
tinct longitudinal keel on the inferior face. It is 68.5 mm.
long and the height of the posterior face of the centrum is
41 mm. The five anterior caudals (Nos. 4498 to 4502, C. A.
S.) have the transverse processes pierced basally by a foramen.
Their neural canals are narrow and high, and progressively
diminish in height. Large descending processes for articula-
tion with the chevron bones are developed on the inferior sur-
face at the posterior end of the centrum. The largest of these
caudals (No. 4499, C. A. S.) measures 55.5 mm. in length,
and the greatest height of the centrum posteriorly is 40.5 mm.
Two smaller caudals (Nos. 4503 and 4504, C. A. S.) retain
vestiges of the neural arches and possess a pair of longitudinal
plate-like descending processes on the inferior surface of the
centrum, but lack transverse processes. Five terminal caudals
(Nos. 4505 to 4509. C. A. S.), varying in length from 28.5
mm. to 25.5 mm., lack a neural canal. The centrum of each
of these caudals is pierced dorso-ventrally by paired verte-
brarterial canals that open inferiorly into a deep longitudinal
groove.

Another series of five vertebrae (Nos. 4530, 4531, 4546,
4532, 4533, C. A. S.) have rather slender centra. This series
includes four lumbars and one caudal. All of the lumbars
have a prominent longitudinal inferior carina, on each side of
which is a broad diagonal groove that extends from the

358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

middle of the centrum to the posterior basal angle of the
transverse process. Although none of these vertebrae has a
complete neural arch, there is sufficient evidence to show that
the neural canal was very narrow. The neural arches and
transverse processes approximate the anterior margins of the
centra. The single caudal vertebra (Xo. 4533, C. A. S.) has
rather high neural arches, a low neural spine, and a very small
neural canal. The transverse processes are largely destroyed,
but were pierced basally by a foramen. The ventral surface of
the centrum is eroded. The largest lumbar (No. 4546, C. A.
S.) measures 58.2 mm. in length.

Fifteen caudal vertebrje (Nos. 4510 to 4522, 4527, 4528,
C. A. S.) are thought to represent still another type of por-
poise. These caudals do not represent a continuous series and
may have belonged to several individuals. The largest caudal
(No. 4511, C. A. S.) measures 59 mm. in length and the
smallest (No. 4522, C. A. S.) 25 mm. The larger caudals
have their transverse processes pierced at the base by a fora-
men. They possess large descending processes for the
chevrons and have narrow neural canals. The caudals near
the posterior end of the series have very low neural arches,
the neural canal is nearly closed, and the neural spine is very
low. With one exception, all of these caudals lack vestiges of
the transverse processes. These caudals possess a pair of
longitudinal plate-like descending processes on the inferior sur-
face of the centrum. The three small terminal caudals (Nos.
4520 to 4522, C. A. S.) have a pair of thick longitudinal
ridges on the inferior surface of the centrum.

Four badly eroded lumbar vertebrae (Nos. 4523 to 4526,
C. A. S.) differ from those heretofore described in having
more robust centra, although the largest of these vertebras
hardly measured more than 65 mm. in length when complete.

Among the remaining miscellaneous vertebrae are six which
belong to a much smaller porpoise than any of those heretofore
mentioned. A small dorsal vertebra (No. 4534, C. A. S.),
about 30 mm. in length, has the centrum contricted mesially.
It lacks all of its processes. A posterior dorsal (No. 4539.
C. A. S.) referred to the same porpoise is likewise incomplete.
It measures 43.5 mm. in length. On the four lumbars (Nos.
4538, 4537. 4536, and 4540, C. A. S.), the longitudinal

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 359.

inferior carina progressively increases in depth. The length
of the largest No. 4538. C. A. S.) of these lumbars is 48 mm.
and the smallest (No. 4540, C. A. S.) is 41 mm. All of these
vertebrae have rather slehder centra.

A single small caudal vertebra (No. 4541, C. A. S.) has a
high neural spine, small neural canal, and short transverse pro-
cesses. The centrum has deep concavities above and below the
transverse processes. It measures 35.5 mm. in length, and the
distance from the tip of the neural spine to the inferior surface
of the centrum is 51.5 mm.

Fragments of an atlas (No. 4543, C. A. S.), two axes (Nos.
4544, 4545, C. A. S.), and the centrum of a cervical vertebra
(No. 4542, C. A. S.) belong to some small porpoise. In addic-
tion to the foregoing vertebrae, there is a rather large caudal
vertebra (No. 4529, C. A. S.) which indicates the presence of a
porpoise of about the same proportions as Priscodelphinus
atropius.

Key to Periotic Bones of Porpoises From the Temblor

Formation, Sharktooth Hill, Near

Bakersfield, California

1. Extremity of anterior process resembles the handle-end of a crutcli,

when viewed from in front; between the fenestra ovalis and the
deep concave fossa for the head of the malleus is a narrow cres-
centric excavation which commences near the epitympanic
orifice of the aqumductus Fallopii and extends downward upon
the external face of the pars cochlearis; the large egg-like accessory
ossicle is firmly ankylosed to the ventral face of the anterior
process; postero-intemal angle of ventral facet on posterior
process, when complete, reaches to the level of internal margin
of stapedial fossa; cerebral face of outer denser portion of
periotic nodular; greatest antero-posterior diameter of pars

cochtearis 20 mm. or more Aulophyseter morricei (p. 361)

Extremity of anterior process either pointed, rounded, or abruptly
truncated; greatest antero-posterior diameter of pars cochlearis
less than 20 mm 2

2. Extremity of anterior process (an tero- ventral angle) attenuated and

pointed ,.'.... 3

Extremity of anterior process rounded, or abruptly' truncated and

compressed from side to side 4

3. No incisure on posterior face above and internal to stapedial fossa;

anterior process swollen; entrance to aqueduct of Fallopius con-
stricted; cerebral and external faces of outer denser portion of
periotic form a continuous smooth convex surface; internal acous-

360 CALIFORMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

tic meatus cucurbital in outline; transverse diameter, excluding

posterior process, 24-26 mm Squalodon errahundus (p. 373)

A deep incisure on posterior face above and internal to stapedial fossa;
apical portion of anterior process on ventral face grooved longi-
tudinally to support outer lip of bulla; groove for facial nerve
sinks below level of external rim of fenestra ovalis; entrance to
aqueduct of Fallopius constricted; transverse diameter, excluding
posterior process, less than 21 mm Liolithax kernensis (p. 375)

4. A subtriangular flattened or depressed area on cerebral face behind

internal acoustic meatus, the apex of which is occupied by the
fossa inclosing the cerebral orifice of the aqueduct of the vesti-
bule; a pit is usually present on the posterior face above the

stapedial fossa 5

Not as in preceding, and with orifice of aqueduct of vestibule in

closer proximity to rim of internal acoustic meatus 7

5. Anterior process with longitudinal carina on cerebral face; groove for

facial nerve does not sink below level of external rim of fenestra
ovalis; posterior face of posterior process concave above ventral
facet; a low crest is present on antero-external border of ventral
face of pars cochlearis opposite to the facet for the accessory

ossicle 6

Anterior process without longitudinal carina on cerebral face: pars
cochlearis strongly inflated posterior to aqueduct of cochlea; a
deep pit on posterior face above stapedial fossa; stapedial fossa
bounded internally by a thin-edged crest; a well defined crest is
present on antero-external border of ventral face of pars cochlearis
opposite to the facet for the accessory ossicle. CE(fo/;7/ia4r mira (p. 378)

6. Triangular depressed area behind internal acoustic meatus sharply

defined, with apex produced beyond fossa inclosing cerebral

orifice of aqueduct of vestibule Lamprolithax simulans (p. 381)

Triangular depressed area behind internal acoustic meatus less sharply
defined and with apex not produced beyond fossa inclosing cere-
bral orifice of aqueduct of vestibule. La w/^r«///Aa.Y annectens (p. 383)

7. Greatest diameter of periotic (tip of anterior process to apex of ventral

facet on posterior process) more than 25 mm 8

Greatest diameter of periotic (tip of anterior process to apex of ventral
facet on posterior process) less than 25 mm.; cerebral face of
outer denser portion of periotic flattened ; entrance to aquceductus
Fallopii constricted; no pit is present on pcisterior face above
stapedial fossa Nannolithax gracilis (p. 386)

8. Cerebral face of outer denser portion of periotic broad, distinctly

flattened and depressed external to internal acoustic meatus,
and general plant of this surface forms a right angle with the
external surface; a subcorneal swelling posterior to cerebral
orifice of aqueduct of cochlea; no pit is present on posterior face
above stapedial fossa; facial canal sinks below level of external

rim oi fenestra ovalis Platylithax robusta (p. 388)

Cerebral face of outer denser portion of periotic convex, with the

outer two-thirds more or less flattened 9

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG^PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 35^

9. Outline of internal face of anterior process as viewed from the cerebral
side distinctly convex ; posterior face of posterior process rounded
or flattened above ventral articular facet 10

Outline of internal face of anterior process as viewed from the cerebral
side nearly straight; a pit on posterior face above stapedial fossa;
posterior face of posterior process excavated and concave above

ventral articular facet Loxolithax sinuosa (p. 390)

10. Antero-extemal border of ventral face of pars cochlearis traversed by
a low crest; a pit or slit-like depression is present on posterior
face above stapedial fossa Grypolithax pavida (p. 396)

Antero-extemal border of ventral face of pars cochlearis smooth,
without any trace of a crest; posterior face deprvissed above
stapedial fossa, but no pit is present .... Grypolithax obscura (p. 393)

Family PH YSETERID^ : Sperm Whales
1 1 . Aulophyseter morricei Kellogg'®

Type specimen: No. 11230, Division of Vertebrate Paleon-
tolog}', U. S. Nat. Mus. The type consists of a skull in a fair
state of preservation. The supraorbital process of the left
frontal and overlying maxilla, the left lachrymal and jugal,
and the extremity of the rostrum are missing. Four enamel-
crowned teeth and a right periotic were found near this skull.

Paratype: Portions of the skull (No. 11313, U. S. N. M.)
of a young whale or embryo were found about 20 feet from
that of the adult.

Referred specimens: Right periotic. No. 10853, U. S. N.
M. ; right periotic, No. 2794, C. A. S. ; right periotic. No.
2795, C. A. S. : left periotic. No. 2796, C. A. S. ; right periotic,
No. 2797, C. A. S. ; right periotic, No. 2798, C. A. S. ; left
periotic. No. 2799, C. A. S. ; right periotic. No. 2800, C. A. S. ;
right periotic. No. 2801, C. A. S. ; (?) mandibular teeth, Nos.
2802, 2803, 2804, 2805, 2806, 4575, 4576, C. A. S.

The skull (fig. 106) is especially interesting, for it demon-
strates that the reduction of the maxillary dentition had com-
menced as early as the Middle Miocene. The top of the skull
has been adjusted to lodge a fat or spermaceti cushion, and, in
correlation with this peculiar structure, the relative proportions
and relations of the bones forming the dorsal surface have

" R. Kellogg, Study of the skull of a fossil sperm whale from the Temblor
Miocene of southern California. Publ. 346, Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1927, pp.
1-23, pi. 1-9.

January 30, 1931

362 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ssr.

been altered to form a large supracranial basin. The dorsal
cranial elements are markedly asymmetrical and the left narial
passage is much larger than the right.

Skull

About four feet in length ; distal constriction of rostrum
coextensive with the shallow, closely approximated, alveolar
grooves; no trace of distinct or vestigial alveoli for lodging-
teeth in the upper jaw ; a large maxillary incisure and a smaller
posterior maxillary foramen ; more or less flattened, broad, pre-
maxillaries forming the dorsal surface of median portion of
rostrum and shallow supracranial basin; right premaxillary
expanding behind narial passages into a broad thin plate
which is applied to upper surface of frontal and overlaps the
maxillary along its internal margin ; left premaxillary turned
out of its course by enlargement of the corresponding narial
passage and apparently terminated near posterior margin of
this passage; premaxillaries forming extremity of rostrum;
maxillary relatively thick posterior to antorbital notch and
forming lateral wall of supracranial basin; supracranial basin
limited posteriorly by transverse crest of supraoccipital and
continued laterally to elevated portion of maxillaries ; post-
narial portion of right maxillary not meeting the left in the
middle line; left narial passage much larger than the right;
tapering zygomatic processes placed rather far forward ; short
temporal fossa ; parietal excluded from vertex of skull ; two
orifices for infraorbital system on ventral face of maxillary;
lachrymal narrow, firmly lodged between maxillary and supra-
orbital process of frontal, and fused with broad jugal which
does not project much more than half way across orbit;
palatine bones large, broad, and not projecting forward beyond
anterior margins of anterior infraorbital orifices; pterygoids
with large hamular processes ; falcate processes of basioccipital
projecting beyond level of condyles; a deep jugular incisure;
alisphenoid thin, large, expanded horizontally, bounded
anteriorly by supraorbital process of frontal, suturally united
posteriorly with squamosal, and in contact with anterior sur-
face of exoccipital : no tympano-periotic recess ; optic canal
confluent with sphenoidal fissure; foramen ovale pierces basal
portion of alisphenoid; large jugulo-acoustic canal.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 353

Max. Inc.

\Ap.max.

^S.or.pr,

p. max.f.

Ex. oc.

Fig. 106. Dorsal view of skull of Aulophyseter morricei, restored, No.
11230, U. S. N. M., X H-

364

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Measurements of Skull (in millimeters)

Total length, as preserved (condyles to tips of pre-

maxilla>)

Total length, as estimated (condyles to tips of pre-

maxilla;)

Length of rostrum, as preserved (antorbital notches to

extremity)

Total length of rostrum, as estimated (antorbital

notches to extremity)

Breadth of rostrum at antorbital notches, as restored. .
Breadth of rostrum at swelling in front of antorbital

notches, as restored

Greatest breadth of skull across supraorbital processes,

as restored

Greatest breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of

squamosals

Vertical height of skull (basioccipital to transverse

crest)

Vertical height of skull (hamular process of pterygoid

to transverse crest)

Vertical height of rostrum at base (at level of antor-
bital notches)

Greatest width of right maxilla from a ventral view

(inside margin to apophysis)

Greatest length of right premaxilla, as preserved ....
Greatest breadth of right premaxilla at level of nares . .
Greatest breadth of right premaxilla posterior to nares.
Least breadth of right premaxilla in front of antorbital

notches

Greatest antero-posterior diameter of supraorbital

process of right frontal at extremity

Greatest thickness of preorbital portion of supraorbital

process of right frontal

Elevation of lateral crest of supracranial basin above

orbit

Least breadth of supraoccipital between temporal

fossie

Distance from summit of transverse crest to upper

margin oi foramen magnum

Height oi foramen magnum

Breadth oi foramen magnum

No. 11230,

U. S. N. M.

Adult

No. 11313.

U. S. N. M.

Young

1114.0

1210.0

712.0

800.0

558.0'

595.0'

(725.0^

748. 0»

354.0

360.0
490.0

718 0

298.0 +

443.0 +

177 0

363.0
988.0

210.0

121.0
197 0

82.0

113.0

137.0

40.0

74.+*
100.0*

250.0

480.0

133. +
78.0

95.0

' Estimated. • Anteriorly.

« Posteriorly.

' Inner border missing. ' Left.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERM RIVER REGION 355
Measurements of Skull (in milUmeters)

No. 11230,

U. S. N. M.
Adult

No. 11313.

U. S. N. M.

Young

Greatest distance between outside margins of occipital
condyles

248.0

158.0

96.0

700.0

493.0

204.0

780.0

238.0

135.0

293.0

185.0

198.0

75.0

107.0

198.0

110.0

30.0

86.0

162.0
48.0
85.0

Greatest vertical diameter of left condyle

Greatest transverse diameter of left condyle

Distance across skull between outer margins of exoc-
cipitals

Distance between anterior margin of apophysis of
supraorbital process of right frontal and posterior
margin of right condyle

Distance across basicranium between foramina ovale . .

Total length of vomer

Greatest length of left palatine

Greatest breadth of left palatine

Greatest length of left pterygoid

Greatest length of hamular process of right ptervgoid.

Greatest transverse diameter of right lachr>'mal

Greatest antero-posterior diameter of right lachrymal.
Greatest length of right jugal

151.0^
68.55
62 4-

Greatest length of right zygomatic process

Greatest breadth of right alisphenoid at extremity. . .

Greatest depth of right alisphenoid at extremity

Least distance between optic canal and foramen ovale . .

Least distance between optic canal and jugulo-acoustic
canal

Greatest diameter of left respiratory passage

24.0
49.0

' Left.

Teeth

Crown covered with smooth enamel in front and on one
side, but wrinkled on opposite side; enamel of crown passes
into cement without any perceptible increase or decrease in
diameter or neck ; root long, backwardly curved, and broadly
oval in cross section ; pulp cavity closed.

Periotic

None of the periotic bones here discussed was attached to a
skull, and were it not for the fact that only one type of physe-
teroid periotic was represented among the many specimens

366

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

obtained from a short trench dug in the uppermost horizon of
the Temblor formation, there might be some question as to
their allocation. Eight right and three left periotic bones of
this physeteroid were obtained at the one locality.

It is remarkable how closely, except for minor modifications
in the anterior process, these periotics resemble those of recent
sperm whales, for the relative proportions and peculiarities of
the various structures are essentially the same. As in other

Right periotic of Aulophyseter morricei, No. 2795, C. A. S., X 0.75. Fig.
107. Cerebral view. Fig. 108. Inferior view.

sperm whales, the periotic may be dixided for purposes of
description into a very dense external portion, the combined
anterior and posterior processes, a lighter internal sub-
hemispherical pars cochlearis and the pars vestibularis. Minor
variations in the contour of the articular facet on the posterior
process are observable in the eleven periotics under considera-
tion, but most of them may be attributed to the effects of
erosion. There are fine osseous crests on the tympanic face of
the posterior process which are arranged like rays radiating
from a common center on the internal margin. This articular
facet is irregular in outline, the posterior margin rather evenly
curved, and the external and anterior margins more or less
sinuous. The major portion of the posterior facet is concave,
but the anterior border slopes obliquely to the groove for the
external auditory tube. The ventro-internal border of this
process projects inward and the free edge contributes the floor
of the facial canal for approximately one-half of its length.
The external face of this process is flattened and more or less

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGIOX 357

rugose. According to the text figure and photographs the
right and left periotics reproduced in the memoir by Abel,^^
and which are unfortunately allocated to Eurhinodelphis
longirostris, it is evident that the distal or external portion of
the posterior process is distinctly emarginate and rugose.

There is very little variation in the general outlines of the
pars cochlcaris (fig. 108). as seen from a ventral view, in these
eight periotics. Whatever differences are observable are of a
minor nature. There is a low, short crest or nodosity near the
middle and on the internal border of the pars cochlearis on
nine of these periotics. which may have resulted from contact
with the involucrum of the tympanic. The major portion of
the ventral face of the pars cochlearis is more or less flattened
and slopes toward the anterior margin, with the most inflated
point opposite to the fenestra oralis. The external face is flat-
tened and nearly vertical. From a tympanic view, three aper-
tures are visible, and. of these, the largest is the fenestra
rotunda on tlie posterior face of the labyrinthic region. This
fenestra is crescentic in outline, with a rounded nodosity above
which partially closes the opening. The fenestra ovalis is
ovoidal in outline and is situated near the center of the tym-
panic face of the periotic. A narrow rim which is raised
above the canal for the facial nerve and the fossa for the
stapedial muscle encircles the fenestra on the outside. The
foot plate of the stapes completely fills the fenestra. A medium
sized interna] passage, which leads from the vestibule, and a
pair of minute antero-external foramina, leading to the semi-
circular canals, also open into the vestibule. The minute aque-
duct leading from the foramen singulare opens near the bot-
tom of the vestibule on the internal wall and near the anterior
angle. The epitympanic orifice of the aquceductus Fallopii
and the fenestra ovalis lie in a depression, although the former
is largely concealed from a ventral view by the projecting
ledge of the fossa inciidis. Posterior to this orifice, the facial
canal is open along its whole length, sloping obliquely down-
ward and curving around the posterior face of the posterior
process. Posteriorly, the facial canal borders on a large semi-
enclosed fossa for the stapedial muscle. The fossa for 'the

" O. Abel, Les dauphins longirostres du Bolderien (Miocene superieur) des en-
virons d'Anvers. Mem. Mus. Roy. d'Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 3, 1902, pj). 121-12J,
text fig. 19; pi. 17, figs. 11-12.

358 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Stapedial muscle is a deep concavity and the surface for the
attachment of the muscle extends downward upon the
external face of the pars cochlearis. A thin-edged crest is
developed on the ventro-external angle of the labyrinthic
region by the encroachment of the fossa for the stapedial
muscle. This thin curved crest, which rises behind the sta-
])edial fossa, has been destroyed on eight of these periotics,
including that associated with the type skull, but is well pre-
served on three. Between the fenestra ovalis and the deep
concave fossa for the head of the malleus, there is a narrow
crescentic excavation which commences near the epitympanic
orifice of the aqiiceductus Fallopii and extends downward on
the external face of the pars cochlearis to its tympanic face.
Between the rounded tuberosity or swelling on the anterior
process and the anterior border of the articular facet on the
posterior process, the ventral surface of the external denser
portion of the periotic is hollowed out. becoming distinctly
grooved as it approaches the fossa incudis. On seven of these
periotics the fossa incudis is preserved in its entirety, but it has
been damaged on the periotic associated with the type skull.
This small shallow elliptical fossa is situated at the extremity
of the thin ledge which projects inward below the facial canal.
The fossa incudis receives the cms hreve of the incus.

The extremity of the anterior process resembles the handle
end of a crutch when viewed from in front. This peculiarity
is produced by two projecting points, the external and internal
angles. There is a crease, more distinct on some than on
others, on the posterior face of the tuberosity external to the
epitympanic orifice of the aquccductus Fallopii. The external
face of the anterior process is rounded off between this
tuberosity and the apex of the process. Anterior to the fossa
for the head of the malleus, the ventral surface of the anterior
process is deeply concave from end to end and more or less
flattened from side to side. The relatively large accessory
ossicle or unciform process of the tympanic is lodged in this
fossa. Accessory ossicles were present on all eleven of these
periotics. The accessory ossicle is relatively large, almost egg-
shaped, with a longitudinal groove marking the line of anky-
losis with the external lip of the tympanic, and fusing with
the anterior process of the periotic along its posterior and

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERS' RIVER REGION 359

external margins. If this ossicle is forcibly removed, small
portions of the corresponding surface of the anterior process
break away with it. \Mien the accessory ossicle is in position,
it contributes the outer wall of the deep notch between it and
the pars cochlearis.

Most of the depressions and nodosities observed on the
denser external portion of the cerebral face of the periotic do
not appear to have any deep seated significance. Four of these
periotics have a rather prominent pyramidal tuberosity arising
external to the orifice of the aquceductus vestihuli and three do
not exhibit any trace of this nodosity. On two there is a large
nodosity external to the entrance to the aquwductus Fallopii.
On all of these periotics a broad groove, irregular in appear-
ance because of the presence of small nodosities, traverses the
anterior process in front of the pars cochlearis. From a cere-
bral view the posterior process appears rather slender and the
anterior process very robust ; the pars cochlearis is inclined
forward. An irregular crease defines the limits of the pars
vestibularis and the posterior process on the cerebral face of
the periotic. The pars vestibularis is relatively small ; its
external surface is concealed by the anterior and posterior pro-
cesses, and internally it is continuous with the pars cochlearis.

A rather instructive example of how slight changes in the
growth of a bony partition between the entrance to the aquce-
ductus Fallopii and the more centrally placed tractus spiralis
foraininosus can modify the contour of the internal acoustic
meatus is shown in these eleven periotics. The internal acous-
tic meatus of the periotic (fig. 107) used for illustration repre-
sents the average type. In the majority of these periotics the
rim of the internal acoustic meatus is pyriform in outline. In
others a thin partition or transverse crest is interposed between
the entrance to the aquceductus Fallopii and the fossa bounding
the spiral tract. The outer edge of this transverse crest is
almost continuous with the rim of the meatus and imparts a
distinctly ovoidal outline to the latter. The largest and most
external of the orifices which appear on the cerebral face is
that of the aquceductus Fallopii, which pierces the substance of
the periotic and through which passes the facial nerve to
emerge on the tympanic face slightly anterior to the fenestra
ovalis. Internal to the entrance to the aquceductus Fallopii is

370

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

+

1

^M^ra

•-<

t~~

CN o o

j^

•S "V "3 '1082 -ON

fO

o

t^ lO 00

00

e^

rr)

»-< C^ »-H

^^

+

^H^l'S.

o

lo

r^- O >0

t^

S V 3 '0082 -ON

t^

r^i

— i 00 — "

d

r^

•*

r-i tN tN

r^

^^

«-H

lO vo

-+

S V 3 '66U ON

o>

5M3ra

00

t^ r~

<>I

S 'V '3 '16U -ON

Ov 00

t^l

*M3i^

o

fN

00 O r^

-;

S V "3 'f6tZ oM

lO

o

vO \0 1^

C^

r-1

'T)

^ (N -^

'"'

n^m

»0

o

O f^ fN

LO

"S V 3 'S6i2 OM

00

r-i

t— 00 O

,— I

tN

•+

■^ rs r^

f^l

+

'M^i-a

—

O

O -^ fO

c

■S "V '3 'SbLZ ox

>o

t^

0-. vO 00

d

cs

"^^

^ fV) — '

rs

WSiX

o

+

+
lO ^ o

"-J

•JVNSn 'fSSOl ON

vO

^

0> 0^ C~l

„

fN

•*

-H fV) fN

r^

(adXi) iiiSi-y

CN

-

O 00 +

00

n

NSn 'OlTll OM

ID

00

-< vO Os

00

fN

<T!

fN fN —

^^

O

re

1
o

1

u
O

c

• • c

S-4

a

a

'■2

: «; «

"re
c

«4-l

o

S

re

1

cess
oces
opii

re

i.^-

"S ^ o

c

»— 1

a V, tS

CJ _<o ^

"^

cd

u O

b'% y.

o

o -r 2

's (fro
cochle
proce

S
1

f ante
•f post
ucEctuc

— . <-l u.

fc.

C

'aJ c u CJ,

a ora
if /)ar
Iterio

•i3

re

ebral fac
; and tip
\ and tip
ifice of a

K C B

'C

R re o

C

O

h -P ^ t-

.^ S-j

^^

il> t3 T3 o

"^-^^ a

<M

t^

c^ a K ^

at level of
I to interna
periotic (ti

o

a

2

e

O

4)
O

re

ig point on
enestra rotu
ftiestra rotu
pitympanic

73

V)

''J

O

iotic
ation
hof

W

c
>

o

'c

re

.5 ^--^ o

tj c c c
y, (u <h ij
.Si <u (U £

0

h of per
c excav

St Icngt

9 9.

o ^

s

o & & ^

fc ■tr' -^ -i^

•c

>,

a. <U <U <y

••->

-4^

o

^ ^ X2 XI
y2 aj rtj ii;

o o <j o

c

re

je -^ o

C 4J

r-

g C C C

o

read
abo
real

teri
reat

*" re re re

O -«-» +j -*->

ii u2 tn w

ff)

o

O

Q Q

a

1

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERW RIVER REGION 2,7\

the deep internal acoustic meatus, on the bottom of which is
the tractus spiralis foraniinosus and the minute foramen cen-
trale. On the external wall of this meatus and about half-way
between the rim and the bottom is a small compressed foramen
singnlare. A relatively thin partition or transverse crest,
whose outer margin may or may not be depressed below the
level of the rim of the internal acoustic meatus, places the ori-
fice of the aqiiceductus vestihiili outside of and posterior to the
meatus. This orifice is compressed and opens into a slit-like
fossa. The cerebral orifice of the aqiiceductus cochlecc is con-
siderably larger than that for the aqiiceductus vestihuli, and the
interval between these orifices varies from 2 to 3.8 mm.

Radius

Two radii that lack the distal end of the shaft are referred
to this fossil sperm whale. They correspond in shape with
those of Physeter catodon and differ from those of all known
cetotheres. Each radius has a thin proximal epiphysis com-
prising the articular surface for the humerus. This articular
surface is rugged and is flush with the external or lateral
margin, but slopes abruptly to the internal margin. The hemi-

Proximal end of right radius of (?) Aulophyseter morricei, No. 4444,
C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 109. External view. Fig. 110. Proximal
view.

in

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

circular facet for the ulna at the proximal end of the posterior
face is depressed mesially. The shaft is flattened from side to
side. The facet for the humerus on the largest radius (No.
4445, C. A. S.) measures 74.4 mm. antero-posteriorly and 54
mm. transversely. The same measurements for the smaller
radius (No. 4444, C. A. S.) are 68 mm. and 48.5 mm.,
respectively.

Proximal end of right radius of (?) Aulophysctcr morricei, No. 4445,
C A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 111. External view. Fig. 112, Proxi-
mal view.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 373

Family SOUALODONTID^ : Shark-toothed Porpoises

The two ear bones hereinafter described are referred to the
genus Sqitalodon, for reasons which are almost indefinable,
and yet all known squalodonts have similar peculiarly shaped
periotics. The subtile characters that distinguish the periotics
of squalodonts from those of other porpoises are apparent to

Left periotic of Sqitalodon errabundus. No. 11573, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
Fig. 113. Inferior view. Fig. 114. Cerebral view.

anyone who has studied these bones, although it is difficult to
point out any tangible feature which will invariably identify
them. This appears to be the first published occurrence of a
representative of this family in Tertiary deposits on the Pacific
Coast of North America. Remains of squalodonts have been
found in Australia and New Zealand.

12. Squalodon errabundus^^ Kellogg, new species

Holotype: Left periotic, No. 11573, Division of Vertebrate
Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus. from Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Morrice, Coll.,
1924.

Aside from the loss of the posterior process, the type peri-
otic is exceptionally well preserved. Both processes are
broken off on a second left periotic (No. 11574, U. S. N. M.)
referred to this species. Very little variation can be observed
in corresponding parts of these two periotics.

Diagnosis: Viewed from the ventral side (fig. 113) the
pars cochlearis is convex, although it is depressed opposite the
fenestra ovalis, and the posterior face slopes abruptly to the
cerebral margin above the large fenestra rotunda. The narrow

** Errabundus, wanderer.

374 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

external rim of the fenestra oralis is not complete and is
depressed below the chaimel for the facial nerve. The epi-
tympanic orifice of the aquetluct of Fallopius is relatively
small. A portion of the stapedial fossa and most of the
g-roove for the facial nerve extend over upon the missing pos-
terior process of the type periotic. The fossa for the stapedial
muscle is deep, rather small, and extends downward upon the
outer wall of the pars cochlearis; it stops anteriorly at the nar-
row external rim of the fenestra oTalis. A sharp-edged crest
is developed on its internal margin. It is possible that the
second periotic may be abnormal in one respect, for the abo\e
mentioned sharp-edged crest, which forms the inner border of
the stapedial fossa, is appressed posteriorly to the posterior
process, forming an aqueduct through which the facial nerve
passed in its outward course. No recent or fossil porpoise,
known to the writer, has a periotic modified in this manner.
The excavation on the outer denser portion of the periotic
between the posterior process and the tuberosity is very narrow
and deep. The narrow projecting ledge, on which the fossa
incudis is situated, is damaged on both periotics. Between the
pointed extremity and the constriction in front of the tuber-
osity, the anterior process swells out on the cerebral side,
forming a large protuberance. On the internal side of the
narrow tuberosity is a large concavity for lodging the head of
the malleus.

Some of the distinguishing features of the periotic of this
porpoise, as compared with that of Squalodon calve rtensis,^^
are the position of the fossa inclosing the orifice of the aqua;-
ductus z'estibitli, the shape of the anterior process, the relative
size of the pars cochlearis, and the cucurbital outline of the
internal acoustic meatus. A low broad transverse crest (fig.
114) separates the large entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius.
from the more centrally placed fossa for the tractus spiralis
foraminosiis. The foramen centrale pierces the transverse
crest at its external angle. Outside and external to the internal
acoustic meatus is a deep fossa into which the aqueduct of the
vestibule opens. The small circular orifice of the cochlea is
equally distant from the rim of the meatus. The cerebral and
external faces of the outer denser portion of the periotic form

" R. Kellogg, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. vol. 62, publ. 2462, 1923, text fig. 3, and
pi. 8, fig. 6.

•Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 375

a continuous smooth convex surface, imparting the charac-
teristic shape to this ear bone.

Measurements of Periotics (in viillimeters)

No. 11573,
U. 8. N. M.
Left (type)

No. 11574,

U. S. N. M.
Left

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest dorso- ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point on
cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquceductus
Fallopii and tip of anterior process

24.0

15.0

Family DELPHINID^ : Porpoises

13. Liolithax kernensis"" Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Left periotic, No. 4340, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
from Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California; Temblor
Miocene; Charles Morrice, Coll., 1924. Paratype: No. 11565,
Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus.

Left periotic of Liolithax kernensis. No. 4340, C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 115.
Cerebral view. Fig. 116. Inferior view.

•" Xtioj, smooth; Ai&a^, diminutive of Xt^os, a small stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic bone; kernensis, the Kern River region.

T^y(^ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Diagnosis: Four left periotics are known for this species,
two of which belong to the CaHfornia Academy of Sciences
and two to the United States National Museum. One of the
specimens in the California Academy of Sciences is imperfect
and somewhat worn. In general, the periotic of this porpoise
seems to be characterized by the direction of the facet
on the ventral face of the posterior process, by the pro-
longation of the antero-ventral angle of the anterior pro-
cess to support the outer lip of the bulla, by the transverse
crease on the ventral surface of the anterior process which
marks the anterior limit of the tuberosity, by the presence of
a deep incisure on the posterior face above and internal to the
stapedial fossa, and by the constriction of the entrance to the
aqnccductus Fallopii.

The ventral facet of the posterior process is badly worn on
all four of these periotics, but it is most nearly complete on the
one here figured (fig. 116). This facet slopes from the apex
to the base and is shallowly concave ; the ventro-internal mar-
gin is raised and the postero-internal angle overhangs the
groove for the facial nerve. The posterior and external faces
of the posterior process form a continuous curve. The lyars
cochlearis is relatively smaller than in Platylithax rohusta, and
externally it rises more abruptly from the fenestra ovalis. The
fenestra rotunda is circular in outline and produces a slight
indentation, although the pars cochlearis is not noticeably
inflated in the region of the aqueduct of the cochlea. The rim
of the fenestra ovalis is very narrow, but the raised border
which separates it from the channel for the facial nerve, and
the fossa for the stapedial muscle is rather broad. Within the
vestibule can be seen the small orifices of the semicircular
canals and the terminal opening of the foramen singulare. The
epitympanic orifice of the aquceductiis Fallopii is placed above
the antero-internal angle of the fossa for the head of the mal-
leus, and the channel for the facial nerve leading backward
from it is sharply defined anteriorly, but posteriorly its mar-
gins become rather indistinct. The fossa for the stapedial
muscle encroaches internally upon the pars cochlearis, resulting
in the formation of a crest posterior and external to the
fenestra rotunda.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 377

The fossa incudis (fig. 116) for the cms breve of the incus
is very narrow and occupies a thin ledge. Externally a thin
carina separates this fossa from the excavation on the outer
denser portion of the periotic between the posterior process
and the tuberosity. The anterior process is furnished with a
pointed tongue-like process which projects inferiorly beyond
the rounded extremity. On three of these periotics the ventral
surface of this pointed process is grooved longitudinally to
provide additional support for the outer lip of the bulla. The
accessory ossicle of the bulla rests on the ventral surface of the
anterior process between the pointed extremity and the tuber-
osity at the base. The concavity for lodging the head of the
malleus has a slight indentation on its external border which
is associated with the crease which marks the posterior limit
of the tuberosity.

The elongate internal acoustic meatus (fig. 115) is the most
prominent structure on the cerebral face. This meatus is

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

No. 10854,

U.S.N. M.
Left

No. 4340,

C. A. S.

Left

(Holotype)

No. 4341,

C. A. S.

Left

No. 11S6S,

U.S.N. M.

Left

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra

ovalis (from external face above ex-

cavation to internal face of pars

cochlearis)

18.2

20.2

19 7

Greatest length of periotic (tip of ante-

rior process to tip of posterior process)

29.5 +

31.8 +

30.+

30.8 +

Greatest dorso- ventral depth of peliotic

(from most inflated portion of tym-

panic face of pars cochlearis and ex-

ternal excavation to most projecting

point on cerebral face)

13.3

12.8

12.0

12.8

Distance between fenestra rotunda and

tip of anterior process

20.5

22.0

21.8

Distance between fenestra rotunda and

tip of posterior process

12.5-f

14.7 +

14.2 +

Distance between epitympanic orifice

of agticeductus Fallopii and tip of an-

terior process

17.2

18.5

16.8

18.0

January 30, 1931

378

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

strongly constricted along the entrance to the aquceductits Fal-
lopii, and behind this constriction its walls descend obliquely
to the kidney shaped fossa which is occupied by the tractus
spiralis foraininosus. A low partition separates this fossa
from the entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius. On three of
these periotics, the slit-like foramen singulare is situated on
this transverse bony crest, but on the fourth (No. 10854 U.
S. N. M.) it is placed near the level of the spiral tract. The
cerebral orifice of the aquccductus vcstibiili opens into a deep
triangular fossa and the small circular orifice of the aqueduct
of the cochlea is placed much closer to the rim of the internal
acoustic meatus. The cerebral and external faces of the outer
denser portion of the periotic form a continuously curved sur-
face, without any irregularities. The anterior process, as
viewed from the cerebral side, is rather robust and convex.

14. CEdolithax mira*'^ Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Right periotic, No. 11572, Division of Verte-
brate Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus. from Sharktooth Hill,
Kern County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Mor-
rice. Coll., 1924. Paratypc: Left periotic, No. 11571, Division
of Vertebrate Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus.

Right periotic of CEdolitlwx mira. No. 11572, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
117. Cerebral view. Fig. 118. Inferior view.

Fif

Diagnosis: The periotics referred to this porpoise are in
some respects larger replicas of those referred to Laniprolithax
siniulans. Attention is directed to the pronounced inflation of
the pars cochlearis posterior to the aqueduct of the cochlea, to
the depression whose apex is formed by the fossa inclosing the
orifice of the aqueduct of the vestibule and wdiose base is the

"otSew, to swell, to become swollen; Ai0a^, dimunitive of XiOos, a small stone in
allusion to the dense periotic bone; mira, strange, wonderful.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 379

outer rim of the internal acoustic meatus, to the rather deep
pit on the posterior face above the stapedial fossa, and to the
antero-posterior diameter of the pars cochlearis.

The margins of the ventral facet on the posterior process
(fig. 118) of the type periotic are worn and the posterior half,
at least, of this process is missing on the paratype periotic. In
so far as can be determined from these two specimens, this
facet is concave on the basal half, rather wide, and is furnished
with a few grooves radiating outward from the raised ventro-
internal margin. Viewed from the ventral side, the pars
cochlearis is most strongly inflated in front of the fenestra
rotunda, slightly depressed opposite the fenestra oralis, and
slopes toward the anterior and inner margins. A low crest is
also present on its antero-external border. The fenestra
rotunda is crescentic in outline and the surface is depressed
behind it. The outer narrow rim of the fenestra ovalis is im-
complete and no carina intervenes between it and the more
elevated channel for the facial nerve. In the narrow vestibule
are the usual orifices of the small semicircular canals. The
channel for the facial nerve, which leads backward from the
epitympanic orifice of the aquceductus Fallopii, is rather broad
and appears to terminate at the postero-internal angle of the
posterior process. The deep elongate fossa for the stapedial
muscle extends forward to the narrow external rim of the
fenestra ovalis and is bordered on the internal side by a sharp-
edged crest.

The fossa incudis is destroyed on the type periotic. On the
parat}^pe periotic, the fossa incudis is rather small, elliptical in
outline, and is raised above the rather narrow and deep exca-
vation on the outer denserportion of the periotic. The anterior
process is robust and is bluntly truncated at the extremity.
On its ventral surface is the usual mesially elevated cordiform
facet for the accessory ossicle of the bulla. The posterior out-
line of the tuberosity is convex on both periotics, but the type
differs from the paratype in having a deep transverse crease on
the posterior face of the tuberosity and a corresponding notch
in the fossa for the head of the malleus.

Direct comparison of these two periotics with the six peri-
otics referred to Lamprolithax simidans revealed some minor
differences. The shape of the internal acoustic meatus varies

380

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

in both species. On the type periotic of CEdolithax mira (fig.
117), the entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius is constricted
anteriorly, and, on the paratype, the opposing walls have
grown together, but the minute aqueduct leading to the
original entrance is still open. The transverse crest extends
more than half way to the outer rim of the meatus and pos-
terior to it, but above the deep fossa for the tractus spiralis
foraminosus, is the foramen singulare. Behind the posterior
angle of the internal acoustic meatus and on the posterior face
of the pars cochlearis is the small cerebral orifice of the aque-
duct of the cochlea. The fossa inclosing the cerebral orifice
of the aqueduct of the vestibule forms the apex of a triangular
area which terminates at the outer rim of the internal acoustic
meatus. This area is more noticeably depressed on the para-
type than on the type periotic. The cerebral and external sur-
faces of the outer denser portion of the periotic are convex
and the extero-ventral border of the anterior process over-rolls
the external face.

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

No. 11572,

U. S. N. M.

Right,

Type

No. 11571,

U. S. N. M.

Left,

Paratype

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to
tip of posterior process)

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point
on cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of posterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquceductus
Fallopii and tip of anterior process

17.2
26.4 +

11.1
18.0
14.7-f-
14.0

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION ^gl

15. Lamprolithax simulans''^ Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Right periotic, No. 11566, Division of Verte-
brate Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus., from Sharktooth Hill,
Kern County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Mor-
rice. Coll., 1924. Paratype: No. 11568, U. S. N. M. Referred
specimens, No. 11567, U. S. N. M., and Nos. 4344, 4345, 4346,
Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.

Right periotic of Lamprolithax simiilans, No. 11566, U. S. N. M., X 1.0.
Fig. 119. Cerebral view. Fig. 120. Inferior view.

Diagnosis: Of the six periotics herewith listed, three are
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences and
three in the United States National Museum. Four of these
periotics are from the right side and two from the left side.
Two of these six periotics have the apex of the depressed sub-
triangular area behind the internal acoustic meatus produced
considerably beyond the fossa inclosing the cerebral orifice of
the aqueduct of the vestibule. This apex is foreshortened on
the four remaining periotics. From Lamprolithax annectens
the periotic of this porpoise differs in having the apex of the
triangular depressed area behind the internal acoustic meatus
produced beyond the fossa jvhich incloses the aqueduct of the
vestibule, a smaller pars cochlearis, and a more sharply defined
crest on the cerebral face of the anterior process.

None of these periotics have the facet on the ventral face of
the posterior process complete. This series does show that the
ventral facet is traversed by ridges radiating from the raised
ventro-internal margin. The posterior face of the posterior
process is excavated and the external is obliquely truncated.
The femainder of the periotic, viewed from the ventral side
(fig. 120), resembles that of Lampolithax annectens.

'2 Xa/jiTrpos, splendid; At0a^, diminutive of Xidos, a small stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic hone; simtilans, imitating.

382

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Considerable variation in the contour of the internal acoustic
meatus may be expected in the periotics of this porpoise, judg-
ing from the differences observed in this small series. One
(No. 11567, U. S. N. M.) has a very narrow meatus and
another (No. 11568, U. S. N. M.) has the outer edge of the
transverse bony crest separating the entrance to the aqueduct
of Fallopius from the fossa for the spiral tract flush with the
level of the rim of the meatus. Four, including the type peri-
otic (fig. 119), have a meatus with essentially the same out-

Measuremeiits of Periotics (in millimeters)

No.
11566,

U.S.N.M.
Right,
Type

No.

11567,
U.S.N.M.

Right,
Paratype

No.

11568,

U.S.N.M.

Left,

No.

4344,

C. A. S.

Right,

No.

4345.

C. A. S.

Right,

No.

4346,

C. A. S.

Left

Breadth of periotic at level

oi fenestra avails (from ex-

ternal face above excava-

tion to internal face of

pars cochlearis

16.4

16.1

16.5

16.3

15.9

(')

Greatest length of periotic

(tip of anterior process to

tip of posterior process) . .

26.3-f

26.3-f

(')

25.5-1-

26.7-f

(')

Greatest dorso-ventral

depth of periotic (from

most inflated portion of

tympanic face of pars

cochlearis and external

excavation to most pro-

jecting point on cerebral

face)

9.6

9.6

9.3

10.0

8.9

Distance between fenestra

rotunda and tip of an-

terior process

17.2

17.4

17.8

17.3

17.0

17.8

Distance between fenestra

rotunda and tip of pos-

terior process

13.2-f

13.2-t-

(')

14.4-

14.4-

(')

Distance between epitym-

panic orifice of aquceduc-

ductus Fallopii and tip of

anterior process

13.3

13.5

14.6

13.8

13.3

13.9

' Posterior process missing.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 333

line. The aqueduct of Fallopius and the foramen singular e .
also vary in size, and on two of these periotics they show an
increase of two diameters over the smallest. The vestigial
original entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius in the notch
between the anterior process and the pars cochlearis is open on
two of these periotics. In the others this small aqueduct has
lost its connection with the functional aqueduct. On five of
these periotics the transverse bony crest rises about half way
to the outer rim of the internal acoustic meatus and on the
sixth, as mentioned above, it is flush with the outer rim. On
the last mentioned periotic, the foramen singulare is placed on
the posterior face of the transverse crest about half way
between the bottom of the fossa occupied by the spiral tract
and the rim of the meatus. The five remaining periotics have
the foramen singulare on the outer edge of the transverse crest
at the same level and in approximately the same position as on
the abnormal periotic. The fossa into which the aqueduct of
the vestibule opens is rather large on five of these periotics and
on the sixth it is nearly closed. The cerebral orifice of the
aqueduct of the vestibule is situated on the posterior face of
the pars cochlearis. The cerebral face rolls over upon the
external face of the outer denser portion of the periotic. A
small pit is present on the posterior face above the stapedial
fossa.

16. Lamprolithax annectens®^ Kellogg, new species

Holotype: Left periotic, No. 4343, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
from Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California; Temblor
Miocene; Charles Morrice, Coll., 1924. Paratype: Left peri-
otic. No. 4342, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.

Left periotic of Lamt^rolithax annecteus, No. 4343, C. A. S., X 1. Fig.
121. Cerebral view. Fig. 122. Inferior view.

' annectens, connecting.

384 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th 6er.

Diagnosis: One of the two periotics referred to this species
lacks most of the posterior process. The periotic of this dol-
phin has a rather broad internal acoustic meatus, a deep pit on
the posterior face above the stapedial fossa, a low crest on the
external margin of the ventral or tympanic face of the pars
cochlearis opposite to the facet for the accessory ossicle, a
raised crest on the internal margin of the deep stapedial fossa
which projects backward beyond the fenestra rotunda, and a
flattened area between the orifice of the equceductus vestibuli
and the posterior rim of the internal acoustic meatus.

The margins of the facet on the ventral face of the posterior
process (fig. 122) are eroded on the type periotic and the
corresponding portion of the paratype periotic is lost. Ridges
radiating outward from the ventro-internal margin traverse
this facet. The posterior face of the posterior process is
excavated above this articular surface and the external face is
flattened. The ventral or tympanic face of the pars cochlearis
is more or less flattened and is most strongly inflated imme-
diately in front of the fenestra rotunda.

The pars cochlearis swells out for a distance of 3 mm.
behind the kidney-shaped fenestra rotunda, but is depressed
below the crest which bounds the stapedial fossa on the inter-
nal side. The fenestra ovalis does not have a complete
external rim and the groove for the facial nerve does not sink
below the level of the latter as it does on the periotic of
Liolithax kernensis. The minute orifices of the semicircular
canals are located within the vestibule in their usual position.
The groove for the facial nerve leading backward from the
epitympanic orifice of the aquceductiis Fallopii terminates at
the postero-internal angle of the posterior process. The fossa
for the stapedial muscle is deep and elongate.

The narrow fossa incudis is placed on a thin projecting
ledge which lies below the level of the triangular excavation
on the outer denser portion of the periotic between the pos-
terior process and the tuberosity.

The anterior process is directed obiquely forward and in-
ward, compressed from side to side, and bluntly truncated or
rounded at the extremity. The cordiform articular surface
for the accessory ossicle is bisected by a longitudinal elevation
which follows the angle formed by the ventral and internal

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 335

faces of the anterior process. On the internal face of the
tuberosity is the deep concavity for lodging the head of the
malleus.

The cerebral face of this periotic (fig. 121) is characterized
by some well marked features. The external margin of the
large internal acoustic meatus is nearly straight and the inter-
nal margin is curved. Within this meatus are located the
relatively large entrance to the aquceductus FaUopii and the
deep fossa for the spiral tract. Some 3 mm. in front of the
internal acoustic meatus is a small pit which is a remnant of a
former entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius. A broad trans-
verse crest, which rises about half way to the outer rim of the
meatus, separates the entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius
from the tractiis spiralis foraminosus. The small foramen
singular e is situated on the outer edge of this bony partition.
Behind the rim of the internal acoustic meatus is a rather
large flattened triangular area having its apex formed by the
fossa which surrounds the cerebral orifice of the aqueduct of
the vestibule. The small aqueduct of the cochlea has its cere-

Measurenients of Periotics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to
tip of posterior process)

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point on
cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between /ene^^ra rotunda and tip of posterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquceductus
FaUopii and tip of anterior process

No. 4343,

C. A. S.

Left, Type

No. 4342,
C. A. S.

Left

17.5

(•)

10.7
18.9

(•)
14.5

' Posterior process missing.

386 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

bral orifice on the posterior face of the pars cochlearis behind
the postero-internal angle of the internal acoustic meatus. The
external face is considerably broader than the cerebral face of
the outer denser portion of the periotic. On the cerebral face
of the anterior process is a longitudinal crest.

17. Nannolithax gracilis"* Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Right periotic, No. 11569, Division of Vertebrate
Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus.

Diagnosis: Two periotics of this porpoise have been col-
lected, one of which lacks most of the pars cochlearis, and the
exact relationships of the species to those heretofore described
remains to be determined. They do resemble some small peri-
otics from the "molasse" of Baltringen near Biberach, in
W'iirttemberg, described and figured by Probst.""

Right periotic of Nannolithax gracilis, No. 11569, U. S. N. M., X 1. Fig.
123. Cerebral view. Fig. 124. Inferior view.

Unlike the periotic of Grypolithax ohscurus, which bears a
general resemblance to it, this diminutive ear bone is decidedly
angular and the anterior process is strongly compressed from
side to side distally. Some of the more important characters
of this periotic are the compressed outline of the internal
acoustic meatus, the attenuation of the anterior process, the
relatively large size of the epitympanic orifice of the aqiicc-
ductus Fall o pa, and the absence of a pit on the posterior face
above the stapedial fossa.

The ventral facet on the posterior process of the type peri-
otic (fig. 124) is worn smooth, but fortunately that area is

•* vavvos, dwarf; Ai6a^, diminutive of Xi^os, a small stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic bone; gracilis, slender.

"J. Probst, Ucber die Ohrenknochen fossiler Cetodonten aus der Molasse von
Baltringen O. A. Laupheim. Jahreshefte d. Ver. f. vaterl. Naturk. Wiirtt., 1888, pp.
51-S2, pi. 2, figs. 12-15.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 337

fairly well preserved on the second periotic. This articular
surface is subtriang^ular in outline, concave in a fore and aft
direction, and its raised ventro-internal marj^in overhangs the
channel for the facial nerve. The posterior face of the pos-
terior process is flattened and the external is convex. The
ventral surface of the pars cochlearis is convex and slopes in
an antero-internal direction. The fenestra rotunda is large,
circular in outline, and does not modify the posterior outline
of the pars cochlearis to any appreciable extent. The external
narrow rim of the fenestra oz'alis is indistinct. The deep vesti-
bule is provided with the usual orifices for the small semicircu-
lar canals. A low carina separates the groove for the facial
nerve from the fenestra ovalis anteriorly and the stapedial
fossa posteriorly. The groove for the facial nerve is rather
broad and terminates at the postero-internal angle of the pos-
terior process. The elongate fossa for the stapedial muscle
ends anteriorly at the outer rim of the fenestra ovalis, laterally
it extends downward upon the external face of the pars
cochlearis and the internal face of the posterior process, and is
also bounded on the internal side by a low crest.

The anterior and posterior halves of the fossa incitdis meet
at an obtuse angle mesially. Anteriorly this fossa occupies a
narrow projecting ledge, and, posteriorly, on the antero-
internal margin of the posterior process, it expands into a
somewhat broader and deeper pit. In front of the abruptly
truncated anterior face of the posterior process, the surface of
the excavation on the outer denser portion of the periotic rises
gradually to the crest of the tuberosity and is shut off inter-
nally from the epitympanic recess by the raised margin of the
fossa inciidis. The anterior process is attenuated, strongly
compressed from side to side distally, and its ventral surface
is furnished with a mesially elevated cordiform articular sur-
face for the accessory ossicle of the bulla. On the internal
face of the crest-like tuberosity is a rather large concavity for
lodging the head of the malleus.

Within the narrow internal acoustic meatus (fig. 123) is a
low transverse crest which separates the compressed entrance
to the aqueduct of Fallopius from the fossa occupied by the
tractns spiralis forominosus. On the outer edge of the trans-
verse crest and at the postero-external angle is the rather large

388

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th See.

foramen singulare. The external denser portion of the peri-
otic presents a two-sided, flattened cerebral surface, the inner
one of which borders the internal acoustic meatus and the
outer overrolls the external face. The aqueduct of the vesti-
bule opens into a deep fossa and the aqueduct of the cochlea
terminates below the level of the cerebral face. The external
face of the anterior process is flattened and the cerebral face is
rounded.

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to
tip of posterior process)

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point on
cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between /c?7e../ra rotunda and tip of posterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquaductus
Fallopii and tip of anterior process

No. 1156Q,
U. S. N. M.
Right, Type

U.2

23.8-h

8.8
16.8
11.7 +
12.5

No. 11570.

U. S. N. M.

Left

(')
22.+

16.3
10.4 +
12.8

1 Pars cochlearis damaged.

18. Platylithax robusta"'" Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Right periotic, No. 4339, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
from Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California; Temblor Mio-
cene; Charles Morrice, Coll., 1924.

Diagnosis: Upon comparing this fossil periotic with those
of living porpoises it was found that the periotic of Delphinus
dclphis exhibits the closest approach in general size and shape.
This fossil periotic is characterized by a flattened and de-

'"' irXarus, broad, flat; Atflof, diminutive of \i.dos, a small stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic bone; rubusla, robust.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 339

pressed area external to the internal acoustic meatus, by having
the cerebral and external faces nearly at right angles to each
other, and by the swelling behind the cerebral orifice of the
cochlea.

The margins of the facet on the ventral face of the posterior
process (fig. 126) for the corresponding process on the bulla
are eroded, but it is apparent that it was originally smaller

Right periotic of Flatylithax robusta, No. 4339, C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 125.
Cerebral view. Fig. 126. Inferior view.

than the corresponding facet on the periotic of Dclphinus del-
phis. The ventro-internal margin of the posterior process is
raised, the posterior face is flattened, and the external face is
rounded. The pars cochlearis is rather large, convex, slightly
inflated, and externally the surface slopes gradually to the
fenestra ovalis. The fenestra rotunda is relatively small,
hemi-circular in outline, and is placed on a line with the
anterior margin of the stapedial fossa. The fenestra ovalis is
encircled by a narrow rim which is depressed below the raised
margins of the facial canal and the stapedial fossa. Within
the vestibule are the usual openings of the semicircular canals.
The epitympanic orifice of the aquceductus Fallopii is placed
on a line with the anterior margin of the fenestra ovalis, and
the canal for the facial nerve leading backward from it is par-
tially concealed by the fossa incudis and the ventro-internal
margin of the posterior process. The fossa for the stapedial
muscle is about as wide as the fenestra rotunda and extends
downward upon the external face of the pars cochlearis.

The fossa incudis occupies the narrow ledge between the
antero-internal angle of the posterior process and the epitym-
panic orifice of the aqitceditctus Fallopii. The robust anterior
process is flattened externally and rounded at the extremity.
The ventral face of the anterior process is furnished with a

J90 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES {Proc. 4th Ser.

large articular surface for the accessory ossicle of the bulla as
well as the usual concavity for lodging the head of the malleus.
The excavation between the posterior process and the tuber-
osity at the base of the anterior process is shut off from the
epitympanic recess by the fossa incudis.

Viewed from the cerebral side (fig. 125), this periotic
presents a compressed internal acoustic meatus, a robust
anterior process, and a flattened surface external to the
acoustic meatus. The spiral tract and the foramen singulare
are placed at the bottom of the internal acoustic meatus, and
they are separated from the entrance to the aqucuductus Fal-
lopii by a low transverse crest. The cerebral orifice of the
aqiiceductus vcstihuli is compressed and is separated by an
interval of 3.6 mm. from the rim of the internal acoustic
meatus. Behind the minute cerebral orifice of the aqueduct
of the cochlea is a sub-conical swelling.

Measurements of the right periotic

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis) 18.9 mm.

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to tip

of posterior process) 30.-f-mm.

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most in-
flated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point
on cerebral face) 12.6 mm.

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior

process 20.0 mm.

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of posterior

process 15.5-|-mm.

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquccductus

Fallopii and tip of anterior process , 16.3 mm.

19. Loxolithax sinuosa"" Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotype: Left periotic, No. 4352. Paratype: Left periotic,
No. 4351, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. from Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Morrice, Coll.,
1924.

" Xo^os, slanting; \i.Oa^, diminutive of Xi^os, a small stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic bone; sinuosa, sinuous.

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG—PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 391

Diagnosis: Superficially these periotics bear a rather close
resemblance to the periotic of Grypolithax pavida. They are
remarkable for the angularity of their processes. The periotic
of this porpoise has a broad facet on the ventral face of the
posterior process, a relatively wide fossa incudis, an elongated
internal acoustic meatus, a large fossa surrounding the cere-
bral orifice of the aqueduct of the vestibule, and an anterior
process with a laterally compressed extremity.

Left periotic of Loxolithax sinuosa, No. 4352, C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 127.
Cerebral view. Fig. 128. Inferior view.

Left periotic of Loxolithax sinuosa, No. 4351, C. A. S.
Cerebral view. Fig. 130. Inferior view.

X 1.0. Fig. 129.

Since the posterior process of the paratype periotic (fig.
130) has a much eroded ventral articular facet, the description
of this structure will be based upon the type periotic (fig. 128).
The ventral facet of the latter is exceptionally well preserved,
the internal and posterior margins are nearly straight, but the
anterior and external margins form a continuous curve. The
articular surface slopes toward the diagonal depression extend-
ing from the apex to the antero-internal angle. The ventro-
internal margin of the posterior process is raised and con-
tributes the floor for the groove which lodges the facial nerve
in that region. The posterior face of the posterior process is
concave and the external is convex. The pars cochlearis,
viewed from the ventral side, is convex with a shallow depres-

39? CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pboc. 4th Ser.

sion opposite the fenestra ovalis. Behind the fenestra rotunda
the posterior surface of the pars cochlearis slopes to the cere-
bral margin. The elHptical fenestra ovalis is completely encir-
cled by a narrow rim, and the whole structure is depressed
below the groove for the facial nerve. The vestibule is deep-
est between the minute orifices of the semicircular canals. The
fossa for the stapedial muscle is relatively deep and is bor-
dered on the internal side by a sharp-edged crest. A slit-like
depression is present on the posterior face above the stapedial
fossa. The rather large fossa incudis occupies the thin ledge
forming the lower boundary of the channel for the facial nerve
in the region between the antero-internal angle of the ventral
facet of the posterior process and the epitympanic orifice of the
aqiiceductus Fallopii. The inner and outer margins of the
fossa incudis are raised. The excavation between the posterior
process and the tuberosity on the outer denser portion of the
periotic is rather narrow and deep. The accessory ossicle of
the bulla articulates with the anterior process on a cordiform
facet, unevenly bisected by a longitudinal elevation. The distal
end of the anterior process is compressed from side to side and
the extremity is irregularly rounded. The tuberosity has a
rounded posterior face, and the internal face bears the usual
concavity for lodging the head of the malleus.

Viewed from the cerebral side (figs. 127, 129), the most
obvious peculiarities are the side to side compression of the
anterior process, the degree of concavity of the posterior face
of the posterior process, the inflation of the pars cochlearis
posterior to the aqueduct of the cochlea, and the shape of the
internal acoustic meatus. The internal outline of the pars
cochlearis is regularly curved. On the para type periotic (fig.
129) the transverse crest separating the ejitrance to the aque-
duct of Fallopius from the fossa occupied by the tr actus
spiralis foraminosus attains the level of the inner rim of the
internal acoustic meatus, but it is depressed below the level of
the latter externally. The foramen singulare pierces the exter-
nal wall of the acoustic meatus above the level of the spiral
tract. The type periotic has a much lower transverse crest,
and the foramen singulare is placed on the outer edge of the
latter. The entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius is large and
retains its connection with the groove which marks its original

Vol. XTX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 393

course, although the latter is much reduced in size. A rela-
tivel)'^ broad interval separates the triangular fossa into which
the aqueduct of the vestibule opens from the rim of the inter-
nal acoustic meatus. The small cerebral orifice of the aque-
duct of the cochlea is placed on the posterior face of the pars
cochlearis behind a tuberosity which has been developed at the
posterior angle of the rim of the internal acoustic meatus.

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to
tip of posterior process)

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis,
and external excavation to most projecting point
on cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of posterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquceductus
Fallopii and tip of anterior process

No. 4352,
C. A. S.

Left
Type

No. 4351
C. A. S.

Left
Paratype

16.3
i2S,0

!28.+

10.5
17.8
14.9 +
14.2

20. Grypolithax obscura*^^ Kellogg, new genus and species

Holotypc: Right periotic, No. 4349. Paratype: Left peri-
otic, No. 4347, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci. from Sharktooth Hill,
Kern County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Morrice,
Coll., 1924.

Diagnosis: Five periotics are referred to this genus, four
of which are from the left side and one from the right side.
It is not improbable that future discoveries will show that two
genera are included in this small series of periotics, for the

ypVTTOS, curved; AtOa^, diminutive of \i0os, a small -stone, in allusion to the dense
periotic bone; obscura, obscure or unknown.

January 30, 1931

394 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIE^fCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

two referred to Grypolithax obscura present a quite different
contour from the three referred to Grypolithax pavida. For
the present and in the absence of specific information in res^ard
to cranial pecuHarities, all of these periotic bones will be
referred tentatively to this genus. The contours of the two
periotics referred to this species are more rounded and less
angular than those heretofore or hereinafter described, the
pyriform internal acoustic meatus is strongly constricted
anteriorly, the excavation on the outer denser portion of the
periotic between the posterior process and the tuberosity is
very narrow internally where it is shut off from the epitym-
panic recess by the fossa incudis, and the pars cochlearis is
expanded behind the level of the aqueduct of the cochlea.

Right periotic of Grypolithax obscura, No. 4349, C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig.
131. Cerebral view. Fig. 132. Inferior view.

The postero-external angle or apex of the posterior process
(fig. 132) is missing on the type periotic. Most of the out-
wardly projecting apex of this process is preserved on the
paratype periotic (No. 4347. C. A. S.). In its original condi-
tion the ventral facet on the posterior process was no doubt
longer than wide, shallowly concave at the base, and bounded
by raised ventro-internal and anterior margins. The posterior
and external faces of the posterior process above this facet are
convex. The ventral or tympanic face of the pars cochlearis
is convex and rises rather abruptly from the fenestra ovalis.

The fenestra rotunda is larger than the fenestra ovalis and
produces an indentation on the posterior face of the pars
cochlearis. The narrow external rim of the fenestra ovalis is
complete. Within the shallow vestibule can be seen the minute
orifices of the semicircular canals. The epitympanic orifice of
the aqueduct of Fallopius is small, and the groove leading
backward from it for the facial nerve does not sink below the
level of the rim of the fenestra oz'alis and is separated from

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION 395

the latter by a low carina. The fossa for the stapedial muscle
is elongate and encroaches anteriorly upon the rim of the
fenestra ovalis, and internally upon the outer wall of the pars
cochlearis. A sharp-edged crest bounds this fossa internally.
There is a depression but no pit on the posterior face above
the stapedial fossa as in Grypolithax pavida.

The fossa incudis is small and is bounded externally by a
short carina. The posterior wall of the excavation on the
outer denser portion of the periotic between the posterior pro-
cess and the tuberosity rises more abruptly than the anterior
wall. The anterior process is rather robust, attenuated, and
roughly three-sided on the distal third, and is furnished with a
nipple-like tuberosity on the extremity. The articular surface
for the accessory ossicle of the bulla is elongated and rather
deeply impressed.

From a cerebral view the pars cochlearis (fig. 131) is seen
to be not as strongly arched as in Lamprolithax simulans, the
surfaces of the outer denser portion of the periotic are more
rounded, the entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius is strongly

Measurements of Pcriolics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis (from
external face above excavation to internal face of
pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior process to
tip of posterior process)

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from most
inflated portion of tympanic face of pars cochlearis
and external excavation to most projecting point on
cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of anterior
process

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of posterior
process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aquaductus
Fallopii and tip of anterior process

No. 4349,

C. A. S.

Right

Type

No. 4347,
C. A. S.

Left
Paratype

17.2
28.7-1-

11.9
19.0

15.4-1-
15.2

396 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4Tn Sek.

compressed, and the internal face of the anterior process is
creased. The internal acoustic meatus is narrowly pyriform
in outline, rather deep, and incloses a reniform fossa which is
occupied by the spiral tract. The transverse crest is low, rather
broad, and is pierced at the postero-external angle by the small
foramen singulare. The fossa which incloses the cerebral ori-
fice of the aqueduct of the vestibule is narrow and rather deep.
and near it in the usual position is the corresponding orifice
of the aqueduct of the cochlea. The pars cochlearis swells out
behind the level of these orifices.

21. Grypolithax pavida Kellogg, new species

Holotype: Left periotic, No. 4348. Paratypes: No. 4350,
Mus, Calif. Acad. Sci., and No. 11575, Division of Vertebrate
Paleontology, U. S. Nat. Mus., from Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California; Temblor Miocene; Charles Morricc, Coll.,
1924.

Left periotic of Grypolithax pavida, No. 4348, C. A. S., X 1.0. Fig. 133.
Cerebral view. Fig. 134. Inferior view. '

Diagnosis: On direct comparison, the periotics of this por-
poise as a rule are separable from those of Grypolithax obscura
by the presence of an irregularly flattened area on the cerebral
face of the outer denser portion of the periotic, a broader
excavation between the posterior process and the tuberosity,
a low crest on the antero-external border of the ventral face
of the pars cochlearis, and a more rounded extremity of the
anterior process.

It seems unnecessary to give a detailed description of the
periotic of this porpoise inasmuch as most of it would be
merely a repetition of the preceding description. Attention is
directed to the presence of a slit-like pit on the posterior face
above the stapedial fossa on two of these periotics (Nos. 4348,

Vol. XIX] KELLOGG— PELAGIC MAMMALS OF KERN RIVER REGION

397

4350, C. A. S.), but on the third (No. 11575, U. S. N. M.) it
is barely discernible. The posterior and external faces of the
posterior process immediately above the ventral facet are
shelving. The inflation of the pars cochlearis posteriorly is
accentuated by a short crease which commences at the inner
angle of the crescentic fenestra rotunda and proceeds inward
in the general direction of the aqueduct of the cochlea. The
articular surface (fig. 134) for the accessory ossicle of the
bulla is subcordiform in outline, with a medial longitudinal
elevation. Opposite this facet and on the ventral face of the
pars cochlearis is a low crest which is quite distinct on two of
these periotics (Nos. 4348, C. A. S., and 11575, U. S. N. M.),
but is rather indistinct on the third (No. 4350, C. A. S.). On
the type periotic (fig. 133), the closure of the opposing walls
of the original entrance to the aqueduct of Fallopius has been
completed, leaving a minute orifice on the anterior margin of
the pars cochlearis. The two remaining periotics illustrate the
manner in which this closure has been accomplished.

Measurements of Periotics (in millimeters)

Breadth of periotic at level of fenestra ovalis
(from external face above excavation to inter-
nal face of pars cochlearis)

Greatest length of periotic (tip of anterior pro-
cess to tip of posterior process) . . 7

Greatest dorso-ventral depth of periotic (from
most inflated portion of tympanic face of pars
cochlearis and external excavation to most
projecting point on cerebral face)

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of
anterior process

Distance between fenestra rotunda and tip of
posterior process

Distance between epitympanic orifice of aqucB-
ductus Fallopii and tip of anterior process. . .

No. 4348,

C. A. S.

Left

Type

No. 4350,
C. A. S.

Left
Paratype

16.2

16.4

26.9

26.5

9.7

9.9

17.9

16.9

13.9 +

14.6 +

14.5

13.7

No. 11575
U. S. N. M.

Left
Paratype

16.5
26.6

10.4
17.3
13.9 +
13.1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 13, pp. 399-410 May 29, 1931

XIII

REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY

FOR THE YEAR 1930

BY

C. E. GRUNSKY
President of the A cademy

Following the usual practice, attention will first be directed
in this report to the Academy's membership. There has been
but little change in the total, despite the fact that a special
effort brought in about 150 new members.

The members are classified as follows :

Patrons 19

Honorary Members 15

Life Members 94

Fellows 63

Members 923

Junior Members 10

Total ^ 1124

Of these:

7 Life Members are also Fellows 7

4 Patrons are also Life Members 4

1 Fellow is also an Honorary Member 1

3 Fellows are also Patrons 3

1 Patron is not a member 1

Total 16

Actual Membership 1 108

May 29, 1931

400

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Ser.

On January 1, 1930, the number of members stood at 1086

New Membeis were added during the year 150

Members lost by death 27

Members resigned 43

Members dropped (non-payment of dues) 58

128
Net gain during year 22

Leaving the membership on January 1, 1931, at 1108

The Academy carries on its list of benefactors the following
names :

Mr. James Lick

Deceased

Mr. Ignatz Steinhart

The Academy carries on its list of patrons the following
names :

Mr. George C. Beckley

Dr. Frank E. Blaisdell

Mr. William B. Bourn

Hon. William H. Crocker

Mr. Peter F. Dunne

Miss Alice Eastwood

Dr. Barton Warren Evermann

Mr. Herbert Fleishhacker

Hon. Joseph D. Grant

Mr. Edward Hohfeld

Living

Mrs. Albert Koebele

Mr. A. Kingsley Macomber

Mr. John W. MaiUiard

Mr. Joseph MaiUiard

Mr. M. Hall McAllister

Mr. G. Frean Morcom

Mr. William C. Van Antwerp

Mr. Edward P. Van Duzee

Dr. E. C. Van Dyke

Mr. William Alvord
Mr. Charles Crocker
Mr. W. M. Giffard
Mr. John W. Hendrie
Mr. William F. Herrin
Mr. Henry M. Holbrook

Deceased

Mrs. Charlotte Hosmer

Mr. Ogden Mills

Mr. Alexander F. Morrison

Mr. Amariah Pierce

Dr. John Van Denburgh

Vol. XIX]

GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1930

401

Academy members who were called by death in 1930 are
as follows :

Dr. Thomas Addison Member April 5

Mr. Harry Babcock Member February 24

Mr. Robert C. Bolton Member August 25

Mr. Elisha Brooks Life Member May 1 1

Mr. James F. Campbell Member Janviary 3

Mr. Warren D. Clark Member May 9

Prof. John N. Cobb Member January 13

Dr. Lawrence A. Draper Member January 3

Mr. A. L. Duncan Member August 19

Col. George C. Edwards Life Member November 19

Mr. A. W. Foster Member October 14

Mr. Wm. J. Gilliland Member November 30

Mr. William Herrmann Member September 30

Mr. Leonard Howarth Member May 12

Mr. W. B. Lewis Member August 26

Mr. A. S. Mangrum Member September 3

Mr. Stephen T. Mather Member January 22

Dr. William D. Matthew. . . .Member September 24

Mr. Robert S. Moore Member February 16

Mr. John Partridge Member August 14

Capt. Albert H. Payson Member January 25

Hon. James D. Phelan Life Member. August 7

Mr. G. P. Rixford Life Member October 27

Mr. J. H. Skinner Member June 12

Mr. William H. Talbot Member November 5

Mr. John L Walter Member March 5

Dr. Lucy M. F. Wanzer Life Member October 20

1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1929
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930
1930

In the year 1930, eleven free lectures were delivered at the
stated meetings of the Academy, as follows:

January 2. "The Horsetown Formation of California." By Mr. Frank

M. Anderson, Honorary Curator, Department of
Paleontology, California Academy of Sciences.

March 5. "A Sub-arctic Summer." Illustrated. By Mr. Harry S.

Swarth, Curator, Department of Ornithology and
Mammalogy, California Academy of Sciences.

April 2. "A Visit to the Desert and Forests of Australia." Illus-

trated with motion pictures. By Mr. Joseph R. Slevin,
Curator, Department of Herpetolog}^ California Acad-
emy of Sciences.

402
May 7.

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

June 4.

July 2.
August 6.

September 3.

October 1.

November 5.

December 3.

"A Panamanian Pasear." Illustrated. By Mrs. M. E.
McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator, Department
of Ornithology and Mammalogy, California Academy
of Sciences.

"Bird Banding." By Mr. Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeri-
tus, Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences.

"Flags." Illustrated. By Mr. C. B. Lastreto, San Francisco.

"The Proposed Salt Water Barrier in the Upper Bay
Waters." By Dr. C. E. Grunsky, President, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences.

"Floral Zones of the California Deserts." Illustrated. By
Mr. John Thomas Howell, Assistant, Department of
Botany, California Academy of Sciences.

"Seventh International Ornithological Congress, Amster-
dam." B}^ Mr. Harry S. Swarth, Curator, Department
of Ornithology and Mammalogy, California Academy
of Sciences.

"Our South Sea Islands." Illustrated b}' motion pictures
and stereopticon slides. By Mr. Alvin Scale, Superin-
tendent of the Steinhart Aquarium of the California
Academy of Sciences.

"A Report on My Trip to the International Botanical Con-
gress." Illustrated. By Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator,
Department of Botany, California Academy of Sciences.

The Sunday afternoon lectures at the Museum building
were continued throughout the year except during the vaca-
tion months of summer. Despite the inadequacy of the tem-
porary lecture room, the attendance at these lectures has been
satisfactory. These lectures have included the following:

January 5. "With a Moving Picture Camera in Africa." Illustrated.

By Dr. E. C. Franklin, Professor of Organic Chemistry,
Stanford University.

January 12. "East Winds." By Mr. E. A. Beals, Consulting Meteor-

ologist, Alameda, California.

January 19. "Aviation and Meteorology." Illustrated. By Mr. D. R.

Reed, Assistant Forecaster, United States Weather
Bureau, San Francisco.

Vol. XIX]

GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1930

403

January 26. "The Climate of the Pacific Northwest." By Mr. Melvin

B. Summers, in charge of the Seattle Weather Bureau
and Climatological Service of the State of Washington.
At present with the San Francisco office.

February 2. "Indians of Yosemite and Their Legends." Illustrated. By

Mr. Ansel F. Hall, Chief Naturalist, National Park
Service.

February 9. "Geolog>' of the Lassen Region." Illustrated. By Mr.

Harold Stein, Field Executive, Boy Scouts of America,
San Francisco.

February 16.

February 23.

"Personal Experiences with Black and Grizzly Bears." Illus-
trated. By Mr. Joseph Dixon, Economic Mammalo-
gist, Univeristy of California, Berkeley.

"Prehistoric Peoples of the Southwest." Illustrated. By
Mr. Ansel F. Hall, Chief Naturalist, National Park
Service.

March 2.

March 9.

"An Engineer's Trip to Japan and Adjacent Countries."
By Dr. C. E. Grunsky, President of the California
Academy of Sciences.

"Desert Insects." Illustrated. By Dr. E. C. Van Dyke,
Curator Emeritus, Department of Entomology, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences.

March 16. "Some Problems in Game Conservation." Illustrated with

motion pictures. By Dr. H. C. Bryant, Director,
Bureau of Education, California Division of Fish and
Game.

March 23. "The Amphibians of California." Illustrated. By Dr.

Tracy I. Storer, Associate Professor of Zoology, Uni-
versity of CaHfomia, College of Agriculture, Davis,
California.

March 30. "Game Trails; Steelhead Fishing on the Klamath." Illus-

trated. By Mr. Paul Fair, in Charge of Exhibits,
United States Forest Service, San Francisco.

April 6. "Tumors." By Dr. William Ophuls, Dean of the School of

Medicine and Professor of Pathology, Stanford Uni-
versity School of Medicine.

April 13. "Recent Advances in Public Health." By Dr. Herbert F.

True, Assistant Health Officer, City and County of San
Francisco.

404

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

April 20.

April 27.

May 4.

May U.

May 18.

October 5.

October 12.

October 19.
October 26.

November 2.

November 9.

November 16.

November 23.

"Trichinosis and Its Prevention." By Dr. Karl F. Meyer,
Director of the Hooper Foundation, University of Cali-
fornia Medical School.

"The High Cost of Quackery." By Dr. E. L. Gilcreest,
Instructor in Surgery, University of California Medical
School.

"General Aspects of Tuberculosis." By Dr. Robert A.
Peers, Member of the California Department of Public
Health.

"Pain." By Dr. John Homer Woolsey, Assistant CHnical
Professor of Surgery, University of California Medical
School.

"The Cost of Being Sick." By Dr. Morton R. Gibbons,
Lecturer on Medical Aspects of Insurance, University
of California Medical School.

"Fur Seals: A Million Dollar Business." Illustrated. By
Dr. George Haley, Professor of Biology, St. Ignatius
College, San Francisco.

"Control of Predatory Mammals." Illustrated. By Dr.
E. Raymond Hall, Curator of Mammals, California
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of Cali-
fornia.

"George Washington's First Wish." By Mr. Edward Ber-
wick, Pacific Grove, California.

"The Way Wild Animals Do Things." Illustrated. By Dr.
W. E. Ritter, Professor of Zoology, Emeritus, Scripps
Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, California.

"Cahfornia Floral Zones." Illustrated. By Mr. John
Thomas Howell, Assistant, Department of Botany,
California Academy of Sciences.

"Game Birds of Cahfornia." Illustrated. By Mr. Donald
McLean, Field Naturalist, Cahfornia Fish and Game
Commission.

"African Big Game." Illustrated. By Mr. N. B. Liver-
more. Member Board of Trustees, California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.

"Our National Parks." Illustrated. By Colonel John R.
White, Superintendent, Sequoia National Park, Cali-
fornia.

\'0L. XIX]

GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1930

405

November 30.

December 7.

December 14.

December 21.

December 2S.

"Reptiles and Amphibians, with especial Reference to the
Rattlesnakes of California." Illustrated with motion
pictures and stereopticon slides. By Mr. Joseph R.
Slevin, Curator, Department of Herpetolog>', Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences.

"A New Conception of Health Insurance as it vitally con-
cerns the general public." Illustrated. By Dr. Ralph
A. Reynolds, San Francisco.

"The Mountains and Canyons of the Sequoia National
Park." Illustrated. By Mr. Francis P. Farquhar,
Secretary Commonwealth Club, San Francisco.

"The Animal Kingdom: The Reservoir of Disease." Illus-
trated. By Dr. Karl F. Meyer, Director of the Hooper
Foundation, University of California Medical School.

"The Natural History of Magpies." Illustrated. By
Dr. J. M. Linsdale, Research Associate in the Museum
of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California.

Li.ST OF Academy Publications in 1930

Proceedings, Fourth Series

Vol. XVIII, Nos. 17 and 18, pp. 531-586. No. 17^Report of the President
OF the Academy for the Year 1929, by C. E. Grunsky. No. 18 — Report
OF the Director of the Museum and of the Aquarium for the Year
1929, by Barton Warren Evermann. (Issued April 8, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, pp. 1-22. No. 1, pp. 1-6 — Marine Mollusca of
Guadalupe Island, Mexico, by A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. No. 2,

pp. 7-12 — M.\RINE MOLLUSKA OF THE ReVILLAGIGEDO ISLANDS, MEXICO,

by A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. No. 3, pp. 13-22 — Marine Mollusca
OF THE Tres Marias Islands, Mexico, by A. M. Strong and G. D.
Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930.) ■•

Vol. XIX, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 23-56, plates 1-3, 4 text figs. No. 4, pp. 23-40,
plate 1, 4 text figures — Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia, by Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M. Strong. No. 5, pp. 41-56,
plates 2-3 — Some Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidae from the
Gulf of California, by Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M. Strong.
(Issued July 15, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, No. 6, pp. 57-64 — Pliocene Deposits North of Simi V.vllev,
C.\LiFORNiA, by W. P. Woodring. (Issued July 15, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, No. 7, pp. 65-83, 3 text figs. — Geology of Sharktooth Hill,
Kern County, C.\lifornia, by G. Dallas Hanna. (Issued July 15, 1930.)

405 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Vol. XIX, No. 8, pp. 85-93, 7 text figures — Fossil Bird Remains from the
Temblor Formation Near Bakersfield, California, by Alexander
Wetmore. (Issued July 15, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, No. 9, pp. 95-104, 1 text figure — The Killifish of San Ignacio
AND the Stickleb.vck OF San Ramon, Lower C/Vlifornia, by George
Sprague Myers. (Issued July 15, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, No. 10, pp. 105-108 — Contributions to Oriental Herpetology
IV. Hokushu or Yezo, by Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued July 15, 1930.)

Vol. XIX, No. 11, pp. 109-215, plates 4-15^Marine Algae of the Revilla-
GiGEDO Islands Expedition in 1925, by William Albert Setchell and
Nathaniel Lyon Gardner. (Issued December 30, 1930.)

Handbook of the Birds of Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, by Joseph

Mailliard.

Items of Interest

Some notable changes have occurred in the personnel of the
Officers of the Academy. Mr. M. Hall McAllister resigned as
Treasurer on July 1, 1930. In accepting his resignation, the
Board of Trustees passed the following resolution :

"In accepting the resignation of Mr. M. Hall McAllister as a Trustee
of the California Academy of Sciences, the Board does so with
very great regret and feelings of real loss. During Mr. McAllis-
ter's many years of service as a member of the Board, he was
ever watchful of the best interests of the Academy. His services
as Trustee and Treasurer were of the greatest help to the institu-
tion and the Board wishes to express its high appreciation of his
deep interest in the welfare of the Academy."

Mr. F. W. Bradley was appointed to fill the unexpired term.

It is also to be noted that after long and faithful service
beginning January 6, 1902, ]\Ir. J. W. Hobson retired at his
own request from the office of Recording Secretary. His
services in this capacity terminated on February 19, 1930. It
was with sincere res:ret that his associates on the Council saw
his relinquishment, owing to physical disability, of the duties
he had so long performed. His place has been filled by Mrs.
J. W. Hobson. who had for some time been assisting Mr.
Hobson in the keeping of records and other work connected
with the office.

Vol. XIX] GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S REPORT FOR 1930 49/

On October 27, 1930, the Academy lost, by death, Gulian
Pickering Rixford, for many years a member of the Academy,
one time its Recording Secretary, and at the time of his death.
Librarian since December 24, 1924. The vacancy caused by
Mr. Rixford's death was filled by his son, Dr. Emmet Rixford.

On November 19, the Academy lost, by death. Colonel
George Cunningham Edwards, also for many years a member
and First Vice-President since January 21, 1907.

Second Vice-President, Otto von Geldern, was appointed to
fill the vacancy in the office of First Vice-President, and Dr.
Wm. E. Ritter was appointed Second Vice-President.

Donations to the publication fund to be used in the publica-
tion of a handbook on the Birds of Golden Gate Park, by
Joseph Mailliard, have been made during the year as follows :

Mrs. F. W. Bradley (Mary Parks Bradley) $200

Mr. Selah Chamberlain 200

Mr. William H. Crocker 200

Mr. Herbert Fleishhacker 200

Mr. J. D. Grant 200

Mr. Chas. Kendrick 200

Mr. Edward J. McCutcheon 250 •

Mr. Louis F. Monteagle 200

A donation of $1,200 to the Department of Botany was
made by Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of that Department.
By reason of this donation. Miss Eastwood became a Patron
of the Academy.

Mr. McAllister has again contributed the sum of $100 to
the Committee on the Conservation of Wild Life, of which
he is Chairman. For some years past he has made a like
annual contribution.

The Academy, some time ago, expressed its willingness to
cooperate with the Seismological Society of America and has
now allotted definite space in the basement of the museum
building for the installation of a seismograph. When this is
installed the Academy will provide the necessary observer.
The installation is being made without cost to the Academy.

Several months ago a representative of Karl Zeiss and
Company was in San Francisco to awaken interest in the erec-
tion of a Planetarium. The apparatus for a planetarium such

40g CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4tii Ser.

as the Adler Zeiss Planetarium of Chicaij^o. the Veh Zeiss
Planetarium of Philadelphia and the Griffith Zeiss Plane-
tarium of Los Anc^eles, the latter about to be erected, is manu-
factured and furnished by the Zeiss Company. While no
progress appears to have been made in enlisting financial sup-
port for this project, opportunity was nevertheless afforded to
the Academy to express its interest in the matter and to offer
to accept the management of the planetarium if the same be
located on some site convenient to the buildings of the Acade-
my in Golden Gate Park.

The popularity of the Steinhart Aquarium has not waned.
On Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, the Aquarium is fre-
quently over-crowded. More floor space is needed for the
convenience of visitors and much more tank space is needed
for additional material. The aquarium at San Francisco
should be second to no other aquarium in this country. Ap-
preciating this fact, an appeal was made to the city authorities
several months ago for funds, in the amount of $750,000, for
an extension to the aquarium. This sum would suffice to
treble the floor and tank space. It would be a gracious act on
the part of the City either out of current funds or by means
of a bond issue to provide the money now needed for the en-
largement of the Steinhart Acjuarium. It is hoped that this
view will prevail.

The Academy is about to begin the erection of the first unit
of an East Wing in which the Leslie Simson African Mammal
collection is to be installed. Material for the exhibits sent
from Africa by Mr. Simson is arriving from time to time.
Our Curator of Exhibits, Mr. Tose, has recently returned
from Africa where he collected material for accessories and
made color sketches of the habitats of the wild life which is to
be put on display. But here, as in the case of so many of the
Academy's activities, not all can be done which should be
done. There is a sore lack of funds with which to erect ade-
quate buildings. In the circumstances the Academy has felt
impelled to have recourse to its credit and has borrowed some
$255,000 with which to begin the erection of its East ^^ ing.
While this entails a large annual outgo for interest, yet it
appears fully justified in view of the fact that Mr. Simson
has him.self turned over to the Academy, or rather has placed

Vol. XIX] GRUNSKV—PRESIDEXT'S REPORT FOR 1930 409

in escrow, property having an aggregate value of about
$150,000, which will offset in some measure the Academy's
proximate outlay of capital. While this sum stands as the
property of the Academy, the income therefrom must go to
Mr. Simson during his lifetime.

In its present quarters the Academy has insufficient space.
The collections are expanding in its various departments and
even passageways are being over-stocked with cases of re-
search material. In view of this fact and because of the
urgent need of extending research activities, the officers of
the Academy made an appeal to the Rockefeller Foundation
for funds with which to erect all of the proposed East Wing
except only the Auditorium. This application has quite re-
cently been denied. Building activities will, therefore, have to
be restricted to the first unit, for a time at least, until some one
comes to the Academy's aid with an adequate endowment or
bequest.

Plans for the East Wing of the Academy have been pre-
pared by Architect Lewis P. Hobart. These had been suf-
ficiently advanced a few weeks ago to permit calling for bids
to construct the first unit thereof, which is urgently needed
both for the housing of the African mammal exhibits as ex-
plained, and for the expansion of the Academy's research
activities.

Satisfactory proposals having now been received, it is ex-
pected that before the end of this year the building will be
available for occupancy.

In this connection a word relating to the finances of the
Academy will not be out of place.

The book value of the ^assets of the Academy appears at
$2,143,629. At the time of the completion of the West Wing
of its buildings in Golden Gate Park in 1916, the Academy
was in debt about $350,000. This indebtedness was gradually
reduced to $195,000 at which amount it stood when the new
loan was made a short time ago for present building purposes,
which, in the course of the current year, will bring the total
indebtedness to $450,000. But as already explained, the in-
creased indebtedness is in part offset by the property received
from Mr. Simson and now in escrow for the Academv.

410 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pnoc. 4th Ser.

The valuable work being clone in the Academy's depart-
ments will appear from the several reports of the Director of
the Museum, of the Curators of the various departments, and
of the Superintendent of the Aquarium. To all of those who
have in any way contributed to the Academy's activities, I
desire on behalf of our membership for whom I am speaking,
to express sincere appreciation. This extends, too, to the
services of Attorney Edward Hohfeld who has ever been
ready to assist with advice when called upon.

In looking back over the year's activities, some progress is
to be noted, but the Academy is still waiting and hoping for
an endowment of sufficient magnitude to place it where it
belongs, — well up in the front rank of like institutions else-
where in the world.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 14, pp. 41 1-482 May 29, 1931

XIV

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE MUSEUM
AND OF THE AQUARIUM FOR THE YEAR 1930

BY

BARTON WARREN EVERMANN
Director of the Museum and of the A quarium

The Annual Report of the Director for the year 1929 was
presented to the Academy at the Annual Meeting, February
19, 1930. The present report, submitted at this Annual Meet-
ing, February 19, 1931, sets forth briefly the scientific and
educational activities of the Academy for the calendar year
1930.

Personnel

The employees of the Museum as of January 1, 1931, were
as follows : Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and
Executive Curator of the Museum and of the Aquarium, and
Editor of the Academy publications ; Susie M. Peers, Secre-
tary to the Board of Trustees; Annie G. Hobson, Recording
Secretary of the Academy; Alice Eastwood, Curator. John
Thomas Howell, Assistant Curator, and Kate E. Phelps, as-
sistant. Department of Botany ; Edward P. Van Duzee, Cura-
tor, J. O. Martin and Amy Williamson, assistants, Dr. Edwin
C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator, Dr. Frank E. Blaisdell, Re-
search Associate, and Dr. Frank R. Cole, Associate Curator

412 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

in Dipterology, Department of Entomology ; Frank Tose,
Chief, and Richard Cayzer and Cecil Tose, assistants, Depart-
ment of Exhibits ; Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator,
and H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator, Department of
Fishes ; Joseph R. Slevin, Curator, Department of Herpetology ;
Dr. Walter Kenrick Fisher, Curator, Department of Inver-
tebrate Zoology ; Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian, and
Veronica J. Sexton, Library assistant; Harry S. Swarth, Cura-
tor, Mary E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator, and
Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus, Department of Orni-
thology and Mammalogy ; Dr. (j. Dallas Hanna, Curator, Dr.
Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator, Winifred Morrison,
and John L. Nicholson, Jr., assistants. Dr. Frank M. Anderson,
Honorary Curator, and Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research As-
sociate, Department of Paleontology ; Constance W. Camp-
bell, stenographer, part time ; Evelyn Larsen. office assistant,
part time : Raymond L. Smith, general assistant ; Mabel E.
Phillips, check-room attendant; William C. Lewis, janitor;
Hugh Jones, assistant janitor; Allen Weatherwax, lecture at-
tendant; Patrick O'Brien, day watch; Archie McCarte, night
watch; Nellie Marshall, attendant, part time; Fred Tanaka,
janitor, part time.

The Aquarium staff and employees as of January 1, 1931,
were as follows : Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director ;
Susie M. Peers, Secretary, part time ; Constance W. Campbell,
stenographer, part time ; Evelyn Larsen. office assistant, part
time ; Alvin Scale. Superintendent ; Robert J. Lanier. Assis-
tant Superintendent ; Phyllis Beardslee. doorkeeper ; Clynt S.
Martin, chief engineer; B. T. Culleton, first assistant engi-
neer ; John A. Dwyer, second assistant engineer ; Clyde E.
Guidry, chief attendant; Jack Solini, first assistant attendant;
L. R. Solini, second assistant attendant ; Leon Maxwell, third
assistant attendant; Frank J. Maxwell, relief engineer and at-
tendant ; S. J. Shenefield, carpenter and general utility man ;
Patrick O'Neill, janitor; Patrick McArdle, assistant janitor;
Frank Haley, day watch.

May Peffer, library assistant, resigned January 11, 1930.
Her place was taken by Veronica J. Sexton, February 7.
Barbara Cowles was employed as temporary library assistant
from December 8, 1930, to January 1, 1931. Robert Thfinip-

Vol. XIX] EVERMAXS— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 4^3

son. Jr.. lecture attendant and library assistant, resigned June
10. 1930. Allen W'eatherwax took his place as lecture atten-
dant October 5, 1930. Russell Hendrick, assistant, Depart-
ment of Exhibits, resigned May 16, 1930. Winifred Mor-
rison began work as assistant in the Department of Paleon-
tology. March 12, 1930. James Campbell was employed as tem-
porary assistant in the Department of Fishes part time in
1930. Harold Thayer was employed as temporary assistant in
the Department of Fishes from April 26 to June 12, 1930.
Mrs. Nellie Marshall began work as part time attendant
February 9. 1930. Enid A. Larson began work June 16 as
temporary check-room attendant in the absence of Mabel
Eleanor Phillips. She was employed in this position up to
October 15. She worked in the Department of Fishes from
October 15 to November 15, and in the Department of Herpe-
tology from December 1 to 6, 1930. Gust Anderson was em-
ployed as temporary night watchman in the absence of Hugh
R. Jones from September 1 to 20, 1930. J. N. Angelucci,
third assistant attendant, resigned August 31, 1930. Leon
Maxwell took his place September 1, 1930. Peter Busalacchi
was employed as temporary help, November 12, 1930. in place
of Leon Maxwell who was injured and temporarily unable to
work. Robert J. Lanier was appointed Assistant Superinten-
dent of the Steinhart Aquarium February 1. 1930. Charles
W. Hibbard, assistant collector, resigned November 16, 1930.
Elsie von Larisch was employed as temporary typist from
August 4 to October 31. Frank Haley took the place of
James Cavanaugh as day watch.

Cooperation with Publjc and Private Schools, with
Other Institutions, and with Individuals

The Museum continues to be of service to the schools, other
institutions, and individuals in their educational and scientific
work.

All available space for public exhibits has long since been
utilized ; nevertheless, our Department of Exhibits continues,
as material and time permit, to prepare new educational ex-
hibits to put on display so soon as suitable exhibition rooms
become available.

414 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

During the year the research collections in the various de-
partments increased greatly, particularly in the departments of
Botany, Entomology and Paleontology, as is shown in the
reports of the respective curators.

Twelve portable habitat groups of animals were loaned to
the Berkeley public schools where they were kept in circulation
throughout the school year. At the end of the school year
these portable exhibits are returned to the Academy for in-
spection and storing during the summer vacation. The
Academy continues to loan to schools and investigators speci-
mens of birds, mammals and other objects requested. And
quite a number of investigators and special students come to
our laboratories, particularly in botany, ornitholog}^ herpe-
tology and paleontology, for the purpose of special study.

The Academy receives many letters from the general public,
asking for information on many and diverse subjects, not all
of a scientific nature.

These are usually referred to the appropriate department
and the information requested is supplied, whenever possible,
by the Director or the Curator of the department concerned.
This frequently requires a considerable amount of time in re-
search or consultation of literature.

/OL.

XIX]

£F£

RM/

INl

<J—D

IREl

:tor'

S RE

POi<

7F(

OR 1

930

t

4

ir>

ON

fo

1^

ON

CN

^— (

■*

NO

i-H

T— (

ON

t^

Oi

On

lo

ii-H

o

i-H

o

t--

^

NO

ON

*— (

o

S

t^

•*

On_^

CN

On_

o

NO

■*

NO

O

00

CO

CO

O

t-^T

o

OO

CN

On

CO

cn"

t^

o"

o

r^

T-H

CO

>-^

rn

rn

'^

CO

•*

■ri<

NO

NO

CO

CO

CO

CN

ON

^

o_

t~~

O.

o

On

00

00

00

o

m

o

ID

t^

NO

NO

"^

vO

OO

^— »

*-H

ON

m

00

y~i

CN

-*

CO

On

1^

c^

t^

t^

NO

"*

CO

On_

NO

00

o^

T-H

lO

00

On_

Tf

0\

vO

On

o*

^— 1

"1

00

CN

"""

o

'^

On

in

o

*-i

P^

fN

'^

CO

5^

NO

NO

NO

m

CO

CO

c^

CN
ID

OS

o

^

"->

On

o

NO

CN

rq

^

m

t^

r-1

lO

o

nO

CN

o

o

OO

00

On

00

T— 1

O

oo

00

vO_

"*.

CTn

rH

^— 1

'tl

CN

00

o

o

Cvl

I —

0\

lO

o"

y—f

CN

^

*-H

^"

CO

'^

NO

NO

^

o

~N

ro

fO

ro

'^

"*

lO

00

t^

"-5

CO

CN

CN

m

*-H

o

Tl<

CN

^

o

CN

o

CO

O

T-H

r^

^

ON

00

CN

lO

y—<

CO

00

t^

•^

r~4

OO

CN

y—t

t^

t^

»o

O

Tt<

^.

NO

CN

00

■*

m

m

00

q_

to

^"^

^'"

Oo'

t--^

-*

o

nO"

CO

o"

o"

co"

~1

PO

CN

rn

CO

-+

lo

00

NO

m

-*

CO

CO

m

00

re

t-'

NO

CO

ON

t-^

CN

m

'^

o

m

On

tN

OO

t^

■*

T-H

On

o

NO

T—i

in

CN

m

m

^

lO

nO_

r^

ON

t^

t^

CO^

'0_

NO

-+

in

T-H

o

■+

Oo"

NO

CN

ro

CO

»-H

t-~r

-^

o"

^

in

'-I

CM

ro

fo

CO

LO

lO

00

00

lO

-+

CO

CO

m

Ov

ID

CO

t-~

t~-

":

*-H

t^

r^

00

•*

m

CO

00

On

NO

lO

CO

i^

CN

^

CO

T-H

CO

-*

CN

>^

OS

CN

»— (

CN

tH

i^

ON

00

t^

•*

NO

CN

T^

<Vj

0\

'^

On

On

o

OO

oT

t^

CO

o

m

P>1

CO

"--1

r^

rvl

ro

rfi

CO

lO

NO

t^

NO

'^

CO

CO

in
in

^

ON

U-)

CN

CN

'.-H

On

o

^

'^

T-H

CN

CO

■O

<r>

CO

CO

lO

00

CN

ro

T-H

^^

T-H

t^

CO

'^

f^

r*<

On__

CO

cs

CO

»— t

00

O

NO

in

o

SJ

fN

-f

On"

^— 1

00

00

1— (

m

CN

CO

t^

T— i

no"

S
3
U

»-(

rO

^

ro

-*

^

in

On

o

00

Th

CO

CN

NO

O

On

i-H

^-H

t-»

O

Os

O

•*

NO

f^

in

en

r^

rs

T*<

y—i

On

f-H

CO

'^

t^

On

NO

o

s~~

p

■^

(M

lO

ro

ON

IC

in

in

00

00

00

t^

t^

t-~

^

S

"0

o"

no"

T-H

1^

On

■>*

o"

On"

NO

00

NO

oo

•"•i

T-H

CNI

CN

CN

CO

CO

NO

m

o

NO

Tt'

CO

On

U

^

Hi

00

'^

CN

t^

l-~

po

r^

00

On

o

Ov

m

H

ro

ro

CN

LO

CO

CO

o

00

o

lo

OO

CO

m

fV)

o_

U-)

On_

q

C^

y-i

CN

t^

^>

-*

o_

co_

r<i

O

H

tn
«
g

0\

O-"

00

t~^

NO

r-~

t^

NO

Tl<

oo"

ON

On"

co"

t-~

•~<

*-H

^— 1

ro

CO

CN

CN

CO

CO

CN

'"'

o

CO

lO

a^

Ov

On

r—

NO

O

CN

00

T-H

CO

CN

t^

lO

t^

t^

CO

c

00

CN

m

NO

ON

NO

m

NO

H

"-I

t^

NO

PNJ^

ON

m

"*

«-H

^

T^

0O_^

LO

o_

tn

l^

lO

oo"

-* u^

On" co"

o"

■*"

oo"

lo"

cn"

ON

>

"I

CN

C^l

CN

(M

CN

CS

•*

CO

CO

CNl

T-H

T-H

CO

CO

wT

rO

o

ON

00

r--

t^

CN

o

CO

O

r^

o

NO

4>

*— <

to

O

C

C

ON

J^

y—i

o

-*

'*

NO

c

'*

"*_

CN

. c^

'*

■*.

o_

m

CO

CO

lO

t^

ro

in

CN

l~-.

NO

CN

CO

cn"

CO

On"

T-T

co"

^

"«(

(M

CN

CN

CO

PO

CO

in

in

^

CO

^— 1

r-i

o

&

*-H

NO

t^

^

ON

00

OO

o

r-^

CO

NO

oo

t^

w

'J-

00

ON

Ov

nC

^t

r-i

"-J

O

nO

•*

00

ON

B

0\

CN

m

PD_

ON

ro

f^

o_

t^

O

-*

(^)_

"*

■^

CN

t--

t—

r^

lO

00

O)

oo"

CO

-*"

o

lO

T-H

T-H

~^

■^

^— 1

CN

OJ

CN

CO

-*

Tt<

CO

CO

rsi

CN

lO

CO

55

c

00

O

^

CO

o

t^

t^

CO

T-H

00

CN

so

On

^-H

t^

On

'+

c^t

CO

>*

•*

CO

00

Tf

J3

°o

CN

NO_

00_

CN

CO

oc

"+

^-H

00

r~-

lO

lO

in

*^

Ov

tTi

fO

no"

CO

NO

ON

▼— «

^— 1

On"

•+

oo"

On"

o"

+j

~^

CN

<N

CN

CN

CN

CN

CO

CO

CN

T-H

T-H

CN

o

c

00

NO

«0

•>*

CO

CO

o-

NO

On

O

CO

NO

U)

J^

»o

o

t^

w

(N

C3n

*-^

NO

C~J

T-H

On

o>

_c

t^

^H

o

NO

^— I

»"

NO

00_

NO

00__

NO

o_

'c

^^

o»

c;

r^

y—t

CN

NC

CN

t^

rf

r^

o

T-H

♦-H

^-H

0)

*«1

tN

CN

ro

CO

CN

CO

CO

CN

CN

00

CN

CO

CN

00

CN

Or
O
01

o

.s

>o

•

t

CO

On__

T-H

o

0\

o

no"

r^

in

no"

'm

'-<

CO

CN

T-H

On

3

o

■»->

>

. b

i-,

U
J3

3 S2

c

ClJ

2

(J

g

g

e ^

2 S

o

c

cc

1

1

<

>

1 1—5

<

C/2

o
O

^ <■

415

May 29, 1931

416

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

00

m

PO

fs

«i^

00

t^

O

1^

vO

00

p<o

o

<^

>o

o

\o

ON

<^

o

■*

r^

«:>

o

"^

lO

1^

»— 1

ro

tN

lo

c^

rc_

ro

t^

"",

o

■o

o

Ov

OO

r^i

re

-+

•*"

O

o-

o

-+

VO

J^

o

Cv

o

<>1

O

i^

O

i/"/

i''^

o

o

VO

ro

00

\o

OC

1— t

<~o

^

o

00

Ov

^

1^

r^

00

-f

rn

»-H

CO

•*

o

-t"

u~<

«M

•-H

o

00

lO

o^

0\

o_

o

fO

»-H

vO

^— t

'Tt"

in

o

r^'

1-H

"0

no"

,—1

oo"

r^j

ro

Tf

»*

t~-.

UO

On

OS

— '

o

r-1

o

t^

i^

D

&
<

»

H

O
H

O

Ov

CM

ro

o

^-H

*— (

Ov

lO

in

00

,_,

ro

xs

lO

fC

lO

ro

r<i

i^

ov

re

-^

o

"*

rv)

^J

(M

o

*-H

00

ID

■*

Ov_

VO

vO_^

t-~

•*

00

VO

Cvl

Tf*

-t

v-H

t^

'+

vo'

a<

oT

oo'

re

vO

00

O

Cv

Ov

rs

rs

00

t^

^

-+

VO

o

00

rvi

O

00

VO

00

o

Ov

c
m

re

O

Cv
Ov__

ov

Ov"

in
i~~

ov

00*

o"

o

Ov"

in

■<1-

re

00

o
o

rv)

m

re

CO

o

"0

00

1—

re

o

o-

Cv

00_

re

O

re

o
o
"1

VO

re

rvT

00

Ov"

oo"

00

re"

oo

Ov

»>)"

in

-t

oo"

vO"

1— (

I^

vO

oo"

r^

ni

S
C

u

o
u

o
o

00__
Ov"

vO_

ov"
O
fM

re

in

in
t^

vo"

Ov

^ <

a J3

>.

3
M

3

s

ID
*->

a

o
o

O

u

<u

6

>
o

2

s

o

Q

re

Ov

o

vO_

cn"

re

Ov

^

ID

re

m

o

vO

.^

in

in

^«

•t

vO

in

Oo

in

o

00

re

re

o

00

y~-t

in

CN

in

o

't

rvj

-^

^— I

o

I^

CVI

r^i

00

Ov_

t~^

lO_

m

■*

00

re

^

t^

00

't^

O

«— 1

lO

<M

v-H

o"

o"

o"

lo

lO

in

r-~

O

^— <

to

^

Ov

U^

lO

re

Ov

O

m

'.-I

t-~

»— 1

«— <

00

o

Ov

t--

re

fN

rf

t^

o

*— 1

in

re

vO

ID

re

re

o

^-H

•*

00

re

<M

re

ID

^—t

"1

Ov_^

1-H

1^

CM

Ov__

<-H

vO_

in

vO

'^

Ov"

oo"

in

1-^

o"

cn"

to

t-~

VO

"*"

re"

m

•*

CO

m

VO

00

t^

>*

00

vO

■<t

^

vO

■'-'

•-I

00

Ov

re"

Ov

Ov
VO

in

re

re

'-^

rv)

Ov

ov

re"

^

-f

u

q^

c

a;

-^

r^

rs

57

m

Cfi

re

o"

00

e

3

'C

*

ctl

*-H

3

C7

<

r^)

<u

vO

x:

vO

-t-)

00

M-l

o

■+

WJ

c

c

01

a

o

<D

O

i2

g

ClJ

"(fl

O

,_,

>.

rt

■*->

<u

o

x:

+J

-4->

tJ

I-

.2

c

t-.

J2

O

'rt

■tj

o

E-

Vol. XIX]

EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930

417

Schools Visiting the Museum in 1930

Following is a list of the schools, the grades, teachers, num-
ber of pupils, and dates of visits in 1930 :

San Francisco Schools Visiting the Museum in 1930

Date
1930

Jan. 25
" 31
" 31
4

Grade

Feb.

6
6
6
7
7
8
" 13
" 14
" 14
" 17
" 18
" 18
" 25
" 26
" 26
" 28
" 28
Mar. 5
6
6
" 16
" 10
" II
" U
" 11
" 14
" 14
" 14
" 15
" 19
" 20
" 20
" 21
" 22
" 23
" 23
" 25
" 25
" 26
" 26
" 27
" 27
" 27
" 28
" 31
" 31

38
36

27
66
43
74
3i

46

27
34
19
40
33
28
35
33
32
72
25
40
32

School

Everett Jr H9. . .

Commodore Sloat 5th . . .

Hawthorne 6B . . .

Sherman 6B ....

Sherman 2-3B . .

Le Conte 4A-4B

Sarah B. Cooper 3A-3B

Sherman SB . . .

John Muir Ungraded 14

Everett Jr. High G9-H9 15

Hawthorne 6H ....

Golden Gate 4A . . . .

Columbus 6B ....

Poly. H. S L2-Biol

Jean Parker 4A ....

Patrick Henry 5A

Le Conte 3B . . . .

Hawthorne 5A-5B .

Commodore Stockton 5 A

E. R. Taylor 3B . . . .

Jean Parker 5B-6A .

E. R. Taylor 3B

Grant 4B . . . .

Columbus 3A-B . .

Everett Jr. High Junior H 16

Crocker Jr. High H9 30

Argonne 6A 34

Poly. H. School 10 18

Francis Scott Key 4A 38

Sarah B. Cooper Ungraded 14

Guadalupe 5A 38

Adams 3A-2B 24

State Teacher's College 17

Outdoor School .^. Kindergarten .... 15

Franklin Jr. Primary 22

Galileo High School 17

Bret Harte Ungraded 11

Everett Jr. High H9 10

... 46
... 24
... 31
... 10
... 30
... 100
... 58
... 36
... 37
... 36
... 33
... 40

Portola l-7th ....

Commodore Stockton 4A

Sheridan 4A

Lincoln Ungraded .

Monroe 5 A

Presentation 8B-7B ...

Com. Stockton 4A-4B ...

Burnett 3 A

Sunnyside 5 A

Argonne 2A

Lafayette 7th-8th . . .

Junipero Serra 5 A

Number

Pupils Teacher

15 E. Browne

M. d'E'-lach

F. C. Muller

M. Doran

C. R. Murray, A. Turner

Jeannie Strassner

C. MacCurra.T. Meachum

M. Denny

M. L. Kennedy

Elsie Browne

C. Hackman, M. Gallagher

M. Maughan

Isabel Elkins

J. Koehler

C. Seidker

E. MacLean

Miss Michel

M. E. Doherty

H. F. Jamieson

K. M. Brazell

M. Valsangiacomo

O. Wilcox

E. Johnson

M. K. Schnittger

E. Browne

M. Hibbard

J. A. Plevin

Koehler

O. Schell

R. Stauer

M. Johnson

A. McVeigh

Lea Reid

Marie Brown

Marie A. Reilly

E. Kluegel

C. W. Sullivan

E. Browne
M. Crosby
H. Jacobs
M. A. Lentz

F. A. Brierly
N. P. Hockley
S. Xaveria
M. Richter, M. Holl
A. Gibson
F. Kelly
F. Stockton
M. Copeland
Miss Akers

418

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

San Francisco Schools Visiting the Museum in 1950— Continued

Date

1930

April 2

2

3

" 3

" 4

" 4

" 5

" 5

" 5

8

" 8

9

9

" 10

" 10

" 11

" 11

" 17

" 18

" 19

" 21

" 23

" 23

" 23

" 28

" 29

•' 29

May 8

9

9

" 13

" 13

" 13

" 13

" 13

" 14

" 14

" 14

" IS

" IS

" 16

" 16

" 16

" 19

" 21

' 21

' 21

' 21

' 22

' 22

' 22

' 23

' 23

' 23

" 23

" 26

" 26

34
35
37
76

School Grade

Twin Peaks lA-lB

Bernal 7B

Bernal 7A

Paul Revere SA

Washington Irving 5B-6A

Sherman Ungraded 11

Jefierson Union 8th 12

Prescott 6th 34

Everett Jr. High Mixed 14

Fremont High 6th 37

Galileo High School 20

Poly. High School H9 13

Dudley Stone Special 33

Guadalupe 6-7-8-Girls 43

Bryant 4-5 27

E. R. Taylor 4B Grade 26

Marshall 3A 28

Knightsen 2-3-4-5 30

Daniel Webster Tumbling CI 17

Everett Jr. High Mixed 12

Emerson 2A 25

Jean Parker Sight Con 12

Hamlin School 3 12

Number
Pupils Teacher

. 21 Florence McNeill
Olive A. Perry

B. Kelly
M. J. Ludwig
Edna Murphy

C. Middleton
M. Miller
M. Campanari
W. Browne
S. A. Perry
Miss Kautz
Koehler

G. Mosby, M. Jones
K. Growney
L. Moncrieff
E. M. Roth
M. Mack
A. Frey, E. Moody

D. Husing

E. Browne
M. H. Leibel
U. Duane

Sunnyside 6B . . . .

Burnett 4A . . . .

St. Agnes Second.

St. Agnes 5

Longfellow 4B ....

Mt. Eden Mixed .

Raphael Weill 2A . . . .

Sunnyside 6A

-Bot.

37

39

31

SO

39

50

31

27

Poly. High School L2 18

Grant 7A .

Hamlin Jr.-Sr.-

Lincoln 5 A

Parkside 4B

Geary 3B

Poly. High School L2

Guadalupe 6A

Paul Revere 3B

Paul Revere 4A

Knightsen 7-8

Cabrillo Kindergarten .

Corpus Christi 6-7

Notre Dame H. S Secretarial ...

Fremont H2

Lowell High 10th

Redding 4A-4B

St. Joan of Arc 6-7-8th

Central S-6th

Lincoln 2-3d

Bryant 4B

Bryant 3A

Hawthorne 5B

Commodore Stockton 4B

Burbank H8

St. Peter's 3d-4th

46
12
26
28
31
19
32
39
38
31
46
60
41
30
5
78

101
46
54
29
40
33
35
28

100

C. Benelisba
L. Sweeney
Sister Victorine
Sister Benegne
J. Kane

Misses Oliver, Good

A. J. Johnson

Mrs. V. Kellcy

Koehler

R. N. Wilson

S. Davis

D. Rich

C. T. Bothe
H. Ekoos
Koehler

T. B. Cummings
Evelyn Elster

D. Christie
A. McKinnon
M. Springer
Sister St. Joseph
Sisters

M. Donclson
A. Schwartz
Misses Gardiner
Sister St. Joseph
Adeline Field
A. Hardy, B. Steel

E. Leary

M. Koenecke

F. E. Nippert
A. Barter

H. M. Williams
M. Roberta

Vol. XIX]

EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930

419

San Francisco Schools Visiting the Museum in 1930 — Continued

Date

1930

May

27

u

27

u

27

u

27

u

28

u

28

u

29

u

29

June

4

"

5

"

9

«

9

"

9

"

9

((

10

u

12

July

16

tl

22

»

25

Aug.

1

"

19

li

27

Sept.

, 10

"

10

u

10

tt

14

u

16

u

17

u

19

u

19

u

20

u

23

a

25

H

25

u

26

«

26

Oct.

2

it

2

u

3

ti

3

u

6

tl

8

it

9

u

10

u

11

u

13

a

14

u

15

11

16

tt

16

11

16

tt

16

II

16

*'

17

«

17

«

17

n

17

Grade

School

E. R. Taylor 6A

St. Agnes 7th, Commercial.

Poly. High School L2

Polytechnic L2-Biology

Garfield 4th

Emerson 4B

S. San Francisco 6th

Junipero Serra 4B

Crocker Jr. High H8

Sarah B. Cooper 6A

S. F. S. T. College V. Zoology

Woodrow Wilson Jr. H L9

Commodore Stockton 6B

Commodore Stockton 6B

Pacific Heights SB

Jefferson 3B

Teacher's College College 17

Teacher's College College 11

Number
Pupils

. 36 H

. 74
20

. 40

. 50

. 38

. 35

. 60

. 20

. 31

. 30

. 15

. 37

. 30

. 33

. 33

Teacher's College Zoology

Teacher's College Zoology

Columbus 4A-B

Raphael Weill 6A-6B

Edison 4B

Edison 4B

Jefferson Eighth

Raphael Weill IB

Lafayette 3B

Junipero Serra 2-4A, 5A . . . .

Bernal 8B

Lafayette 3B

Emerson 6A

Franklin 3A-2B

Golden Gate 3A-3B-4A . . .

Bay View Low Seventh.

E. R. Taylor SB

Grant 4A

19

17
29
33
30
36
34
26
36
86
37
38
32
38
75
35
34
44

Miss Ransom's 8th 11

U. of California Landscape Design 8

Parkside 2B 29

Emerson 6B 38

Girls High H8 Science 26

Central "! 3-4 44

Sherman 4A 31

Franklin L4th 40

Emerson 5A 13

E. R. Taylor 3B 29

Cabrillo 5B-6A 24

Sunnyside 6th 34

Laguna Honda 5B 32

Commodore Stockton 6A-6B 34

St. Ignatius College College 16

Presidio Jr. High 7th Grade 26

Laguna Honda 5A 37

Bay View 8B 27

Emerson 6A 38

Franklin Low 4th 29

Girls High HlO 28

Teacher

Teping
Sr. M. Martin
M. S. Jussel
M. S. Jussel

C. McKeon
H. Bain
G. B. Gavin

D. L. Baird
M. Hibbard
W. J. Karnes
B. Kauntz
M. D. Innes
G. Morton
M. Behn
R. E. Dreyfus
L. Nolan

B. Kauntz
B. Kauntz
B. Kauntz

B. Kauntz
H. B. Grant
H. Baxter

C. Reed

R. S. Miller
M. H. Tray nor

D. Thompson
M. Harrington
Ahlgren, Baird
M. C. Beale
L. C. Webb
Miss Currid

S. Hagerty
L. King, M. Laug
I. E. Loughlin
L. E. Kamuff

E. Johnson
Regula Bernays
H. W. Shepherd
A. H. Ercolini

A. E. Sharpe
M. Pettit

R. Grayson

E. A. Shipaugh

E. Callahan, G. Hill

B. Fortune
Olive Parker

A. B. Green

C. Benelisha

B. Meyers
L. Brovelli
Geo. Haley

O. C. Neimarkel

E. Ohea

R. I. Morrow

D. Le Jeune
Jessymae Dodge
S. Ward

420

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

LProc. 4th Ser.

San Francisco Schools Visiting the Museum in 1930 — Continued

Date

1930

Oct.

17

II

20

II

20

"

21

"

21

(1

21

"

23

"

24

"

24

"

24

"

24

II

27

II

29

II

29

II

29

II

30

«

31

Nov,

3

"

5

"

5

"

8

II

8

"

10

"

13

"

14

II

14

11

19

"

20

Dec.

3

"

12

II

11

II

11

"

11

"

11

"

11

"

17

School Grade

E. R. Taylor 6A

Hawthorne 4th

Hawthorne 2B-3A

Frederic Burk 3d-4th

Francis Scott Key 8th

Girls High HlO

. 35
. 39

17
. 31
. 36

All Schools Camp Fire 12

. 38

. 30

. 30

. 37

. 36

. 39

. 28

17

38

41

. 34

. 30

. 33

8

3

29

St. John School High School .

Garfield 43

Garfield 4A

Lafayette 4B

Sarah B. Cooper 5th

Guadalupe 5 A

Monroe 7A

Garfield Ungraded . . ,

Emerson 4A

Hawthorne 5 A

Frank M. McCoppin 3A-3B

Bay View 7 A

Jean Parker 6A

Fairmont 6th

Westlake Jr. High H9

Argonne 2d

Galileo 19

30

27
13
30
30

Garfield 4A-4B

Monroe 8A

Roosevelt 18

Jean Parker 3d

E. R. Taylor 4A

State Teacher's College 21

Howard Avenue H8 24

State Teacher's College 24

State Teacher's College Freshmen 60

State Teacher's College Zoology 24

Laureau School H8 14

State Teacher's College Freshmen 20

Number

Pupils Teacher

31 A. Simonetta

Gertrude Flanagan

M. Coen

M. Gold

A. Dowling

S. Ward

E. E. Boyes

Sister Pauline

C. McKeon
A. McDonald
T. L. Williams
I. Brown
S. Freer
P. L. Plevin

D. L. Darvill
H. Bain
M. Lahaney
A. L. Barrett
Ethel Maddocks
May Casey
I. Garwood
M. Carmichael
L. E. Andersen
A. Kluegel
C. McKeon

E. H. Stern
A. G. Soares
M. Wramp
Gwen Sellman
M. Guernes
W. E. Brown
M. Guerrerd
E. Pickard
E. Pickard
W. Naturik
E. M. Fisher

Schools Outside of San Francisco Visiting the Museum

Date

1930

Jan.

10

tt

31

Feb.

1

"

4

"

28

Mar.

6

"

8

"

8

"

15

"

22

II

28

April

1 3

"

11

"

28

School Grade

Menlo Park 3d-4th

Washington, Alameda 8th 34

North Brae, San Bruno Nature Study. .

Le Conte, Berkeley 6th

Elem. School, Berkeley 3d

Katherine Branson 2d

Crocker, Daly City Sth

Roseville, U. High Jrs.-Srs

U. C. Berkeley Zool. 113

San Mateo, Jr. C Biology 32

Pleasanton 8th 25

Central, Redwood City 6th 30

Pittsburg 4-8th 1 70

Felton, S. Cruz Co 6-7-8 32

Number
Pupils Teacher

34 Ivy Laughlin
M. Snyder
Grace Seeney
S. Hamilton
E. Norton
Isabel Chesnut
M. Packwood
S. B. Fleming
J. Grinnell
Dr. Shepherd
M. G. Noble
Irene Crosby
M. Ellis, Youngberg
M. M. Oliver

12

21

26

6

a

13
27

Vol. XIX]

EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930

421

Schools Outside of San Francisco Visiting the Museum — Continued

Date

1930

May

2

u

2

u

3

U

15

"

16

"

16

"

18

"

21

"

24

u

24

"

24

June

5

"

7

"

24

Aug.

14

"

4

Oct.

22

(1

30

"

30

u

31

Nov.

3

ii

14

"

14

"

21

"

21

Dec.

3

"

4

Ii

8

"

18

Number
School Grade Pupils

West Park, Tracy 44

Amer. Canyon, Napa Co l-8th. .

Tech. High, Oakland Latin . .

Jefferson, Colma 8th ....

Irvington Grammar 8th ....

Columbus, Berkeley 4th-Sth.

Melrose, Oakland High 6th 19

Columbus 4th-5th-6th 65

Tamalpais Park 4th 30

Belvedere 7th-8th 10

Burbank, Berkeley H-7th 16

Jefferson, Colma 4th 32

Walnut Creek 6-7-8th 114

Laurel, Oakland Low 6th 52

Intermediate, Lodi 23

U. C. Berkeley 4A-4B 33

Edgemont, San Bruno 8th 37

Franklin, Berkeley High 4th 35

Franklin, Berkeley High 6th 45

Franklin, Berkeley Special 18

U. C. Davis Zoology 19

S. T. College, San Jose 2d 52

University High, Oakland 10th i 68

University High, Oakland L6th

Visitacion Valley 5B-6A

Weber College Jr. College ....

Turnbull, San Mateo 6th-7th

Lomita Park 7th-8th

Burlingame, Y. M. C. A

Teacher
W. R. Hoar
45 V. Schebler, B. O'Hagan
60 H. B. Garrison

27 M. H. Tray nor
23 D. G. Scale

90 S. J. Irwin

L. Bronner

M. Wilson, Shapero

Edna Maguire

Myrtl;; D. Ensign

C. McKinnon

H. A. Madonna

M. Parsons, C. Laggan

S. Davidson

E. F. Van Vlear

E. W. Gifford

Jane E. Trigg

C. McEnerny

E. J. Seabury

G. Hillyard

Tracy Storer

E. C. Walsh

Jean M. Nelson
86 E. Lucas
38 Helen Griswold

28 Eva Browning
33 H. J. Neuling
37 B. MacKenzie
22 R. Simrock

Summary

Schools of San Francisco:

Total Number of Pupils 6526

Total Number of Teachers 208

Total Number of Classes . . ? 216

6526

Schools Outside of Sati Francisco:

Total Number of Pupils 1676

Total Number of Teachers 47

Total Number of Classes 56

1676

8202

422

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Schools Visiting Steinhart Aquarium in 1930

Following is a list of the schools, the grades, teachers, num-
ber of pupils, and dates of visits in 1930 :

Schools of the City and County of San Francisco

Date

1930 School

Jan. 2 1 Geo. Peabody

" 23 Pacific Heights

" 31 Hawthorne

Feb. 4 Sherman

" 6 Le Conte

" 6 Sarah B. Cooper ...

7 Sherman

" 7 John Muir

Grade

Number
Pupils

Teacher

1 1 Alvarado .

Mar.

1 3 Hawthorne

14 Columbus

14 Grant

14 Golden Gate

18 Jean Parker >

18 Jefferson

26 Hawthorne

28 Jean Parker

28 E.R.Taylor

1 Calvary Baptist Church

1 S. F. Sutro

S C.R.Taylor

5 Columbus

6 Grant

8 Crocker School

10 Crocker Jr. High

1 1 Sarah B. Cooper

11 F. S. Key

1 1 Rincon

1 1 Polytechnic High

1 1 Polytechnic High

12 Parkside

12 Adams

12 Argonne

15 State Teacher's College

17 Immaculate Conception Acad.

18 Lincoln

18 Polytechnic

19 Polytechnic

20 Franklin

24 Commodore Stockton.

25 Sheridan

25 Lincoln

26 Edison

26 Edison

26 Edison

26 Raphael Weill

26 Presentation

2A-2B 34

3A 14

6B 36

6B 27

4A-4B 39

3A-3B 72

5B 33

Ungraded 14

5B 60

6A 46

6B 33

6A-6B 35

4A 27

4A 40

Kindergarten .... 39

5A-4B 35

5B-6A 36

3B 32

Juniors 9

Mixed 27

3A 27

3A-B 32

4B 38

High 5th 33

High 9th 30

Ungraded 14

4A 36

1B-2A-2B 24

L2 21

L2 27

2 A 25

2B-3A 24

8B 30

17

Ungraded 12

1B-2A-3B 62

L2 21

L2 15

Jun. Prim 22

4A 24

4A 29

Ungraded 10

6B 35

6A 25

6A 19

IB 24

7th & 8th 97

L. Roach

Miss Greenwood

F. C. Muller
M. Doran

J. Strassner

C. MacCarra, F. Meachum

M. Denny

M. L. Kennedy

G. P. Garety, R. Penn-
feather

C. Hackman
J. W. Elkins
Mrs. R. N. Wilson
M. Maughan

C. Seidkin

D. Dacatur
M. E. Doherty
Norma Valsangiacomo
K. M. Brazill

Mrs. K. R. Camp
Florence Wiggins
A. Wilcox
M. K. Schiullger

E. Johnson
Mrs. Peck wood
Miss M. E. Hibbard
P. Stauer

C. Schell
M. Quinn
M. S. Jussel
M. S. Jussel
A. H. Ercolini
Alma McVeigh

D. Boyisen
L. Reid

Sister Margaret Mary
Mrs. R. D. Love. Miss Jane
Redmond

E. Koehler
E. Koehler
Marie A. Reilly
Mrs. H. Jacobs
M. A. Lentz
Mrs. F. A. Buerly
M. Kelly

J. O. O'Brien

A. Wilson

M. Villalon

Sister M. Genevieve

Vol. XIX]

EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 19 SO

423

San Francisco Schools Visiting Steinhart Aquarium in 1930 — Continued

Date

1930

Mar.

26

U

26

it

27

u

27

-

28

u

28

u

31

u

31

April

2

u

2

"

3

"

3

"

3

"

4

u

4

u

7

il

8

u

8

u

9

u

9

u

10

u

10

«

10

"

11

"

12

t(

23

u

25

It

25

u

29

u

29

u

29

"

30

May

6

"

8

a

9

u

13

u

14

It

14

It

16

u

16

11

19

u

19

u

21

u

22

u

22

School Grade

Lowell H2

Edison 6B

Sunnyside 5 A

Com. Stockton 4B-4A

Nlthber
Pupils

. . 10 L

. 35

. 36

. 58

Teacher
Elskamp

Presentation 3-4-5-6 .

Argonne 2A ....

Lafayette 7-8 . . . .

Com. Stockton SB . . .

Bemal 7B . . . .

Madison 2B . . . .

Bemal ; 7A . . . .

Paul Revere 5 A ... .

George Peabody 3A . . . .

John Muir 3B-4A.

Washington Irving 6A ....

Monroe .-. 5

Fremont H6 . . . .

Polytechnic L2-H2 .

Dudley Stone Special.

Frank McCoppin 8B

Sarah B. Cooper 6B . . . .

Guadalupe 3A . . . .

Bryant 4-5 . . . .

Marshall 3 A

85

36

10

38

34

32

35

37

32

54

40

36

37

19

ii

21

20

28

27

28

Jean Parker 12

Sunnyside 6B .

Sarah B. Cooper 2 . .

Emerson 3A .

Jefferson 2B .

Golden Gate 2 A .

St. Agnes School 5 . .

37
25
28
27
25
50

Polytechnic High H2 Biol 21

50
39
65
44
28
26
45
38
9
60
50
54
57

E. R. Taylor 1

Longfellow 4B

Washington Irving 6B-5B

Grant 7 A

Parkside 4B

Lincoln 5 A

Cabrillo Kindergarten .

Paul Revere 4A

St. Pauls :. . . 6-7

Corpus Christi 6-7

Lowell High 10

Lincoln 2-3

Alvarado 4 A

22 Redding 4A-4B .

22 Washington Irving 3B

23 Bryant 3A

23 Bryant 4B

23 Commodore Stockton 4B

23 Hawthorne 5B

26 St. Peters 3-4 ... .

27 Polytechnic L2-Biol .

29 So. San Francisco 6

76

40
40
29
35
33
100
40
35

M.
M. Hardiman
F. Kelly

Mrs. Richter, Miss Hol-
land
Sr. M. Gabrielle

F. Stockton
M. Copeland
L. Mitchell
Olive Alida Perry
M. Kilgariff

B. Kelly

M. J. Luding

E. D. Ruff

Z. Meyer, F. Bleuler

Florence R. Mclnerney

M. Cunningham

S. A. Perry

H. J. Wilcox

Mrs. Jones, Miss Mosby

H. Davis

M. D. Roache

B. Cole

L. Moncrieff

N. Mack

V. Duane

Mrs. C. Benelisha

J. Antipa

I. McCauley

E. K. Hills

Elva La Rue

Sr. M. Benigna

L. M. Gladstone

H. Downey, F. Geistofson

J. Kane

Miss Doyle, Mrs. Dolan

R. N. Wilson

C. T. Bothe
Dorothy Rich
M. Springer

D. Christie

Sr. M. Alphonsus
Sisters of St. Joseph
A. Schwartz

D. B. Steel, Alice Hardy
M. O'Shaughnessy,

E. Crawley

S. M. McMackin,

G. Gardner

E. Cummings
M. Koenecke
E. Leary

A. Barter

Florence E. Neppert

Srs. M. Roberta & Edward

M. S. Jussel

G. B. Gavin

424

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

San Francisco Schools Visiting Steinhart Aquarium in 1930 — Coniinued

Date
1930

May 29

" 29

" 29

" 29

June 2

2

3

3

" 4

5

5

6

" 9

" 10

" 12

July 25

Sept. 5

" 10

" 12

" 17

18
18
19
19
20
25
26
26
27
3
3
6
10
14
17
17
17
20
20
20
21
21
24
24
24
27
27
29
29
29
30
30
30
31

Oct.

School
St. Agnes 7.

Grade

Number
Pupils

. 50

Garfield

Emerson

Junipero Serra.

Monroe

Fairmount . . . .

4A-4B .
4B. . .
4B....
8A. . .
7A. . .

Laguna Honda

Monroe

Monroe

Laguna Honda

Sarah B. Cooper

Park Boulevard Private School

Commodore Stockton

Pacific Heights

John Muir

McKinley Orphanage

Cabrillo

Edison

Grant

Junipero Serra

Frederick Burke

Lafayette

F. S. Key

Lafayette

Emerson

Bay View

Grant

E. R. Taylor

So. San Francisco Grammar.

Frederick Burke

Emerson

Daniel Webster

Hancock

V'isitacion Valley

E. R. Taylor

Bernal

Bay View

Jefferson

Hawthorne

Bernal

Francis Scott Key

Hawthorne

Girls High

Garfield

Garfield

Sarah B. Cooper

Girls High

Monroe

Guadalupe

Garfield

John Swett Junior High

Alamo

Emerson

Hawthorne

8A

7A

8A

7B

6A

1 A- Kindergarten .

63

SB

2A

4B. .
4B. .
IB. .

2-4 A.

50
38
59
30

57

19
41
31
14
31
20
66
33
40
38
34
65
28
86

L5 37

IB 32

6B 29

3B 38

6A 32

L7 35

4A 44

5B 34

H4 10

HS-L6 16

6B 38

Ungraded 13

5A-5B 62

4A-B 25

6A.
7A.
8B.
6B.
4..
73.
8. .

31

32

25

38

35

35

31

2B-3A 37

HIO 25

4A 30

43 .?0

5 36

HlO 27

7A 28

SA 39

Ungraded 16

L8 30

5A-5B 33

4A 38

5A 39

Teacher

Srs. Margaret Mary and

Martina
M. Ivancovich
H. Bain
M. Ahlgren, D. L. Baird

C. A. Davis

Mrs. Holden, Miss Corp-

stein
Mrs. Rae, Miss Lynch

D. Greenwood

E. E. Meline

Miss Feehan, Mrs. Rae

W. J. Karnes

Blanche R. Miller

G. Morton, M. Behm

R. E. Dreyfus

Z. Coyle. M. La Gomarsin

Marion Sommerin

J. Hampton

R. Miller, C. M. Reed

A. Tiling

M. Ahlgren, D. L. Baird

and G. E. Bell
Miss Denhard
Mrs. Williams
E. M. Holchester
L. Webb
Miss Currid
Ida E. Loughlin

E. Johnson
L. E. Kamuff
Miss Broncr
Miss Raemsch
A. E. Sharpe
Miss C. Cuneo

Mrs. AUmon, Mrs. English

F. Flinn

A. Simonetta
E. L. Murray
Rose I. Morrow
M. Shepston
Gertrude Flanagan
Mildred Cavanagh
A. Dowling
Mrs. M. Coen
S. Ward
Alice McDonald

C. McKeon
L Brown

S. Ward
P. L. Plevin
S. Frees

D. Dorsill
Miss Woodward
H. Searight

H. Bain
M. Lahaney

Vol. XIX]

EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930

425

San Francisco Schools Visiting Steinhart Aquarium in 1930 — Continued

Date

1930

Nov.

5

u

5

u

6

u

7

«

10

u

13

a

13

11

13

"

14

"

14

"

14

«

14

11

18

it

18

((

18

ii

19

(I

19

u

20

»

21

'*

28

Dec.

4

"

6

"

10

11

11

11

12

K

17

School Grade

Jean Parker 6A

Bay View 7A

Argonne 3A

Bemal 8A

Argonne 2

Garfield 6B

Monroe 7A-B

Number
Pupils

Teacher

3i
28
27
34
29
25
86

Garfield 6A 29

Monroe 8A 26

Garfield 4A-4B 52

Irving M. Scott 2A-2B 28

I.M.Scott 4B-5A 29

Roosevelt L8 43

Polytechnic High School L2 28

Roosevelt L8 40

Roosevelt L8 42

Polytechnic High H2 21

Jean Parker 3A-3B 30

Visitacion Valley 5B-6A 36

Woodrow Wilson 7 25

St. Joan of Arc 5 22

South San Francisco 6 40

State Teacher's College 1 20

State Teacher's College .

State Teacher's College

Immaculate Conception Acad.
Sunnyside

lA-Zool 75

Freshmen 20

11 30

7B 20

May Casey

Ethel Maddocks

O. On-

Silvia Kresteller

L. E. Andersen

Mrs. Scott

Misses Greenwood and

Davini
J. A. Boyle
E. H. Stern
C. McKeon, B. Kagel
Mrs. H. McCourt
Lucille Koenig
A. G. Soares
M. S. Jussel
A. G. Soares
A. G. Soares
Wilcox

Mrs. P. A. Wramp
Helen Griswold
Mrs. Nellie L. Raper
Sisters of St. Joseph
G. B. Gavin
Mrs. Gueseno
Edith A. Pickard, Edna

Fisher and Mrs. Gueseno
M. Fisher
Sister M. Celestine
M. Hoeft

,'^>^^008~^^X<^

Date
1930

Jan.

Feb.

Mar.

10
23
31
1
1
4
4
6
7

8
8
15
21
21
21
23
28

Schools Outside of San Francisco Visiting Steinhart
Aquarium in 1930

School

Grade

Number
Pupils

Teacher

Menlo Park School 3-4 34

North Brae, San Bruno 6-7 41

Washington, Alameda 8 34

Edinvale, Hayward .^. . 5-6 5

Boy Scouts, Mill Valley Troop 2 17

Le Conte, Berkeley 6 21

Livermore High School 23

Katharine Branson School, Ross 2 6

University Elementary School,

Berkeley 5 32

Stanford University, Palo Alto. Medical 12

Roseville Union High 3-4 13

U. C, Berkeley Zool. 113 27

Walnut Creek, Walnut Creek. . 6-7-8 82

Lafayette, Lafayette 7-8 27

Columbus, Berkeley 6 45

Portola School, Portola 1-8 40

Pleasanton Gram., Pleasanton . 8 25

Ivy M. Loughlin
Miss D. Jones
M. Snyder
Mrs. R. N. Dwinell
R. C. Sproleder
S. Hamilton
O. Murphy
Isabel Chesnut

Mrs. A. S. Gist
Dr. Starks

Mrs. Sana, B. Fleming
J. Grinnell
Mabel E. McLoggan
Mrs. Clara Christian
Miss Hogan, Miss Almy
Miss Crosby
Mrs. Gertrude Noble,
V. Bernard Johnson

426

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Date
1930

April 8
" 11

" 12
" 17

May 2

" 2
5

" 9

10
IS
15
16
16
17
21
21
22
22
23
24
24
25

4
5
6
7
9

June

" 10

" 20

" 24

Aug. 23

" 28

" 28

Oct.

8
10

16

17
22
30
31

Schools Outside of S.-^n Francisco Visiting Steinhart
Aquarium in 1930 — Continued

School

Daniel Webster, Oakland . .
Pittsburg Grammar School .

E. Morris Cox, Oakland.

Knightsen

Grade

7-8.

Number
Pupils

16 D
. 175

H6

2-3-4-5 .

American Canyon, Napa Jet. . . 1 to 8 43

West Park, Tracy.
Prescott, Oakland.
Mt. Eden

Sept. 11
" 13
" 26

" 27

Adv. Orchestra . .

6

4-5-6-7-8

Westlake Junior High, Oakland

Scotts Valley, Santa Cruz

Jefferson, Colma

Knightsen, Knightsen

Columbus, Berkeley

Melrose, Oakland

Columbus, Berkeley

Notre Dame, San Jose

Central, San Mateo

Emerson, Berkeley

Mt. Eden, Mt. Eden

Tamalpais Park, Mill Valley. . .

Craginont, Berkeley

Jefferson School, Colma

St. Mary of the Palms, San Jose

Jefferson, Colma

San Rafael Grammar

Mission Grammar, San Jose. . .
Woodrow Wilson, Jr. High,

Oakland

St. Vincents, Vallejo

Jefferson, Oakland

Laurel, Oakland

Calvin Coolidge School,

Burlingame

Wildwood, Piedmont

Calvin Coolidge School,

Burlingame

H7, .
5-8. .

8

7-8..
4-5 .. ,
H6. .
4-5-6.

Secretarial 37

5-6

6B

1-2-3

4

4-5

4-5

7-8

4

L8

8

Teacher

Husing
A. Huganey, W. Yoren-
berg, W. Ellis
17 M. E. Geary

30 Mrs. E. Moody, Miss

Agnes Prey
Virginia Schebles, Berna-
dette Hays

43 Ernest Dobney
34 Miss Campanari

50 Mrs. Overacker, Mrs.

Good, Misses Oliver and

Garsberger
10 Grace M. Taylor
20 Ruby Owens
26 M. H. Traynor

31 Anne McKinnon
90 S. J. Irwin

19 Lydia Bronne

66 Mrs. Wilson and Shapero
Sister M. Reginald

44 A. G. Field
42 A. M. Meginnes
48 Edna S. Overacker
30 Edna Maguire

15 Harry H. Stoops
26 Miss Doolin

30 Marion Burton

32 Hazel A. Madonna
22 C. F. Timony

16 J. B. Vasconcellos

L9 15

8 28

Mixed 23

L6 22

H3.

42

Jefferson, Colma

Highland School, Oakland. . . .
Corralitos Union, Watsonville.
Presbyterian Sunday School.
Mountain View

Central, San Mateo

Franklin School, Berkeley. . . .

8 34

6A-6B 32

7-8 22

Lincoln School, Berkeley.

Franklin, Berkeley

Edgemont, San Bruno . . .

Franklin, Berkeley

Franklin, Berkeley

3-4.
L4.

23
44
40

Special 17

L4 29

8 34

H6-H4 80

Special 18

M. D. Innes
Sr. Beockmans
Grace W. Janoschik
S. H. David.son

42 Elinor H. Statler
18 Agnes Rathbone

Mrs. C. C. Kerson, Elinor

H. Statler
Marie H. Traynor
Marie L. Spenser
Elma G. Bradley

Miss Center

Reinecke and Grayson
Edna M. Callahan, Grace

Hillyard
Charlotte Hayford
Mrs. Dodge
Jane E. Trigg
Mrs. vSeabury
Cianciarulo and Hillyard

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 427

t

Schools Outside of San Francisco Visiting Steinhart
Aquarium in 1930 — Continued

Date Number

1930 School Grade Pupils Teacher

Nov. 3 Univ. Calif., Davis lA-Zoology 25 Tracy I. Storer

" 14 State Teacher's College, San

Jose 2 52 Elizabeth Cameron Wilde

" 21 University High, Oakland LIO 86 E.Lucas

Dec. 3 Weber College, Ogden, Utah. . . Jun. College 28 Eva Browning

4 Turnbull, San Mateo . 7-H6 33 Harry J. Neuling

" 9 Lazear School, Oakland 5-6 14 Rena Lesser

" 1 1 Lawrence School H8 14 Warren Naturich

" 1 1 Howard, Burlingame 8 24 William E. Brown

" 15 Girl Scouts, Burlingame 18 Mrs. W. H. Cortelyou

Summary
Schools of San Francisco:

Number of Visiting Pupils 6320

Number of Visiting Teachers 218

Number of Visiting Classes 221

Schools Outside of San Francisco:

Number of Visiting Pupils 2353

Number of Visiting Teachers 85

Number of Visiting Classes 101

Department Activities

The year has been marked by commendable activity in the
respective departments, as is evidenced by the annual reports of
the several curators.

In the Department of Botany the growth has been up to the
normal; the number of herbarium sheets increased from
slightly in excess of 171,000 in 1929 to more than 180,000 at
the end of 1930. The various additions to the Herbarium will
be found listed by the Curator in her departmental report.

Collections were made by, or received from, members of the
staff and from friends of the department from many different
localities; all of which are fully recorded in the Curator's
report.

The California Academy of Sciences was represented at the
Fifth International Botanical Congress which met in Cam-
bridge, England, in August, 1930, by regularly appointed dele-
gates as follows : Miss Alice Eastwood, Curator of Botany,
California Academy of Sciences, voting delegate; Dr. Willis

428 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

L. Jepson, Professor of Botany, University of California; Dr.
Douglas Houghton Campbell, Emeritus Professor of Botany.
Stanford University; and Miss Susie M. Peers, Secretary.
Board of Trustees, California Academy of Sciences.

Besides attending the Botanical Congress, Miss Eastwood
also attended the sessions of the International Horticultural
Congress which met in London ; she also took advantage of
the opportunity to spend considerable time in the Herbarium
of the British Museum and in the Royal Herbarium at Kew.
where she examined certain collections of plants obtained in
America. She visited several botanic gardens for the purpose
of studying the fuchsias, a group in which she is now espe-
cially interested.

The Department of Entomology continues to grow under
Mr. Van Duzee's wise and enthusiastic supervision. During
the year the research collections increased by 20,694 speci-
mens, a detailed statement of which is given by the Curator in
his report.

The laboratory of this department continues to be a popular
meeting place for the local entomologists for the examination
and study of species in which different ones are interested, for
exchange of views, and for discussion of special problems in
the field of entomology. Among prominent entomologists
who have devoted considerable time each week to research
work in the department's laboratories are Dr. F. E. Blaisdell,
Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, Mr. E. R. Leach, Mr. L. S. Slevin. and
Dr. Vasco M. Tanner. Among young entomologists who
come quite regularly to the department for special research
may be named Gorton Linsley, Graham Pleid, Jas. E. Coute,
Rev. Edward Guedet, Eric Walther, Geo. R. Wilson, R.
Blackwalder. Carl D. Duncan, H. H. Keifer, Robert Usinger,
Dr. Paul W ilbur, E. C. Zimmermann, and T. O. Zschokke.

For the Department of Exhibits the year was a very active
one. All of the habitat groups and other public exhibits were
gone over carefully to see that they were not suffering in any
way.

Early in the spring (May 27), Mr. Tose, the chief of this
department, left San Francisco to join Mr. Leslie Simson in
Africa for the purpose of collecting accessory materials and
making sketches for the use of the artists who will jiaint the

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 429

backgrounds for the habitat groups of African game animals
which Mr. Simson is now collecting for the Simson African
Hall that will form the principal unit in the Academy's new
building, construction work on which is just now beginning
and which, it is hoped, will be completed next October.

The Library, under the supervision of the Assistant Li-
brarian, Mr. Thomas Cowles, has made satisfactory growth.
Mr. Cowles has been active in completing the Academy's file
of important serial publications of learned societies and scien-
tific institutions. With the cooperation of the curators of the
respective departments the growth of the Library has been as
rapid as our funds would permit.

It is a matter for deep regret that the income of the
Academy does not permit a larger allotment for library pur-
poses, a condition which obtains in an equally great degree
with the other departments.

Mr. H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator, Department of
Fishes, devoted much of his time to curatorial work such as
transferring the Jordan-Eigenmann Indiana University collec-
tion to permanent containers, re-bottling, labeling, arranging,
and supplying with fresh alcohol and new labels where
necessary.

Similar attention has been given also to the general collec-
tion.

Arrangements ha\'e been made with Mr. George S. Myers
whereby he will study and report upon certain portions of the
Ternetz collection. Mr. Myers has already begun that study
and will probably have his report completed within a year
from now.

It is expected that the East Wing of the Museum will be
completed by the end of 1931, when the Department of Fishes
will be moved into the basement under the Simson African
Mammal Hall of that building, where commodious and excel-
lent quarters will be found.

The Department of Herpetology has had a successful year,
as is shown by the report of the Curator, Mr. Slevin. At the
beginning of the year Mr. Slevin was still in Australia. He
left Australia February 22, 1930, and returned to America
March 13. The expedition resulted in the addition of speci-

430 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Pkoc. 4th Ser.

mens to the Academy's herpetological collections, which now
number by actual count 66,722.

The Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy, as may
be seen from the Curator's report, has had a satisfactory year.
The accessions have been many, considerable field work was
done, and much important research work was accomplished.
The outstanding event of the year was the visit of Curator
Swarth to London and Tring to study Galapagos finches in
the British Museum and the Rothschild Museum, and to Am-
sterdam where he attended the Seventh International Orni-
thological Congress, June 1-8.

Another matter of general interest was the completion by
Curator Emeritus Mailliard, and the publication bv the
Academy, of an attractive and very useful handbook on The
Birds of Golden Gate Park. This publication supplies a long-
felt want for a handbook of the birds of the Park. Mr. Mail-
liard's book meets this need admirably.

The Aquarium has not lost any of its popularity with the
public, as may be seen from the record of the number of
visitors, and the comments wdiich are heard and the letters
received.

The report of Superintendent Seale shows that the number
and kinds of fishes and other animals on exhibition compare
favorably with those of the previous year.

The Matson Navigation Company continues to cooperate
with the Academy by bringing fishes to the Aquarium from
the Hawaiian Islands, from Samoa, and from Australia. The
specimens from Samoa are particularly beautiful.

There are so many more species of fishes and other aquatic
animals that would make very attractive and instructive ex-
hibits, and which we can not now display because of lack of
sufficient space, that the Aquarium should be enlarged. Presi-
dent Grunsky has presented the matter to the City Supervisors
and it is hoped that favorable consideration may be given to
the recommendation.

The Department of Paleontology had a satisfactory year.
Because of lack of space for housing collections, field activi-
ties primarily for the purpose of securing research material
were confined to tho.se necessary in connection with work
already begun for which additional material was needed.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 43 J

With the construction of our new building and the transfer of
the Department of Entomology to it, the rooms now occupied
by that department will be assigned to the Department of
Paleontology, which will give Paleontology quarters which
will prove very satisfactory and ample for several years to
come.

The members of the stafif of this department continue to be
in demand by oil companies who wish their assistance in field
investigation. Assistant Curator Hertlein was loaned for sev-
eral months to the Hudson's Bay Oil and Gas Company to
carry on geological explorations in Alberta, which afforded
Dr. Hertlein opportunity to obtain considerable collections of
Cretaceous fossils from that region. Many students from
various parts of the country visited the department during the
year and made use of the collections in connection with studies
on which they were engaged.

The department continues to help specialists by loaning cer-
tain specimens or collections which they need to examine in
their special studies.

The acquisition of the large Baldwin collection of mollusks
by the Department of Paleontology in 1928 has been briefly
noticed in preceding reports. The full value of it could not be
realized until some progress had been made in unpacking and
installing it in the Academy's research series. This work has
now been practically completed and the collection will stand
as an indelible monument to the industry of this early Hawaiian
collector. In connection with the checking of records pertain-
ing to the collection some very interesting biographical notes
were compiled by Messrs. Hanna and Church. These are repro-
duced in full below.

David Dwight Baldwin, 1831-1912
By G. D. Hanna and C. C. Church

In 1928, the California Academy of Sciences received as a
gift from his heirs, the large and varied collection of shells of
the late D. D. Baldwin.

The collection consists of land and fresh water shells from
various parts of the world and especially marine, fresh water
and land shells of the Hawaiian Islands. One large case of

May 29. 1931

432 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

marine shells was exhibited at the Alaska- Yukon-Pacific expo-
sition at Seattle, Washington, in 1909 and was awarded a gold
medal. The Hawaiian land shells are represented by a con-
siderable number of the beautifully varied tree and ground
snails famous among conchologists the world over, for their
bright colors and intricate design.

During all the years in which he was collecting shells on the
islands, Mr. Baldwin's own family was only mildly interested
in his work, but sometimes they did help him collect, and his
oldest son E. D. Baldwin, a surveyor, was sufficiently interested
to do some good collecting on his own account. However, in his
will, Mr. Baldwin made it known that he wished his ovvU family
to have the collection which they had made together. To each
member he willed the part in which he or she had been most
interested. To Mr. E. D. Baldwin he gave the bulk of the
Hawaiian land shells; to Mrs. Lilian B. Atwater and Mrs.
Duncan B. Murdoch he gave the marine shells, and the land
and freshwater shells from other parts of the world he gave to
Mrs. Winifred B. Weddick.

Soon after this disposition was made the Bishop Museum of
Honolulu acquired the collection of land shells received by E.
D. Baldwin, but the remainder of the collection, left at the
Haiku home after the break-up of the family, was passed un-
noticed and forgotten. It was not until 1928 that the junior
author, in a chance conversation with Mrs. W^inifred Brewster
(now Mrs. Morrison), a granddaughter of D. D. Baldwin,
learned of the collection. An effort was then made to bring it
to light and through the hearty co-operation of Mrs. Morrison
and the heirs mentioned above, the collection (with the excep-
tion of the part secured by the Bishop Museum), was recovered
from the old deserted Haiku house, packed and sent to the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences. Miss Lucie Hicks acted as repre-
sentative for the Academy in going to Maui, meeting the
donors and in arranging for packing and shipping. Mr. Dun-
can Murdoch did the greater part of the hard work of crating
the cases and assisted Miss Hicks in the packing. Mr. and Mrs.
Murdoch and Mrs. Weddick are to be especially commended
for the kindly reception given Miss Hicks. Dr. H. A. Pilsbry
has assisted us in compiling the bibliography given below.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 433

In view of Mr. Baldwin's work in the Hawaiian Islands, not
only as a collector in the field of Botany and Zoology, but as a
pioneer in education and agricultural development, we believe it
to be of timely interest to set forth the salient features of his
long and varied career.

David Dwight Baldwin was born at Honolulu, November 26,
1831. His father, Rev. Dwight Baldwin, M. D., was originally
from Durham, Conn., and came to the islands with the fourth
band of missionaries which left New Bedford, Mass., Decem-
ber 28, 1830, and sailing around Cape Horn, arrived at Hono-
lulu June 7, 1831. Rev. Dwight Baldwin had graduated from
Yale College in 1821 and Auburn Seminary in 1829 and it was
only natural that when his son had completed his work at
Punahou School, Honolulu, he should go on to Yale. In 1852,
he sailed east around Cape Horn and, arriving at New Haven,
was admitted to Yale the next year. He graduated from that
institution in 1857 with the A. B. degree and the honor of
having won the De Forrest astronomical prize. The winning of
this distinction in astronomy is the first indication we have of
his scientific inclinations.

On October 7, 1857, he was married to Lois Gregory Morris,
a descendant of Robert Morris, famous financier of the Ameri-
can Revolution, and shortly afterwards the couple set sail for
the Hawaiian Islands. The young huband's knowledge of
astronomy was to be of invaluable service to the party on this
trip, for soon after embarking he discovered that the captain of
the ship sailed only by "dead reckoning." From then on to the
end of the long cruise he navigated the ship and delivered the
party safely into the harbor of Honolulu.

This date marks the beginning of Mr, Baldwin's active life
on the islands. From 1857-1864 he was a cane planter at
Lahaina, Maui, and two of these years (1861-1862) he was a
member of the Hawaiian legislature. From 1865 to 1872, he
was manager of the Kohala Sugar Company, from which he
resigned to go back and spend another year at Yale. While
attending school he worked as librarian of the law school and
received his M. A. degree in 1874.

On his return to the islands in 1874 he was made vice-
principal of Lahaina School. His work there must have been
very satisfactory, for in 1877 he was appointed Inspector-

434 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

General of Schools under the monarchy, a position which he
held for eight years. His work earned for him the title of
"Father of English Education in Hawaii." He was first to
introduce English as a basis of education in the schools of
Hawaii.

In 1885 he was made vice-principal of Lahainaluna School
and held the position until 1890, when he moved to Haiku,
Maui, to become principal of Hamakuapoko School and pioneer
pineapple planter of Maui. From 1903 to 1912 he was vice-
president of the Haiku Pineapple Company. He died June 16,
1912, at Honolulu. Notice of his death was published in The
Nautilus, vol. 26, August, 1912, and a brief account of his life
with a portrait was published the following November in the
same journal, vol. 26, 1912, pp. 82-83.

About the year 1850, when Mr. Baldwin was a very young
man, an active interest in the collection of land shells was
awakened in the islands. Many collectors entered the field and
it is quite probable that at this time he did his first systematic
work. This period of land shell excitement is still known in the .
islands as the period of "the land shell fever." It lasted for
several years and we know that by 1852 when the young man
left Oahu to go to Yale, he had made a considerable collection
of shells. While in school at New Haven he must have studied
and developed an interest in botany, for on returning to the
islands in 1851 he devoted much of his spare time to the study
and collection of the native ferns and mosses ; however, he did
not ne<rlect the land shells which were found and must have
added considerably to his collection during this period.

On rare occasions during these early years on Maui, Mr.
Baldwin enjoyed taking his family into the wooded hills for
whole days of collecting. Each member of his family was in-
structed just where to look for the different kinds of snails —
on which kinds of trees — under which special ferns — and quick
young eyes were soon expert at spying out the rare and hidden
ones. Much was accomplished during these years and although
Mr. Baldwin did very little publishing himself, he was very
generous in supplying material to those who did and many
shells and ferns were named for him.

While Inspector-General of Schools he was living at Hono-
lulu, and near his home at Punahou he had a small cabin which

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 435

he fitted up for a workshop and display room for his shells.
He took great pride in this miniature museum and many of his
friends were taken there to see and discuss with him his beau-
tiful collection.

In 1890 he moved to Haiku, Maui, and from then to 1910
was his most prolific period as a writer and collector of the
Hawaiian land shells. He was in active correspondence with
conchologists and botanists in many parts of the world and by
exchange of specimens he built up a very considerable collection
of foreign shells. It was also during this last period that he
began to assemble the marine shells of the islands and much
success attended his efforts.

In 1893 he published his "Catalogue of the land and fresh
water shells of the Hawaiian Islands," which is often referred
to because of the accuracy of identifications and localities. The
following bibliography of his writings is as complete as we have
been able to make it.

1. Land shells of the Hawaiian Islands. < Hawaiian Almanac and

Annual (Thrums), 1887, Honolulu ; also issued separately, pp. 1-9.

2. Catalogue Land and Fresh Water Shells of the Hawaiian Islands.

< Honolulu, Press Publ. Co. May, 1893, pp. 1-25.

3. Descriptions of new species of Achatinellidae from the Hawaiian

Islands. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 47, 1895, pp.
214-236, pis. 10, 11.

4. Description of two new species of Achatinellidfe from the Hawaiian

Islands. <Nautilus, vol. 10, 1896, pp. 31-32.

5. List of indigenous Hawaiian woods, trees and large shrubs. <Ha-

waiian Annual (Thrums), 1897, pp. 87-91.

6. Hawaiian Cypraeidse. <Nautilus, vol. 11, 1897, p. 123.

7. Land shells of the Hawaiian Islands. <Hawaii's Young People,

vol. 4, No. 7 [No. 30], May, 1900, pp. 194-196.

8. Land shell collecting on Oahu. < Hawaii's Young People, vol. 4,

No. 8 [No. 31], June, 1900, pp. 239-243.

9. Descriptions of new species of Achatinellidae from the Hawaiian

Islands. <Nautilus, vol. 17, 1903, pp. 34-36.

10. Description of new species of Achatinellidae from the Hawaiian

Islands. <Nautilus, vol. 19, 1906, pp. 111-113, 135-138.

11. Descriptions of new species of Achatinellidae, from the Hawaiian

Islands. <Nautilus, vol. 22, 1908, pp. 67-69.

Because of his extensive collecting and generosity in ex-
change, a considerable number of shells and plants have been

436

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

named in his honor. Those which have been found are listed as
follows :

ZOOLOGY

Baldwinia Ancey (Section)
Amastra baldwinana Pilsbry
Tornatcllaria baldimniana

Cooke & Pilsbry
Achatinella baldwinii Newcomb
Leptachatina baldwini Cooke
Tornatellina baldivini Ancey
Philonesia baldzmni Ancey

Endodonta baldwini Ancey
Cecilioides baldvaini Ancey
Succinea baldwini Ancey
Helicina baldwini Ancey
Melania baldwini Ancey
Nanina baldwini Ancey
Hyalinia baldiinni Ancey
Charopa baldwini Ancey

BOTANY

Aspleniiim baldwini Hillebrand
Hymenophyllum baldwinii Eaton
Polypidium baldwinii Baker
Leucobryum (Euleucobryum)

baldwini Miiller
Polytrichum (Aloidella) baldzmni

Miiller
Distichophyllum (?) reycinettii

var. baldwinii Brotherus
Bryum baldwinii Brotherus
Daltoma baldwinii Brotherus

Calymperes baldixfinii Brotherus
Bartramia baldivinii Brotherus
IVebera baldwinii Brotherus
Fissidens baldwinii Brotherus
Sematophyllmn baldwini

(C. Miiller)
Philonotis baldunnii Brotherus
Neckera baldwini Miiller
Hookeria baldwinii Brotherus
Leucoloina baldwinii Brotherus

This list of papers and named specimens, in all probability, is
not complete but it does comprise the better known and more
accessible things. Therefore, it will indicate the general scope
of the man's life and work.

Department Reports
Department of Botany

The herbarium at the end of 1930 numbered over 180,000 mounted
sheets with many specimens still unmounted. The Department quarters
are becoming so crowded that more space is imperatively needed.

Duplicates in exchange have been sent to the following institutions:
Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, 100; Dudley Herbarium,
Stanford University, 368; Field Museum, Chicago, 791; Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University, 476; Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, 117;
New York Botanical Garden, 113; Pomona College, Claremont, 130; Dr.
S. F. Blake, Washington, D. C, 133; United States National Herbarium,
68; University of California, 490; University of Montreal, 290.

Specimens have been received in exchange as follows : Arnold Ar-
boretum of Harvard University, 211; Dudley Herbarium, Stanford Uni-

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 437

versity, 273; Field Museum, Qiicago, 143; Missouri Botanical Garden,
St. Louis, 51; Dr. S. F. Blake, Washington, D. C, 42; United States
National Herbarium, 105; University of California, 352; University of
Montreal, 556.

Specimens have been purchased as follows : Dr. Donat, Patagonia,
S. A., 100; Marcus E. Jones, 361 from Mexico and 215 from Arizona;
Ines Mexia, 100, Mexico ; Mrs. E. C. Van Dyke, 472, western United
States; S. Venturi, 328, Argentine, S. A.; Carl Wolf, 961, south-western
United States.

Gifts of plants have been received as follows : F. M. Anderson, 10 from
Colombia, S. A. ; Mrs. J. C. Augsbury, 12 from Indio ; Ivan Branson, 26
from Kit Carson Pass; Mrs. W. I. Follett, 11 from Plumas Co.; Cecil
Hart, 55 from southern California; Martha Hilend, 14 from southern
California; Ralph Hoffmann, 362 from southern California and the Chan-
nel Islands; John Thomas Howell, 8217, mostly from California; Mrs.
B. R. Jackson, 30 from California; Katherine Jones, 15 native and exotic
from California; M. S. Jussel, 440 from the Dardanelles of the Sierra
Nevada ; David D. Keck, 21 Phacelias from the western States ; Isabel
T. Kelly, 71 from Modoc Co. and southern Oregon ; H. C. Kramer, 38
from Prospect Peak, Lassen Co.; Enid Larson, 11 from Inyo and Mono
Cos. ; Frank W. Peirson, 90 from southern California and the western
States ; Mrs. George H. Phelps, 27 from Napa Valley ; L. S. Rose, 165
from California; Mrs. E. C. Sutliffe, 39 Hepaticae; Eric Walther, 475
exotics from Californian gardens.

By exploration, the following collections, not including duplicates for
exchange, were made : Alice Eastwood, 187 from Arizona, 144 from
California, and 11 from Panama; J. T. Howell, 500 from California.

The Academy herbarium continues to serve all parts of California as
a bureau of information on correct plant names in both native and exotic
species. The herbarium is being used by loans and reference by re-
search students in many parts of the United States. During the past
year 2235 herbarium specimens have been loaned. The following are
among those who have arranged loans more recently : Dr. L. H. Bailey,
Ithaca, N. Y. ; Dr. S. F. Blake, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Wash-
ington, D. C. ; Dr. C. C. Epling, University of California at Los An-
geles; Dr. A. Grant, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis; Mr. Morris
Halperin, Division of Agronomy, Davis, California ; Miss Martha Hilend,
University of California at Los Angeles; C. L. Hitchcock, Missouri
Botanical Garden, St. Louis ; Dr. David D. Keck, Carnegie Laboratory,
Stanford University; Dr. P. A. Rydberg, New York Botanical Garden;
Dr. Paul C. Standley, Field Museum, Chicago ; Dr. E. E. Stanford, Col-
lege of the Pacific, Stockton ; Miss S. G. Stokes, San Diego.

During the summer the herbarium was thoroughly fumigated with car-
bon-bisulphide. The collections are in excellent condition and are en-
tirely free from herbarium pests ; this noteworthy condition being main-
tained by annual fumigation of the entire herbarium, by double fumiga-
tion of all exchanges, loans, gifts, and purchases, and by constant
vigilance.

438 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

The curator collected 187 specimens, not including duplicates, on a
trip to Arizona at her own expense and as a guest while there of Mrs.
Susan Delano McKelvey. It was in March, somewhat too early for
flowering plants, but the proper season for ferns. Other short trips were
taken to various places in northern California.

In July, the curator, as a voting delegate from the California Academy
of Sciences, left to attend the Fifth International Botanical Congress
held in Cambridge, England. She attended the sessions of the Inter-
national Horticultural Congress in London. While in England, some in-
vestigations concerning species collected by Archibald Menzies when
naturalist on the "Discovery" with Vancouver were made at the Her-
barium of the British Museum and the Royal Herbarium at Kew. Visits
were made also to the Botanical Gardens at Cambridge, Edinburgh, and
Dublin, and several flower shows sponsored by the Royal Horticultural
Society, as well as the great late summer flower show at Southport,
were attended. In order to attempt to bring stability to the nomen-
clature of the hybrid fuchsias in cultivation, the curator collected named
specimens at various botanic gardens and nurseries. The results will be
published later by the American Fuchsia Society. The curator paid her
own expenses and also the salary of the extra help needed in the her-
barium during her absence, amounting to $1,200.

June 1, Mr. John Thomas Howell became assistant in the Department,
and had charge of the herbarium during the absence of the curator, and
on January, 1931, he became Assistant Curator of the Department. He
has given to the California Academy of Sciences his entire herbarium
consisting of over 8000 specimens, many from the deserts of southern
California, these being notable additions to the Academy collections. In
May, before beginning work, Mr. Howell was the guest of Mr. Frank
W, Peirson of Altadena on a profitable collecting trip to the mountains
of eastern San Diego Co. and to the western Mojave Desert, Kern
Canyon, and Greenhorn Range. On that trip over 450 specimens were
collected. During the summer and autumn, 16 week-end collecting trips
were arranged by Mr. Howell with friends and made with no expense to
the Academy. In this way over 500 specimens as well as numerous du-
plicates for exchange purposes were collected.

Mrs. George H. Phelps not only mounts all the specimens for the her-
barium, but attends to the flower show in the vestibule of the Museum,
distributes specimens into the herbarium, and attends to drying all the
fresh specimens that are continually coming in. Mrs. E. C. SutlifTe
brings specimens for the herbarium and the flower show and looks after
the increasing collection of Hepaticae. Mr. Eric Walther adds continually
to the collection of the exotics cultivated in California and also brings in
specimens from the park and other gardens for the flower show. His
aid is invaluable.

The California Botanical Club holds weekly meetings or excursions
during most of the year; and the class of gardeners has been conducted
in the herbarium twice monthly except during the absence of the curator.

Alice Eastwood, Curator.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 439

Department of Entomology

The work in the Department of Entomology has progressed along
much the same lines as in former years. Less field work was done but
more time was put into the arrangement of the collection in the new
cases and in mounting material previously received.

Additions to the Department during 1930 number 20,694 specimens.
Some of the more important lots that go to make up this total are the
following: From Air. J. O. Martin, 5540 insects taken in field work in
Texas and Arizona; from Mrs. Joseph Gunn of Berkeley, a collection of
3300 butterflies made by her son, the late Norman R. Gunn ; from Dr. E.
C. Van Dyke, 3100 insects exclusive of the Coleoptera, taken on a trip
through the Yellowstone and Glacier National Parks ; from Mr. T. O.
Zschokke, by purchase, 2510 insects from the Panama Canal Zone, an
important geographical region but poorly represented in our collections ;
from Mr. Louis Slevin, 1462 insects, mostly moths, taken about Carmel,
California; from Mr. Joseph Slevin, 430 insects taken by him while en-
gaged in field work in Australia ; from Air. E. A. Dodge, 403 Lepidop-
tera, including a very complete series of western Hesperidae or "Skip-
pers" ; from the Bishop museum of Honolulu through Mr. E. H. Bryan,
275 miscellaneous insects from Pennsylvania; from Dr. P. H. Timber-
lake, 227 bees, largely paratypes in the genus Perdita; from Dr. H. M.
Smith, through Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, 119 insects, mostly but-
terflies, from Siam, and through field work by the curator, 2073 insects,
mostly taken on a short field trip through the "Mother Lode" country
in the foothills of the Sierra. Smaller but valuable additions were re-
ceived from several sources ; Mr. Morton Swarth gave us the butterflies
taken by him at Atlin, B. C. ; Air. G. F. Knowlton, insects from Utah;
Mr. Graham Heid, butterflies from Japan ; Mr. E. C. Zimmermann,
beetles from Chile ; Dr. John A. Comstock, a series of two species of
rare moths from southern California; Mr. R. F. Sternitzky, the types of
a new Lycaenid described by him ; Mrs. M. E. Davidson, insects from
Panama; Dr. S. F. Light, insects from Lower California; Dr. F. E.
Blaisdell, Mr. Ralph E. Barrett, Mr. E. R. Leach, Mr. W. S. Wright,
and Mr. J. R. Strohbeen, insects from California, and Mr. M. C. Van
Duzee, insects from western New York.

Mr. J. O. Martin continued to put in most of his time on the classi-
fication and arrangement of our large collection of beetles. Dr. F. E.
Blaisdell has spent two days a week for most of the year in this same
work, and Dr. E. C. Van Dyke has found some time to work here each
week. These, with the other students who improve the opportunity for
insect study offered by the Academy, have kept the limited desk space in
this department more than full most of the time.

The addition during 1930 of twelve more insect cases and 388 of our
standard insect drawers has greatly relieved the congested condition of
the storage facilities in this department. We now have 576 drawers
available for the Coleoptera, 192 for Hemiptera, and 192 for Lepidop-
tera, and as the arrangement of our material in these three orders

440 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

progresses the vacating of the pine cases allows the arrangement of cer-
tain groups in other orders of insects.

In anticipation of the possible removal of the Department of Ento-
mology to larger quarters within the present year, it seems worth while
to take stock of the collection as of January 1, 1931. Since June, 1916,
when the present curator took charge of this Department, a count has
been kept of all material added to the collection as it came in. These
additions number 672,750 specimens. To this must be added an estimated
20,000 in the collection before June, 1916, and perhaps 235,000 still un-
counted and unarranged, in the Van Dyke, Blaisdell, Koebele and Van
Duzee collections. This makes a total of about 880,000 specimens now
in the collection in this Department.

In addition to the general collection of insects in this Department,
fourteen special collections have been received and now form components
of the Academy Collection. These total about 525,000 specimens or about
two-thirds of the total recorded above. For the proper assorting and
arranging of this material we will need nearly 200 of the standard cases
used in this department of which we now have about 50. The proposed
new rooms for this department have 4000 square feet of floor space.
This will give the department space for about 224 insect cases, and for
adequate laboratory facilities for 10 years more of normal growth. With
these added laboratory facilities it will be possible for the staff to accom-
plish more and we will be able to do more for the constantly increasing
number of visiting students who are using our material.

The fourteen special collections are:

J. G. Grundel Collection of Lepidoptera about 3,000 specimens

W. G. Wright Collection of Lepidoptera about 2,000 specimens

F. X. Williams Collection of Lepidoptera 7,662 specimens

E. J. Newcomer Collection of Lepidoptera 1,737 specimens

R. H. Stretch Collection of Moths 3,141 specimens

E. C. Van Dyke Collection of Coleoptera, estimated as 200,000 specimens
H. M. Holbrook Collection of Butterflies 500 specimens

E. P. Van Duzee Collection of Hemiptera, estimated as. 30,000 specimens

F. E. Blaisdell Collection of Coleoptera, estimated as... 125,000 specimens

J. C. Huguenin Collection of Lepidoptera 1,870 specimens

Albert Koebele Collection, all orders, estimated as 100,000 specimens

L. S. Slevin Collection of Coleoptera 22,200 specimens

C. L. Fox Collection of Hymenoptera 16,800 specimens

J. O. Martin Collection of Coleoptera 11,200 specimens

The California Academy of Sciences now has the largest collection of
insects on the West Coast. With the necessary cases and curatorial help
it would take its place as one of the most important collections of insects
in this country, in fact in several of the insect orders its fine series of
western forms must now be consulted by any one attempting to do
monographic work on our western species.

Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 44^

Department of Exhibits

The entire collection of groups and floor exhibits in the Mammal Hall
has been thoroughly overhauled, and a group of Marten (Martes caurina
sierrce) installed in the last remaining space available for this purpose.
Mr. Richard Cayzer, assistant, also spent some months making skins and
cleaning skeletons for the Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy.
The writer left San Francisco May 27, 1930, for Nairobi, Kenya Colony,
Africa, to join Mr. Leslie Simson. A stop was made en route to attend
the annual meeting of the American Association of Museums at Buffalo,
New York, and another at London, England, to purchase supplies. While
there I visited Cardiff, Wales, as the guest of the British Museums
Association. I arrived in Nairobi July 30, and left for America Novem-
ber 18. During this period I accompanied Mr. Simson to many parts of
Kenya, Tanganyika, and northern Rhodesia, and was successful in secur-
ing much needed material for the proposed African mammal halls. This
material includes 31 oil sketches for backgrounds, many plaster molds,
detail sketches, photographs, and several tons of trees, shrubs, grasses,
etc., for use as group accessories. I returned to San Francisco December
25. Other work accomplished by the department has been the care of
the specimens of African mammals received from time to time from Mr.
Simson. To date these number 122. In addition to Mr. Richard Cayzer,
who has been employed thoughout the year. Air. Cecil Tose has been em-
ployed part time since September 1.

Frank Tose, Chief.

Department of Fishes

1. Work with the Indiana University Collection.

This great collection, estimated to include over 220,000 specimens, is
partly stored in cartons containing the bottled material, and partly in
tall well glazed crocks with tops that can be sealed on. Of the material
in the cartons about half the bottles have been removed, washed, new
labels furnished where necessary, and in addition an assistant, who was
hired merely to wash bottles, but was also a proficient typist, prepared a
card-catalogue of all the specfmens handled, indicating the number of the
carton to which they were returned, and kept these cards in alphabetic
order, so that as far as we have gone, with, the exception of a few car-
tons that had previously been gone over, and the bottles washed and
shelved, we know what species are in the collection and in which car-
ton they are to be found. This work will be of great value in subse-
quent assorting and arranging.

The crock collection has needed looking over, as the contents and their
condition is unknown for many of the crocks. A good many have been
found to contain unworked material from South America collected by
Dr. Carl Ternetz. I have assisted Mr. Myers of Stanford University, to
go over as many of these as have been opened, and we have assorted,
bottled and added fresh labels to such material as needed it.

442 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

2. Work with Type Material.

In addition to the types already accumulated, more types keep turning
up as the work progresses. Additional shelves were built in the type
room, all the types arranged in order, and a card catalogue prepared and
arranged. It is desirable to have on each card for a type a reference to
the original description. By a search through the literature I have made
some progress in this work, which has been laid aside for the present on
account of the pressure of routine work.

3. Work ivith the General Collection.

As occasion has required and opportunity permitted, I have gone over
the general collection, noting condition and adding alcohol where needed.
The crock material needs especially assiduous attention as the crocks
used are entirely unsuited to the purpose, the tops having no provision
for sealing against evaporation, and the bottoms and sides of some so
poorly glazed that liquid oozes through, allowing deterioration to pro-
ceed rapidly. An attempt was made to assort, arrange and catalogue the
California material. It was necessary to divide this into two lots, one
with well-authenticated data, and a mass of material marked "California"
but without locality or date, and containing species not to be found within
the state. These may never have been intended for the Academy Mu-
seum. This catalogue has enabled me to know just what species are
needed for the collection, which I am attempting to build up as oppor-
tunities occur. The names of specimens in the book-catalogue have most
of them been entered in the card catalogue and their location indicated.
I am working at this whenever I have opportunity.

4. Biological Abstracts.

To this office comes all the manuscript of the part of Biological Ab-
stracts pertaining to ichthyology, to be marked for the printer, and to it
are referred all questions pertaining to position of genera, synonyms,
and problems of indexing. To answer these requires considerable search
through the library. The Biological Abstracts office kindly furnished
cards containing every generic name to be found in Jordan's Genera of
Fishes. To be of use, each of the genera on these cards should have
been dated, in order to distinguish synonyms, but this the Abstracts
office overlooked. These cards have been arranged in alphabetic order,
and I have begun dating them, but this work has been laid aside tem-
porarily on account of the pressure of routine. I am also attempting to
keep this index of genera up to date by inserting new cards of a differ-
ent color.

The generic Catalogue of Jordan had been long outgrown, on account
of the immense number of genera described since the year of its publi-
cation (1919). All American genera and species encountered have been
added to the 1930 Check-list, both in an interleaved copy and its index,
where some of the interleaved pages have been over-run, and to the loose
sheet edition which has unlimited growth. The assistant librarian kindly
turns over to me such exchanges as have to do with fishes, and I have

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 443

abstracted as many as time has allowed ; many I have not had time to
even glance at, although it is important to do so to keep track of present
trends and discoveries in ichthyology. The Check-list itself seems to
have increased about Y^ its volume since publication.

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator.

Department of Herpetology

The months of January and February, and the first half of March,
1930, were spent completing a season's field work in Australia. This
work began in June, 1929, and the states of Queensland, New South
Wales, Victoria, South and West Australia, were visited, resulting in a
collection of 2577 specimens, many of the genera and most of the species
being new to the collection. Excellent series of some of the most unique
of the Australian lizards are represented in the collection. Unfortunately,
it was found necessary in many cases to limit the series of the various
species taken in order to conserve alcohol when far away from a base
of supplies.

During the months of May and June, San Diego Co., California, was
visited for the purpose of taking motion pictures of our Californian
rattlesnakes. About 1000 feet of film has been made up, with instructive
titles, depicting the various kinds of rattlesnakes found within the bor-
ders of the state, the habitats in which they live, and the method used in
extracting the venom for the preparation of antivenin. On this expedi-
tion 62 specimens were collected, including some of the rarer snakes of
our southern deserts.

While not absent in the field the routine work of the department was
carried on as usual and 2829 specimens have been labeled, card cata-
logued and installed in the collection. The Log of the schooner Academy
on the expedition to the Galapagos Islands in 1905-1906 has been written
up and presented for publication.

Besides the material secured by exploration, gifts of specimens have
been received as follows: From L. S. Slevin, 2; Russell V. Fisher, 4;
Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, 1 ; Chas. Hibbard, 1 ; Dr. Barton Warren Ever-
mann, 1 ; J. R. Slater, 11; Chas. Barnard, 14; H. Trost, 10; Richard P.
Erwin, 2; G. F. Knowlton, 1; Kenneth Johnson, 1 ; S. B. Davidson, 3;
L. M. Klauber, 1. Through Mr. L. M. Klauber 28 rattlesnakes were re-
ceived by purchase from the Zoological Society of San Diego.

The total number of specimens received during the year is 2719, the
collection now numbering 66,722 specimens.

The opportunity to secure the part-time services of Miss Enid Larson
for cataloguing the department library was taken advantage of, with the
■result that the card catalogue of all of the separates and bound volumes
has been completed to date.

In connection with the expedition to Australia the thanks of the de-
partment are due the curators of the Australian Government Museums,
who extended many courtesies, and particularly to Mr. J. R. Kinghorn
and Mr. H. S. Grant, of the Australian Museum at Sydney, for much

444 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

valuable assistance connected with the details of the field work. Thanks
are also due Messrs. Chas. Barnard, James Burns, Ben Chaffey, Chas.
Craig, P. C. Allan and many others too numerous to mention.

For the expedition to San Diego County thanks are due Mr. L. M.
Klauber, the Zoological Society of San Diego and Mr. L. H. Cook,
without whose assistance the rattlesnake film could not have been made.

Joseph R. Slevin, Curator.

Department of Library

The principal job of the Academy Library in 1930 turned out to be the
completion of the shifting of the bookstock and the making of a tem-
porary shelf-list for all unrecorded titles, a great many of which were
discovered during the former process. The time necessary to sort and
shelf-list them was so great that, together with the time required to
shelve the congested current accumulations, it left none to be devoted to
cataloguing proper. On account of this as well, the upper library only
could be relabeled.

A handicap in the year's work was the loss early in the year of the
clerical assistance which had been given formerly by the Aquarium
typist. This loss has proved to more than balance the advantage of
having a full-time library assistant in addition to the part-time presence
of the assistant librarian, an arrangement which in itself, due to the
additional revision of work necessarily involved, was not expected to
increase the output of work in proportion to actual time put in.

The chief present need of the Library is additional personnel. The
clerical routine required for making and preserving adequate records,
such as have been installed during the past two years, is now so large
that the present force is severely taxed in carrying both the routine and
the technical operations like cataloguing and bibliographical research.
The routine can not be neglected, so the more technical work suffers
constantly. This situation should be relieved at the earliest possible
moment by the addition of clerical assistance.

Accessions for the year were as follows :

Unbd.

Parts of

Bd. vols.

vols.

vols.

Pamphlets

Maps

Exchange . ,

1 • • • oo

86

4313

84

184

Gift

.... 17

69

2780

841

7

Purchase .

.... 281

90

1251

210

21

Total .

.... 351

245

8344

1135

212

This is not counting the large donation of engineering publications

from William Hammond Hall, which have not yet been sorted and

counted. Binding amounted to 261 volumes bound, rebound or repaired.
New exchanges added were 26.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 445

At the first of the year the assistant librarian began the arrangement
of being present third-time, due to his undertaking graduate work in
bibliography at the University of California. Miss May Peffer, formerly
of the Western Union Telegraph Company library in New York, was
employed full time as library assistant from the first of January, but
unfortunately had to leave early in the month on account of illness.
Early in February Miss Veronica J. Sexton, for a number of years an
assistant in the Oakland Free Library, was engaged to take Miss Peflfer's
place. Miss Sexton's training and experience have proved distinctly
valuable in the specialized work required in the Academy Library.
Robert L. Thompson, Jr., was employed part time for several months
the first part of the year to help in rearranging the shelves. Mrs. Bar-
bara Cowles was employed for three weeks in December to sort the maps
and to start a catalogue of them.

In June the Special Libraries Association held its national convention
in San Francisco. The assistant librarian as president of the local
chapter was chairman of the convention committee, and as a member of
the Museum Group entertained informally both at the Academy and on
trips to other museums in the city such museum librarians as had not
attended the regular meeting of the Group held earlier in Buffalo at
the convention of the American Association of Museums. The follow-
ing week the assistant librarian and Miss Sexton attended the meeting
of the American Library Association in Los Angeles, in connection with
which the annual meeting of the California Library Association was also
held.

In the late summer the assistant librarian was appointed to the edi-
torial board of Special Libraries and named on a committee of the Mu-
seum Group of the national Special Libraries Association formed for
the purpose of undertaking a survey of the libraries of art and science
museums in this country during the forthcoming year. In September the
Academy Library was host to the local chapter of the Special Libraries
Association, when the director gave a brief talk on the Academy's his-
tory and work and the guests visited the Museum groups, the Library
and the Aquarium.

Besides the need for added personnel, which was stressed above as
being particularly urgent, there is no lessening of the need for more
money for accessions and more space for housing them. It is a consum-
mation devoutly to be wished for that funds may be obtained at no dis-
tant date for the construction and endowment of a new library as a unit
in the Academy's plans for expansion. No less than new quarters and
ample financial support is adequate for the satisfactory functioning
which the library must perform in an institution like the Academy,
namely: resources for the fundamental research of the staff, for the
information and pleasure of the membership, and for the reference use
of the community.

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian.

446 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Seb.

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Work of the department during 1930 has been almost entirely in con-
tinuance of activities previously begun. The only field work was in-
augurated late in the year, Mrs. Davidson, Assistant Curator, leaving on
November 28 on a three months' trip to Chiriqui Province, Panama, for
the further exploration of the region she had visited the previous winter.

The Curator's study of the Academy's collection of Galapagos birds
reached a point where it seemed essential that he examine the specimens
in certain large European Museums, and he was absent on this quest
from April 5 to July 8. Most of that time was spent in England, at the
British Museum (Natural History), London, and at the Rothschild Mu-
seum, Tring; on the way home a short stay was made in Washington,
D. C, for similar studies at the United States National Museum. The
report upon the avifauna of the Galapagos Archipelago was finished late
in the year and the manuscript accepted for publication and turned over
to the printer in December.

During the European trip above-mentioned advantage was taken of
the opportunity to attend the Seventh International Ornithological Con-
gress, held at Amsterdam, June 1 to 8. The Curator acted as delegate
from the Academy and also from the United States Department of
Agriculture, the American Ornithologists' Union, and the Cooper Orni-
thological Club.

Mrs. Davidson's time, as in previous years, has been mainly occupied
in the details of office routine. As opportunity offered she has pursued
the study of her previous collection of birds from Panama, and the
further completion of Mr. Loomis's unfinished "Monograph of the
Tubinares."

Mr. Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus, has continued the banding of
birds at Woodacre, Marin County, and to a limited extent in Golden
Gate Park. In November the Academy published his "Handbook of the
Birds of Golden Gate Park," a pocket manual that has been most favor-
ably received and that appears to be filling an expressed need of the
amateur bird students of this section.

The Curator and Assistant Curator continue to act as inspectors of
foreign birds and mammals for the United States Department of Agri-
culture. This necessarily takes some time, entailing as it does the ex-
amination of all live foreign animals, mostly birds, brought in at the port
of San Francisco, but it has proved worth while in several ways.
Interesting birds sometimes die, to the enrichment of our collection.
During the past year we thus acquired three specimens of the rare
Mikado Pheasant, from the island of Formosa, a species that is probably
not represented in any other North American Museum.

Accessions during the year were mostly of small lots of specimens,
about 600 birds and 400 mammals all told. Mrs. Davidson returned
from Panama in January, 1930, with 366 birds, the largest single acces-
sion of the year. Mr. G. Frean Morcom, of Los Angeles, who had
already given us his entire collection of North American birds, this year

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 447

presented us with a series of 92 Hummingbirds, representing about 75
species, mostly from South America and nearly all new to the Academy
collection. In view of the lessened field work of our own collectors
the opportunity was seized to purchase a collection of 340 mammals from
Arizona and southern California, nearly all of species new to our col-
lection, and especially valuable in the inclusion of a large number of
topotypes.

The annual meeting of the Cooper Ornithological Qub, held in Los
Angeles during the first week in April, was attended by all members of
the Department of Ornithology, Mr. Mailliard, Mr. Swarth and Mrs.
Davidson, as well as by Dr. Barton Warren Evermann. Papers were
read by Mr. Swarth and Mrs. Davidson.

The needs of the Department have been indicated in reports for the
years immediately preceding and need not be dwelt upon here as there
has been no change in conditions.

Details of the accessions are as follows: Birds. Gift: Anonymous, 1;
A. M. Bailey, 1 ; Mrs. H. Barkan, 1 ; C. R. Boatright, 5 ; D. B. Bull, 1 ;
S. Davidson, 7; Mrs. F. Ellsworth, 1; W. Otto Emerson, 1; Fleishhacker
Zoo, 1; E. W. Gifford, 2; Graham Heid, 1; C. W. Hibbard, 2; E. C.
Jacot, 2; H. E. Jager, 4; G. A. Jordan, 11; C E. Kruger, 2; C. C
McGettigan, 5; John McLaren, 3; C. C. Moore, 1; G. Frean Morcom, 92;
Mori Bird Company, 2; D. C. Peters, 1; Miss Muriel Pettit, 1; J. H.
Pierce, 1 ; A. L. Reed, 1 ; A. W. Robison, 1 ; J. E. Stansfield, 1 ; J. W.
Steinbeck, 8; F. Sterling, 1 ; H. S. Swarth, 1; Miss A. B. Titus, 1; E.
Walther, 1. Expeditions: M. E. Davidson, 366. Purchase: 34. Ex-
change: 5.

Eggs. Gift: J. W. Qassen, 1 set; Mrs. William Murphy, 8 sets. Pur-
chase: 23 sets.

Mammals. Gift: Miss J. Alexander, 1 ; F. N. Bassett, 7; B. Downes,
1 ; Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, 1 ; Hooper Foundation, 1 ; Home's Zoological
Arena, 1; Joseph Mailliard, 2; John McLaren, 1; K. F. Meyer, 1; Mrs.
J. Speck, 1; W. W. Thompson, 1. PurcMse: 340.

Harry S. Swarth, Curator.

DEPARTMENt OF PALEONTOLOGY

The personnel of the Department remained practically unchanged from
the previous year. Dr. L. G. Hertlein continued as Assistant Curator
except for several months which he spent in Alberta in geological ex-
ploration for the Hudson's Bay Oil & Gas Company. Dr. F. M.
Anderson, as Research Assistant, carried on his studies of the West
American Cretaceous without interruption. Mr. J. L. Nicholson, student
assistant, spent as much time at the Academy as he had free from his
studies at the University of California, and Mrs. Winifred Morrison,
temporary assistant, did general clerical work in the Department about
half time, throughout the year. The faithful service rendered by all
these associates deserves the highest commendation.

May 29, 1931

448 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

Through the necessary curtailment of new collections because of lack
of adequate storage facilities, exploration was confined to the securing
of material urgently needed for studies already being prosecuted. Some
very valuable material was added from the Cretaceous through the
efforts of Messrs. Anderson, Nicholson and the Curator, and a beautiful
collection of fossils of the same age was obtained in Alberta by Dr.
Hertlein. Through the kindness of Messrs. Wayne F. Loel and William
H. Corey a nice collection of fossils of lower Miocene age has been
added to the Academy's collections. Many of these are paratypes and
have been placed in the type collection. About 400 species of living
marine shells were added from dredging operations conducted near
Catalina Island, Point Conception, and Monterey, through the efforts of
Mr. Nicholson, Mr. C. C. Church, Mr. Allyn G. Smith, and the Curator.
Many of these were small forms, needed for comparative purposes in
connection with the series of studies being made of the West Mexican
mollusks by Messrs. Baker, Hanna and Strong. Through the efforts of
Mr. C. C. Church, the Curator, and other employees of the Associated
Oil Company, a very considerable amount of microscopical paleontologi-
cal material was added during the year. Fortunately, this requires very
little space for storage.

The routine work of the Department has consisted in the systematic
and orderly arrangement of the collections, always with the conservation
of space foremost in mind. At the end of the year the land shell col-
lection had been completed in a very satisfactory manner and much
progress had been made with the freshwater and marine shells.

The scientific literature required for the maintenance of a collection so
varied in character as that placed in the care of the Department is
extremely large, and with the limited funds available for purchase of
published papers, no hope can be held for securing all that are needed.
Nevertheless, through the constant interest of Dr. Evermann and Mr.
Cowles, some extremely useful books and papers were obtained in 1930.

Numerous workers in various parts of the country have made use of
the Academy's collections either through borrowing specimens or coming
to the building for consultation. A list of all who have thus been
helped would be too long to include here, but it may be well to record
here those who had not yet returned loaned material at the end of the
year.

S. S. Berry, Redlands, California, Chitons. Bryant Walker, Detroit,
Michigan, Chinese land shells. Nellie M. Tegland, University of Cali-
fornia, Oregon fossils. Fred Baker and A. M. Strong, Gulf of California
shells. A. Hollick, New York Botanical Garden, New York, Fossil
plant. H. McMillan, Natural History Museum, Stanford University,
California, Recent shells. A. G. Smith, Berkeley, California, Land shells.
F. E. Turner, University of California, Berkeley, California, Fossil
shells. P. Bartsch, National Museum, Washington, D. C, Recent shell.

G. Dallas Hanna, Curator.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 449

Department of Steinhart Aquarium

On December 31, 1930, the number of species and live individuals of
each on exhibition in the Aquarium was as follows :

Specimens Species Specimens Species

Mammals 11 of 3 as compared with 11 of 3 in 1929

Birds 4 of 3 as compared with 1 of 1 in 1929

Reptiles 209 of 37 as compared with 208 of 33 in 1929

Fishes 9196 of 324 as compared with 9375 of 282 in 1929

Batrachians 47 of 18 as compared with S3 of 9 in 1929

Invertebrates . . . 360 of 45 as compared with 41 of 31 in 1929

Total 9827 of 430 as compared with 9689 of 359 in 1929

While this shows some increase both in specimens and species, we call
attention to the fact that we have about reached the limit to the number
of specimens that can be well exhibited with our present available space.

It is therefore with pleasure that we call attention to the fact that the
matter of a substantial addition to the Aquarium has been taken up by-
President Grunsky with the Board of Supervisors, and we feel confident
that with the help of the many friends of the Aquarium the proposition
will be brought to the attention of the people and favorable action taken.
The need for larger tanks, and additional space for invertebrates, as well
as for better located vivariums, is quite evident.

Gifts presented to the Aquarium in 1930 number 1376. A complete list
of the donors, together with all matters of detail is presented in the body
of the report. The attendance during the year, as usual, has been very
satisfactory.

Alvin Seaile, Superintendent.

Bibliography

The following bibliography lists the papers published in
1930 by members of the Museum and Aquarium staffs.
A few published earlier but not previously listed are included.

Clark, H. Walton.

1. [Annual report of the] Department of Fisheries [for 1929]. <Proc.

Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 553-554, April 8, 1930.

2. Abstract: Dymond, John R. and John L. Hart. The fishes of Lake

Abitibi (Ontario) and adjacent waters. <Univ. Toronto Studies,
Biol. Ser. 29, 3-19, 1927. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 1, p. 282,
January, 1930.

3. Abstract : Gruvel, A. L'industrie des peches sur les cotes tunisiennes.

[Fishery industry of the coast of Tunis]. < Station Oceano-
graph. Salammbo. Bull. 4, 1896. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 1,
p. 283, January, 1930.

450 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

4. Abstract: White, Errol Ivor. On a fossil cyprinodont from Ecuador.

<Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 20 : 519-522, 1917. <Biol. Absts.,
vol. 4, no. 1, p. 285, January, 1930.

5. Abstract: Fowler, Henry W. The Fishes of Oceania. <Mem. Ber-

nice P. Bishop Mus., 10 : iii + 540, 1928. <Biol. Absts.,
vol. 4, no. 3, p. 979, March, 1930.

6. Abstract: Deraniyagala, P. E. P. Ceylon Sardines. < Ceylon Jour.

Sci., Sect. B. 15 (1) : 31-47, 1929. <Biol. Absts. vol. 4, no. 4.
p. 1293, April, 1930.

7. Abstract: Deraniyagala, P. E. P. Some anguilliform fishes of Cey-

lon. <Ceylon Jour. Sci., Sect. B. 15 (1) : 1-29, 1929. <Biol.
Absts., vol. 4, no. 4, p. 1293, April, 1930.

8. Abstract: Parr, Albert Eide. Scientific results of the third Oceano-

graphic expedition of the "Pawnee," 1927, Cera toidea. <Bull.
Bingham Oceanog. Coll. 3 (1): 1-34, 1927. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4,
no. 4, p. 1295, April, 1930.

9. Abstract :Racho W.Arthur. Handbuch der Zierfischkunde. (Manual

of Aquarium Fishes]. Stuttgart, 1928. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4,
no. 4, p. 1296, April, 1930.

10. Abstract: Greely, J. R. Fishes of the Genesee region, with anno-

tated list. <Suppl. to 16th Ann. report, State of New York
Conservation Dept., 1926. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 5, p. 1608,
May, 1930.

11. Abstract: Hubbs, Carl L. The generic relationships and nomen-

clature of the California sardine. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser.
4, vol. 18, no. 11, pp. 261-265, 1929. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 6,
p. 1928, June, 1930.

12. Abstract: Koelz, Walter. Leucichthys hubbsi, a new Cisco from Ives

Lake, Marquette County, Michigan. <Occ. Papers, Mus. Zool.
Univ. Mich. no. 204, 1929. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 6, p. 1929,
June, 1930.

13. Abstract: Maskell, F. G. On the New Zealand lamprey, Geotria

australis Gray: Part 1, Biology and Life History. < Trans. &
Proc. N. Z. Inst. 60 (1): 167-201, 1929. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4,
no. 6, p. 1930, June, 1930.

14. Abstract: Fish, Marie Poland. Contributions to the early life his-

tories of Lake Erie fishes in biological survey of the Erie-Niagara
System. <Suppl. Eighteenth Annual Report, Conservation
Department, New York, 1928. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, nos. 7-9,
p. 2189, July-September, 1930.

15. Abstract: Greely, J. R. Fishes of the Erie-Niagara watershed in a

biological Survey of the Erie-Niagara System. <Suppl. Eigh-
teenth Annual Report of the Conservation Department of the
State of New York, 1928, 150-179, 1929. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4,
nos. 7-9, p. 2189, July-September, 1930.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 45 J

16. Abstract : Rachow, Arthur. Handbuch der Zierfischkunde, Beschrei-

bung aller zur Zeit im Handel befindlischen exotischen Zierfische,
nebst ausfiihrlischen Angeben iiber deren Pflege und Zucht usw.
Juliess E. G. Wegner, Stuttgart, 1928. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4,
no. 10, p. 2481, October, 1930.

17. Check-List of the Fishes and FishHke Vertebrates of North and

Middle America North of the Northern Boundary of Venezuela
and Colombia (Junior author with David Starr Jordan and Bar-
ton Warren Evermann). < Report of the United States Com-
missioner of Fish and Fisheries for the Fiscal Year 1928, with
Appendixes, Part II, Document 1055, pp. IV' + 670, issued
February 8, 1930.

18. The Painted Box Turtle, Terrapene ornata (Agassiz), in Indiana.

(Junior author with Barton Warren Evermann). <Copeia,
1930, no. 2, p. 40, June, 1930.

Cowles, Thomas.

1. [Annual Report of the] Department of Library [for 1929]. <Proc.

Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 555-556, April 8, 1930.

2. [Annual Report of the Special Libraries Association of] San Fran-

cisco, [1929-1930]. <SpecialLibraries,vol. 21,no. 5,pp. 182-183,
May-June, 1930.

3. Meeting of The Roxburghe Club [of San Francisco, October 29

1930]. <San Francisco Printer, vol. 4, no. 10, p. 18, Dec, 1930.

4. [Report of the] Special Libraries Association [Convention, 1930].

<News Notes of California Libraries, vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 240-241,
July, 1930.

5. [Report of Special Libraries Association of] San Francisco, [Meetings

of August and September, 1930]. <Special Libraries, vol. 21,
no. 9, pp. 349-350, Nov., 1930.

6. San Francisco's Part [in: Part the Library is Playing in the Develop-

ment of the Industrial West]. <Special Libraries, vol. 21, no. 7,
p. 248, Sept., 1930.

7. Editor of prospectus: Eden Anto, by Antonio Fogazzaro, translated

by Theodore Wesley Koch; The Roxburghe Club of San Fran-
cisco, 1930.

Eastwood, Alice.

1. [Annual Report of the ] Department of Botany [for 1929]. <Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 549-550, April 8, 1930.

Evermann, Barton Warren.

1. Report of the Director of the Museum and of the Aquarium for the

year 1929. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18,
pp. 542-586, April 8, 1930.

2. Indiana University Day at San Francisco Big Ten Universities Club.

<Indiana University Alumni Quarterly, XVI, no. 3, April, 1930,
pp. 192-193.

452 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

3. FurSealsnotguilty [of serious injury to Commercial fisheries]. <Pa-

cific Fisherman, vol. 28, no. 7, pp. 18-19, June, 1930.

4. Check-List of the Fishes and Fishlike Vertebrates of North and

Middle America North of the Northern Boundary of Venezuela
and Colombia, (Joint author with David Starr Jordan and How-
ard Walton Clark) . < Report of the United States Commissioner
of Fish and Fisheries for the Fiscal Year 1928, with Appendixes,
Part II, Document 1055, pp. IV + 670; issued February 8, 1930.

5. David Starr Jordan, the Man. <Copeia, 1930, no. 4, pp. 94-107,

with 6 halftones, December 31, 1930.

Hanna, G. Dallas.

1. Abstract: Finlay, H. S. New Specific Names for Austral Mollusca.

Trans. New Zealand Institute, vol. 57, 1926, pp. 488-533 [Jan. 19,
1927]. <The Nautilus, vol. 41 , no. 1 , July, 1927, pp. 34-36.

2. Helmi?ithoglypta traskii (Newcomb) at "Fort Tejon," Kern County,

California. <The Nautilus, vol. 41, no. 1, July, 1927, pp. 32-34.

3. [Two photographs and quoted notes] in "Life history of the sea-lions

on the California Coast." <Joum. Mammalogy, vol. 10, no. 1,
Feb., 1929, pp. 1-36, 3 pis.

4. [Research on fossil diatoms]. Abstracted in mimeograph form by

David White in App. to Report of the Committee on Paleo-
botany, Nat. Res. Council, Div. of Geol. and Geog., April 27,
1929, pp. 1-5, [see p. 5].

5. Abstract: E. Fernandez Galiano. "Observaciones sobre el macromi-

cleo de Chilodon uncinatus Ehrb." Bol. R. Soc. Espan. Hist.
Nat., vol. 28, no. 6, 1928, pp. 347-355, 1 pi., 3 text figs. <Biol.
Absts. vol. 3, nos. 9-10, Nov., 1929, p. 2074.

6. Pyrgulopsis nevadensis (Steams) in Oregon. < Nautilus, vol. 43,

no. 3, Jan., 1930, pp. 103-104.

7. Diatoms from the Kreyenhagen [Cantua] Shale. [Abstract]. < Pan-

American Geologist, vol. 54, no. 1, Aug., 1930, p. 80 [From pro-
gram of Cordilleran Section, Geological Society of America, Feb.
20-22, 1930].

8. SiUcoflagellates from the Kreyenhagen [Cantua] Shale [Abstract].

<Pan-American Geologist, vol. 54, no. 1, Aug., 1930, pp. 79-80.
[From program of Cordilleran Section, Geological Society of
America, Feb. 20-22, 1930.

9. Abstract: Vlerk, I. M. van der and R. E. Dickerson. "Distinctions

among certain genera of larger Foraminifera for the field geologist
of the East Indies." Joum. Paleo., vol. 1, no. 3, 1927, pp. 185-
191, 3 text figs. <Biol. Absts., vol. 4, no. 4, Apr., 1930, p. 1257.

10. Abstract: Dall, Wilham Healey and Washington Henry Ochsner.
Landshells of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser.
4, vol. 17, 1928, pp. 141-185, 2 pis., Jime 22, 1928. <Biol.
Absts. vol. 4, no. 4, Apr., 1930, p. 1267.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 453

11. [Report of] Department of Paleontology- [for 1929]. <Prcc. Calif.

Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, Apr. 8, 1930, pp. 558-560;
bibliography pp. 562-564.

12. Abstract: Skvortzow, B. W. Freshwater diatoms from Ancoy, South

China. China Joum. vol. 11, no. 1, July, 1929, pp. 40-44, 1 pi.
<Biol. Absts. vol. 4, no. 5, May, 1930, pp. 1524-1525.

13. [Research on fossil diatoms]. Abstracted in mimeograph form by

David White in App. P. to Report of Committee on Paleobotany
Nat. Res. Council, Div. Geol. and Geog. May 3, 1930, pp. 1-10,
[see pp. 6, 7, 9].

14. Abstract: Zalessky, M. D. Premieres observations microscopiques

sur le schiste bitumineux du volgien inferieur. Soc. Geol. du
Nord Ann. 51, 1926 [1927], pp. 65-104, pis. 2-6. <Joum. Paleo.
vol. 4, no. 2, June, 1930, pp. 202-203.

15. A Review of the Genus i?0M.via. < Joum. Paleo. vol. 4, no. 2, June,

1930, pp. 179-188, pi. 14, figs. 1-8.

16. Observations on Lithodesmium cornigerum Brun. <Joum. Paleo.

vol. 4, no. 2, June, 1930, pp. 189-191, pi. 14, figs. 9, 10.

17. The Growth of Omphalotheca. <Joum. Paleo. vol. 4, no. 2, June,

1930, p. 192, pi. 14, fig. 11.

18. Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. A. M. Strong &

G. Dallas Hanna. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 1,
June 4, 1930, pp. 1-6.

19. Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico. A. M.

Strong & G. Dallas Hanna. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 19, no. 2, June 4, 1930, pp. 7-12, June 4, 1930.

20. Marine Mollusca of the Tres Marias Islands, Mexico. A. M. Strong

& G. Dallas Hanna. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19,
no. 3, June 4, 1930, pp. 13-22.

21. Rediscovery of Polygyra roperi Pilsbry. G. Dallas Hanna & J. L.

Nicholson. < Nautilus, vol. 44, no. 1, July, 1930, pp. 17-18.

22. Porosity of Diatomite. <Engineering and Mining Journal, vol. 130,

no. 1, July 10, 1930, pp. 7-8, 7 text figs.

23. Geology of Shark Tooth Hill, Kern County, California. <Proc.

Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 7, July 15, 1930, pp. 65-83,
3 text figs.

24. Some Mollusca of the family Epitoniidas from the Gulf of California.

F. Baker, G. Dallas Hanna & A. M. Strong. <Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 5, July 15, 1930, pp. 41-56, pis. 2, 3.

25. Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of California. Fred Baker,

G. Dallas Hanna & A. M. Strong. <Proc. CaUf. Acad. Sci.,
ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 4, July 15, 1930, pp. 23-56, pi. 1, 4 text figs.

26. The dates of publication of Tempere and Peragallo's "Diatomees du

Monde Entier," Edition 2. <Joum. Paleo., vol. 4, no. 3, Sept.,
1930, pp. 296-297.

454 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

27. Hyrax, a new mounting medium for diatoms. <Joum. Royal Micr.

Soc, ser. 3, vol. 50, pt. 4, Dec, 1930, pp. 424-426.

28. Remains of Holothuroidea from the Carboniferous of Kansas.

<Joum. Paleo., vol. 4, no. 4, Dec, 1930, pp. 413-414, pi. 40,
figs. 1-7.

29. A new genus of Silicoflagellata from Lower California. <Journ.

Paleo., vol. 4. no. 4, Dec, 1930, pp. 415-416. pi. 40, figs. 8-18.

Howell, John Thomas.

1. Planta; Occidentales — I. <Madrono, vol. 2, no. 1 , pp. 1 1-15, August
30, 1930.

Mailliard, Joseph.

1. Decrease of Nuttall vSparrow Population in Golden Gate Park.

<The Gull, vol. 12, no. 2, pp. 1-2, February, 1930.

2. Census of Birds' Nests in the Music Concourse, Golden Gate Park,

San Francisco, California, for 1929. <The Gull, vol. 12, no. 3,
pp. 2-3, March, 1930.

3. Happenings in a Robin Household. <The Condor, vol. 32, no. 2,

pp. 77-80, March 15, 1930.

4. Western Robin eating Ivy Berries. <The Condor, vol. il, no. 4,

p. 210, July 15, 1930.

5. The Birds of Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. Special Pub., Calif.

Acad. Sci., pp. 1-84, 95 text figures, November 20, 1930.

Scale, Alvin.

1. Constructing, Stocking, and Planting Small Fish Ponds or Garden

Pools. <Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, pp. 3-5, January 2, 1930.

2. The Exhibit of Invertebrate Animals at Steinhart Aquarium.

<Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, p. 14, March 6, 1930.

3. The Montana Grayling, r/zywa/Zi^i wontoMM5, in CaUfomia. <Cali-

fomia Fish and Game, vol. 16, p. 51, January, 1930. (Copied
in Du Pont Magazine and Montana Wild Life.)

4. Fishes in Steinhart Aciuarium from the Fiji Islands. < Aquarium

Journal, vol. 3, p. 21, April 3, 1930.

5. Shark at Steinhart Aquarium Lay Eggs on Easter Sunday. <Aqua-

rium Journal, vol. 3, p. 24, May 1, 1930.

6. Bibliography of Amphibia. <Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, p. 26,

May 1, 1930.

7. Notes Regarding Steinhart Aquarium. < Aquarium Journal, vol. 3,

pp. 36-37, September 4, 1930.

8. List of Twenty Fresh Water Fishes found in California that may be

used in small Aquariums or Garden Pools. < Aquarium Jour-
nal, vol. 3, pp. 38-39, September 4, 1930.

9. Feeding Young Fish. < Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, p. 43, October

2, 1930.

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 455

10. Literature on Fish Foods and Feeding. < Aquarium Journal, vol. 3,

pp. 44-45, October 2, 1930.

11. The Sea Hare, Tethys calif ornica, at Steinhart Aquarium. < Aqua-

rium Journal, vol. 3, p. 45, October 2, 1930.

12. Live Sea Anemones shipped from Steinhart Aquarium to Australia.

< Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, p. 48, November 2, 1930.

13. The Balanced Salt Water Aquarium. <Aquarium Journal, vol. 3,

p. 49, November 2, 1930.

14. Bibliography of Goldfishes. <Aquarium Journal, vol. 3, p. 55,

December 4, 1930.

15. [Annual Report] Department of Steinhart Aquarium [for the year

1929]. <Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 560-
561, Aprils, 1930.

Slevin, Joseph R.

1. [Report], Department of Herpetology [for 1929]. <Proc. Calif.

Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 554-555, April 8, 1930.

2. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology, X. Korea or Chosen.

<Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 19, no. 10, pp. 105-108, July 15,
1930.

3. Further Notes on the Genus Ensatina in California. <Copeia,

no. 3, pp. Tl-1?>, September 30, 1930.

4. A Note on the Discovery of the Genus Typhlops in the Hawaiian

Islands. <Copeia, no. 4, p. 158, December 31, 1930.

Swarth, Harry S.

1. [Report] Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy [for 1929).

<Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 556-558,
April 8, 1930.

2. Notes on the Avifauna of the Atlin Region, British Columbia.

<Condor, vol. 32, no. 4, pp. 216-217, July 15, 1930.

3. Nesting of the Timberline Sparrow. < Condor, vol. 32, no. 5, pp.

255-257, 1 text fig., September 15, 1930.

4. [Biographical notice of] Frank Aleman Leach. <Auk, vol. 47,

no. 2, pp. 308-309, April, 1930.

Tose, Frank.

1. [Annual Report] Department of Exhibits [for 1929]. <Proc. Calif.

Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, April 8, 1930.

2. Technical Section of the American Association of Museums an-

nounces program and asks help of museum preparators; also
open letter from the Chairman. < Museum News, vol. 7, no. 8,
October 15, 1929.

3. Comments upon the habitat groups in the California Academy of

Sciences. < Museum News, vol. 7, no. 10, November 15, 1929.

456 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Phoc. 4th Ser.

4. Reproducing wet earth. < Museum News, vol. 7, no. 15, February

1, 1930.

5. The Scale Model Group. <Museum News, vol. 7, no. 18, March

15, 1930.

Van Duzee, E. P.

1. [Report] Department of Entomology [for 1929]. <Proc. Calif.

Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 18, no. 18, pp. 550-552, April 8, 1930.

2. Book Reviews (Wright, List of Butterflies of San Diego Co., Calif.;

Hussey, General Catalogue of the Hemiptera, Pyrrhocoridae).
<Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 6, p. 144, March 15, 1930.

3. A New Empoasca. < Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 6, no. 4, p. 148,

May 3, 1930.

4. Concerning Scientific Names. < Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 6,

no. 4, p. 166, May 3, 1930.

5. Book Review (Comstock's Manual for the Study of Insects, new

edition). <Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 7, no. 1, p. 4, Sep-
tember 26, 1930.

6. (Note on) Lepidomys irrenosa Guen6e. < Pan-Pacific Entomologist,

vol. 7, no. 1, p. 8, September 26, 1930.

7. Necrology, Dr. William Barnes. < Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 7,

no. 1, p. 16, September 26, 1930.

8. A New Bedunia. <Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 7, no. 2, p. 64,

December 12, 1930.

9. Book Review (Brookings Institution. Service Monograph. No. 60.

United States Bureau of Entomology). < Pan-Pacific Ento-
mologist, vol. 7, no. 2, p. 69, December 12, 1930.

10. (Note on) The Norman R. Gunn Collection of Butterflies. < Pan-

Pacific Entomologist, vol. 7, no. 2, p. 72, December 12, 1930.

11. Editorial Comment (on stability of Nomenclature). < Pan-Pacific

Entomologist, vol. 7, no. 2, p. 96, December 12, 1930.

Acknowledgments

The number of those who in the past year have donated valu-
able specimens to the Museum or the Aquarium, or who have
assisted the Academy in other ways, has been large. To all who
have shown their interest in the Academy in these or other
ways, and their appreciation of what the Academy is doing for
the public and for science, grateful thanks are given. The re-
search collections in every department have been enriched by
the many large and valuable collections which have been re-
ceived. The educational value and the beauty of the Aquarium

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 457

has been enhanced by the many donations of specimens by
friends.

Special mention should be made of the courtesies extended
to the Academy by the Southern Pacific Company, the Atchi-
son, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway System, the Matson Navi-
gation Company, and the Los Angeles Steamship Company.
Each of these companies continues to assist the Academy by
supplying reduced transportation to members of the staff when
engaged in scientific research in the field.

Needs of the Museum

The needs of the Museum are many. Perhaps the most im-
portant of the urgent needs is that of new buildings. We
need more than double the space we now have for our research
collections and our research work. Thirty-two large metal
herbarium cases, every one filled with specimens of inestimable
value, are out in the hall of the second floor of the Research
Wing. The departments of entomology, paleontology, and
ornithology and mammalogy, are as badly congested ; each has
much of its research or reference material stored in the base-
ment, placed out in the halls, or in cases stacked so high as to
be very difficult of access. The Library is suffering very
seriously because of lack of room. It is not possible to ar-
range the books and pamphlets as they should be, nor is it
possible to classify and store our duplicates properly.

The Academy's stock of its own publications (Proceedings
and Occasional Papers) now fills the janitor's room in the
Research Wing, much of the Check-room, and most of the
hall on the lower floor of the Research Wing, a condition in-
tolerable and rendering the proper care and safety of the books
impossible.

In addition to all this there are many collections and indi-
vidual specimens of educational interest stored in the base-
ment where they cannot be made available for display or any
other purpose.

The proposed East Wing upon which construction work is
expected to begin early this year, will relieve this condition to
some extent, as it is the intention to transfer to the new build-
ing the departments of Entomology and Ichthyology, and the

453 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Offices of Administration. This will relieve the space now
occupied by those departments and make it available for the
departments that remain in the West Wing.

The second great need is more room for public exhibition
purposes. The third pressing need is a modern up-to-date
auditorium.

Accessions for the Year 1930

Department of Botany

Anderson, Frank M., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 10 speci-
mens of plants from Colombia, South America. Gift.

Arnold Arboretum, The, Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts: 211 specimens of trees
and shrubs from Kew, England. Exchange.

Augsbury, Mrs. John C, 3799 Washington Street, San Francisco: 12 botanical
specimens from Indio, California. Gift.

Branson, Ivan, 1290 Hayes Street, San Francisco: 26 botanical specimens from
Kit Carson Pass, California. Gift.

Donat, Dr. Tehuelches — F. C. E., Gob, Santa Cruz, Argentina: 100 botanical
specimens from Argentina. Purchase.

Eastwood, Miss Alice, CaUfomia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 187
botanical specimens from Arizona and 144 from California; 11 botanical
specimens from Panama. Exploration.

FoUett, Mrs. W. I., 157 Ronado Street, Oakland, Calif. : 1 1 botanical specimens
from Plumas County, California. Gift.

Grant, J. M., Mar>'sville, Washington: 29 specimens of plants from Marysville,
Washington. Gift.

Hart, Cecil, 132 N. 3rd Street, Montebello, California: 55 botanical specimens
from California. Gift.

Hilend, Miss Martha, University of CaHfomia at Los Angeles: 14 specimens
of California plants. Gift.

Hoffmann, Ralph, Santa Barbara Museum, Santa Barbara, Cahfornia: 276
botanical specimens from the Channel Islands and southern California;
86 specimens of California plants. Gift.

Howell, John Thomas, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 5,310
specimens of California plants; 2,907 specimens of plants for exchange.
Gift. 500 specimens of California plants. Exploration.

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 459

Jackson, Belle R., San Rafael, California: 30 specimens of California plants.
Gift.

Jones, Katherine D., University of California, Berkeley, Calif.: IS specimens
of exotic plants. Gift.

Jones, Marcus, Pomona College, Claremont, Calif.: 561 specimens of western
plants. Purchase.

Jussel, M. S., 473 45th Street, Oakland, Calif.: 440 specimens of California
plants. Gift.

Keck, David D., Carnegie Laboratory, Stanford University, Calif.: 21 speci-
mens of plants from western states. Gift.

Kelly, Isabel T., Museum of Anthropology, Berkeley, Calif.: 71 specimens of
California plants. Gift.

Kramer, A. W., Susanville, California: 38 botanical specimens from Lassen
National Park. Gift.

Larson, Enid, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 11 specimens
of California plants. Gift.

Mexia, Mrs. Ynez, Berkeley, Calif.: 100 botanical specimens from Mexico.
Purchase.

Peirson, Frank M., 1077 New York Avenue, Altadena, California: 90 speci-
mens of California plants. Gift.

Phelps, Mrs. Kate E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 27
botanical specimens from St. Helena, California. Gift.

Rose, Mrs. C. F., 1444 Chestnut Street, San Francisco: 19 California plants.
Gift.

Rose, Lewis S., 2165 Jackson Street, San Francisco: 165 specimens of California
plants. Gift.

Sutliffe, Mrs. E. C, 700 Lake Street, San Francisco: 39 specimens of Hepaticae.
Gift.

University of California, Berkeley, California: 352 specimens of California
plants. Exchange.

University of Montreal, 1265 Rue Sainte-Denis, Montreal, Canada: 556 speci-
mens of Canadian plants. Exchange.

Van Dyke, Mrs. Edwin C, 2440 Stuart Street, Berkeley, Calif.: 472 specimens
from the western states, botanical. Ptu-chase.

Venturi, S., Tucuman, Argentina: 328 botanical specimens from Argentina.
Purchase.

4^ CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Walther, Eric, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: 475 specimens of exotic
plants. Gift.

Wolf, Carl B., Stanford University, Palo Alto, California: 941 botanical speci-
mens from the western states and Mexico. Purchase.

Department of Entomology

Barrett, Ralph E., Saticoy, Calif.: 162 miscellaneous insects. Gift.

Blaisdell, Dr. F. E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 72 mis-
cellaneous insects and 3 scientific publications. Gift.

Bryan, Edwin H., Bishop Museum, Honolulu, T. H.: 275 insects from Penn-
sylvania. Gift.

Comstock, Dr. John A., Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles,
Calif.: 13 moths {Lithoprosopus coachellcB and Gloveria dolores). Gift.

Davidson, Mrs. M. E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 48 mis-
cellaneous insects from Panama. Gift.

Dodge, E. A., Santa Cruz, Calif.: 403 Lepidoptera, including a named series of
skippers (Hesperidae). Gift.

Gunn, Mrs. Joseph, Berkeley, California: A collection of 3,300 butterflies pre-
pared by the late Norman Gunn. Gift.

Heid, Graham, 1239 Bay Street, Alameda, California: 63 butterflies from
Japan. Gift.

Knowlton, G. F., Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan, Utah: 98 mis-
cellaneous insects from Utah. Gift.

Light, Dr. S. F., University of California, Berkeley, Calif: 30 miscellaneous
insects from Lower California. Gift.

Leach, Mr. E. R., 117 Hillside Avenue, Piedmont, Cahf. : 28 miscellaneous
insects. Gift.

Martin, J. O., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 5,540 miscella-
neous insects from Texas and Arizona. Exploration.

Slevin, Joseph, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 430 miscella-
neous insects from Australia. Gift.

Slevin, L. S., Carmel, Calif.: 1032 insects from Carmel, Calif. Gift.

Smith, H. M., Singapore, Siam, through Dr. B. W. Evermann: 119 insects,
mostly butterflies from Siam. Gift.

Strohbeen, J. B., .Santa Cruz, California: 39 miscellaneous insects from Oregon.
Gift.

Swarth, George, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 990 miscel-
laneous insects, largely butterflies, from Atlin, B. C. Purchase.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 45I

Swarth, Morton, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 70 butter-
flies from Atlin, B. C. Gift.

Timberlake, Dr. P. H., Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, Calif.: 227 bees,
mostly para types in genus Perdita. Gift.

Van Duzee, E. P., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1320 mis-
cellaneous insects from the Sierra foothills; 743 insects from Inyo and
Mono covmties, California. Exploration.

Van Duzee, M. C, Buffalo, New York: 25 moths from Cattarangus County,
New York. Gift.

Van Dyke, Dr. E. C, University of California, Berkeley, California: 2854 in-
sects other than Coleoptera, from Rocky Mountain Region; 248 insects
from Sequoia National Park, California. Gift.

Wright, W. S., San Diego Society of Natural History, San Diego, Calif.: 48
miscellaneous insects from San Diego County, Calif. Gift.

Zschokke, T. O., Palo Alto, Calif.: 2510 miscellaneous insects from Panama.
Purchase.

Zimmerman, E. C, 9422 Foothill Blvd., Oakland, California: 10 beetles from
Pangal, Chili. Gift.

Department of Exhibits
Fleishhacker Zoo, San Francisco: 1 female Chimpanzee. Gift.

Johnson, Mrs. Martin, 651 Alvarado Street; San Francisco: 1 motmted male
Japanese Pheasant {Phasianus versicolor) and 1 artifact: Head and body
of Copper Pheasant {Phasianus soemmerringi) , tail of Japanese Pheasant
(Phasianus versicolor). Gift.

McAllister, M. Hall, CaUfornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 11
mounted specimens, as follows: 1 Wood-duck; 1 California Quail;
1 Mountain Quail; 1 Brant Goose; 1 Sage Hen; 1 Mallard Duck; 1 Deer
Head; 4 sets of Deer antlers. Gift.

Stoney, Mrs. George M., 2660 Scott Street, San Francisco, California: 1
mounted head of American Bison. Gift.

Department of Fishes
Anonymous: 1 dried Pinecone Fish {Monocentrus japonicus) from Japan. Gift.

Australian Museum, Sydney, Australia: 1 specimen of Neoceratodus forsteri
Giinther. Exchange.

Campbell, Berry, 138 North Poppy Street, Monrovia, California: 4 specimens
of Temeculina orcutti, from Crystal Lake, Los Angeles County, Cali-
fornia. Gift.

4^2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Davidson, Mrs. Mary E. McLellan, California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco: 1 shark {Carcharias lamiella) from San Jose de Guatemala,
Jan. 17, 1930. Gift.

Gudger, E. W., American Museum of Natural History, New York City, New
York: 10 specimens including 7 species of South American fishes. Gift.

Hildebrand, S. F., Beaufort, North Carolina: 1 Lobotes surinamensis from New-
port River, Beaufort, N. C, and 3 specimens of Pomatomus saltatrix
from Beaufort Harbor, N. C. Gift.

Laycock, H., Rosario Mines, San Juancito, Honduras: 1 Four-eyed Fish
(Anableps dovii). Gift.

Reid, J. T., Oroville, Butte County, California: 2 Small-mouth Black Bass
(Micropterus dolomieu) from Tuttle Lake, Placer County, CaHf. Gift.

Rougier, Emmanuel, Christmas Island, South Pacific Ocean: 20 small fishes
including 13 species. Gift.

Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco: 13 specimens of fi.shes including 12 species.
Gift.

United States Bureau of Fisheries, Grand Station, Louisiana: 2 specimens of
Lohates surinamensis taken about 5 miles off Grand Terre, Louisiana,
in open sea. Gift.

Department of Herpetology

Barnard, Charles, Queensland, Australia: 11 frogs, 1 lizard, 2 snakes from
Queensland, Australia. Gift.

Davidson, S. B., Route 7, Box 635, Ft. Worth, Texas: 1 lizard {Phrynoioma
cornutum) and 2 toads, spec. ? from Ft. Worth, Texas. Gift.

Erwin, Richard P., Boise, Idaho: 2 Rattlesnakes {Crotalus c.lutosus) 15 miles
south of Boise. Gift.

Evermann, Dr. Barton Warren, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco: 1 salamander (Triturus torosus) from Papermill Creek, Marin
County, California. Gift.

Fisher, Russell, Lake Maxinkuckee, Indiana: 4 Box Turtles (2 Terrapene ornata
and 2 Terrapene Carolina), from Lake Maxinkuckee, Indiana. Gift.

Hibbard, Charles W., Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco: 1 snake {Crotalus
oreganus), from Coronados Islands, Mexico. Gift.

Hubbe, Mrs. M. S., Millbrae, California: 1 Gopher Snake {Pituophis catenijer).
Gift.

Johnson, Kenneth, Sacramento, Calif.: 1 Gopher Snake {Pituophis catenijer
catenijer) from Sacramento, California. Gift.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 453

Klauber, L. M., San Diego, Calif.: 1 lantern slide of Garter Snake; 1 lizard

{Cnemidophorus tessellatus stejnegeri), from South Coronado Island, /^N^' ' X>B 1^

Lower California, Mexico. Gift. f-^/^ ^a

Knowlton, G. F., Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Logan, Utah: 1 lizard jj^ 1 L f 3 ' R >

(Uta stansburiana stansburiana) from Hardup, Utah. Gift. \.^\

San Diego Zoological Society (Through L. M. Klauber) : 28 Rattlesnakes, from X^^J^^ a &^

Arizona; 10 Croialus c. confluentus; 12 Crotalus scutulatus; 6 Crotalus \, ^

atrox. Purchase.

Slater, J. R., Tacoma, Washington: 2 frogs (Rana pretiosa), from Davenport,
Wash.; 7 salamanders {Plethodon intermedins), from Green Gorge, Pierce
County, Washington; 2 salamanders {Anibystoma paroticum), from
Sol Due Hot Springs, Clallam Co., Washington. Gift.

Slevin, Joseph, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 10 snakes and
38 lizards from San Diego, Riverside, and Imperial counties, CaUfomia;
2571 reptiles and batrachians from Australia and 7 lizards from Pago
Pago, Samoa. Exploration. 1 salamander {Ensatina eschscholtzii)
from Carmel, California. Gift.

Sutkamp, Mrs. A. C, San Francisco: 1 Galapagos Island Sea Iguana. Gift.

Trost, H., San Francisco: 10 lizards {Gerrhonotus caeruleus), from Camp
Meeker, Sonoma Co., California. Gift.

Van Dyke, Dr. E. C, University of California, Berkeley, Calif.: 1 lizard (Ples-
tiodon skiltonianus) from Sequoia National Park, California. Gift.

Department of Library

Academia Sinica, Shanghai, China: 1 pamphlet: Academia Sinica with its Re-
search Institutes, 1929. Gift.

Adams, Wallace, Philippine Bureau of Science, Manila, P. I.: 1 pamphlet,
1 bound volume, and 27 periodicals. Gift.

American Gas Association, 420 Lexington Ave., New York, N. Y. : 1 copy,
Selected Bibliography of Articles on the Industrial Uses of Gas, by
C. George Segeler. Gift.

Anderson, Frank M., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 pam-
phlet and 2 unbound voliunes on paleontology and 1 serial: Stanford
University Bulletin, 5th Ser., No. 98, July 31, 1930. Gift.

Associated Oil Company, 79 New Montgomery Street, San Francisco: 1
geological pamphlet. Gift.

Bailey, L. G., Ithaca, New York: 1 pamphlet: Statements on the Systematic
Study of Variables. Gift.

454 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Baker, Frank Collins, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois: 7 pamphlets by
Frank Collins Baker on paleontology. Gift.

Baldwin, Charles W., Kuahina Drive, Honolulu, Hawaii: 3 pamphlets by D. D.
Baldwin on Hawaii, and 2 periodicals: Hawaii's Young People, May,
June, 1900. Gift.

Beloit College, Beloit, Wisconsin: 1 calendar: Mural Paintings at the Logan
Museum, Beloit College. Gift.

Besuden, Miss H. Dorothy, Librarian, University of Ohio: 1 copy, California
Academy of Sciences Proceedings, 3rd Series, Geology, Vol. 1, No. 2.
Gift.

California Association of Nurserymen, The, 340 San Pedro Street, Los Angeles,
Calif.: 1 volume: Kruckeberg, Henry W. : George Christian Roeding,
1868-1928. Gift.

California State Chamber of Commerce, Ferry Building, San Francisco: 1 pam-
phlet : A Survey of Economic Research and Sources of Data Regarding
California; a reference catalogue and index. Gift.

Canadian National Parks Commission, Ottawa, Canada: 4 pamphlets: Water-
ton Lakes Park; Banff, Kootenay and Yoho National Parks; Jasper
Trails; and Prince Albert National Park. Gift.

Church, C. C, Associated Oil Company, San Francisco: 1 pamphlet: Program,
Seventh Annual Meeting of the Pacific Section, Association of Petroleum
Geologists, Los Angeles, 1930. Gift.

Clark, H. Walton, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 26 scientific
periodicals. Gift.

Cleveland Museum of Natural History, Cleveland, Ohio: 3 pamphlets:
Nature Trails in Cleveland, A Bit of Tanganyika, and Episodes of the
Amundsen-Ellsworth Arctic FUghts. Gift.

Collins, Ross A., 5th District, Mississippi, House of Representatives, Wash-
ington, D. C. : 1 separate from the Congressional Record. Gift.

Consorzio Nazionale Produttori Zucchero: 1 pamphlet: Menozzi, Carlo: Insetti
Dennosi alia Barbabietola. Gift.

Cornwall, Ira, William Head, Box 850, Victoria, B. C, Canada: 94 copies of
California Academy of .Sciences Publications. Gift.

Cowles, Thomas, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 copy,
Special Libraries, Vol. 20, 1929 title page and index; 12 pamphlets;
16 serials on Ubrary work, and 31 numbers of periodicals. Gift.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 19 SO 455

Crocker, C. H., 602 Balfour Building, San Francisco: 1 copy each of California
Academy of Sciences Occasional Papers 13 and 14; Proceedings Vol.
XV, Nos. 17 and 18; Vol. XVI, Nos. 1-24 and index; Vol. XVIII, Nos.
13-16. Gift.

Davidson, Mrs. M. E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 69 pub-
lications. Gift.

Eastwood, Miss Alice, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 3 pam-
phlets, 223 periodicals and 42 miscellaneous publications. Gift.

Emergency Conservation Committee, 3548 Tyron Avenue, New York, N. Y. :
1 pamphlet: Quinn, Davis: The Antelope's S. O. S. Oct., 1930. Gift.

Espana-Calpe, S. A., Madrid, Spain: 1 map: Mapa geologica de Espana, por
M. Fatu-a y Sans. Gift.

Evermann, Dr. Barton Warren, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco: 3 pamphlets, 2 periodicals, 342 parts of publications, and 243
separates. Gift.

Exposition Internationale de la Grande Industrie, Sciences et Applications
de I'Art Wallon Ancien, Liege, Belgium: 2 pamphlets on the Exposi-
tion. Gift.

Felippone, Dr. Florentin, Uruguay, South America: 2 separates: Felippone, F.:
Contribution a la Flora Br>'ologique de I'Uruguay. (Revue BryolOgique,
56 annee, t. II, fasc. 3-4, 1929); Contribution a la Flora Mycologique de
I'Uruguay. (Annales de Crj'togamie Exotique, t. I, fasc. 1, 1928). Gift.

Femald, M. L., 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts: 2 scientific
pamphlets. Gift.

Fritzen, Theophil Leonard, 3011 Jackson Street, San Francisco: 159 copies of
Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 6 Occasional Papers;
8 pamphlets on National Parks; 1 pamphlet on Camp Sanitation and
Housing; 8 indexes to the National Geographic Magazine. Gift.

Geiser, S. W., Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas: 1 excerpt:
Geiser, S. W.; Pioneer Lies in Unnamed Grave, Dallas Morning News,
February 23, 1930, pg. 3. Gift.

Grand Canyon National Park: 3 pamphlets: McKee, Edwin D.: Preliminary
Check List of the Mammals of the Grand Canyon, Preliminary Check
List of the Birds of the Grand Canyon, and Preliminary Check List of
the Reptiles and Amphibians of the Grand Canyon. Gift.

Grunsky, Dr. C. E., President, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco:
1 pamphlet of the International Mediterranean Research Association
of Rome. Gift.

May 29, 1931

456 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Hall, William Hammond, 3855 Jackson Street, San Francisco: 8 boxes of mis-
cellaneous publications on engineering. Gift.

Hanna, Dr. G. Dallas, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 bound
volume, 8 serials, 2 photostats, 4 maps, 6 parts of volumes, 478 periodi-
cals, 73 pamphlets, and 36 separates. Gift.

Harrison & Sons, Ltd., 44-47 St. Martin's Lane, London, W. C. 2, England:
2 chemical pamphlets. Gift.

Herrera, A. L., Laboratoire d'Analyses Chimiques, Biologiques et Industriels.
Ciudad de Mexico: 1 separate: Herrera, A. L. : Sur 1' Imitation des
Chromosomes, etc. Gift.

Hertlein, Dr. L. G., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 pam-
phlet: General Report on the Properties of the Alberta Pacific Consoli-
dated Oils Limited, 1929; 1 copy. College Algebra, by William Benja-
min Fite; 12 miscellaneous pamphlets. Gift.

Industrial Relations, California Department of, Sacramento, Calif.: 1 copy,
Labor Laws of the State of California, 1929. Gift.

Kelly, Mrs. G. Earle, Alameda, Calif.: 24 copies of California Academy of
Sciences publications. Gift.

Kinsey, Alfred C, Waterman Institute for Scientific Research, Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Indiana: 1 volume on Gall Wasps. Gift.

Koebele, Mrs. Albert, Waldkirch, Germany: 2 copies of a pamphlet: Fr. V.
Koch: Albert Koebele, 1930. Gift.

Lastreto, C. B., 260 California Street, San Francisco: Proceedings, C. A. S.,
4th Series, Vol. 17, Nos. 11 and 12, Vol. 18, Nos. 4-16, and 67 pamphlets.
Gift.

Lowell Observatory, Flagstaff, Arizona: 1 astronomical pamphlet. Gift.

Mailliard, Joseph, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 copy,
Bird News, Vol. 1, No. 2 (March-April, 1909); 1 copy, Bird News,
Vol. 1, No. 2; 2 numbers of 3rd Series and 31 numbers of the 4th Series
of the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences; Proceedings
of the California Academy of Sciences, 3rd Series, Zoology, Vol. IV^,
Nos. 4 and 5 (2 copies); 4th Series, Vol. I, pp. 405-430; Vol. II, Pt. I,
No. 11; Vol. Ill, pp. 1-56, 73-264, 391-454; Vol. IV, No. 1-6; Vol. V,
No. 1-4, 6; Vol. VI, No. 1-3; Vol. VII, No. 10-11; Vol. IX, No. 6; Vol.
X, No. 1-4; 1 copy Birds of Golden Gate Park. Gift.

McAllister, M. Hall, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 copy,
Official Guide Book to the New York Zoological Park, and 12 miscella-
neous pamphlets. Gift.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 457

McGuire, Ignatius, Princeton University, N. J.: 1 separate: Bull, of the Geol.
Soc. of Amer., Vol. 41, pp. 181-227.

Merriam, Dr. C. Hart: 1 pamphlet: Merriam, C. Hart: The New River Indians
Tlo-hom-tah'-hoi. Gift.

National Research Council, Washington, D. C: 1 unbound volume. Gift.

Needham, James G., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York: 1 unbound vol-
ume: Zoologia Sinica. Series A. Volume 2. Gift.

Nielsen Company, Chicago, Illinois: 1 pamphlet: Nielsen Survey; Armstrong's
Cork Machinery Isolation used by Cleveland Museum, of Art. Gift.

Oppenheimer, Julius, 1262 Russ Building, San Francisco: California Academy
of Sciences Proceedings, Vol. 2, pt. 2, No. 18 (2 copies); Vol. 11, index;
Vol. 12, index (2 copies); Vol. 13, No. 27 & 28, index; Vol. 14, No. 1-20
(2 copies of 18, 19, 20); Vol. 15, No. 1-18 (2 copies of 1-11); Vol. 16, No.
1-18, 20-24, index; Vol. 17, No. 1-5, 7-12; Vol. 18, No. 4-12; Occasional
Papers 11-12, 14-16; Constitution and By-Laws of Sept. 5, 1925. Gift.

Older, Benjamin, 1262 Russ Building, San Francisco, Calif.: Proc. C. A. S.,
4th Series; Index, Vol. 17; Index Vol. 18 and Vol. 18, No. 17; Vol. 19,
Nos. 1-10. Gift.

Palmer, Dr. T. S., United States Biological Survey, Washington, D. C: 1 copy.
Officers and Committee of the American Ornithologists' Union, 1930.
Gift.

Peers, Susie M., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 241 periodi-
cals: The Business Woman and current issues of Science for 1930; 21
copies of Golden Gate Pathfinder; 1 pamphlet: Deutsches Museum,
Munich, Brief guide, official edition; 3 pamphlets; 1 pamphlet: Inau-
guration of Robert Gordon Sproul as President of the University of Cali-
fornia, October 22, 1930, Berkeley; 1 newspaper: The Daily Californian,
Berkeley, Calif., Wednesday, Oct. 22, 1930. Gift.

Pennsylvania Geological Survey, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania: 1 pamphlet: The
resources of Pennsylvania in a nutshell, prepared by the Penna. Geo-
logical Survey. Gift.

Phillips, Mabel E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 2 pam-
phlets : The Passion Play at Oberammergau ; 1 pamphlet ; 3 periodicals ;
4 newspapers. Gift.

Riedy, Charles C, 28 Geary Street, San Francisco: 323 separates, 141 parts of
volumes, and 11 volumes, all on scientific subjects. Gift.

Rixford, G. P., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 copy. The
Journal of Heredity, V. 21, No. 3, March, 1930. Gift.

453 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Royal Packet Navigation Company, 444 Market Street, San Francisco: 1 pam-
phlet on Java. Gift.

Sampson, W. F., 15th Floor, 215 Market Street, San Francisco: California
Academy of Sciences Occasional Papers No. 15; Proceedings, Vol. 16,
No. 15; Vol. 17, Nos. 1-7, 9-10; Vol. 18, Nos. 4-9, 11, 14-16. Gift.

Savage, Grace O.: 1 pamphlet: Savage, Grace O. : Printed treasures in the
library of the United States Naval Observatory. Gift.

Show, S. B., Regional Forester, California Region, Forest Service, Ferrj^ Build-
ing, San Francisco: 1 pamphlet: S. B. Show: How the national forests
of California benefit the state. (U. S. Agric. Mis. Pub. No. 82) 1930.
Gift.

Smith, Gertrude M., Department of Zoology, Univ. of British Colvunbia, Van-
cover, B. C: 1 pamphlet: Detailed Anatomy of Triturus torosus. Gift.

Society of California Pioneers, 5 Pioneer Place, San Francisco: 2 reprints from
the Condor; 5 pamphlets pertaining to early history of the Academy;
C. A. S. Proceedings, 1st series, 2 nos.; Proc. 2nd series, 5 nos., repre-
senting 3 vols.; Proc. 3rd series, Mathematics-Physics, Vol. I, Botany;
Vol. II, Nos. 4 and 11, Zoology Vol. I, Nos. 2 and 3, Vol. IV, Nos. 4 and
5, Index to Vol. IV, 3rd Ser. Zoology, Vol. I, No. 1 and Title page and
index to Vol. II ; parts of 14 volumes of the 4th series of the Proceedings;
Occasional Papers Nos. 5, 10, 11; Constitution and By-Laws, 1915,
1921, 1925; Memoriams to Benjamin B. Redding and Dr. Hans H. Behr;
13 old publications of the California Academy of Sciences. Gift.

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles, California: 1 pamphlet
on Lepidoptera. Gift.

Special Libraries Association, 11 Nisbet Street, Providence, Rhode Island:
1 pamphlet: Special Libraries Association Information Bulletin, No. 5.
Gift.

Steinbeck, W. P., Stockton, California: California Academy of Sciences Pro-
ceedings, Vol. 12, No. 29, 30; Vol. 15, No. 1; Vol. 17, No. 3; Vol. 18,
No. 12. Gift.

Swarth, H. S., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 54 publications
on scientific subjects. Gift. 4

Thompson, Robert L., Jr., 726 11th Avenue, San Francisco: 10 pamphlets on
the National Parks. Gift.

Tose, Frank, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 copy of Science.
Gift.

United Fruit Company, 17 Battery Place, New York, N. Y.: 1 book: The
Romance and Rise of the American Tropics, by Samuel Crowther. Gift.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 459

U. S. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, San Francisco: 1 unbound
volume: Taiifif Act of 1930. Gift.

University of California, College of Agriculture, Davis, California: Occasional
Papers C. A. S. XIII and XIV, Vol. XI, No. 9; Vol. XIV, No. 1, Vol.
XVI, No. 19; Vol. XVII 1, 2, 4, 5-7; Bulletin Dept. of Geology, Univ.
of CaUf., Vol. 3. Gift.

Vanadium Corporation of America, New York, N. Y. : 1 pamphlet: Petinot,
N. : Vanadium additions improve steel. Gift.

Van Duzee, E. P., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 41 scientific
publications. Gift.

Van Oosten, John, in charge Great Lakes Fishery Investigations, U. S. Bureau
of Fisheries: 1 pamphlet: Some fisheries problems on the Great Lakes,
by Dr. John Van Oosten (Reprinted from v. 50, 1929 Trans, of the
American Fisheries Society). Gift.

Ward, Rowland, 167 Piccadilly, London, W. 1.: 1 pamphlet: The Orleans
natural history trophies. Gift.

Ward, Miss Shirley, 537 Bush Street, Mountain View, California: 35 numbers
of California Academy of Sciences, 4th Series, Proceedings, and 4 num-
bers of the Occasional Papers. Gift.

Willcutt, George B., Market Street Railway Co., San Francisco: California
Academy of Sciences Occasional Papers No. 10, Vols. 1 and 2 ; Proceed-
ings, Vol. 12, No. 3. Gift.

Windele, Annette, American Trust Company, 464 California Street, San
Francisco: Occasional Papers No. 11-13; Constitution and By-Laws,
1925 ; 79 nos. representing 9 vols, of Calif. Academy Sci. Proc. 4th Series.
Gift.

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Madison, Wisconsin: A large number of Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences Publications comprising numbers of the
2nd, 3rd, and 4th Series of the Proceedings and four Occasional Papers
and three issues of the Constitution and By-Laws. Gift.

Yuhasz, Michael, Sr., Homestead, Pennsylvania: 1 pamphlet on Czecho-
slovakia. Gift.

Miscellaneous

Rixford, G. P., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 brick from
the Russian Station on Farallon Islands. Gift.

Van Valkenburgh, Peter, 45 Annanino Court, Oakland, California: 1 Indian
basket from Lassen County. Gift.

470 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Alexander, Miss Jacklyn, 1198 Dolores Street, San Francisco: 1 Orsted's Titi
Monkey {Saimiri orstedii orstedii). Gift.

Anonymous: 1 Ashy Petrel (Oceanodronia homochroa). Gift.

Bailey, A. M., Chicago Academy of Sciences, Chicago, Illinois: 1 Goshawk
{Astur gentilis genlilis) from Germany. Gift.

Bailey, Bernard, San Marcos, California : 340 mammals and 27 birds. Purchase.

Barkan, Mrs. Hans, 3653 Jackson Street, San Francisco: 1 Quetzal (Pharo-
machrus mocinno). Gift.

Barker, Fred, Parker's Prairie, Minnesota: 4 bird skins from Minnesota. Pur-
chase.

Bassett, F. N., 91 Merced Ave., San Francisco: 7 mammals from Sonoma
County, California. Gift.

Boatright, C. R., 534 Eleventh Ave., San Francisco: 2 Nicobar Pigeons
{Calcenas nicobarica), 1 Bob- white {Colinus virginianus), 1 Copper
Pheasant {Syrmaticus scemmerringi) , and 1 Wood Duck {Aix sponsa).
Aviary specimens. Gift.

Bull, D. B., Bethel, Alaska: 23 sets of eggs and 1 bird skin from Argentina.
Purchase.

Classen, J. W., Menlo Park, California: Eggs of Chachalaca {Or talis vetula
mccalli), l/3. From aviary bird. Gift.

Davidson, Mrs. M. E., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 366
bird skins from Panama. Exploration.

Davidson, S., Route 7, Box 635, Ft. Worth, Texas: 7 bird skins from Alameda
and San Mateo counties, California. Gift.

Downes, B., Route 5, Box 370A, Watsonville, Calif: 1 Hoary Bat (Nycteris
cinerea) from Santa Cruz County, California. Gift.

Ellsworth, Mrs. E., Turlock, CaUf.: 1 Cobalt Love-bird {Melopsitlacus undu-
latus). Gift.

Emerson, W. Otto, Palm Cottage, Hayward, Calif.: 1 White-tailed Kite
{Elanus leucurus) from Alameda County, California. Gift.

Fishes, Department of, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 South
American Bat. Transferred to Dept. of Mammalogy.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 ^y\

Fleishhacker Zoo, San Francisco: 1 Cassowary {Casuarius australis). Gift.

Gifford, E. W., Museum of Anthropology, University of California, San Fran*
Cisco: 1 Galapagos Dove (Nesopelia galapagoensis) \ 1 Dove {Columba
maculosa). Gift.

Hanna, Dr. G. Dallas, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 Wild
Cat {Lynx calif ornicus) . Gift.

Hedges, C. F., Coolin, Idaho: 4 Gray Ruffed Grouse {Bonasa umhellus umbel-
loides) from Idaho. Purchase.

Heid, Graham, 1239 Bay Street, Alameda, California: 1 Bronzed Crackle
{Quiscalus quisctila ceneus) from Illinois. Gift.

Hibbard, Charles W., Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco: 1 Nuttall Sparrow
{Zonotrichia niUtalli) from San Francisco; 1 Egret {Casmerodius egretta)
from Glenn County, California; 1 Great Blue Heron, female. Gift.

Holm, A., Redwood City, California: 1 Kangaroo Rat {Dipodomys heermanni
goldmani); 1 California Shrew Mole from the south arm of Portola Val-
ley, San Mateo County, California. Gift.

Hooper Foundation for Medical Research, Affiliated Colleges, San Francisco:

1 Gibbon {Hylobatus, sp. ?). Gift.

Home's Zoological Arena Co., Altadena, Calif.: 2 Malay Squirrels {Sciurus
erythrcEUs). Gift.

Jacot, E. C, P. O. Box 462, Prescott, Arizona: 2 Azure Bluebirds {Sialia sialis
fulva) from Arizona. Gift.

Jager, H. E., 256 Hanover Ave., Oakland, Calif.: 1 Macaw {Ara niacao), and
3 Tovi Paroquets {Brologeris jugularis), aviar>' specimens. Gift.

Jordan, G. A., Jordan Game Farm, R. F. D. 1, Woodland, Calif.: 2 Mikado
Pheasants {Syrmalicus mikado), 2 Cabot's Tragopan {Tragopan caholi) ,

2 Chukars {A lector is grceca), 1 Cinereous Tinamou {Nothoprocta cineras-
cens), 1 Peacock Pheasant {Polyplectron chinquis), 1 Palawan Peacock
Pheasant {Polyplectron napoleonis), 1 Copper Pheasant {Syrmalicus
soemmerringi), and 1 Malayan Crestless Fireback {Acomus erythroph-
thalmus). Aviary specimens. Gift.

Kruger, C. E., Laurel Hill, San Francisco: 1 Dusky Thrush {Turdus eunomus),
and 1 Wembere Red Bishop Bird {Euplectes orix wertheri). Aviary
specimens. Gift.

Lithuania, University of, Zoological Museum, Kaunas, Lithuania: 5 bird skins
from Lithuania. Exchange.

472 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Mailliard, Joseph, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 3 California
Pocket Gophers from Marin County, California. Gift.

McGettigan, C. C, 2644 Filbert Street, San Francisco: 2 Little Brown Cranes
(Megalornis canadensis) from Kern County, California, and 3 Tule
Geese {Anser albifrons gambelli) from Colusa County, California. Gift.

McLaren, John, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: 1 Central California Mole
(Scapanus lalimanus latimanus); 1 Swan; 1 Magpie {Pica pica hud-
sonia); 1 Chukar {Alecloris graca chukar); and 1 cygnet {Olor sp.).
Aviary specimens. Gift.

Meyer, Dr. K. F., Hooper Foundation, University of California, San Francisco:
1 Cotton's Reedbuck {Redunca redunca cottoni). Domestic. Gift.

Moore, C. C, 311 Washington Street, San Francisco: 1 California Great Blue
Heron {A'^dea herodias hyperonca) from Santa Cruz County, California.
Gift.

Morcom, G. Frean, 243 N. Coronado Street, Los Angeles, California : 92 Hum-
mingbirds from North and South America. Gift.

Mori Bird Company, 94 Golden Gate Avenue, San Francisco: 1 Mikado Pheas-
ant {Syrmaticus mikado), and 1 Malayan Crestless Fireback {Acotnus
erythrophthalmus) . Aviary specimens. Gift.

Murphy, Mrs. William, 1108 East 14th Street, Alameda, California: 8 eggs of
Pallas's Murre {Uria lomvia arra) from St. George Island, Pribilof
Group. Gift.

Peters, D. C, 315 Central Avenue, North Palo Alto, California: 1 Golden-
backed Hanging Parrot (Loriculus chrysonotus). Aviary specimen.
Gift.

Pettit, Miss Muriel, Girls' High School, San Francisco: 1 Allen's Hummingbird
{Selasphorus alleni) from San Francisco. Gift.

Pierce, J. H., 1431 Webster Street, Palo Alto, CaHfomia: 1 Yellow Cardinal
{Gubernatrix cristata) . Aviary specimen. Gift.

Reed, A. L., Tulare, California: 1 Marsh Hawk {Circus hudsonius). Gift.

Robison, A. W., 1072 Market Street, San Francisco: 1 Mealy Rosclla {Platy-
cercus pallidiceps). Aviary specimen. Gift.

Rosenberg, W. H. F., 57 Haverstock Hill, London. England: 1 Pheasant
{Phasianus colchicus); 1 Imperial Parrot {Amazona imperialis); and I
Dusky Lory {Eos fuscata) . Purchase.

Vol. XIX] EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 473

Speck, Mrs. J., 4217 25th Street, San Francisco: 1 Virginia Opossum {Didel-
phis virginiana virginiana) from Mendocino County, California. Gift.

Stansfield, J. E., Bolinas, California: 1 Homed Owl (Bubo virginianus pacificus).
Gift.

Steinbeck, J. W., 611 Bristol Avenue, Stockton, California: 3 Peacock Pheas-
ants [Polyplectron chinqiiis); 1 Fireback (Lophura ignita); 1 Bar- tailed
Cuckoo Dove {Macropygia unchall); 1 Bronze- winged Pigeon {Phaps
chalcoptera); 1 Dove {Leptoptila wellsi); and 1 Namaqua Dove {Aena
capensis). Aviary specimens. Gift.

Sterling, F., 132 Collins Street, San Francisco: 1 Grass Parakeet {Melopsittacus
undulatus). Gift.

Swarth, H. S., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 1 Nuttall Spar-
row {Zonotrichia nuUalli) from Alameda County, California. Gift.

Thompson, W. W., Middlefield Road, Redwood City, California: 1 Southern
Black-tailed Deer {Odocoileus columbianus scaphiotus) from Santa Clara
County, California. Gift.

Titus, Miss A. B., Jean Parker School, San Francisco: 1 Burrowing Owl
{Speotyto cunicularia hypogcsa). Gift.

Walther, Eric, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco: 1 Nuttall Sparrow {Zono-
trichia nuUalli) from San Francisco. Gift.

Department of Paleontology

Anderson, Frank M., and Nicholson, J. L., California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco: About 50 species of cretaceous fossils from Sacramento
Valley, California. Exploration.

Baker, Fred, Point Loma, San Diego, Calif. : 7 freshwater shells from Michigan;
parts of type lots of two -species. Gift.

Chase, Mr. and Mrs. E. P., San Pedro, Calif.: 73 marine shells from Crescent
City, California; 5 land shells from Los Angeles County; 2 land shells
from Pistol River, Oregon ; 1 1 marine shells from various places in Los
Angeles County, California; 4 land shells from Santa Ana Motm tains,
California. Gift.

Cornwall, Ira, William Head, Box 850, Victoria, B. C, Canada: 2 lots of barna-
cles and 1 lot of sponges. Gift.

Cory, Dr. W. B., Los Angeles, Calif.: 1 collection of Vaqueros Miocene fossils
from type localities. Gift.

474 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

Field, Stanley C, 1264 Redondo Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif.: 3 Micrarionla
kelletii from San Pedro and 5 Helminthoglypta arrossa (Semi-albino)
from San Mateo Point, California. Gift.

Frizzell, Don L., Seattle, Washington: 4 topotypes of Paphia restorationensis,
from Puget Sound, Washington. Gift.

Haley, Dr. George, University of San Francisco, San Francisco, Calif.: 6 speci-
mens of rocks from Bogoslof Island, Bering Sea. Gift.

Hanna, Dr. G. Dallas, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 150 land
shells from near Clear Lake, California; 300 species of marine shells,
150 species of foraminifera, and 12 samples of Miocene diatomite, all
from Catalina Island, California. Exploration.

Hanna, Dr. G. Dallas, Smith, A. G., and Nicholson, J. L., California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco: 125 species of marine shells dredged in Mon-
terey Bay. Exploration.

Heath, Dr. Harold, Hopkins Marine Station, Pacific Grove, Calif.: 500 shells
dredged from Carmel Bay, California. Gift.

Hertlein, Dr. L. G., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 3 boxes
of cretaceous fossils from Alberta, Canada. Gift.

Hickox, M. E., 1201 Bryant Street, San Francisco: 1 box of marine shells. Gift.

Hubbell, F. C, Des Moines, Iowa, through C. J. Moran, Long Beach, Calif.:
1 Barnacle, {Conchoderma virgala) attached to a Copepod {Penella
filosa), parasitic on a fish, {Xiphius gladius), from sea near Long Beach,
California. Gift.

Israelsky, Merle C, Louisiana Gas and Fuel Company, Houston, Texas: 3
pieces of Ostracod shale from Brazil. Gift.

Johnston, E. C, Petaltuna, Calif.: 20 freshwater shells from Clear Lake, Calif.
Gift.

Layer, Herman, Standard Oil Company of Nicaragua, Subway Terminal Build-
ing, Los Angeles, California: 1 specimen of Turritella from the Tertiary
of Nicaragua. Gift.

Litsey, J. L., Dallas, Texas: 2 fossil Echinoids from Florida. Gift.

O'Shaughnessy, M. M., City Engineer, San Francisco, Calif.: 1 Cretaceous
ammonite from Tesla Tunnel, Hetch Hetchy system. Gift.

Pilsbry, Dr. H. A., Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania. 4 specimens of a land snail from Otero County, New
Mexico; 4 land shells from Arizona. Gift.

Vol. XIX] EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S REPORT FOR 1930 475

Reed, C. R., U. S. S. Arctic, San Francisco: 2 specimens of Schizaster from
Puget Sound, Washington. Gift.

Slevin, Joseph, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 30 land shells
from Queensland, Australia. Gift.

Smith, A. G., Berkeley, California: 1 Cotype of Liolia smilhi. Gift.

Stevens, J. B., Fellows, Calif.: 29 Temblor Miocene fossils (bivalves and gas-
tropods). Gift.

Swarth, H. S., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco: 46 freshwater
shells from British Columbia. Gift.

Van Dyke, Dr. E. C, University of California, Berkeley, California: 1 land
shell from Big Sur, California; 1 land shell from Sequoia National Park,
California. Gift.

Williams, Mrs. M. B., 110 marine and land shells, no localities given; 1 Echi-
noid (sand dollar); 6 rock specimens (containing pyrite and galena).
Gift.

476 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th See.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 1930
January 1, 1930, Balance due Crocker First National Bank. ... $ 884.92

Receipts:

Dues $ 3,946.25

Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endow-
ment Income 1,758.75

James Lick Endowment Income 70, 781 .07

General Income 20, 893 . 98

John W. Hendrie Endowment Income. . . 1 , 646 . 26

Post Card Sales 1 , 167 .96

Publication 630. 62

Interest 1,854.81

Ignatz Steinhart Trust Interest 286. 60

Bills Receivable 3,000.00

Duplicate Sales Account .10

Great Auk Donation 178.55

W. G. Wright Fund 10.00

Park Birds Handbook Fund 1 , 753 . 00

Wild Life Protection Fund 100 . 00

Alice Eastwood Donation 568 . 18

Total Receipts $108,576. 13

$107,691.21

Vol. XIX] BRADLEY— TREASURER'S REPORT FOR 1930 477

REPORT OF THE TREASURER— Continued

Expenditures:

Interest $ 10, 766. 79

Contingent Fund 441 . 03

Salary Expense General 20, 199 .31

Department Salaries 20, 864. 79

Earthquake Insurance Sinking Fund .... 1 , 200. 00

Bills Receivable 25,000.00

Steinhart Aquarium Equipment 79 . 50

Wild Life Protection Fund 111.25

Insurance 562 . 30

Park Birds Handbook Fund 1 , 615 . 06

Museum Department Appropriations. . . . 16, 253 . 12

Post Card Sales 1 , 043 . 69

Publication 4,369.70

Library 4,368.02

Sundry Creditors 872 . 80

Expense 3, 172. 10

Total Expenditures $110,919.46

January 1, 1931, Balance due Crocker First National Bank. ... $ 3,228.25

F. W. Bradley, Treasurer.

Examined and found correct,

Pace, Gore & McLaren, Certified Public Accountants.
San Francisco, Calif., February 14, 1931.

478 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

INCOME AND OPERATING EXPENSES

For the fiscal year, January 1, 1930, to December 31, 1930

Income:

Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endow-
ment Income $ 1,758.75

James Lick Endowment Income 70, 781 .07

General Income 20,893.98

Dues 4,076.25

Interest on Temporary Investments 1 ,854. 81

Profit on Post Card Sales 707 . 06

Duplicate Sales Account .10

Total Income $100,072.02

Expenditures:

General Expense $ 2,893. 76

Salaries 41 ,686.54

Interest 10,766.79

Insurance 562 . 30

Total Expenditures $ 55 ,909.39

Net Income Transferred to Surplus Account $ 44, 162 . 63

Vol. XrX] BRADLEY— TREASURER'S REPORT FOR 1930 479

SUMMARY OF SURPLUS ACCOUNT

December 31, 1930
Balance January 1 , 1930 $572 , 743 . 64

A dditions:

Net Income for the year ended December

31, 1930 $ 44,162.63

Donation by Alice Eastwood 1 , 200. GO

Great Auk Skeleton Donation 178. 55

Total Additions to Surplus $ 45 ,541 . 18

$618,284.82

Deductions:

Depreciation $ 16,353.59

Transfer to Earthquake Insurance Sink-
ing Fund Reserve 6,400.00

Total Deductions from Surplus $ 22 , 753 . 59

Surplus, December 31, 1930 $595,531.23

480

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Puoc. 4th Ser.

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 1930

Assets
Property:

Real Estate, 831-833 Market Street $600,000.00

Commercial Building, 833 Market Street.. . 516,818.66

Real Estate, Jessie Street 8 , 083 . 65

$1,124,902.31

Museum, Golden Gale Park:

Building Construction 192 ,025 . 92

General Collections 216,249.99

Library and Equipment 157, 368 . 58

Tools and Equipment 49,434.94

Office Furniture 6,110.04

$ 621,189.47

Investment Securities S 7 , 214. 52

Ignatz Steinhart Trust:

Bills Receivable $ 6,000. 00

Steinhart Aquarium Construction 263,390. 29

Steinhart Aquarium Equipment 34 , 343 . 08

Steinhart Aquarium Revolving Fund 5 , 000 . 00

Uninvested Cash on Hand 178.38

$ 308,911.75

Current Assets:

Bills Receivable $ 79,000.00

Postcards in Stock 1 , 850. 33

Cash on hand 161 . 36

Advances to employees doing field work .... 400 . 00

$ 81,411.69

Total $2, 143,629.74

Vol. XIX] BRADLEY— TREASURER'S REPORT FOR 1930 4gl

BALANCE SHEET— Continued

Liabilities
Efido-wments:

James Lick Endowment $804, 902 . 31

Charles Crocker Scientific Fund Endow-
ment 20,000.00

John W. Hendrie Endowment 32,770.85

$ 857,673.16

Funds Held for Special Purposes:

Alvord Bequest Botanical $ 5 ,000.00

John W. Hendrie Endowment Income 2,804. 11

Earthquake Insurance Sinking Fund Reserve 7,114.52

W. G. Wright Fund 42 . 57

Park Birds Handbook Fund 118.44

Wild Life Protection Fund 11 . 10

$ 15,090.74

Reserve for Depreciation $ 165,956.78

Ignatz Steinhart Trust:

Principal $250,000.00

Interest 58,911.75

$ 308,911.75

Notes and Accounts Payable:

Bills Payable : . $195,000.00

Accounts Payable 2,059.45

Due Crocker First National Bank
. (Overdraft) 3,406. 63

$ 200,466.08

Surplus $ 595,531.23

Total $2,143,629.74

Susie M. Peers,

Secretary, Board of Trustees.

4g2 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Puoc. 4th See,

We have examined the foregoing Balance Sheet, together with the books
and accounts of the California Academjf of Sciences, and in our opinion, it is
properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and correct view of the Academy's
affairs, as shown by the books.

Pace, Gore & McLaren,

Certified Public Accountants.

San Francisco, Calif.,
February 14, 1931.

INDEX TO VOLUME XIX, FOURTH SERIES

New names in heavy-faced type

abavus, Presbychen, 92

abbreviata, Calothrix aeruginea, 115, 126

Cassidea, 10, 18
Acanthina muricata, 17
acapulcanum, Epitonium, 50
Accessions, 1930, 458-475
accola, Litholepis, 117, 176
Acetabularia parviala, 115, 135
Acmaea digitalis, 4

discors, 10, 17

limatula, 17

paleacea, 4

persona, 4

rosacea, 17
Acteocina angustior, 4, 17

smima, 10
aculeata, Crepidula, 10, 18
aculeatus, Gastrosteus, 99, 102
aculeatus aculeatus, Gastrosteus, 100
aculeatus microcephalus, Gastrosteus, 100
aculeatus williamsoni, Gastrosteus, 100
acuta, Leda, 16
acuticostata, Liotia, 5, 19

Margarites, 5
adhserens, Jania, 117, 179
segina, Cymatosyrinx, 18
seola, Cymatosyrinx, 18
sepynota, Odostomia, S, 20
aequisculpta, Alvania, 4, 29
aeruginea, Calothrix, 115, 125
aeruginea, abbreviata, Calothrix, ,',115,

126
aeruginosa, CoUisella, 10
^sopus, arestus. 4
sstuarii, Lyngbya, 115, 121
affine, Ceramium, 117, 172
afiinis, Tagelus (?), 16
Agardhii, Lyngbya, 121
Agasoma barkerianum zone, 74 ^

Agkistrodon, 105
Aglaozonia canariensis, 116, 147
Ahnfeldtia gigartinoides, 116, 142, 152
Alaba jeanettae, 4

supralirata, 17
Alabina diomedeae, 17

occidentalis, 17
albifasciata. Bursa, 10
albiginosa, Cypraea, 10, 18
albolirata, Alvania, 28

Rissoa, 28
alderi, Barleeia, 17, 38

Jeflreysia, 38
Alectrion pagoda corpulenta, 17

versicolor, 17

Aletes squamigenis, 17
Allodesmidse, 227

AUodesmus kernensis, 69, 70, 227,

296
Alsidii, Goniotrichum, 116, 151
Alvania aequisculpta, 4, 29

albolirata, 28

cosmia, 4

electrina, 29

gallegosi, 26

grippiana, 29

herrerse, 25

lirata, 26, 28

lucasana, 24

monserratensis, 27

oldroydae, 4

purpurea, 4

tumida, 17, 29
ambigua, Halothrix, 143
Amphicetus later, 308
Amphiroa annulata, 178

fragilissima, 117, 178
Amphithalamus inclusus, 4, 37

tenuis, 4
amplivesiculatum, Codium, 132
Anachis coronata, 10

pygmaea, 17

subturrita, 4, 17
angelensis, Haminoea, 19
angusta, Ulva, 115, 137
angustior, Acteocina, 4, 17
annectens, Lamprolithax, 360, 383
anellum, Vermiculum, 6
annulata, Amphiroa, 178
annulatus, Phacoides, 62
antennina, Chaetomorpha, 115, 136
Antigona isocardia, 14

rigida, 14
antillarum, Antithamnion, 168
antiquatus, Hipponix, 5, 19
Antithamnion antillarum, 168
apicinum, Cardium, 15
apiculatum, Epitonium, 19, 51
approximatus, Phacoides, 16
Aquitani-in Miocene, 83
arabicula, Cypraea, 18
arborea japonica, Hyla, 106
Area formosa, 14

multicostata, 14

mutabili?, 14

pacifica, 14

reticulata, 14

solida, 4, 10, 14
Architectonica granulata, 1 7

May 16, 1938

484

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

arestus, .^opus, 4
aristata, Lithophaga, 16
arvemensis, Puffinus, 88
Asparagopsis Sanfordiana, 154
Asperiscala, 42, 48
assimillata, Siela, 21
Astraea olivaceum, 17

undosus, 4

unguis, 17
atropius, Priscodelphinus, 357
attenuata. Crouania, 117, 167
atterima, Crassispira, 18
Aulocetus, 307

Aulophyseter morricei, 69, 70, 348, 354, 359,
361-372

Baileyana, Chylocladia, 153

Hooperia, 116, 153
Baker, F., G. D. Hanna and A. M. Strong

Some Rissoid Mollusca from the
Gulf of California, 23-40

Some Mollusca of the family
Epitoniidae from the Gulf of
California, 41-56
bakeri, Rissoina, 33
Balaena cuvieri, 309

palaeatlantica, 308

prisca, 308
Balsenodon lintianus, 307
Balaenoptera cuvieri, 311
baldra, Mclanella, 20
Baldwin, D. D., biography, 431-436
barbatus, Hipponix, 11, 19
Barleeia alderi, 17, 38

bentleyi, 39

califomica, 4

orcutti, 39

subtenuis, 38
bartschi, Daphnclla, 19
basilirata, Rissoina gisna, 32
bentleyi, Barleeia, 39
bergi, Palseobalaena, 307
bernhardi, Nerita, 12, 20
berryi, Rissoina, 35
beta, Mangilia, 5
bialatum, Epitonium, 19
biangulatum, Cardium, 15
bicolor, Murex, 20
bilineata, Elaphe quadrivirgata, 108
bimaculatus Magetebennus, 20
biserialis, Thais, 21
Bittium interfossa, 4

nicholsi, 10
Blossevillea Brandcgeei, 116, 150
Boreoscala, 42
bossi, Eurhinodelphis, 350
Botany, Report Department of, 436-438
Botula cinnamoneus, 15
Bowden formation, 80
Brachj-lirichia codii, 115, 128

Bradley, F. W., Report of Treasurer, 1930,

476-482
Brandegeei, Blossevillea, 116, 150
breviarticulatus, Ectocarpus, 116, 140
brevifrons, Cetotherium, 309

Heterocetus, 309
brevis, Fundulus parvipinnis, 96
brittanica, Sphacclaria, 139
brunneus, Conus, 10, 18
buccatus, Tretulias, 308
Bufo bufo prastexatus, 106
BuUaria punctulata, 17
bulopilum, Codium, 131
Burdigalian Miocene, 83
Bursa albifasciata, 10

californica, 4
Burtinopsis similis, 309
byssoides, Callithamnion, 117, 167

Cadulus fusiformis, 4
Caecum calif ornicum, 4

clathratum, 17
caestus, Vasum, 22
calcifer, Spondylus, 16
californica, Barleeia, 4

Bursa, 4

Grippina, 5

Hyalina, 5. 19

Marginella, 12

Phacoides, 5

Pyrene carinata, 12

Rissoina, 6
californicus, Cupulus, 4

Conus, 60

Desmostylus, 223
californicum, Caecum, 4
californiensis, Haliotis, 5
Calliostoma splcndcns, 4
Callithamnion byssoides, 117, 167
Calothrix aeruginea, 115, 125

aeruginea abbreviata, 115, 126

clausa, 115, 126

codicola, 115, 124

confervicola, 115, 126

Crustacea, 115, 125

parasitica, 125
Calvert formation, 80
calyculatus, Lithophaga, 11
Calyptraea mammillaris, 17
canariensis, Aglaozonia, 116, 147
candeana, Fundella, 11
canna, Epitonium, 19
cantharidosmum, Hydrocoleum, 115, 123
Cantharus gemmatus, 18

sanguinolentus, 18
capax. Modiolus, 16
Capulus californicus, 4
Cardita crassicostata, 17

cuvieri, 17

laticostata, IS

Vol. XIX]

INDEX

485

Cardita tumida, 17

varia, 17

ventricosa, 59
Cardium apicinum, 15

biangulatum, 15

consors, 15

pristipleura, 15
cartilaginea, Chastomorpha, 136
cartilagineum, Gelidium, 151
Cassidea abbreviata, 10, 18
cataphractus, Gasterosteus, 100
cataractes, Pecten, 16
catenata, Natica, 20
iaudatum, Ceramium, 173
Caulerpa racemosa clavifera macrophysa,
128

racemosa laetevirens cylindracea,
128

racemosa laetevirens typica, 129
cedonulla, Conella, 20
cedrosensis, Dendraster, 59
Cephalotropis coronatus, 307
Ceramium affine, 117, 172

caudatum, 173

clarionengis, 117, 170

Evermannii, 117, 169

ornatum, 117, 172

personatum, 117, 171

strictum, 173

transversale, 117, 170
ceratus, Latirus, 19
Cerithiopsis oxys, 4
Cerithium maculosum, 10, 18

uncinatum, 18
cerodes. Modiolus, 12, 20
cerrosensis, Pecten, 59, 62
cervinetta, Cyprjea, 18
Cetotheriomorphus dubius, 307
Cetotheriophanes cuvieri, 309
Cetotheriopsis, 307
Cetotherium brevifrons, 309

cuvieri, 309

rathkii. 307
Chaetomorpha antennina, 115, 136

cartilaginea, 136
Chama pellucida, 4 ^

spinosa, 15
Chamsesiphon clavatus, 115, 118

curvatus, 118
Champia parvula, 116, 153
Chazaliei, Codium, 130
chemnitzianum, Pedalion, 12, 16
chilensis, Ostrea, 16
Chione undatella, 15
Chlamys hastatus, 59, 62

opuntia, 59, 62

swiftii parmeleei, 59, 62
Chlorodesmis comosa, 115, 129
Chloroglcea regularis, 115, 118
Chnoospora pacifica, 144

pannosa, 116, 144

Chondria clarionensis, 116, 158

parvula, 153

tenuissima, 159
Choreonema Thureti, 117, 175
Church, C. C, and Hanna, G. D., see

Hanna and Church,
cinnamoneus, Botula, 15
circularis, Pecten, 16
Circulus rossellinus, 4
circumtexta, Tritonalia, 12
Cirsotrema, 42
Clarionea, 174

Masonii, 117, 174
clarionensis, Ceramium, 117, 170

Chondria, 116, 158
Clark, H. W., bibliography, 1930, 449

Report, Department of Fishes,
1930, 441-443
clathratum, Cscum, 17
dausa, Calothrix, 115, 126
Clava gemmatum, 18
clavatus, Chatnaesiphon, 115, 118
clavifera macrophysa, Caulerpa

racermosa, 128
Clementina, Odostomia, 5
cleo, Rissoina, 6
climacophora, Elaphe, 105
coarctata, Cypraecassis, 18
Codakia colpoica, 10

distinguenda, 10, 15

mexicana, 15
codicola, Calothrix, 115, 124

Streblonema, 116, 141
codii; Brachytrichia, 115, 128
Codium amplivesiculatum, 132

bulbopilum, 131

Chazaliei, 130

damaecorne, 133

decorticatum, 115, 130

divaricatum, 132, 133

elongatum, 130, 131

fragile, 115, 129, 141

latum, 115, 132

longiramosum, 131

simulans, 115, 133
Colacodasya sinicola, 117, 166
CoUisella aeruginosa, 10
colpoica, Codakia, 10
colpoicum, Epitonium, 53
Colpomenia sinuosa, 116, 143
comosa, Chlorodesmis, 115, 129
concentricus, Latirus, 11
Conella cedonulli, 20
confervicola, Calothrix, 115, 126
confervoides, Lyngbya, 115, 120
comradi, Puffinus, 87
consors, Cardium, 15
conspersa, Littorina, 11, 19
contrerasi, Triphora, 21
Conus brunneus, 10, 18

californicus, 60

486

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Conus dalli, 18

gladiator, 10

princeps, 18

purpurascens, 10, 18

tomatus, 18
convexa, Metaxia, 20
convolutum, Hormothamnion, 124
cookeana, Liotia, 5
cookeanum, Epitonium, 51
cooperi, Puncturella, 6
Corallina cubensis, 117, 178

subulata, 117, 179
coralliophagus, Modiolus, 16
Coralliophila costata, 10

neritoidea, 10, 18

nux, 10, 18
Corbula speciosa, 15
Comwallius sookensis, 223
coronata, Anachis, 10
coronatus, Cephalotropis, 307
corpulenta, Alectrion pagoda, 17
comigata, Haliotis, 5
cosmia, Alvania, 4
costata, Coralliophila, 10
Cowles, Thomas, bibliography, 1930, 451

Report, Department of Library,
1930, 444
coyotensis, Turbonilla, 21
cracherodii, Haliotis, 5
crassa, Lyngbya, 120
crassicostata, Cardita, 17

Venericardia, 17
Crassispira atterrima, 18
crenata, Harpa, 19
crenatoides, Epitonium, 47

Opalia, 47
Crenella divaricata, 4, 15

inflata, 15
crenimarginata, Dentiscala, 47
crenimarginatum, Epitonium, 47
crenulata, Dictyota, 148
Crepidula aculeata, 10, 18

excavata, 18

exuviata, 18

incurva, 18

lingulata, 4
cribrosa, Dictyota, 116, 147
crispata, Gracilaria, 116, 152
Crisposcala, 42
Crouania attenuata, 117, 167
Crucibulum imbricatum, 18

spinosum, 18
Crustacea, Calothrix, 115, 125
cubensis, Corallina, 117, 178
Cumingia lamellosa, 15

trigonularis, 15
cumingii, Tellina, 16
curvatus, Chamaesiphon, 118
cuvieri, Balxna, 309

Balsenoptera, 311

Cardita, 17

cuvieri, Cetotheriophanes, 309

Cetotherium, 309
Cyathodonta dubiosa, 15
Cylichnella fantasma, 18
cylindracea, Caulerpa racemosa Istevirens,

128
cymata, Psephidia, 6
Cymatium pilearis, 18

vestitum, 10
cymatius, Desmostylus, 223
Cymatosyrinx aegina, 18

aeola, 18
Cypraea albiginosa, 10, 18

arabicula, 18

cervinetta, 18

isabella-mexicana, 11, 18
Cyprsecassis coarctata, 18

tenuis, 11
Cypraeolina margaritula, 11, 18

pyriformis, 4
Cysticus politulus, 4, 18
Cytharella penelope, 18

phaethusa, 18

dalli, Conus, 18

Triphora, 21
Dallinella occidentalis, 60, 62
damajcome, Codium, 133
Daphnella bartschi. 19
Dasya Eastwoods, 117, 165

Stanfordiana, 117, 164
Daviesii, Rhodochorton, 117, 166
deceptrix, Odostomia, 5, 20
decorticatum. Codium, 115, 130
delicatulus, Neurocarpus, 116, 149
Delphinodon dividum, 356
Dendraster cedrosensis, 59

diegoensis, 59
Dentalium fischeri, 15

semipolitum, 15
Dentiscala, 42, 47

crenimarginata, 47
DePauwii, Isocetus, 307
Desmarestia herbacea, 145

pacifica, 116, 144
desmarestioides, Eisenia (?), 116, 146
Desmostylus, californicus, 223

cymatius, 223

hesperus, 223, 224

japonicus, 225

sookensis, 223

watasei, 225
diadema, Metaxia, 5
Diadora injequalis, 11, 18

panamensis, 11, 19
Diala electrina, 29
Diastoma sp., 4

Diatom zone. Temblor, 72, 79, 81
diatomicus, Puffinus, 87
Dictyosphaeria Versluysi, 115, 134

Vol. XIX)

INDEX

487

Dictyota crenulata, 148

cribrosa, 116, 147

Masonii, 116, 148
diegoensis, Dendraster, 59
digitalis, Acmasa, 4
Dinictis felinus, 231
diomedeae, Alabina, 17
Diplodonta subquadrata, 11
discors, Acmaea, 10, 17
distinguenda, Codakia, 10, 15

Lucina, 10
divaricata, Crenella, 4, 15
divaricatum, Codium, 132, 133
Divaricella ebumea, 15

lucasana, 15
divergens, Odobenus, 292
dividum, Delphinodon, 356
dubiosa, Cyathodonta, 15
dubius, Cetotheriomorphus, 307
Duchassaingianus, Ectocarpus, 116, 140
Dumontia saccata, 155
dupontii, Parametaria, 20
durinasus, Metopocetus, 308
Durvillei, Padina, 150

Eastwood, Alice;

bibliography, 1930, 451

Report, Department of Botany,
1930, 436-438
Eastwoodee, Dasya, 117, 165

Polysiphonia, 116, 161

Rhodochorton, 117, 166
ebumea, Divaricella, 15
Ectocarpus breviarticulatus, 116, 140

Duchassaingianus, 116, 140

Mitchellae, 140
edvardsianus, Laornis, 93
Eisenia (?) desmarestioides, 116, 146

Masonii, 116, 145
Elaphe climacophora, 105

quadrivirgata, 107

quadrivirgata bilineata, 108
electrina, Alvania, 29

Diala, 29
elegans, Gymnothamnion, 117, 167
Elephantanellum heptagonum, 19
elongatum, Codium, 130, 131

Micranellum, 20
Engina rufonotata, 19
Enteromorpha lingulata, 115, 137

plumosa, 115, 137
enteromorphoides gracilis, Hortnotham-

nion, 123
Entomology, Report, Department of,

439, 440
Epidromus nitidulus, 11
epiphytica, Lyngbya, 115, 120
episcopalis, Mychodea, 116, 152
Epitonium acapulcanum, 50

apiculatum, 19, 51

Epitonium bialatum, 19

canna, 19

colpoicum, 53

cookeanum, 51

crenatoides, 47

crenimarginatum, 47

espiritum, 46

fallaciosum, 60

golischi, 44

hexagonum, 52

kelseyi, 48

mazatlanicum, 44

mexicanum, 44

propehexagonum, 52

retiporosum, 19, 45

spongiosum, 44

xantusi, 19, 50
erecta, Lyngbya, 115, 122
errabundus, Squalodon, 354, 360, 373
Erythrocystis Grevillei, 155
espiritum, Epitonium, 46
Eucetotherium helmersenii, 307
eucosmia, Odostomia, 5
Eumeces, 105
Eurhinodelphis bossi, 350

pacificus, 349
Evermann, B. W.,

bibliography, 1930, 451

Report of the Director of the
Museum and Aquarium for the
year 1930, 411-482
Evermannii, Ceramium, 117, 169

Hypnea, 116, 153
excavata, Crepidula, 18
excolpa, Rissoella, 36
Exhibits, Report, Department of, 441
exuviata, Crepidula, 18

Falkenbergia Hillebrandtii, 117, 163
fallaciosum, Epitonium, 60
fantasma, Cylichnella, 18
farinosa, Fosliella, 176
farlowii, Zonaria, 116, 149
Fartulum hemphilli, 4
Fasciolaria princeps, 19
felinus, Dinictis. 231
fenestrata, Iselica, 5
Ferminoscala, 42
filamentosa, Spyridia, 117, 167
fimbriata, Pinctada, 16
firmata, Rissoa, 32

Rissoina, 21, 32
fischeri, Dentalium, 15
Fishes, Report, Department of, 441-443
Fissurella obscura, 11

rugosa, 19

virescens, 19

volcano, 4, 11
flammea, Venericardia, 17
flavescens, Turbonilla, 21

488

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

fluctuosum. Turbo, 12, 21

formosa. Area, 14

Forreria wrighti, 60

Fosliella farinosa, 176

paschalis, 117, 176

fragile, Codium, 115, 129

Phormidium, US, 119

fragilissima, Amphiroa, 117, 178

franciscanus, Strongi'locentrotus, 59

fucatus, Psammobia, 16

Fucus herbaceus, 145

pedunculatus, 145

fulgens, Haliotis, 5

Fundella candeana, 1 1

Fundulus lima, 95, 102
meeki, 95
parvipinnis, 96-99
parvipinnis brevis, 96

funiculata, Mitra, 20

furcigera, Sphacelaria, 115, 138

fuscata, Pyrene, 12, 21

fusiformis, Cadulus, 4

Fusinus taylorianus, 19

Gadinia peruviana, 11

galeatus, Strombus, 21

gallegosi, Alvania, 26

gallina, Tegula, 6

Gardner, Nathaniel Lyon, and Setchell,

W. A., see Setchell and Gardner,
garopii, Plesiocetus, 309
Gasterosteus aculeatus, 99, 102

aculeatus aculeatus, 100

aculeatus microcephalus, 100

aculeatus williamsoni, 100

cataphractus, 100

santae-anae, 101
Gastrochsena ovata, 11, 15
Gelidium cartilagineum, 151

microphysa, 116, 151

micropterum, 151
gemmatum, Clava, 18
gemmatus, Cantharus, 18
Genotypes of whalebone whales, 306-309
gibbenila, Strombina, 21
gigantea, Lottia, 5

Ricardia Montagnei, 116, 154
gigartinoides, Ahnfeldtia, 116, 139, 152
gisna basilirata, Rissoina, 32
gladiator, Conus, 10
Globoscala, 42
globula, Tegula, 21
Glycymeris inaequalis, 15

multicostata, 15

pectenoides, 16

sp., 5
golischi, Epitonium, 44
Goniotrichum Alsidii, 116, 151
gouldii, Lyonsia, 16
Gracilaria crispata, 116, 152

gracilis, Hormothamnion enteromor-
phoides, 115, 123

Lyngbya, 121

Nannolithax, 360. 386

Olivella, 12. 220
grandis. Typhus, 22
granulata, Architectonica, 17
granulatus, Strombus, 21
grayanus, Hipponix, 19
Grevillei, Erythrocystis, 155
grippiana, Alvania, 29

Rissoa, 29
Grippina californica, 5

Grunsky, C. E., Report of the President of
the Academy for the year 1930, 399-410
Grypolithax, 393

obscura, 361, 393

pavida, 361, 396
guadalupensis, Polysiphonia, 117, 162
guicciardinii, Idiocetus, 309
Gymnothamnion elegans, 117, 167

hsemastoma, Pyrene, 21
hair shale zone, 76
Halimeda Opuntia, 115, 134
Haliotis californiensis, 5

comigata, 5

cracherodii, 5

fulgens, 5
Halothrix ambigua, 143

lumbricalis, 116, 143
Hamincea angelensis, 19
Hanna, G. D.,

bibliography, 1930, 452

Report, Department of Paleon-
tology, 1930, 447, 448
Hanna, G. D., and C. C. Church, [Biog-
graphy and bibliography of] David
Dwight Baldwin, 1831-1912, 431-436

Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern
County, California, 65-83
Hanna, G. D., and Strong, A. M., see

Strong and Hanna.
Hanna, G. D., Baker, F., and Strong,
A. M., see Baker, Hanna, and Strong.
Harpa crenata, 19
harpa, Retusa, 6
hastata, Pyramidella, 21
hastatus, Chlamys, 59, 62
healeyi, Pecten, 59, 62
healeyi zone, 63
Heliacus radiatus, 11
helmersenii, Eucetotherium, 307
hemphilli, Fartulum, 4

Pecten bellus, 59, 62
Helvetian Miocene, 83
heptagonum, Elephantanellum, 19
herbacea, Desmarestia, 145
herbaceus, Fucus, 145
Herpetocetus scaldiensis, 307

Vol. XIX]

INDEX

489

Herpetology, Report, Department of,

443-444
Herposiphonia rigida laxa, 117, 164

tenella, 117, 164
herrerse, Alvania, 25
hesperus, Dcsmostylus, 223, 224
Heterocetus brevifrons, 309
Heterosiphonia subsecundata, 164
hexagona, Scala, 52
hexagonum, Epitonium, 52
hiatula, Oliva, 20

Hillebrandtii, Falkenbergia, 117, 163
Hipponix antiquatus, 5, 19

barbatus, 11, 19

gray anus, 19

tumens, 5, 11
Hirtoscala, 42

Holophoneus primasvus, 231
homcia, Polysiphonia, 116, 162
Hooperia Baileyana, 116, 153
Hormothamnion convolutum, 124

enteromorphoides, 124

enteromorphoides gracilis, 115,
123
Howell, J. T., bibliography, 1930, 454
humilis, Laurencia, 116, 156
hupschii, Plesiocetopsis, 309

Plesiocetus, 309
Hyalina californica, 5, 19
hjmoides, Symploca, 123
Hydrobia ulvae, 38
Hydrocoleum cantharidosmum, 115, 123

lyngbyaceum, 115, 123
Hyla arborea japonica, 106
Hynobius retardatus, 106
Hypnea Evermannii, 116, 153

Idiocetus guicciardinii, 309
imbricatum, Crucibulum, 18
inajqualis, Diadora, 11

Glycymeris, 15
inceptor, Puffinus, 86
inclusus, Amphithalamus, 4, 37
incurva, Crepidula, 18
indentata, Turbonilla, 22
indica, Sphacelaria, 139
inflata, Crenella, 15
interossa, Bittium, 4
invalidus, Pecten, 59
invallata, Teinostoma, 6
irideus, Salmo, 101
isabella-mexicana, Cypraea, 11, 18
Iselica fenestrata, 5

ovoidea, 19
isocardia, Antigona, 14
Isocetus DePauwii, 307

Janczewskia Solmsii. 158

Jania adhaerens, 117, 179

rubens, 117, 179

japonica, Hyla arborea, 106
japonicus, Desmostylus, 225
jeanettas, Alaba, 4
Jeffreysia alderi, 38
tumens, 36
jewettii, Marginella, S
johnstoni, Rissoella, 36

Kellogg, Remington, Pelagic mammals from
the Temblor formation of the Kern
River region, California, 217-397
kelseyi, Epitonium, 4S

Milneria, 5

Nodulus, 5

Rissoina, 34
kemensis, AUodesmus, 69, 70, 227-296

Liolithax, 360, 375
kerrianus, Mesoteras, 308

labyrinthiformis, Spirulina, 115, 119

Lactuca, Ulva, 115, 138

Lacuna unifasciata, 11

laetevirens cylindracea, Caulerpa racemosa,

128
laetevirens typica, Caulerpa racemosa, 129
Lamellari stearnsii, 19
lamellosa, Cumingia, 15
Lamprodoma volutella, 19
Lamprolithax, 381

annectens, 360. 383

simulans, 360, 381
lamprus, Phacoides, 16
Laomis edvardsianus, 93
lapazana, Odostonia, 20

Rissoina, 34
larunda, Turbonilla, 22
Las Posas formation, 63
later, Amphicetus, 308
latiauritus, Pecten. 59
laticostata, Cardita, 15
Latirus ceratus, 19

concentricus, 11
latum, Codium, 115, 132
Laurencia humilis, 116, 156

Masonii, 116. 155

papillosa pacifica, 116, 157
laxa, Herposiphonia rigida, 117, 164
lecania, Siphonaria maura, 21
Leda acuta, 16
lens, Mitra, 20

Ulvella, 115, 138
LepthothjTa lurida, 1 1

paucicostata, 5
Library, Report, Department of, 444
lima, Fundulus, 95-99
limatula, Acmaea, 17
lingulata, Crepidula, 4

Enteromorpha, 115, 137
lintianus, Balaenodon, 307

490

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Linza, Ulva, 137
Liolithax, 375

kernensis, 360, 375
Liotia acuticostata, 5, 19

cookeana, 5

rammata, 19

sp., 11
lirata, Alvania, 26, 28
Litholepis accola, 117, 176
Lithophaga, 59

aristata. 16

calyculatus, 1 1

plumula, 16
Lithoporella pacifica, 117, 177
Lithothamniuin validum, 117, 177
Littorina conspersa, 11, 19

penicillata, 11

planaxis, 5

pullata, 19

scutulata, 12
longiramosum, Codium, 131
longirostris, Mesocetus, 308
Lottia gigantea, 5
Loxolithax, 390

sinuosa, 361, 390
lucasana, Alvania, 24

Divaricella, 15
Lucina, distinguenda, 10

tigrina, 10
lumbricalis, Halothrix, 116, 143
lurida, Leptothyra, 11
lutea, Lyngbya, 115, 121
Lyngbya aestuarii, 115, 121

Agardhii, 121

confervoides, 115, 120

crassa, 120

epiphytica, 115, 120

erecta, 115, 122

gracilis, 121

lutea, 115, 121

majuscula, 115, 120

Meneghiniana, 121

versicolor, 122
lyngbyaceum, Hydrocoleum, 115, 123
Lyonsia gouldii, 16

Macrocallista pannosa, 5

squalida, 16
macrophysa, Caulerpa racemosa clavifera,

128
macroschisma, Monia, 59
maculosa, Strombina, 21
maculosum, Ccrithium, 10, 18
Magetebennus bimaculatus, 20
Mailliard, Joseph; bibliography, 1930, 454
major, Pyrene, 21
majuscula, Lyngbya, 115, 120
Malea ringens, 19
mammillaris, Calyptreea, 17
Mangilia beta, 5

Margarites acuticostata, 5

parcipicta, 5
margaritula, Cyprasolina, 11, 18
Marginella califomica, 12

jewettii, 5

phrygia, 20

regularis, 12
mariana, Tegula, 21
Mariposa slate, 77
Masonii, Clarionea, 117, 174

Dictyota, 116. 148

Eisenia (?), 116, 145

Laurencia, 116, 155

Polysiphonia, 116. 160

Sphacelaria, 115, 139
Masonophycus, 141

paradoxa, 116, 142
mazatlanicum, Epitonium, 44
meeki, Fundulus, 95
megalophysum, Plesiocetopsis, 311, 321
Megapteropsis robusta, 309
Melanella baldra, 20

mexicana, 20
melanelloides, Rissoina, 31
Melobesia membranacea, 176
membranacca, Melobesia, 176
Meneghiniana, Lyngbya, 121
Mesocetus longirostris, 308
Mesoteras kerrianus, 308
Metaxia convexa, 20

diadema, 5
Metopocetus durinasus, 308
mexicana, Codakia, 15

Melanella, 20

Patella, 20
mexicanum, Epitonium, 44
Micranellum elongatum, 20
microcephalus, Gastcrosteus, 100
Microchaete vitiensis, 115, 127
Microdictyon Palmeri, 115, 136
microdonta, Symploca, 115, 122
microphysa, Gelidium, 116, 151
micropterum, Gelidium, 151
Milneria kelseyi, 5
Miltha xantusi, 59, 62
mira, QEdolithax, 360, 378
mirun-i, Neotherium, 296 303
mirus, Qidotus, 356
MitchelljE, Ectocarpus, 140
Mitra funiculata, 20

lens, 20
Mitrella ocellata, 20
Modiolus capax, 16

cerodes, 12, 20

coralliophagus, 16

opifex, 16

rectus, 59
Mollusca, marine, Guadalupe Island, 1-6

RevillaKigcdo Islands, 7-12

Tres Marias Islands, 13-22

Epitoniidae, 41-56

Vol. XIX]

INDEX

491

MoUusca. Rissoid, 23-40

Monia macroschisma, 59

tnonile, Phormidium, 115, 119

monserratensis, Alvania, 27

Montagnei f. gigantea, Ricardia, 154

montanus, Neocleenodon, 233

montereyensis, Siela, 6

moratus, Ulias. 308

Morrice, Charles; [notes on Sharktooth

Hill], 68-70
morricei, Aulophyseter, 69, 70, 348, 354,

359, 361-372
Moris vagabundus, 89
Morum tuberculosum, 20
multicostata, Area, 14

Glycymeris, 15
multiformis, Mytilus, 16
Murex bicolor, 20

radicata, 12
rectirostris, 20
muricata, Acanthina, 17
Turbonilla, 22
mutabilis. Area, 14
Mychodea episcopalis, 116, 152

pusilla, 152
Myers, George Sprague, The killifish of San

Ignacio and the stickleback of San

Ramon, Lower California, 95-104
Mytilus multiformis, 16

Nannolithax g^racilis, 360, 386

Natica catenata, 20
Natrix, 105
navisa, Odostomia, 5
Neotherium, 296

mirum, 296-303
Neoclsendon montanus, 233
nereina, Rissoina, 33
Nerita bemhardi, 12, 20

scabricosta, 12
neritoides, Coralliophila, 10, 18
Neurocarpus delicatulus, 116, 149
Neverita recluziana, 60
nicholsi, Bittium, 10
Nitidoscala, 42, 51
nitidulus, Epidromus, 11
Nodiscala, 42, 43
Nodulus kelseyi, 5
Norrisia norrisii, 5
Notiocetus romerianus, 309
novse-hollandiae, Sphacelaria, 116, 139
nuttalli, Phacoides, 16
nux, Coralliophila, 10, 18

obscura, Fissurella, 11
obscura, Grypolithax, 361, 393
occidentalis, Alabina, 17
Dallinella, 60, 62

ocellata, Mitrella, 20

Pyrene, 12
ochracea, Tellina, 16
Odobenus divergens, 292
Odostomia aepynota, 5, 20

Clementina, 5

deceptrix, 5, 20

eucosmia, 5

lapazana, 20

navisa, 5

scalariformis, 20

turricula, 5

virginal is, 5

vizcainoana, 20
QBdolithax, 378

mira, 360, 378
(Edotus mirus, 356, errata page 496
Oliva hiatula, 20

testacea, 20
olivaceum, Astrsea, 17
Olivella gracilis, 12, 20

undatella, 20
Opalia, 42

crenatoides, 47

retiporosa, 45

varicostata, 60, 62
opifex. Modiolus, 16
opuntia, Chlamys, 59, 62

Halimeda, 115, 134
orcutti, Barleeia, 39
ornatum, Ceramium, 117, 172
Ornithology and Mammalogy, Report,

Department of, 446-447
Ostrea chilensis, 16

vespertina, 59, 62
Ostreobium Reineckei, 134
Otariidse, ancestry, 231-235
ovata, Gastaochana, 11, 15
ovoidea, Iselica, 19
oxys, Cerithiopsis, 4

Pachyacanthus suessii, 308

Pachycetus robustus, 306

pacifica. Area, 14

Chnoospora, 144
Desmarestia, 116, 144
Laurencia papillosa, 116, 157
Lithoporella, 117, 177

pacificus, Eurhinodelphis, 349

Padina Durvillei, 150

tetrastromatica. 149

palaeatlantica, Baljena, 308
Protobal^na, 308
Rhegnopsis, 308

Palaeobalaena bergi, 307

Palseocetus sedgwickii, 309

paleacea, Acmsea, 4

Paleontology, Report, Department of,
447-448

palmeri, Microdictyon, 115, 136

492

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

palmeri, Parietobalana, vSOS

Sargassum, 116, 150
panamensis, Diadora, 11, 19

Tellina, 16
paniculatum, Sargassum, 116, 150
pannosa, Chnoospora, 116, 144

Macrocallista, 5
papillosa pacifica, Laurencia, 157
paradoxa, Masonophycus, 116, 142
Parametaria dupontii, 20
parasitica, Calothrix, 125
parcipicta, Margarites, 5
Parietobalsena palmeri, 308

(?) securis, 343-348
parmeleei, Chlamys swiflii, 59, 62
parvipinnis, Fundulus, 96-99
parvula, Acetabularia, 115, 135

Champia, 116, 153
paschalis, Fosliella, 117, 176
Patella mexicana, 20
patula, Thais, 12
paucicostata, Leptothyra, 5
pavida, Grypolithax, 361, 396
Pecten bellus hemphilli, 59, 62

cataractes, 16

cerrosensis, 59, 62

circularis, 16

healeyi, 59, 62

invalidus, 59

latiauritus, 59

purpuratus, 59, 62

steamsii, 59, 62

subnodosus, 16

veatchii, 59, 61
pectenoides, Glycymeris, 16
Pedalion chemnitzianum, 12, 16
pedroana, Triphora, 6
pedunculatus, Sporochnus, 116, 145

Fucus, 145
pellucida, Chama, 4
peltoidcs, Williamia, 6, 22
penelope, Cytharella, 18
penicillata, Littorina, 1 1
peninsularis, Triphora, 21
Peripolocetus, 338

vexillifer, 338-343
persona, Acmaea, 4
personatum, Ceramium, 117-171
peruviana, Gadinia, 1 1
peruvianus, Strombus, 21
Petricola robusta, 16
Peyssonellia rubra, 117, 175
Phacoides annulatus, 62

approximatus, 16

californica, 5

lamprus, 16

nuttalli, 16
phaethusa, Cytharella. 18
Phasianella pulloidea, 5

rubrilineata, 5

typicum, 20

Philbertia affinis, 20

trichodes, 20
Philobrya setosa, 5
Phormidium fragile, 115, 119

monile, 115. 119
phrygia, Marginella, 20
Phyllonotus princeps, 20

radix, 12

regius, 20
Pictoscala, 42
pilearis, Cymatium, 18
Pinctada fimbriata, 16
piscator, Sula, 91
Pitaria vulnerata, 16
planaxis, Littorina, 5
planospira, Thais, 12
Platylithax, 388

robusta, 360. 388
Pleonosporium sacchoriza, 117, 168
Plesiocetopsis hupschii, 309

megalophysum, 311
Plesiocetus garopii, 309

hupschii, 309, 311
plumosa, Entermcrpha, 115, 137
plumula, Lithophaga, 16
Polinices uber, 20
politulus, Cysticus, 4, 18
Polysiphonia Eastwoodae, 116, 161

guadalupensis, 117, 162

homoia, 116. 162

Masonii, 116. 160

tongatensis, 116. 160
Pontian Miocene, 83
portcri. Rissoa. 28, 29
porteri, Rissoina. 30
prectcxatus, Bufo bufo. 106
Presbychen abavus, 92
primasvus, Hoplophoneus, 231
princeps, Conus, 18

Fasciolaria, 19

Phyllonotus, 20
prisca, Balaena, 308

Siphonocetus. 308
Priscodelphinus atropius, 357
pristipleura. Cardium, 15
profectus, Vulpavus, 232
propehexagonum, Epitonium, 52
Protobalajna palaeatlantica, 308
Psammobia fucatus, 16
Psephidia cymata. 6
Pteria sterna, 16
Puffinus arvernensis, 88

conradi, 88

diatomicus, 88

inceptor, 86
pulcherima, Strombina, 21
pulla, Trivia, 21
puUata, Littorina, 19
pulloidea, Phasianella, 5
Punctiscala, 42
punctulata, Bullaria, 17

Vol. XIX]

INDEX

493

Puncturella cooperi, 6
purpurascens, Conus, 10, 18
purpuratus, Pecten, 59, 62
purpurea, Alvania, 4
pusilla, Mychodea, 152

Valonia, 135
pusilloides, Siphonocladus, 115, 135
Pustularia pustulata, 21
pygmffia, Anachis, 17
Pyramidella hastata, 21
Pyrene carinata calif orniana, 12

fuscata, 12, 21

hsemastoma, 21

major, 21

ocellata, 12
pyriformis, Cypraeolina, 4
pyrrhogaster, Triturus, 105

quadrifissatum, Siphodentalium, 6, 16
quadrivirgata, Elaphe, 107

lineata, Elaphe, 108

racemosa clavifera macrophysa, Caulerpa,
128

laetevirens cylindracea, Caulerpa,
128

laetevirens typica, Caulerpa, 129
radians. Trivia, 21
radiatus, Heliacus, 11
radicans, Sphacelaria, 139
radicata, Murex, 12
radix, Phyllonotus, 12
rammata, Liotia, 19
Rana temporaria, 106
rathkii, Cetotherium, 307
recluziana, Neverita, 60
rectirostris, Murex, 20
rectus, Modiolus, 59
regina, Tegula, 6
regius, Phyllonotus, 20
regularis, Chloroglcea, 115, 118

Marginella, 12
Reineckei, Ostreobium, 134
retardatus, Hynobius, 106
reticulata. Area, 14
retiporosa, Opalia, 45
retiporosum, Epitonium, 19, 45
Retusa harpa, 6
Rhegnopsis palaeatlantica, 308
Rhodochorton Daviesii, 117, 166

Eastwoodee, 117, 166
Ricardia Montagnei gigantea, 116, 154
rigida, Antigona, 14

laxa, Herposiphonia, 164

Ulva, 137
ringens, Malea, 19
Rissoa albolirata, 28

firmata, 32

grippiana, 29

Rissoa lirata, 28

porteri, 28, 29

scalariformis, 32
Rissoella excolpa, 36

johnstoni, 36

tumens, 36
Rissoina bakeri, 33

berryi, 35

califomica, 6

cleo, 6

firmata, 21, 32

gisna basilirata, 32

kelseyi, 34

lapazana, 34

tnelanelloides, 31

nereina, 33

porteri, 30

stephensee, 33

stricta, 12, 21, 32

woodwardii, 36
robusta, Megapteropsis, 309

Platylithax, 360, 388
robustus, Pachycetus, 306

Petricola, 16
romerianus, Notiocetus, 309
rosacea, Acmsea, 17
rossellinus, Circulus, 4
rubens, Jania, 117, 179
rubra, Peyssonellia, 117, 175
rubrilineata, Phasianella, 5
rufonotata, Engina, 19
rugosa, Fissurella, 19

saccata, Dumontia, 155
sacchoriza, Pleonosporium, 117, 168
Salmo irideus, 101
sanctorum. Turbonilla, 22
San Diego formation, 61
Sanfordiana, Asparagopsis, 154
sanguinea. Trivia, 21
sanguinolentus, Cantharus, 18
santse-anae, Gasterosteus, 101
Santa Margarita formation, 78, 80
Sargassum Palmeri, 116, 138, 150

paniculatum, 116, 150
Sarmatian Miocene, 83
Saugus formation, 62
scabricosta, Nerita, 12
Scala hexagona, 52
scalariformis, Odostomia, 20

Rissoa, 32
scaldiensis, Herpetocetus, 307
scutulata, Littorina, 12
Scale, Alvin, bibliography, 1930, 454

Report, Steinhart Aquarium, 1930,
449
securis, Parietobalsena (?), 343-348
sedgwickii, Palaeocetus, 309
semipolitum, Dentalium, 15

494

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

[Proc. 4th Ser.

Setchell, W. A., and N. L. Gardner, Marine
Algae of the Revillagigedo Islands Ex-
pedition in 1925, 109-215 ■
setosa, Philobrya, 5
Siela assimillata, 21

montereyensis, 6
similis, Burtinopsis, 309
simulans, Codium, 115, 133

Lamprolithax, 360, 381
sinicola, Colacodasya, 117, 166
sinuosa, Colpomenia, 116, 143

Loxolithax, 361, 390
Siphodentalium quadrifissatum, 6, 16
Siphonaria maura lecania, 21

palmata, 21
Siphonocetus prisca, 308
Siphonocladus pusilloides, 115, 135

tropicus, 135
Slevin, Joseph R.,

bibliography, 1930, 455

Contributions to Oriental Herpe-
tolog^y IV. Hokushu or Yezo,
105-108

Report, Department of Herpetol-
ogy, 1930, 443, 444
smima, Acteocina, 10
solida. Area, 4, 10, 14
Solmsii, Janczewskia, 158
sookeusis, Comwallius, 223

Desmostylus, 223
speciosa, Corbula, IS
Sphacelaria brittanica, 139

furcigera, 115, 138

indica, 139

Masonii, 115, 139

novae-hoUandiae, 116, 139

radicans, 139
spinosa, Chama, 15
spinosum, Crucibulum, 18
Spirulina labyrinthiformis, 115, 119
splendens, Calliostoma, 4
Spondylus calcifer, 16
spongiosum, Epitonium, 44
Sporochnus pedunculatus, 116, 145
Spyridia filamentosa, 117, 167
squalida, Macrocallista, 16
Squalodon errabundus, 354, 360, 373
squamiger, Turbo, 21
squamigerus, Aletes, 17
Stanfordiana, Dasya, 117, 164
stearnsii, Lamellaria, 19

Pecten, 59, 62
Stenodon, 307
stephensse, Rissoina, 33
sterna, Pteria, 16
Sthenorytis, 42
stimpsoni, Truncatella, 12
Streblonema codicola, 116, 141
striata, Rissoina, 12, 21, 32
striatum , Ceramium, 173
Strigatella tristis, 12, 21

Strombina gibberula, 21

maculosa, 21

pulcherima, 21
Strombus galeatus, 21

granulatus, 21

peruvianas, 21
Strong, A. M., and G. D. Hanna

Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe
Island, Mexico, 1-6

Marine Mollusca of the Revillagi-
gedo Islands, Mexico, 7-12

Marine Mollusca of the Tres

Marias Islands, Mexico, 13-22
Strong, A. M., Baker, P., and Hanna, G. D.,

see Baker, Hanna, and Strong.
Strongylocentrotus franciscanus, 59
subnodosus, Pecten, 16
subquadrata, Diplodonta, 11
subsecundata, Heterosiphonia, 164
subtenuis, Barleeia, 38
subturrita, Anachis, 4, 17
subulata, Corallina, 117, 179
suessii, Pachyacanthus, 308
Sula willetti, 91
supralirata, Alaba, 17
supravallata, Teinostoma, 6
Swarth, Harry 8., bibliography, 1930, 455

Report, Department of Ornithol-
ogy and Mammology, 1930,
446, 447
Symploca hydnoides, 123

tnicrodonta, 115, 122

tachydromoides, Takydromus, 107
Tagelus (?) aifinis, 16
Takydromus tachydromoides, 107
taylorianus, Fusinus, 19
Tegula gallina, 6

globula, 21

mariana, 21

regina, 6
Teinostoma invallata, 6

supravallata, 6
Tellima cumingii, 16

ochracea, 16

panamensis, 16
temblorensis, Tiphyocetus, 317-338
temporaria, Rana, 106
tenella, Herposiphonia, 117, 164
tenuis, Amphithalamus, 4

Cypraecassis, 1 1
tenuissima, Chondria, 159
testacea, Oliva, 20
Thais biseralis, 21

patula, 12

planospira, 12
Thureti, Choreonema, 117, 175
tigrina, Lucina, 10

Turritella, 22

Vol. XIX]

INDEX

495

Tiphyocetus, 317

temblorensis, 317-338

tongatensis, Polysiphonia, 116, 160

tornatus, Conus, 18

Tortonian Miocene, 83

Tose, Frank, bibliography, 1930, 455

Report, Department of Exhibits,
1930, 441
transversale, Ceramium, 117, 170
trastromatica, Padina, 149
Treasurer, Report of, 476
Tretulias buccatus, 308
trichodes, Philbertia, 20
trigonularis, Cumingia, 15
Triphora contrerasi, 21

dalli, 21

pedroana, 6

peninsularis, 21
tristis, Strigatella, 12, 21
Tritonalia circumtexta, 12
Triturus pyrrhogaster, 105
Trivia pull a, 21

radians, 21

sanguinea, 21
tropicus, Siphonocladus, 135
Truncatella stimpsoni, 12
tuberculifera, Turricula, 22
tuberculosum, Morum, 20
tumens, Hipponix, 5, 11

Jeffreysia, 36

Rissoella, 36
tumida, Alvania, 17, 29

Cardita, 17
Turbo fluctuosum, 12, 21

squamiger, 21
Turbonilla coyotensis, 21

flavescens, 21

indentata, 22

larunda, 22

muricata, 22

sanctorum, 22
turricula, Odostomia, 5
Turricula tuberculifera, 22
Turritella tigrina, 22
Typhus grandis, 22

typica, Caulerpa racemosa laetevirens, i29
typicum, Phasianella, 20

uber, Polinices, 20
Ulias moratus, 308
Ulva angusta, 115, 137

Lactuca, 115, 138

Linza, 137

rigida, 137
Ulvs, Hydrobia, 38
Ulvella Lens, 115, 138
uncinatum, Cerithiim, 18

undatella, Chione, 15
Olivella. 20
undosus, Astraea, 4
unguis, Astraea, 17
unifasciata, Lacuna, 11

vagabundus, Moris, 89
validum, Lithothamnion, 117, 177
Valonia pusilla, 135
Valvulineria zone, 73
VanDuzee, E. P.,

bibliography, 1930, 456

Report, Department of Entomol-
ogy, 1930, 438-440
varia, Cardita, 17
varicostata, Opalia, 60, 62
Vasum caestus, 22
veatchii, Pecten, 59, 61
Venericardia crassicostata, 17

flammea, 17
ventricosa, Cardita, 59
Vermiculum anellum, 6
versicolor, Alectrion, 17

Lyngbya, 122
Versluysi, Dictyosphaeria, 115, 134
vespertina, Ostrea, 59, 62
vestitum, Cymatium, 10
vexillifer, Peripolocetus, 338-343
virescens, Fissurella, 19
virginalis, Odostomia, 5
vitiensis, Microchaete, 115, 127
vizcainoana, Odostomia, 20
volcano, Fissurella, 4, 11
volutella, Lamprodoma, 19
vulnerata, Pitaria, 16
Vulpavus profectus, 232

Walker formation, 77

watasei, Desmostylus, 225

Wetmore, Alexander, Fossil bird remains

from the Temblor formation near Bak-

ersfield, California, 85-93
willetti, Sula, 91
Williamia peltoides, 6, 22
wiUiamsoni, Gasterosteus, 100
Woodring, W. P.; Pliocene deposits north

of Simi Valley, California, 57-64
woodwardii, Rissoina, 36
wrighti, Forreria, 60

xantusi, Epitonium, 19, 50
Miltha, 59, 62

Zonaria Farlowii, 116, 149

496 CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Proc. 4th Ser.

ERRATA

Page 5. No. 66; for californica, read californicus.

Page 21. No. 192; for Thias read Thais.

Page 21. No. 198; for sanquinea, read sanguinea.

Page 42. Four lines from bottom; for Nitidiscala, read Nitidoscala.

Page 59. Second species in table; for hemphilli, read hemphillii.

Page 59. Ninth species in table; for latiauritus, read latiauratus.

Page 59. Two bottom lines; for Dentraster, read Dendraster.

Page 60. First species under Bryozoa; for Cauloramphus, read Caulorhamphus .

Page 62. Fifteen lines from the top; for hemphilli, read hemphillii.

Page 69. Thirteen lines from top; for Allodesmis, read Allodesmus.

Page 70. Eighteen lines from top; for Allodesmis, read Allodesmus.

Page 105. Lines five and four from bottom; for praetextatus , read praetexatus.

Page 106. No. 3; for aborea, read arborea.

Page 116. Sixteen lines from bottom; for gigartinoidea, read gigartinoides .

Page 117. Nine lines from top; for Calacodasya, read Colacodasya.

Page 356. Six lines from top; for Oedotus mirus, read Oedolilhax mira.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, Xos. 1, 2 .a^d 3,-pp.. 1^22 June 4, 1930

No. 1, pp. 1-6

Marine Mollusca of puadalupe Island, Mexico

Bj A. M. STRONG and G. D. HANNA

No. 2, pp. 7-12

Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands,

Mexico

By a. M. strong and G. D. HANNA
No. 3, pp. 13-22

Marine Mollusca of the Tres Marias Islands,

Mexico

By a. M. strong and G. D. HANNA

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER F. MORRISON Term expires 1934

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE . Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931

M. HALL McAllister, / ; . m

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Terra expiries 1931
SUSIE M. peers. Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
COL. GEORGE C. EDWARDS, First Vice-President
OTTO VON GELDERN, Second Vice-President
DR. F. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
M. HALL McAllister, Treasurer
G. P. RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart
Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator

Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator
Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr„ Research Associate

Department of Exhibits . . . Frank Tose, C/tt>/

Department of Fishes ... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator

Library G. P. Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy > ' >. , '',

Harry S. Swarth, Curator
' M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

i.'':'!^ Joseph Mailliard, CMrator £wm/«s

liepartinent of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary\Curator
M. Vonsen, Honorary Curator in^Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Seale, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant^Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Col. George C. Edwards, Chairman

Dk. C. £. Grunsky Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Editor

.25

PROCEEDINGS

. Fourth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages 1-27. I. A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. MacFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. {Issued January zg, 1929) $0.65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizids) from the Galapagos
' Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. {Issued January
29, 1929) ....•-'.,. '-' • • -25

Pages 45-71. III. A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the Golden Eagle. By Joseph R. Slevin. Plates 4-7.
{Issued January 29, 1929) .40

Pages 73-213. IV. Marine Miocene and Related Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23. {Issued March
29, 1929) 1.50

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo"
George Hertlein. Plate 24, Figures 10-11. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,
CaUfomia. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.
{Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,
Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertlein. Plates
24, figures 5-6. {Issued April j, 1929)

Pages 221-227. VIII. Some Notes on Oreohelix. By Julius Hender-
son. Plate 24, figures 1-4. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 229-243. IX. Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal. By

M. E. McLellan Davidson. Plates 25-26. {Issued April 5, 1929) .25

Pages 245-260. X. On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M, E. McLellan Davidson. {Issued April 5, 1929) .15

Pages 261-265. XL The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of

the California Sardine. By Carl L. Hubbs. {Issued April 5, 1929) .10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Areas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth. Plates
27-32, text figiores 7. {Issued April 26, 1929) 1 .00

Pages 385-391. XIII. The EscaJlonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Alice Eastwood. {Issued September 6, 1929) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV. Studies in the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Islands. By AHce Eastwood. Plates 33-34. {Issued
September 6, 1929) ^. 1 . 00

Pages 485-^96. XV. Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to California. By F. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. {Issued
October 4, 1929) ^ ^. 40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Upper Cretaceous Forminifera from near
CoaKnga, California. By J. A. Cushman and C. C. Church.
Plates 36-41. {Issued October 4, 1929) .75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy fori

the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

Pages 542-586. XVIII. Report of the Director of the Academy for [ . 25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever- 1
mann. {Issued April 8, 1930) J

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. (Issued

May 8, 1930.. 10

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLU]V*E Xli

Pages 1-6. I. Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico.

By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)
Pages 7-12. II. Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands,

Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4,[ $0.50

1930) \ ' '/' ,■;

Pages 13-22. III. Marine Mollusca of the I'res Marias Islands,

Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, 'Nos. 4 and S, pp. 23-56, plates l-'3, 4 text figs. July 15, 1930

No. 4, pp. 23-40, plate 1, 4 text figures

Some Rissoid MoUusca from the Gulf
of California

By FRED BAKER, G. D. HANNA and A. M. STRONG .
No. 5, pp. 41-56, plates 2-3

Some Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidae
from the Gulf of California

By FRED baker, G. D. HANNA and A. M. STRONG

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires mS

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER F. MORRISON Term expires 193 1

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931

M. HALL McAllister.

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
SUSIE M. peers, Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
COL. GEORGE C. EDWARDS, First Vice-President
OTTO VON GELDERN, Second Vice-President
DR. F, M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
M. hall McAllister. Treasurer
G. P. RIXFORD. Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart
Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann. Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator

Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator
Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Research Associat4

Department of Exhibits . . . Frank Tose, Chief

Department of Fishes . . . Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark. Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator

Library G. P. Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy '"v-^

Harry S. Swarth, Curator
M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator
Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna. Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary'.Curator
M. Vonsex. Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson. Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Se.vi.e, Suberintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant_Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Col. George C. Edwards, Chairman

Dr. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Editor

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages 1-27. I. A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. MacFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. {Issued January 2q, 1929) $0. 65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizids) from the Galapagos
Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. {Issued January
2g, 1920) 25

Pages 45-71. III. A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the Golden Eagle. By Joseph R, Slevin. Plates 4-7.
{Issued January 29, 1929) .40

Pages 73-213. IV. Marine Miocene and Related Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23. {Issued March
29, 1929) .7.'.'^. . »v. . . 1 . 50

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo
George Hertlein. Plate 24, Figures 10-11. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,
California. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.
{Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,
Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertleiu., Plates
24, figures 5-6. {Issued April 5, 1929) '-^.. < ^-- -. : ' ' ^

Pages 221-227. VIII. Some Notes on Oreohelix. By JuIiusHender-
son. Plate 24, figures 1-4. {Issued April j, 1929)

Pages 229-243. IX. Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal. By

M. E. MeLellan Davidson. Plates 25-26. {Issued April s, 1929) .25

Pages 245-260. X. On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M. E. McLellan Davidson. {Issued April 5, 1929) .15

Pages 261-265. XL The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of

the California Sardine. By Carl L. Hubbs. {Issued April 5, 1929) . 10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Ajeas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth. Plates
27-32, text figures 7. {Issued April 26, 1929) 1 . 00

Pages 385^391. XIII. The Escallonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Alice Eastwood. {Issued September 6, 1929) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV, Studies in the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Islands. By Alice Eastwood. Plates 33-34. {Issued
September 6, 1929) ? 1 . 00

Pages 485-496. XV. Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to California. By F. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. {Issued
October 4, 1929) .40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Upper Cretaceous Forminifera from near
Coalinga, California. By J. A. Cushman and C. C. Church.
Plates 36-41. {Issued October 4, 1929) .75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy for'
"^ ^ the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

_ Pages 542-586.^ XVIII. Report of the Director of the Academy for |- .25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever-
mann. {Issued April 8, 1930)

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. {Issued

May 8, 1930. 10

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XIX

Pages 1-6. I. Marine MoUusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. By'j
A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 7-12. II. Marine MoUusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mex-
ico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1Q30)\ $0.50

Pages 13-22. III. Marine MoUusca of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4,\
1930) ^-: ..;,.; J

Pages 23-40. IV. Some Rissoid MoUusca from the Gulf of California.!

Plate 1; 4 text figures. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M.j

Strong. ( 25

Pages 41-56. V. Some MoUusca of the Family Epitoniidse from the

Gulf of California. Plates 2 and 3. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna

and A. M. Strong. {Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 57-64. VI. Pliocene Deoosits North of Simi Valley, California.

By W. P. Woodring. {Isstied July 15, 1930) .25

Pages 65-83. VII. Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern County. Cali-
fornia. 3 text figures. By G. Dallas Hanna. {Issued July 15,
1930) 50

Pages 85-93. VIII. Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor Formation
near Bakersfield, California. 7 text figures. By Alexander Wet-
more. {Issued July 15, 1930) 25

Pages 95-104. IX. The Kilhfish of San Ignacio and the Stickleback of
San Ramon, Lower California. 1 text figure. By George Sprague
Myers. {Issued July 15, 1930) 25

Pages 105-108. X. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology. — IV.

Hokushu or Yezo. By Joseph R, Slevin. {Issued July 15, 1930) . 25

PROCEEDINGS

OF TUB

CA^iFORN^^ ACADEMY OF SCIEJ^tES

Fourth Series
Vol. XIX, No. 7, pp. 65-83, 3 text figs. July 15, 1930

/i^y^^^^^

VII

Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern County,

California

BY

G. DALLAS HANNA
Curator, Uepartment of Paleontology

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER F. MORRISON Term expires 193 1

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
M. HALL MCALLISTER,

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio me7nber . . . Term expires 1931
SUSIE M. PEERS, Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

DR. C. E. GRUNSTCV', President of tlie Academy
COL. GEORGE C. EDWARDS. First Vice-President
OTTO VON GELDERN, Second Vice-President
DR. F. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
M. HALL MCALLISTER, Treasurer
G. P. RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN.

Director of the Museum and of the Sleinhari
Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee. Curator

Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator
Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Research Associate

Department of Exlaibits. . . Frank Tose, Chief

Department of Fishes , . . Dr. Barton W^arren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Cl.\rk, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator

Library G. P. Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Harry S. Swarth, Curator

M. E, McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary Curator
M. VoNSEN, Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Se.vle, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Col. George C. Edwards, Chairman

Dr. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Editor

25

PROCEEDINGS

Fotirth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages- 1-27. I. A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. McFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. {Issued January 29, 1929) $0.65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizidae) from the Galapagos
Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. (Issued January
29, 1929) ,^ . . . . . . -v^ ..;,^. • . ■; • 25

Pages 4-5-71. III. A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the Golden Eagle. By Joseph R. Slevin. Plates 4-7.
{Issued January 29, 1929) ,. . . , .^ 40

Pages 73-213. IV; Marine Miocene and Related" Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23. {Issued March
29, 1929) 1 . 50

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo")

George Hertlein. Plate 24, Figures 10-11. {Issued April 5, 1929)
Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,

California. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.

{Issued April 5, 1929)
Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,

Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertlein. Plates

24, figures 5-6. {Issued April 5, 1929)
Pages 221-227. VIII. Some Notes on Oreohelix. By Julius Hender-
;^ft. 'Plate 24, figures 1-4. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 229-243. IX. Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal. By

M. E. McLellan Davidson. Plates 25-26." {Issued April 5, 1929) .25

Pages 245-260. %'. "^On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M. E. McLellan Davidson. {Issued April 5, 1929) 15

Pages 261-265. XI. The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of
- the California Sardine.- By Carl L. Hubbs. {Issued April 5, 1929) . 10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Areas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth. Plates
27-32, text figures 7. {Issued April 26, 1929) 1 . 00

Pages 385-391. XIII. The Escallonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Alice Eastwood. {Issued September 6, 1929) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV. Studiesjn the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Islands. By Alice Eastwood. Plates 33-34. {Issued
September 6, 1929) 1 . 00

Pages 485-496. XV. Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to California. By F. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. {Issued
October 4, 1929) ...:. 40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Upper Cretaceous Forminifera from near
Coalinga, California. By J. A. Cushman and C. C. Church.
Plates 36-41. {Issued October 4, 1929) 75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy for"

the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

Pages 542-586. XVIII. Report of the Director of the Academy for)- .25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever-
mann. {Issued April 8, 1930)

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. {Issued

Mays, 1930 .. .10

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XIX

Pages 1-6. I. Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. By"
A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 7-12. II. Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mex-
ico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930) f

Pages 13-22. III. Marine Mollusca of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4,
1930)

Pages 23-40. IV. Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of California.

Plate 1; 4 text figures. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M.

Strong. 'V'/'^

Pages 41-56. V. Some Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidaj from the

Gulf of California. Plates 2 and 3. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna

and A. M. Strong. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 57-64. VI. Pliocene Deposits North of Simi Valley, California.
By W. P. Woodring. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 65-83. VII. Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, Cali-
fornia. 3 text figures. By G. Dallas Hanna. (Issued July 15,
1930)

Pages 85-93. VIII. Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor Formation
near Bakersfield, California. 7 text figures. By Alexander Wet-
more. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 95-104. IX. The Killifish of San Ignacio and the Stickleback of
San Ramon, Lower California. 1 text figure. By George Sprague
Myers. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 105-108. X. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology. — IV.
Hokushu or Yezo. By Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued July 15, 1930)

$0.50

.25

.25

.50

.25

.25
.25

PROCEEDINGS

OF THB

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 8, pp. 85-93, 7 text figures July 15, 1930

<V

VIII

Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor
"Formation Near Bakersfield,
California

BY

ALEXANDER WETMORE
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Jnstttuticn

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER F. MORRISON Term expires 1934

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
M. HALL MCALLISTER,

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
SUSIE M. PEERS, Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
COL. GEORGE C. EDWARDS, First Vice-President
OTTO VON GELDERN, Second Vice-President
DR. F. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
M. HALL McAllister, Treasurer
G. P. RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart
Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator

Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator
Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Research Associate

Department of Exhibits . . . Frank Tose, Chief

Department of Fishes . . . Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator

Library G. P. Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Harry S. Swarth, Curator

M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary Curator
M. VoNSEN, Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Seale, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Col. George C. Edwards, Chairman

Dk. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Editor

.25

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages 1-27. I. A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. MacFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. (Issued January zg, igzg) $0. 65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizidae) from the Galapagos
Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. {Issued January
2g, XQ2g) 25

Pages 45-71. III. A Contribution to Our Eoiowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the Golden Eagle. By Joseph R. Slevin. Plates 4-7.
{Issued January sp, igzg) .40

Pages 73-213. IV. Marine Miocene and Related Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23. {Issued March
2g, jgzg). 1 . 50

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo
George Hertlein. Plate 24, Figtu-es 10-11. (Issued April 5, igsg)

Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,
California. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.
(Issued April 5, igzg)

Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,
Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertlein. Plates
24, figures 5-6. (Issued April 5, ig2g)

Pages 221-227. VHI, Some Notes on Oreohelix. By Julius Hender-
son. Plate 24, figures 1-4. (Issued April 5,1 g2g)

Pages 229-243. IX. Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal. By

M. E. McLeUan Davidson, Plates 25-26. {Issued April $, igsg) .25

Pages 245-260. X. On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M. E. McLeUan Davidson. (Issued April 5, ig2g) .15

Pages 261-265. XI. The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of

the California Sardine. By Carl L. Hubbs. (Issued April 5, ig2g) . 10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Areas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth. Plates
27-32, text figures 7. (Issued April 26, ig2g) 1 . 00

Pages 385-391. XIII. The Escallonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Alice Eastwood. (Issued September 6, ig2g) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV. Studies in the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Islands. By Alice Eastwood. Plates 33-34. (Issued
September 6, ig2g) 1 . 00

Pages 485-496. XV. Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to CaUfomia. By F. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. (Issued
October 4, ig2g) 40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Up^er Cretaceous Forminifera from near
Coalinga, California. By J. A. Cushman and C. C. Church.
Plates 36-41. (Issued October 4, ig2g) .75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy for"

the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

Pages 542-586, XVIII. Report of the Director of the Academy for • . 25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever-
mann. (Issued April 8, 1930) J

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. (Issued

May 8, 1930 10

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XIX

Pages 1-6. I. Marine MoUusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. By'
A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 7-12. II. Marine MoUusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mex-
ico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 13-22. III. Marine MoUusca of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4,
1930)

Pages 23-40. IV. Some Rissoid MoUusca from the Gulf of CaUfomia."]

Plate 1; 4 text figures. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M.

Strong. ':...■"' v-.'- ' .i--' -■--;. i

Pages 41-56. V. Some MoUusda of the Family Epitoniidse from the

Gulf of California. Plates 2 and 3. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna

and A. M. Strong. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 57-64. VI. Pliocene Deposits North of Simi Valley, California.
By W. P. Woodring. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 65-83. VII. Geology of Sharktooth HiU, Kem County, CaU-
fomia. 3 text figxu-es. By G. Dallas Haima. (Issued July ,15,
1930)

Pages 85-93. VIII. Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor Formation
near Bakersfield, California. 7 text figures. By Alexander Wet-
more. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 95-104. IX. The KiUifish of San Ignacio and the Stickleback of
San Ramon, Lower California. 1 text figvire. By George Sprague
Myers. (Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 105-108. X. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology. — IV.
Hokushu or Yezo. By Joseph R. Slevin. (Issued July 15, 1930)

$0.50

.25

.25

.50

.25

.25
.25

PROCEEDINGS

or THB

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Fourth Series

Vol. XIX, No. 11, pp. 109-215, plates 4-15 December 30, 1930

XI

Marine Algae of the Revillagigedo Islands
Expedition in 1925

BY

WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL

AND

NATHANIEL LYON GARDNER
University of California

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1930

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER P. MORRISON Term expires 1934

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
F. W. BRADLEY,

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
SUSIE M. PEERS, Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
OTTO VON GELDERN, First Vice-President
DR. WM. E. RITTER, Second Vice-President
DR. F. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
F. W. BRADLEY, Treasurer \ . :
DR. EMMET RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart

Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

John Thomas Howell, Assistant
Kate E. Phelps, Assistant

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator
'- ;, ; ).''•' Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator

Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr,, Research Associate

Department of Exhibits. . . Frank Tose, CAi>/

Department of Fishes . . . Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetologj'- . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher. Curator

Library Dr. Emmet Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian
Veronica J. Sexton, Library Assistant

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Harry S. Swarth, Curator

M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Palecjntology . Dr. G. D.\llas Hanna, Curator

'.' ' . Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator

Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary Curator
M. VoNSEN, Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
f ' V Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Seale, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Chairman and Editor

Dr. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Wm. E. Rittek

^

,25

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages 1-27. I, A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. MacFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. {Issued January zg, igzg) $0. 65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizids) from the Galapagos
Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. (Issued January
zg, iQzg) . 25

Pages 45-71. III. A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the, Golden Eagle. By Joseph R. Slevin. Plates 4-7.
{Issued Janua,ry zg, igzg) .40

Pages 73-213. IV. Marine Miocene and Related Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23. {Issued March
zg, igzg) : 1.50

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo'
George Hertlein. Plate 24, Figures 10-11. {Issued April 5, igzg)

Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,
California. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.
{Issued April 5, igzg)

Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,
Me.^ico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertlein. Plates
24, figures 5-6. {Issued April 5, igzg) ■•''■ ■■f''\

Pages 221-227. VIII. Some Notes on Oreohelix. By julitis. Hender-
son. Plate 24, figures 1-4. {Issued April 5, igzg) <-;'.,,'■.

Pages 229-243. IX. Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal. By

M. E. McLellan Davidson. Plates 25-26. {Issued April §, igzg) .25

Pages 245-260. X. On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M. E. McLellan Davidson. {Issued April 5, igzg) .15

Pages 261-265. XI. The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of

the California Sardine. By Carl L. Hubbs. {Issued April 5, igzg) .10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Areas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth. Plates
27-32, text figures 7. {Issued April z6, igzg) 1 . 00

Pages 385^391. XIII. The Escallonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Ahce Eastwood. {Issued September 6, igzg) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV. Studies in the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Lslands. By Alice Eastwood. Plates 33-34. {Issued
September 6, igzg) : .1 1 .00

Pages 485-496. V XV: Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to California. By P. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. {Issued
October 4, igzg) .40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Upper Cretaceous Forminifera from near
Coahnga, California. By J. A. Cushman and C/C. Church.
Plates 36-41. {Issued October 4, igzg) .- .^.,'. .75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy for'

the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

Pages 542-5,86. XVIII. Report of the Director of the Academy for 1- . 25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever-
mann. {Issued April 8, 1930)

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. {Issued

May 8, 1930) : ', .':• . . 10

$0.50

.50

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XIX

Pages 1-6. I. Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. By"
A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. (Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 7-12. II. Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mex-
ico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 13-22. III. Marine Mollusca of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4,
1930)

Pages 23-40. IV. Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of California.

Plate 1; 4 text figures. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M.

Strong. {Issued July 15, 1930)
Pages 41-56. V. Some Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidae from the

Gulf of California. Plates 2 and 3. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna

and A. M. Strong. {Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 57-64. VI. Pliocene Deposits North of Simi Valley, California.

By W. P. Woodring. {Issued July 15, 1930) .....'. 15

Pages 65-83. VII. Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kem County, Cali-
fornia. 3 text figures. By G. Dallas Hanna. {Issued July 15,
1930) 25

Pages 85-93. VIII. Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor Formation
near Bakersfield, California. 7 text figures. By Alexander Wet-
more. {Issued July 15, 1930) 15

Pages 95-104. IX. The Killifish of San Ignacio and the Stickleback of
San Ramon, Lower California. 1 text figure. By George Sprague
Myers. {Issued July 15, 1930) 15

Pages 105-108. X. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology. — IV.

Hokushu or Yezo. By Joseph R. Slevin. {Issued July 15, 1930) . 10

Pages 109-215. XL Marine Algae of the Revillagigedo Expedition of
1925. Plates 4-15. By WilUam Albert Setchell and Nathaniel
Lyon Gardner. {Issued Decetnber 30, 1930) 1.50

PROCEEDINGS

or THB

CALIFOKNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ..<^^.C^/

Fourth Series
Vol. XIX, No. 12, pp. 217-397, 134 text figs. January 30, 1931

/-.^x _.^c>a

uj L .

XII

Pelagic Mammals from the Temblor Formation
of the Kern River Region, California

BY

REMINGTON KELLOGG
Division of Mammals, United States National Museum

SAN FRANCISCO

Published by the Academy

1931

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Terra expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS P. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER F. MORRISON Term expires 1934

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1931

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the A cadetny and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
F. W. BRADLEY,

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1931
SUSIE M. PEERS, Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL
DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
OTTO VON GELDERN, First Vice-President
DR. WM. E. RITTER, Second Vice-President
DR. F. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
F. W. BRADLEY, Treasurer
DR. EMMET RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN E VERM ANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart

Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood. Curator

John Thomas Howell, Assistant
Kate E. Phelps, Assistant

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator

Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, Honorary Curator
Dr. F. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Research Associate

Department of Exhibits . . . Frank Tose, CAie/

Department of Fishes . . . Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher. Curator

Library Dr. Emmet Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian
Veronica J. Sexton, Library Assistant

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Harry S. Swarth, Curator

M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary Curator
M. Vonsen, Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Seale, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Chairman and Editor

Dr. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Wm. E. Ritter

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XVIII

Pages 1-27, I. A New Species of Corambe from the Pacific Coast of
North America. By Frank M. McFarland and Charles H.
O'Donoghue. Plates 1-3. {Issued January 29, 1929) $0. 65

Pages 29-43. II. A New Bird Family (Geospizidse) from the Galapagos
Islands. By Harry S. Swarth. Text figures 6. {Issued January
29, 1929) .25

Pages 45-71. III. A Contribution to Our Knowledge of the Nesting
Habits of the Golden Eagle, By Joseph R. Slevin, Plates 4-7.
{Issued January 29, 1929) .^..^^ »_.... .j..>,^ . , • .40

Pages 73-213. IV. Marine Miocene and Related Deposits of North
Colombia. By Frank M. Anderson. Plates 8-23, {Issued March
29, 1929) 1 . SO

Page 215. V. A New Pecten from the San Diego Pliocene. By Leo
George Hertlein, Plate 24, Figures 10-11. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 217-218. VI. A New Species of Land Snail from Kern County,
California. By G. Dallas Hanna. Plate 24, figures 7, 8, 9.
{Issued April 5, 1929) i ,5

Pages 219-220. VII. A New Species of Land Snail from Coahuila,'^
Mexico. By G. Dallas Hanna and Leo George Hertlein, Plates
24, figures 5-6. {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 221-227, VIII. Some Notes on Oreohelix. By Julius Hender-
son, Plate 24, figures 1-4, {Issued April 5, 1929)

Pages 229-243, IX, Notes on the Northern Elephant Seal, By

M, E, McLellan Davidson, Plates 25-26. {Issued April 5, 1929) .25

Pages 245-260. X. On a small collection of Birds from Torres Strait
Islands, and from Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Group. By
M. E, McLellan Davidson. {Issued April 5, 1929) 15

Pages 261-265. XI. The Generic Relationships and Nomenclature of

the California Sardine. By Cari L, Hubbs, {Issued April 5, 1929) .10

Pages 267-383. XII. The Faunal Areas of Southern Arizona: A
Study in Animal Distribution. By Harry S. Swarth, Plates
27-32, text figures 7. {Issued April 26, 1929) 1 .00

Pages 385-391, XIII, The Escallonias in Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California, with Descriptions of New Species. By
Alice Eastwood, {Issued September 6, 1929) .25

Pages 393-484. XIV, Studies in^the Flora of Lower California and
Adjacent Islands, By Alice Eastwood. Plates 33-34. {Issued
September 6, 1929). . /.'.,". .».. .".".:.. .^v-,^,Z^...v.^. 1 .00

Pages 485-496, XV, Drepania: A Genus of Nudibranchiate Mol-
lusks new to California. By F. M. MacFarland. Plate 35. {Issued
October 4, 1929) .....v. ;.:... 40

Pages 497-530. XVI. Some Upper Cretaceous Forminifera from near
Coalinga, CaUfomia. By J. A. Cushman and C. C. Chvirch,
Plates 36-41, {Issued October 4, 1929) .'. 75

Pages 531-541. XVII. Report of the President of the Academy for

the year 1929. By C. E. Grunsky

Pages 542-586, XVIII, Report of the Director of the Academy for}- .25

the year 1929. By Barton Warren Ever-
mann. {Issued April 8, 1930)

Pages 587-601 Title Page Contents and Index. {Issued

May 8, 1930) 10

1.50

.50

PROCEEDINGS

Fourth Series

VOLUME XIX

Pages 1-6. I. Marine Mollusca of Guadalupe Island, Mexico. By
A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 7-12. II. Marine Mollusca of the Revillagigedo Islands, Mex-
ico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4, 1930)

Pages 13-22. III. Marine Mollusca of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. By A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna. {Issued June 4,
1930)

Pages 23-40. IV. Some Rissoid Mollusca from the Gulf of California.

Plate 1 ; 4 text figiures. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and A. M.

Strong. {Issued July 15, 1930) -''^^ • : ' ' ?- *%^

Pages 41-56. V. Some Mollusca of the Family Epitoniidse from the

Gulf of California. Plates 2 and 3. By Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna

and A. M. Strong. {Issued July 15, 1930)

Pages 57-64. VI. Pliocene Deposits North of Simi Valley, California.

By W. P. Woodring. {Issued July 15, 1930) 15

Pages 65-83. VII. Geology of Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, Cali-
fornia. 3 text figures. By G. Dallas Hanna. {Issued July 15,
1930) 25

Pages 85-93. VIII. Fossil Bird Remains from the Temblor Formation
near Bakersfield, CaUfomia. 7 text figures. By Alexander Wet-
more. {Issued July 15, 1930) 15

Pages 95-104. IX. The Killifish of San Ignacio and the Stickleback of
San Ramon, Lower California. 1 text figure. By George Sprague
Myers. {Issued July 15, 1930) 15

Pages 105-108. X. Contributions to Oriental Herpetology. — IV.

Hokushu or Yezo. By Joseph R. Slevin. {Issued July 15, 1930) . 10

Pages 109-215. XI. Marine Algae of the Revillagigedo Expedition of
1925. Plates 4-15. By William Albert Setchell and Nathaniel
Lyon Gardner. {Issued December 30, 1930) 1.50

Pages 217-397. XII. Pelagic Mammals from the Temblor Forma-
tion of the Kern River Region, California. By Remington
Kellogg. {Issued January 30, 1931) 1.25

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

xf^'f

/

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (l.^

Fourth Series \

Vol. XIX, No. 13, pp. 399-410, and No. 14, pp. 41 1-482 May 29, 1931

XIII

Report of the President of the Academy
for the Year 1930

BY

C. E. Grunsky

President of the Academy

XIV

Report of the Director of the Museum and
of the Aquarium for the Year 1930

BY

Barton Warren Evermann

Director of the Museum and of the A quarium

SAN FRANaSCO

Published by the Acaceky

1931

TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, COUNCIL,

AND MUSEUM STAFF OF

THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

WILLIAM H. CROCKER, President Term expires 1935

JOSEPH D. GRANT, Vice-President Term expires 1932

LOUIS F. MONTEAGLE Term expires 1933

MRS. ALEXANDER P. MORRISON Term expires 1934

NORMAN B. LIVERMORE Term expires 1936

DR. C. E. GRUNSKY,

President of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1932
P. W. BRADLEY,

Treasurer of the Academy and ex-officio member . . . Term expires 1932
SUSIE M. PEERS. Secretary to the Board

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL
DR. C. E. GRUNSKY, President of the Academy
OTTO VON GELDERN, First Vice-President
DR. WM. E. RITTER, Second Vice-President
DR. P. M. MacFARLAND, Corresponding Secretary
ANNIE G. HOBSON, Recording Secretary
P. W. BRADLEY, Treasurer
DR. EMMET RIXFORD, Librarian
DR. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN,

Director of the Museum and of the Steinhart

Aquarium, and Executive Curator

STAFF
Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director and Executive Curator

Department of Botany . . . Alice Eastwood, Curator

John Thomas Howell, Assistatit Curator
Kate E. Phelps, Assistant

Department of Entomology . Edward P. Van Duzee, Curator

Amy Williamson, Assistant
Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke. Honorary Curator
Dr. p. R. Cole, Associate Curator in Dipterology
Dr. p. E. Blaisdell, Sr., Research Associate

Department of Exhibits. . . Frank Tose, Chief

Department of Fishes . , . Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Curator

H. Walton Clark, Assistant Curator

Department of Herpetology . Joseph R. Slevin, Curator

Department of Invertebrate Zoology

Dr. Walter K. Fisher, Curator

Library Dr. Emmet Rixford, Librarian

Thomas Cowles, Assistant Librarian
Veronica J. Sexton, Library Assistant

Department of Ornithology and Mammalogy

Harry S. Swarth. Curator

M. E. McLellan Davidson, Assistant Curator

Joseph Mailliard, Curator Emeritus

Department of Paleontology . Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, Curator

Dr. Leo George Hertlein, Assistant Curator
Dr. Frank M. Anderson, Honorary Curator
M. VoNSEN, Honorary Curator in Mineralogy
Dr. Roy E. Dickerson, Research Associate

Steinhart Aquarium .... Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director

Alvin Seale, Superintendent
Robert J. Lanier, Assistant Superintendent

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Chairman and Editor
Dr. C. E. Grunsky Dr. Wm. E. Ritter